a study of the concept of citta as depicted in the pali tipitaka

258
A STUDY OF TIIE CONCEPT OF CITTA AS DEPICTED IN TIIE PALI TIPITAI(A THESTS SUBMITTED TO THE UNIVERSITY OF DELIII FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY by Bhikkhu T.M.T. NGUYEN vAN THUONG under the supervision of Dr. I.N. SINGH DEPARTMENT OF BUDDHIST STUDIES UNIVERSITY OF DELHI DELHI-7 ut 2OOO

Upload: gacungtu2000

Post on 24-Mar-2015

679 views

Category:

Documents


10 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

A STUDY OF TIIE CONCEPT OF CITTA

AS DEPICTED

IN TIIE PALI TIPITAI(A

THESTS SUBMITTED TO THE UNIVERSITY

OF DEL I I I FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY

by

Bhikkhu T.M.T. NGUYEN vAN THUONG

under the superv is ion o f

Dr . I .N. SINGH

DEPARTMENT OF BUDDHIST STUDIES

UNIVERSITY OF DELHI

DELHI-7 u t 2OOO

Page 2: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

l l l

PREFACE

V ie tnam, l oca ted i n Sou theas t As ia , adop ted Buddh i sm

f rom two ma in rese rvo i r s I nd ia and Ch ina , bu t she was no t i n

pos i t i on t o do f u r t he r t r ansm iss ion . The t e rm inus o f t he s t r eam

o f Buddh i s t t hough ts wh i ch s i nce t he adven t has been h i gh l y

co lo red by the Ch inese cu l tu re and fa in t l y by B rahman ic one

b r i ngs abou t a t h i r s t f o r t he p r i s t i ne f r eshness t ha t on l y t he

o r i g i na l sou rce o f t hough ts can assuage . A sense o f pu r i t y ,

t he re fo re , i s i nsp i r ed and unde r l i es my i n ten t t o do some s tudy

on t he bas i s o f t he ea r l i es t Buddh i s t sc r i p tu res .

The know ledge abou t Buddh i sm thus cond i t i oned has been

spe l l ed by t he Buddh i s t s o f No r the rn t r ad i t i on whe reas t he

t rad i t i on o f The ravdda bh i kkhus and tha t o f t he Mend ican t

Bh i kkhus who a t t emp t t o embrace impa r t i a l l y t he op t ima l

essen t i a l s o f t he p reced ing two r a re o f p ropo r t i onab le i n f l uence .

A l though a t t he cong lomera t i on o f such d i f f e ren t t rends o f

t hough ts , wha t I unde rs tand abou t Buddh i sm espec ia l l y abou t

t he concep t o f c i t t a t ha t i s so impo r tan t i n a l l t he t h ree

sys tems , howeve r , i s s t i l l ne i t he r comp le te no r sa t i s f ac to r y .

On reso r t i ng t o t he sou rce o f know ledge ove rseas as f a r as

my hand can reach ou t t o I has found so fa r t ha t t he Buddh is t

concep t o f c i t t a i s no t been exc lus i ve l y f ocused on by Eng l i sh

wr i t e r s ye t . A qu i ck r ev i ew i n t h i s r espec t makes i t known tha t

c i t t a a l ong w i t h o the r impo r tan t concep ts i n Buddh i s t

psycho logy a re d i scussed p ropo r t i ona te l y i n The Dynamic

Psycho logy o f Ea r l y Buddh ism by Rune E . A . Johansson-

The re fo re , t he psycho log i ca l accoun t o f t he concep t o f c i t t a

t he rea t i s by no means comprehens i ve ; l e t a l one t he f ac t t ha t

Rune E . A . Johansson chooses t o con f i ne t o t he Su t t a P i t aka

fo r t he bas i s on wh i ch h i s book i s p repa red . The concep t o f

c i t t a , o r t he o the r hand , i s espec ia l l y dea l t w i t h by Jan T .

' F o r m o r e d e t a i i , s e e M i n h D i i n g Q u a n g , C L : 5 , 3 5 8 - 3 7 5

Page 3: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

{

Edg'ardt i t t Buddhis t and Western

p r ' e fe rs to base h i s accoun t on tbe

l 'Cons ide ra t i on o f a l l t ha t ha ' s

me dec id i j ' t he p roposed t i t l e o f mY

A S tudy o f t he ConcePt o fCitta as Depicted in the PEIi Tipilaka

With an explorat ional and invest igat ive mind I take pains

to g lean a1l the data about c i t ta f rom ' the whole T ' i 'p i . taka

espec ia l l y ' ' t he

Su t ta ' P i t aka , . {he mos t subs tan t i a l b f ' t he

l i t e ra tu re . The da ra thus co l l ec ted w i l l be ca re fu l l y s rud idd and

sys tema t i ca l l y p rocesse rJ i n t o ' t he ma in body o f t he ' r esea rch

work . t he who le o f wh i ch cons i s t s o f 7 chap te r s '

The f i r s t chap te r , as usua l , i s f o r t he p re l im ina ry ma t te rs

abou t c i t t a &s a t echn i ca l t e rm and as a concep t . I t s ' l e x i ca l

mean ings ' i n gene ra l and app t i ed ones rn t ne Buddh i s t canon i ca l

con iex t a re ' -p resen ted , How ' t he ' f r i ndamen ta l aud conddnsed

shjade of the concr ,pt ; c ina f igures" in the Buddhis t sybtem' ab l

we l l as i u ' t be con temp 'o ra r5 , 'B rahn tan i c ' ones i s r ; rb i i gh iY

ske tched ou t . W i th keen i n te res t i n t he au then t i c i t y o f t he

p r ima ry sou rce I spend t he l as t po l t i o l l o f t h i s chap te r ' f o r t he

da t i ng and s t ra t i f i ca t i on o f t he canon ice . l r ex t s i n v iew tha t t he

ea t l i e ; a pa i t i cu la r t ex ' t i s , t he 'more au then t i c i t shou ld be .

The Su t ta P i l aka i s mos t subs tan t i a l o f t he Buddh is t

canon ica l l i t e ra tu re and bes t ab le to se rve my sense o f pu r i t y so

tha t t he second chap te r i s p repa red i n the d i rec t i on .

h igh l i g l i t i ug the bese t t i ng bu t i n te res t i ng i ssue o f . i t s da tes o f

ccmpos i t i on rha t have been va r ious l y t abu la ted by the l ead ing

scho la r s .

'Exp lo ra t i on i n to t he V inaya P i t aka ' , bas i ca l l y t he ru l es

and regu la t i ons tha t conduc t t he ac t i v i t i es o f t he Sarhgha , shows

tha t t he te rm c i t t a appea ls the rea t i s t oo scan ty to s ta te

sone th ing subs tan t i a l , t he re fo re , sk ipped ove r '

lv

" Psycho lo gy , who , howeve t ,

Ma j j h ima N ikaya ou lY . '

been men t i oned ' above 'makes

thes i s :

2 see V in

Page 4: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r . . 1 .A l l t he ' , da ta . . o f c i t t a t h roughou t t he Su t t a P i t aka w i l l _ be

ob jec t i ve !y , , , co l l ec ted1 and c lass i f i ed under d i f f e ren t head ing :s - ;

n i ne i n number . W i t h t he supp lemen t o f l ex i ca l e l uc i da t i on ,

ta .b -u la r i l l r - l s t ra t i on , doc t r i na l re levance , t he f i r s t f ou r head ings

compose t he t h i r d chap te r ; . t he rema in i ng f i ve , t he f ou r t h

chap te r - The two chap te r s shou ld v i r t ua l l y exhaus t a l l t he cases

o f conce ivab le c i t t a i n t he Su t ta P i ' t aka so l ong as i t s l i t e ra ry

occu r rence i s conce rned .

' The f i f t h chap te r t ha t d i ve rs i t se l f f r om ' t he . l . i t e ra ry

conce rn w i l l dea l w i t h seve ra l se l ec ted ma t te r s i nhe ren t o f

psycho .ph i l osoph i ca l i n t e res t . Some o f t hem a re i nsp i r ed by t he

ideo log i ca l r e l evance t ha t f a l l s ou t o f , t he scope .o f t he p rev ious

I i t e ra r y g rounded chap te r s . Th i s chap te r i n a l l w i l l be p repa red

w i t h f u r t he r ana l ys i s and deepe r i dea t i on .

. . . . , The s i x t h . chap te r i s an . , accoun t o f c i t t a i n t he

Abh idhamma P i l aka r vhe re , espec ia l l y i n t } l - o - Dhammasangan i ,

de. -scr ip t ions, .o f . d i f ferenr types .o f c i t , ta l igure doryr inant ly . HFI€e

th i s . phap le r l y r l l be soec i f i e .d -?s c lass i f i ca t i ons o f , cL t ta and

w i l t , bg ,p rgpa red w i t h f a i t h fg l ness l o r t he o r i g i na l sou rce . .' l : ' , .

l l - ' . ' - I

. . The , seven th and l as t . chap te r

wo rk , by ' summing up a l l t ha t has

w i t h t he add i t i on o f scme ' o the r

re l a t i ng t o t he concep t o f c i t t a -

I . wou ld l i ke t o t ake t he occas ion t o exp ress t he

g ra te fu lness I f ee l f o r my pa ren ts who bo re me , b rough t me up

rve l l w i t h t he i r cha rac te r i s t i c l ove , spe l l i ng t he f i r s t chap te r o f

my . I i f e w i th the examp le o f t he i r ha rd -work ing and mora l l i ves .

The seeds o f mo ra l i t y t hey imp lan ted i n my budd ing sou l keeps

on g row ing i n t he dep th o f my pe rsona l i t y and i s s t i l l gu i d i ng

me in the p resen t t ime . They bo th demised and I have bad ly fe l t

I ndeb ted thence fo : : t h .

I wan t t o exp ress g ra te fu l t hanks t o my sp i r i t ua l mas te r s :

\ { os t Vene rab le Th i ch G i z i c Nh i6 n . cha i rman , I n te rna t i ona l

Sangha o f Bh i ksu Buddh i s t Assoc ia t i on and Vene rab le Th i ch

G ia i c Todn , member , Execu t i ve Counc i l o f V ie tnam .Buddh i s t

w i l l conc lude t he resea rch

been p rev ious l y accoun ted

a f t e r t hough ts more o r l ess

Page 5: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

vr

Sangha , f rom whom I was ves ted w i th the fu l l y o rd i i nedmonkhood . The compass ion and w i sdom uude r l y i ng t he i ri nde fa t i gab le ac t i v i t i es se r up i n me an examp le o f devo t i ona ll i ves and a sou rce o f encou ragemenr . I t goes w i t hcu t say ing

tha t w i t hou t t he i r t ak i ng ca re o f m) ' sp i r i t ua l and f i nanc ia lp rob lems rvhenever I f i nd myse l f a t a l ow ebb , I wou ld no t haveadvanced up to the p resen t ex ten t .

I f ee l du l y t hank fu l ro Dr . I . N . S ingh . , r "d " r ,Depar tmen t o f Budd .h i s t S tud ies , De lh i Un ive rs i t y , r yho .pesuperv i s ion and gu idance under wh ich the resea rch

f , , { . og "renders i n me a sense o f se l f - con f i dence . Th i s i s app rec ia tedespec ia l l y when I am g rop ing fo r t he way to p repa re the thes i s .H is sc ien t i f i c open-m indedness ac tua l l y he lps i n pav ing thesmoo th pa th f o r t he t hes i s r o come to t he success fu l comp le t i on

tha t I am en joy ing now. I wou ld l i ke to ex tend thanks to o the rt eache rs when I was do ing M . A . and M . Ph i l .

" o -o r i i , i ,e ' spec ia l l y t o :

Pro f . Mahesh T iwar i , P ro f . K . K . M i r ta l . P ro f . Saneh isbnj f . :

S ' ingh ; t he f i i s f ' one

was demised , t he l a t t e r two , re t i r ed . f he ia i r l e f t

' i n ' de ; n i . r ' memory

' o f t he i r

' p resenc " t ' i o t " i n ;

and benef i ted i i 'om,the i r l i f e l ong expe r ience o f t each ing .

P ro f . K . T . S . Sa rao whose academic reco rd i s adm i rab leand unde r whose sc i en t i f i c supe rv i s i on and gu idance my M .Ph i l . d i sse r ta t i on was done success fu l l y . Th i s keeps on f i t t i ngme fo r f u r t he r academic ca ree r .

D r . Bh i kkhu Sa tyapa la , D r . H . P . Gangneg i , D r . R . K .hana , D r . Subh ra Pavagadh i and some o the rs whose l ec tu rescha rac te r i zed by t he i r swee t pe rsona l i t y con t r i bu te somehow tothe success fu l comp le t i on o f my t hes i s .

I wou ld l i ke to exp res s thanks ro the Governmen t o fV ie tnam espec ia l l y t he Governmen ta l Board fo r Re l i g iousA f fa i r s f o r mak ing my h ighe r qua l i f i ca t i ons ab road a f fo rdab le .Th i s ac tua l l y opened a b i gge r ho r i zon t o me . Among ' members

o f t he Boa rd a re Unc le L€ M inh Thu and Mr . Bd i E r f c He i i

Page 6: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

whom I have

now I wou ld I

vil

eve r had some memorab le days t o be w i t h ' and

i ke t o ex tend t hanks t o .

Iwan t t oexp ressdueg ra t i t udeand respec t t o theV ie tnam

Buddh i s t sangha , espec ia l l y Mos t Vene rab le Th i ch T r i T i nh '

Mos t Vene rab le Th i ch M inh ChAu , Mos t Vene rab le Th i ch Th i€n

Hd o . Mos t Vene rab le Th i ch Td H4 nh . Mos t Vene rab le Th i ch

H id ' n Phd p , Mos r vene rab le Th i ch T r i Qu : i ng and o the r

c l i gn i t a r i es . who he lp me d i r ec t l y o r i nd i r ec t l y bu t t hey a l l a re

good examp les o f Buddh i s t sp i r i t s o f devo t i on , b l ess ing me w i t h

the i r un ique cha r i sma tha t he lp i n se t t l i ng my v i ew to t he

p leasan t s i de o f t h i ngs .

My t hanks a re a l so due t o :

U l The l i b ra r y s ra f f o f De lh i Un i ve rs i t y L i b ra r y Sys tem.

De lh i - 7 , who t nade access ib l e t o me t he l a rge number o f

pub l i ca t i ons i n l g93 when I a r r i ved i n I nd ia f o r t he f i r s t t ime .

I t soon became my i ns tan t Sou rce o f consu l t a t i on du r i ng t he

r ime I was success fu l l y do ing M .A . and M .Ph i l . cou rses ,

Depa r tmen t o f Buddh i s t S tud ies . When I s t a r t ed ga the r i ng

ma te r i a l s f o r my t hes i s i n l a t e 1996 , t he ma jo r i t y o f my

consu l t a t i on ma te r i a l s we re owed f r om the s ta f f ' s he lp i ng

h ands .

[ ! J The l i b ra r y s ta f f o f t he Theosoph i ca l L i b ra r y and t he

. \ dm in i s t r a t i ve s ta f f o f t he Headqua r te r , Theosoph i ca l Soc ie t y ,

Adya , Chenna i , who made i t poss ib l e f o r me t o spend t he rea t

my memorab le summer o f 1997 . The p rem ise l i nge red w i t h an

an r i que and poe t i c a i r t ha t I have eve r expe r i enced was qu i t e i n

rune w i t h a sense o f an t i qu i t y I had when consu l t i ng t he o l d

books i n t he i r cus tody . Some o f t he books , t ha t I have even

been i n t ouch w i t h , w i t ness t he c l ose o f t he n i ne teen th cen tu r y .

[ g The l i b ra r y s ta f f o f t he L i b ra r y o f T i be tan Works and

, \ r ch i ves , Dha ramsa la (H .P ) who , when I spen t my en joyab le

summer o f 1998 , he lped i n r nak ing i t ava i l ab le f o r me a l a rge

: o i l ec t i on o f consu l t a t i on ma te r i a l s abou t Buddh i sm espec ia l l y

T ibe tan Buddh i sm.

Page 7: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

v ln

Las t bu t no t l eas t . my hea r t r eaches ou t t o my b ro the rsand s i s t e r s i n dhamma. my f r i ends and l oved ones , i n d i f f e ren ta reas o f t he g l obe . who have hos ted and suppo r ted me a long t heway . My f a i l u re r o name them a l l , hund red i n number , j us tmakes t he i r memory t o be eng raved deepe r i n my sou l . w i t hou tt hem th i s wo rk wou ld no t have been poss ib l e .

M a y a l l b e b l e s s e d w i t h U l t i m a t e T r u t h

De lh i ,

Janua ry 2000B h . T h i c h M i n h T h r i n h

( N g u v 6 n V a n T h r , r d n g )

Page 8: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CONTENTS

PREFACE

Conten ts

Abb rev ia t io ns

I l l us t ra t ions,)

CHAPTER 1 : INTRODUCTION

A . T H E T E R M C I T T A ( 1 ) : l . T h e E v o l u t i o n a r y

C i t t a ( 2 ) , 2 . S v n o n v m o u s E q u i v a l e n t s o f C i t t a ( 3 ) . J .

S e m a n t i c a l a n d F u n c t i o n a l A s p e c t s o f C i t t a ( 5 ) , 4 . O d d

I d e a a b o u t C i t t a ( 7 ) . 5 . R e l i a b l e B a s e f o r o u r D e f i n i t i v e( J n d e r s t a n d i n g ( 7 ) , 6 . T h e P r e f e r r c d F u n c t i o n a l i s m ( 8 ) ,

7 . N a t u r e o f C i t t a t 1 O ) .

B . PRE-BUDDHIST CITTA ( 11) : I . C i t ta o f

G e n e r a l M e a n i n g s ( 1 1 ) , 2 . C i t t a a n d M a n a ( 1 2 ) , 3 .

E m o t i o n a l a n d I n t e l l e c t u a l C i t t a ( 1 4 ) . 4 . C i t t a o f V i s i o n

1 4 ) , 5 - M e t a p h y s i c a l C i t t a ( 1 5 ) .

C . C H R O N O L O G Y I N T H E B U D D H I S T C A N O N

( 1 6 ) : I . D i f f e r e n t T a b l e s o f S t r a t i f i c a t i o n ( 1 6 ) , 2 .

Chrono logy o f the V inaya P i laka (21) . 3 . Chrono losy o . f

r h e A b h i d h a m m a P i t a k a ( 2 8 ) .

CHAPTER 2 : CHRONOLOGICAL SURVEY

OF THE A"KAYNS

A , S T R A T I F I C A T I O N A N D D A T I N G O F T I I E

DiGITA NTI<A YA AND TETE MAJJIII]UIA NII<A YA (35):

T h e D i g h a N i k a v a ( 4 1 ) . 2 . T h e M a j j h i m a N i k a y a ( 4 6 ) .

i i i

i x

x i v

x v i i i

1 - 3 4

1 - 1 0

11 -15

1 6 - 3 4

3 5 -58

3 5 - 4 8

Page 9: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

B . S T R A T I F I C A T I O N A N D D A T I N G O F T I I E 4 9 - 5 6

ANGI ITTARA AND SAMYUT-T-A NIKAYAS (49) : I .

A r i g u t t a r a N i k a v a ( 5 O ) . 2 . S a m v u t t a N i k a v a ( 5 4 ) .

C . S T R A T I F I C A T I O N A N D D A T I N G O F T I I E 5 7 - 5 8

KITI IDDA K A NI KA YA (571.

CHAPTER 3 : C ITTA cONCEIVED THROUGH se-s2ITS ORDINARY STATES

I . C I T T A A S G E N E R A L S T A T E O F S E N T I E N T 5 9 - 6 5B E I N G ( 5 9 ) : ( a ) S e n s a t i o n a l a n d E m o t i o n a t C i t t a ( 5 9 ; ,( b ) C i t t a a s S t a t c o f M i n d t o b c S a f e g u a r d e d ( 6 1 ) , ( c )C i t t a a s M e n t a l S t a t c S u b j e c t t o D o w n f a l l a n d S e i z u r e( 6 3 t , ( d ) C i t t a a s N o r m a l / A b n o r m a l S t a t e o f M i n d ( 6 5 ) .

2 . C I T ' T A A S A L U S T F U L H E A R T ( 6 6 ) : ( a ) 6 6 - 7 2C i t t a S u b j c c t t o K a m a ( 6 6 ) , ( b ) C i t t a S u b j e c t t o R a g a( 7 0 ) .

3 . C I T T A A S E , V I L H E , A R T ( 7 3 ) : ( a ) p a d u t y h a 7 3 - 7 9C i t t a ( 7 3 t , ( b ) V y a p a n n a C i t t a ( 7 7 t .

4 . C I T ' T A A S P U R P O S E D H E A R T ( 8 O ) : ( a ) 8 0 - 9 2A p p o s s u k k a t a v d C i t t a ( 8 0 ) , ( b ) N e k k h a r n m a n i n n a C i t t a( 8 1 ) , ( c ) V i v c k a , n i n n a C i t r a ( 8 2 r , ( d ) C i t t a o f A c t i o n w i t h' P a h a d a t i ' a n d ' P a g g a 4 t h a t i ' ( 8 6 ) . ( c ) H o w , t o p u r p o s e

t h c C i t t a i n C o n t e r n p l a t i o r t ( 8 9 ) .

CHAPTER 4 : C ITTA CONCEIVED THROUGH 93 .131ITS ELEVATED STATES

Page 10: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 " R E C ] J P T I ' Y E , I A T I E L D Y ,

CITTA (93) : (a ) Up l i l ted [ fedr t

H e a r t ( 9 S ; , ( c ) G i d d y - P a t t e d H e a r t

READY F 'OR, TRUTH

( 9 3 ) . ( b ) T r u n s p o r t e , t

( 9 6 ) .

93 -97

98 - 1 00

1 0 0 - 1 0 9

'132-17 5

2 . C A L I \ I E D . A L L A Y E D A N D P A S S I O N L E S S

CITT 'A (98) :

3 . C O M P O S E D C I T T A ( 1 0 0 ) i ( a ) D e v o t e ' l C i t t a

l O O ) , ( b ) S p r i n g i n g F o r w a r d C i t t a ( 1 0 1 ) , ( c )

\ : i p p a s a n n a C i t t a ( l O 3 > , ( d ) C i t t a i n S a m a d h i ( l O 5 ) , ( e )

9 ' i rakka and V icara ( 107) .

Subhdv i tam C i t t am and F reedom o f M ind (114 ) ' ( b )

H ina t ta -Rupa and F ' reedom o f M ind (115 ) , ( c )

Men ta l S ta tes on P rocess o f En l i gh tenmen t ( 116 ) '

(d) V i rat ta Ci t ta , Forshadower of Freedom of Mind

(117 ) , ( e ) T ranqu i l i za t i on o f Body and F reedom o f

JI tn t t (119) , uJ ' ) Ten Fet ters and Four Stages of

Sa in thood (LzO) , (g ) Locus o f I t [ en ta l Emanc ipa t i o t t

, l zL ) , (h ) F i ve E lemen ts o f Escape and F reedom o f

M ind (122 ) , ( i ) A r i ya L i v i ng and F reedom o f M ind

' I 24 ) , A ) F i ve H in .d rances and F reedom o f M ind

, 125 ) , ( k ) S I ta and F reedom o f M ind ( L27 ) , ( l )

. 4sa l i nac i t t a and .4 l i nac i t t a (L28 ) -

CHAPTER 5 : C ITTA , ORIG INAT ION AND

ESSENTIAL ASPECTS

1. WHERE DOES CrTTA COME FROM (132) :

,a ) F rom Sankhara (132 ) , (b ) F rom Upaddna , Aya tana '

. l nusaya (135 ) , ( c ) F rom Nd 'ma-R i l . pa (139 ) , (d )

Cr ig ina t i on o f C i t t a (142 ' r .

4 . L O V I N G K I N D N E S S E L } C I T T A ( 1 1 0 ) : 1 1 0 - 1 1 4

5 . E M A N C I P A T E D CTTTA (114 ) : ( a ) 114 -131

132 -143

Page 11: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

)clr

S U B J E C T I v E N E S S 1 4 9 - 1 4 62 . T H E P S Y C H O L O G I C A L

O F C I T T A ( 1 4 3 ) :

3 . CITTA AS

SUPEREGO (T46):E G O B E I N G C R I T I C I Z E D B Y 1 4 6 - 1 4 9

4 . C I T T A A N D E M A N C I P A T I O N ( 1 4 9 ) :

5 . ETHICAL CITTA (L52 ' IZ

6 . C I T T A ' S F E A S I B I L I T Y ( 1 5 3 ) :

7 . C I T T A o F N E G A T M T R A I T S ( l s 7 ) z ( a )

N e g a t i v e P r e d i c a t e s a n d A t t r i b u t e s o f C i t t a ( 1 5 7 ) , ( b )A s a v a ( 1 6 1 ) , ( c ) N o x i o u s T r i o : R a g a . D o s a , a n d M o h a( 1 6 5 ) , ( d ) C e t o k h i l a a n d C e t a s o V i n i b a n d h a ( 1 6 9 ) .

8 . T H E T A M I N G O F C I 7 ' 7 ' A ( 1 7 1 ) :

cHAPTER 6 : D IV IS IONS OF CITTA lN THE

ABHIDHAMMA

A. I{aIUIaUACARANA CITTAS (179): I. TwelveK a n t a . v a c a r a n a A k u s a l a C i t t a s ( 1 7 9 ) , I I . E i g h t e e n

Kama,va carana Ahetuka C i t tas ( 1 8 8 ; , I IL Twenty FourK d . m a v a c a r a n a S o b h a n a C i t t a s ( 1 9 3 ) .

B . R O P A V A C A R A N A C I T T A S ( 1 9 9 ) : 1 . F i V CK u s a l a C i t t a s ( a r i s i n g a s r u p a j h a n a e x p e r i e n c e ) ( 2 O O ) ,

I I . F ive V ipaka C i t tas o f Rupa jhana (wh ic l t one can

e x p e r i e n c e a f t e r d e a t h ) ( 2 0 0 ) , I I I . F i v e K r i y a C i t t a s( w h i c h a r e e x p e r i e n c e d o n l y b y B u d d h a a n d A r a h a n t se i t h e r i n t h i s l i f e o r b y A r a h a n t s i n t h e r u p a l o k a ) ( 2 0 0 ) .

1 4 9 - 1 5 2

152

153 -157

157 -171

171 -176

177 -220

1 7 9 - 1 9 9

1 9 9 - 2 1 1

Page 12: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

xl1l

c , AR ITP,ATACARA CITTAS (zLL\ : I Four 21 i -215

K u s a I a C i t t a s ( a r i s i n g a s a r u p a j h a n a e x p e r i e n c e ) ( 2 L 2 , t -

I I . F o u r V i p a k a C i t t a s o f A r u p a i h a n a ( w h i c h a r e r e s u l t s

o f j h a n a o f s i m i l a r k i n d s p r a c t i s e d i n t h e l i f e

i t n m e i i e t e l y p r e v i o u s ) ( 2 I 2 ) , I I I . F o u r K r i y a C i t t e s

( w h i c h a r e i n o p e r a t i v e ) ( 2 I 2 ) ,

D. LOI { IJTTAR.^VACALA CI ' fT / i 'S {ZLS) : I . Four Z1S-ZZOLokut ra ra KusaIa C i t tas (216) , I I . Four Lokut ta ra

V ipaka C i t tas (216) .

CHAPTER 7 : GONCLUSION 221 -229i

o B I B t o e R A P H Y

: A P P E N D I C E S

230-234

235 . .241

Page 13: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

A

B I

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

A N G U T T A R A - N I K A Y A , P T S . 1 8 8 5 - 1 9 8 1 .

B U D D H I S T I N D I A b y T . W . R h y s D a v i d s , M o t i l a l

B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d . D e l h i , 1 9 9 7 .

THE BIRTH OF INDIAN PSYCHOLOGY AND ITS

D E V E L O P M E N T 1 N B U D D H I S M b y C . A . F . R h y s

D a v i d s , O r i e n t a l B o o k s R e p r i n t C o r p o r a f i o n , D e l h i .

A B U D D H I S T M A N U A L O F P S Y C H O L O G I C A LE T H I C S t r . C a r o l i n e A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , O r i e n t a lB o o k s R e p r i n r C o r p o r a r i o n . D e | h i , 1 9 7 5 .

TT{E BIBLE OF THE NINETEEN CENTURY bv J. E.Carpenter , 1903 .

- l ' ; -

B I P D B

a \ I P E

B UD D H.r S T PS y CIJDJ22-/?/1?ezlz'azd,So.os

L/4 Io.aaoo, iez</.4%rzfrr-rr. G.

l r m p

)

L

t L - n

SAODEL^9T AND WES?ERN \S1CHOLOG\, ed. NathanK a t z , p r a j f r d p r e s s , B o u l d e r , - ,

n r r .

"rT"JTJj:[r : ' PHrLosoPHY, rr s z Aung,

T H E D I G H A - N I K A Y A , P T S , 1 8 8 g - I g g 2 .

3:i13l i '" :":oJ"u BUDDHA' tr r w and MrsCHON Ly, t :" t tA s s o c i a t i o n ", T.l:,,r, il. r";, j;,", y#' c i p a i B u d d h i s t

3*iTy'::i i i;-lt o von Hinuber and KR Norman,

i# f rMAsANcaNr ed. Edward Mui le r , pTs, London.

D T C T I O N A R Y O F p S y C H O L O G y b y J . A t k i n s o n , E .B e r n e a n d R . S _ W o o d w o r r h . G o y I S a a B , D e l h i , i 9 g g .

THE DYNAMIC PSYCITTLTG| oF EARLy BUDHISM byR u n e . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , C u r z o n p r e s s L t d , L o n d o n a n dM a l m o , 1 9 9 5 .

Page 14: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

xvi

D P t t D I C T I O N A R Y O F P A L I P R ? P E R N A M E b y G . P .

M a l a l a s e k e r a , O r i e n t a l B o o k s R e p r i n t C o r p o r a t i o n ,

1 9 8 3 .

E B C E N C Y C L O P A E D I A O F B U D D H I S M e d . J o t i l a

D h i r a s e k e r a . T h e G o v e r n m e n t o f S r i L a n k a . 1 9 7 9 .

E x p T H E E X P O S I T O R , t ; . P e M a u n g T i n , 2 v o l s . , 1 9 2 0 ,

I 9 2 I . r e p r i n t e d a s o n e v o l . 1 9 7 6 .

G S T H E B O O K O t r T H E G R A D U A L S A Y I N G S .

GT GUIDE TO TIPITAKA by U Ko Lay , Sr i Sa tguru

P u b l i c a t i o n s , D e l h i , 1 9 9 0 .

G AP GUIDE T'HROUGH THE ABHIDHAMMA-PITAKA bV

N y a n a t i l o k a . L a k e H o u s e . C o l o m b o . 1 9 3 8 .

HBP A HIS ' IORY OF BUDDHIST PHILOSOPHY by Dav ic i J .

K a l u p a h a n a , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d .

D e l h i . 1 9 9 4 .

H I B A H I S T O R Y o F I N D I A N B U D D H I S M b y S . R . G o y a i ,

K t r s u n r a n j a i i , P r a k a s t r a r r , J o d h p u r , I 9 9 4 .

HIL HISTORY OF INDIAL L ITERATURE, Yo l . 2 by Maur ice

W i n t e r n i t z , M o t l l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s n e r s , P v t . L t d .

D e l h i . I 9 9 3 .

HLB THE HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF BUDDHISM bV T.' V r ' .

R i r y s D a r i d s , S u s i l G u p r a L t d , C a l c u t t a , 1 9 5 2 .

HPL HISTORY OF PALI L ITERATURE Vo l .1 b ) ' B ima la

C h u r n L a w , I n d o l o g i c a l B o o k H o u s e . V a r a n a s i . 1 9 8 3 .

I B A N I N T R O D U C T I O N T O A B H I D H A M M A ( B u d d h i s t

P h i i o s o p h y a n d P s y c h o l g y ) b y S . B r a h m a c h a r i ,

J a d a b B a r u a P u b l i c a t i o n s . 1 9 9 0 .

J I P . t O U R N A L O F I N D I A N P H I L O S O P H T ' . e d . P h y l l i s

G r a n o f f . D e p i . o f R e l i g i o u s S t u d i e s . M c M a s t e r

U i r i v e r s i t y . H a m i l t o n , O t r t a r i o , C a n a d a L 8 S 4 K 1 , p u b .

K l u w e r A c a d e m i c . N e t h e r l a n d s .

K S T H E B O O K O F T H E , K I N D R E D S A Y I N G S . t r . M r s .

C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s a n d F . L . W o o d w a r d .

M T H T T M A J J H I M A - N I K A Y A P T S , I 8 8 8 - T 9 7 9 .

M A b A M A N U A L O F A B H I D H A M N I A , t r . M a h a T h e r a

N a r a d a , S i n g a p o r e B u d c i h i s t M e d i t a t i o n C e n t e r ,

S i n g a p o r e , 1 9 8 9 .

Page 15: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

xvu

.\ IBTD MANUAL OF BUDDHIST TERMS AND DOCTRINES bY

N y a n a t i l o k a , T h e C o r p o r a t e B o d y o f r h e B u d d h a

E d u c a t i o n a l F o u n d a t i o n , T a i w a n , I 9 7 O .

M i l M I L I N D A P A I t U O , t r . T . W . R h y s D a v i d s , S B E , O x f o r d ,

1 8 9 0

M S T H E C O L L E C T I O N O F T H E M I D D L E L E N G T H

S A Y I N G S . t r . I . B . H o r n e r .

.YSOED NEW SHORTER OXtoRD ENGLISH DICTIONARY ed.

b y L e s l e y B r o w n . p u b . b y C l a r e n d o n P r e s s , O x f o r d ,

1 9 9 3 .

' t IP THE ?RIGINS OF INDIAN PSYCHOLOGY by N. Ross

R e a t . A s i a n H u m a n i t i e s P r e s s , B e r k e l e y , C a l i f o r n i a ,

1 9 9 0 .

)\AIB THE ORIGIN AND I 'TATURE OF ANCIENT INDIAN

B U D D H I S M b y P . T . S . S a r a o . E a s r t e r n B o o k L i n k e r s ,

I n d i a , 1 9 8 9 .

PAEBP THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ATTITUDE OF EARLY

BUDDHIST PHILOSOPHY by L . A . Gov inda,M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d . D e l h i , 1 9 9 1 .

P B P S A L M S O F T H E B R E T H R E N , t r . M r s . R h y s D a v i d s ,

P T S . 1 9 9 4

PBP THE PRINCIPLE OF BUDDHIST PSYCHOLOGY bY

D a v i d J . K a l u p a h a n a , S r i S a t g u r u P u b l i c a t i o n s , D e l h i ,

1 9 9 2 .

P E B P S A L M S O F T H E E A R L Y B U D D H I S T S , P T S . 1 9 9 4

PED PALI -ENGLISH DICTIONARY by T 'W.Rhvs Dav ids and

W i l l i a m S t e d e , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t ' L t d .

D e l h i . 1 9 9 3 .

PEW PHILOSOPHY EAST & WEST, A Quar te r ly o f

C o m p a r a t i v e P h i l o s o p h y , U n i v e r s i t y o f H a w a i ' i P r e s s .

PL PALI L ITERATURE by Kenneth Roy Norman, Ot to

H a r r a s s o w i t z , W i e s b a d e n , 1 9 8 3 .

PLL PALI LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Vol ' 1 bv Kanai

L a l H a z r a , D . K . P r i n t W o r k , D e l h i , 1 9 9 4 .

PPB THE PSYCHOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY OF

B U D D H I S M b y W . F . J a y a s u r i y a , Y . M . B . A . P r e s s ,

C o l o m b o , 1 9 6 3 .

Page 16: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

xviii

PPR PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICALR E S E A R C H , A Q u a r t e r l y J o u r n a l , p u b . I n t e r n a t i o n a lP h e n o m e n o l o g i c a l S o c i e t y , B r o w n U n i v e r s i t y .

s S A M Y U T T A N r K A y A . p T S . 1 8 8 4 _ 1 9 9 t .

s n s u r r A N I p A r A , e d . D i n e s A n d e r s e n a n d H e l m e rS m i t h , P T S , O x f o r d , 1 9 1 3 , r e p r i n t e d l 9 9 O .

soB sruDIES IN THE }RIGINS oF BUDDHISM by GovindC h a n d r a P a n d e , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s p u b l i s h e r s , p v t ,

L t d . D e l h i , 1 9 9 5 .

SUFTB A STUDY OF THE UNIVERSAL FLUX IN THETHERAVADA BUDDHISM by Indra Nara in S ingh, Dept .o f B u d d h i s t S t u d i e s , 1 9 9 3 .

TBPA A TREATISE ON BUDDHIST PHILOSOPHYABHIDHAMMA by C. L . A . De S i l va . S r i SarguruPub l i ca t i ons , De lh i , 1988 .

U UDANA, ed . p . S te i n tha l , pTS , 1985 , r ep r i n ted 19g2 .

V in V INAYA P ITAKA, PTS , L879 -1996 .

\ ' - sm V ISUDDHIMAGGA, ec l . M rs C .A .F . Rhys Dav ids ,2 vo l s . , PTS , L92O , L9Z I , r ep r i n ted as one vo l .r 975 ,

Page 17: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

D i a g r a m :

T a b l e l :

T a b l e 2 :

T a b l e 3 :

T a b l e 4 :

T a b l e 5 :

T a b l e 6 :

T a b l e 7 :

T a b l e 8 :

T a b l e 9 :

T a b l e 1 O :

T a b l e i i :

T a b l e 1 2 :

T a b l e 1 3 :

T a b l e 1 4 :

T a b l e 1 5 :

T a b l e 1 6 :

ILLUSTRATIONS:

I2L C i t tas

F r e q u e n c y o f M a i n P s y c h o l o g i c a l T e r m s .

S c h e m e o f 5 L a v e r s b v B . C . L a w .

S c h e m e o f 1 O L a y e r s b y T . W . R h y s D a v i d s v s

t h a t b y B . C . L a w .

S c h e m e o f 3 L a v e r s b v K . T . S . S a r a o .

S c h e m e o f 3 L a v e r s i n E B C .

A b h i d h a m m a T e x t s i n T i m e O r d e r b v B . C .

Law.

Ab l t idhamma V ibha iga vs Maj jh ima N i l , :aya .

S a g a c i t y i n t h e B u d d h a ' s S p e e c h .

H i n d r a n c e s : S u p p o r t s a n d C h a l l e n g e s .

V e r b a l P r e d i c a r e s o f C i t t a .

E i g h t A k u s a l a C i t t a s .

S e v e n A k u s a l a V i p d k a ( r e s u l t a n t ) C i t t a s ,

E igh t Kusa la V ipdka C i t tas "

T h r e e K i r i y a C i t t a s .

Q u i c k R e v i e w o f 8 9 C i t t a s .

T h r e e G r o u p s o f S o b h a n a C i t t a s .

21

31

33,

t 78

13

t7

i 9

9 9

1 6 0

t82

1 8 9

1 9 0

1 9 1

t 9 2

1 9 8

49

85

Page 18: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CHAPTER 1:

INTRODI'ICTION

A. THE TERM C ITTA

PED| g i ves t he f o l l ow ing 3 bas i c mean ings t o t he t e rm' c i t t a ' : The f i r s t c i t t a ( v ) : t o sh ine , t o be b r i gh t , va r i ega red ,

man i f o l d , beau t i f u l ; t as t y , swee t , sp i ced (o f cakes ) ; ( n t )

pa in t i ng . The second c i t t a ( n t ) [Sk t : c i t t a , o r i g . p . p . o f

c i n te t i l : ' hea r t ' . 'M ind ' , howeve r , ge t s p re t t y much f r equency

in ac tua l use as rende r i ng . And , t he t h i r d c i t t a ( n ) : name o f t he

f i r s t r non th Cha i t r a . I n t he who le d i sse r t a t i on , bo th t he f i r s t

and t he second c i t t as w i l l be i n tac t ; we sha l l wo rk on t he

rema in ing second c i t t a on l y .

Though i t i s no t t o ta l l y sa fe i n r espec t o f p rec i seness i n

a l l con tex t s whe re t he t e rm ' c i t t a ' occu rs t h roughou t t he Pd l i

l i t e ra tu re , t he t e rm i s usua l l y r ende red as 'm ind ' by t he

ma jo r i t y o f t he au tho r i t a t i ve t r ans la to r s o f Pa l i . 'Hea r t ' i s l ess

used as rende r i ng . Bu t i f we consen ts t ha t c i t t a i n s i ngu la r f o rm

shou ld be rende red as ' hea r t ' and when i n p l u ra l , as ' t hough t '

r vh i ch i s c l osed t o m ind i n mean ing , t hen i n t he Pd l i L i t e ra tu re

c i t t a nea r l y a lways occu rs i n t he s i ngu la r ( : hea r t ) , and ou t o f

150 cases i n t he N i kdyas on l y 3 t imes i n t he p l u ra l ( : t hough t ) .

Th i s p r ima ry no t i on i s imp ress i ve o f t he f ac t t ha t t he concep t o f

c i t t a seems qu i t e comp l i ca ted and con fus ing t ha t a r i g i d l y

d i s t i nc t i ve a t t i t ude w i l l f i nd i t f r us t r a te .

Fo r ou r bas i c know ledge t he re shou ld be a v i ew to t he

J i c t i ona ry mean ings o f 'm ind " . 'M ind ' has 14 mean ings t ha t

: a l l unde r t he t h ree head ings : (A ) Memory ; (B ) Though t ,

r u rpose , i n t en t i on ; and , (C ) Men ta l o r psych i c f acu l t y .

Sk ipp ing ove r t he f i r s t head ing t ha t i s s imp l y con f i ned w i t h i n

P E D : 2 6 6 .

f S O E D : L 7 7 8 - 1 7 7 9 .

Page 19: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2

the rea lm o f memory we come to t he second one . Th i s one i s

t he r i ches t and cove rs 6 g roups o f mean ings : ( 1a ) The ac t i on o r

s ta te o f t h ink ing abou t someth ing ; t he though t ch ie f l y i n have

m ind o f , t h i nk o f , g i ve heed t o . ( 1b ) A t t en t i on , heed . ( 2a )

Pu rpose , i n t en t i on . ( 2b ) An i nc l i na t i on , a w i sh ; a l i k i ng . ( 3 )

The d i r ec t i on o f a pe rson ' s t hough ts , des i r es , i nc l i na t i ons , o rene rg ies . ( 4 ) A pe rson ' s op in i on , j udgemen t , o r v i ew . ( 5a ) Ad ispos i t i on . cha rac te r , o r way o f t h ink ing and fee l i ng . (5b ) Apar t i cu la r f ee l i ng o r a t t i t ude towards someth ing . (6 ) The s ta reo f a pe rson ' s t hough ts and f ee l i ngs .

The t h i r d head ing (C ) conce rns t he psycho log i ca l aspec t

cove r ing the fo l l ow ing th ree g roups o f mean ing : (1a ) The sea r

o f awareuess . t hough t , vo l i t i on , and fee l i ng ; cogn i t i ve and

emot iona l phenomena and powers as cons t ruc t i ng a con t ro l l i ng

sys tem, spec ia l as opposed ' t o ma t t e r , t he sp i r i t ua l as

d i s t i ngu i shed f rom the bod i l y pa r t o f a human be ing . (1b ) Aperson o r a g roup o f peop le co l l ec t i ve l y as the embod imen t o f

men ta l f acu l t i es . (1c ) A con t ro l l i ng o r d i rec t i ng sp i r i t ua l be ing

o r agency ; (2 ) spec ia l t he i n te l l ec t , i n te l l ec tua l powers , esp . as

d i s t i ngu i shed f rom the w i l l and emot ions . (3 ) The hea l thy o rno rma l cond i t i on o f t he men ta l f acu l t i es .

The i deas abou t t he m ind as above men t ioned , a l t hough

qu i te genera l . a re s t i l l he lp fu l somehow in the f i r s t i nqu i r y . A t

the r i sk o f j ump ing the gun we can say tha t t he 5 . a' d i spos i t i on , cha rac te r , o r way o f t h ink ing and fee l i ng ' has

much to do w i th the Buddh is t concep t o f c i t t a under ques t i on ,

whe reas , t he L .a . ' t he sea t o f awa reness , t hough t , vo l i t i on , and

fee l i ng ' i s t he mos t con t rove rs ia l and sub t l e i ssue , S4y , i n

Buddh i s t sys tem. Whe the r t he re i s some th iug as a sea t ( a p l ace

in wh ich admin i s t ra t i ve power o r t he l i ke i s cen te red ) t ha t

sways ove r t he men ta l and emot iona l f unc t i on o f a be ing b r i ngs

in much more specu la t i on than se t t l emen t because o f t he fac t

tha t any o rd ina ry reasou ing wha teve r i s p rone to bu i l d up a sou lo r an ego wh ich i s so me taphys i ca l and specu la t i ve i n cha rac te r .

1. The Evolutionarv Citta

Page 20: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I

J

We shou ld be aware t l r a t c i t t a i n t he Buddh is t Pc1 l i t ex t s i sused no t t ho rough l y i n t he same se t o f mean ings . I t sha res t hesame p rocess o f a lmos t a l l l e x i con un i t s , S& ! , ge t t i ng t hep r im i t i ve rnean ing f r on t he p re -Buddh i s t concep t i on , adop t i ngnew shade o f mean ings i n t he t r ad i t i ona l Buddh i s t con tex t s ,

unde rgo ing nod i f i ca t i on , t r ans fo rma t i on and t r ansmu ta t i on ,deve lop ing cu r ren t shades o f mean ing . The p rocess was go ing

pa ra l l e l w i t h t he evo lu t i ona ry d i ve rgence o f Buddh i s t t hough ts

th rough ages and cha rac te r i zed by t he concep t i ons o f d i f f e ren tschoo l s o f Buddh i s t ph i l osophy among t hem the mos t no t i ceab le

ones a re Theravdda , Sa rvds t i vada , Sau t rdn t i ka , Yogacdra ,Md .dhyamika , and Tan t r i sm. In o the r words , ' t he te rm i scom lnon t o a l l s choo l s o f Buddh i sm and i s a t t es ted i n a w ide' za r i e t y o f mean ings va ry i ng acco rd ing t o t ex tua l con tex t s andrespec t i ve ph i l osoph i c t r ad i t i on ' , . Bu t ou r r esea rch wo rk i sdone on the bas i s o f t he Pa l i T ip i t aka on l y , avo id ing anysec ta r i an b i as and a l i en cons lomera t i on .

2. Synonymous Equivalents of Citta

I t shou ld be no ted he re rha t c i t t a ( ve rb : c i t ) and ce tas

t ve rb : ce t ) a re a lmos t i den t i ca l i n mean ing and app l i ca t i on . I np ro rn i scuous app l i ca t i on t he re i s no cogen t ev i dence o f a c l ea l '

sepa ra t i on o f t he i r r espec t i ve f i e l ds o f mean ing ; a f ew i ns tances

ind i ca te t he ro l e o f ce tas as sea t o f c i t t a , whe reas mos t o f t hem

show no d i s t i nc t i on . The re a re compounds hav ing bo th c i t t a -

and ce to - i n i den t i ca l mean ings , f o r examp le , c i t t a -samadh i and

ce to - samAdh i . O the r compounds show a p re fe rence f o r e i t he r

one o f t he o the r , as ce to i s p re fe r red i n ce to - kh i l a and ce to -

v imu t t i ( bu t v imu t t a - c i t t a ) , whe reas c i t t a i s r es t r i c t ed t o

; omb ina t i on w i t h upakk i l esa , e t c . Le t us s i ng le ou t some

ien tences f o r i l l u s t r a t i on : V i va tna ce t sa sappabhasam c i t t a r y tphdve t i 'w i t h open hea r t he con temp la tes a rad ian t t hough t ' o ;

. - e tasA c i t t am samannesa t i v i ppamu t tam 'w i t h h i s hea r t he

D h i r a s e k e r a ,

v : 2 6 3 ; D . 3 :

E B C . 4 ; 1 6 9 .

2 2 3 : A . i v : 8 6

Page 21: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

4

sc ru t i u i zes t he i r pu re m ind " . Ce taso t a to c i t t am n i vA raye 'a

des i r e o f h i s hea r t he sha l l exc l ude f r om th i s ' u .

I t i s i n te res t i ng to no te he re tha t t he dua l men ta l

p ro j ec t i on as i n o the r sys tems a l so appea rs c l ea r l y i n

Buddh i sm. The no t i on o f one ' s se l f and ano the l se l f

d ramat i z ing , s o to speak , among the f l ow o f i nd i v idua l

sub jec t i ve expe r ience . We sha l l come back to th i s ma t te r i n t he

f i f t h chap te r abou t essen t i a l aspec ts o f c i t t a . And th i s

p ro jec t i on i s a t t imes exp ressed by c i t t a and the c lose l y a l l i ed

te rm ce tos ; a . s i f we shou ld speak o f m ind a f fec t i ng w i l l , o r' hea r t ' i n f l uenc ing ' head ' : Ye shou ld res t l a i n , cu rb , subdue ,

c i t t a by ce to , . Ano the r passage in the Sarhyu t ta N ikdya says tha t

we roam in a l l d i rec t i ons w i th ce to : he re ce to i s used i ns tead o f

c i t t a^ . The passage p robab ly re fe rs to ou r ab i l i t y t o d ream abou t

and th ink o f d i s tan t p laces and even ts .

As occu r r i ng i n t he Su t ta P i taka the th ree te rms , c i t t a ,

v i f i i i ana and mdna a f e usua l l y i n te rchangeab le , a l l deno te

func t i on o f men ta t i on . Desp i te o f t he i r i n te rchangeab i l i t y and

same deno ta t i on we s t i l l , however , can no t i ce w i th a l i t t l e

a rb i t ra r i ness tha t t hey tend toward th ree d i s t i nc t aspec ts o f i t s ,

Say , sub jec t i ve , senso ry and pe rcep t i ve , and i n te l l ec tua l

aspec t s .

Tha t mana ' i s sa id t o I ep resen t t he ra t i ona l f acu l t y o f

man 'n , t hus be ing des igna ted to the i n te l l ec tua l i t y con f ron ts the

d i sag reemen t by t he Dhammapada 'o whe re i t a l so deno tes t he

idea o f sub jec t i ve ch ie f sh ip and d i rec t i ng . V i f i f l ana w i th a mo fe

c lea r - cu t conno ta t i on ' r ep resen ts t he f i e l d o f sense and sense -

reac t i on , t ha t i s t he sphe re o f senso ry and pe rcep t i ve ac t i v i t y " ' .

5 S . i : 1 9 4 .

6 l b i d . i v : 1 9 5 .7 M . i : l 2 O , 2 4 2 .

' S . i : 7 5 .n J . D h i r a s e k e r a . E B C . 4 : 1 6 9 -

r o s e e m o r e i n t h e n e x t s e c t i o n "t t v i j l n i t i k h o b h i k k h a v e t a s m e v i n t r a n a m t i v u c c a t i S . i i i : 8 7

Page 22: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

)

C i t t a i s supposed t o keep as gene ra l as eve r , t hough , t h i s doesno t exc lude i t s t end ing t owa rd sub jec t i v i r y .

3. Semantical and Functional Aspects of Citta

PED rnakes rhe conv i c t i on t ha t t he mean ing o f c i t t a i s bes tunde rs tood when exp la i n i ng i t by exp ress ions f am i l i a r t o us , as :w i t h a l l my l t ea r t ; hea r t and sou l ; I have no hea r t t o do i t ;b l essed a re t he pu re i n hea r t ; s i ng leness o f hea r t ; a l l o f wh i chemphas i ze t he emo t i ona l and cona t i ve s i de o r ' t hough t 'mo rerhan i t s men ta l and ra t i ona l s i de . w i t h t he m inu te exp lana to r yno tes be ing om i t t ed t he mean ing o f c i t t a as g i ven i n PED,2 canbe p resen ted as t he hea r t usua l l y i n psycho log i ca l sense , anofu r t he r exp la i ned as t he cen te r and f ocus o f man ' s emo t i ona lna tu re as we l l as t ha t i n t e l l ec tua l e l emen t wh i ch i nhe res i n andaccompan ies i t s man i f es ta t i ons . Emo t i ona l , cona t i ve , andra t i ona l o r r nen ta l as t he t h ree s i des i n t he mean ing o f c i t t a i sf u r t he r e l abo ra ted i n de ta i l and w i t h i l l u s t r a t i ons by EBCB.

The t e rm c i t t a as ou r ma in conce rn shou ld bas i ca l l y r e fe r ,r n accoun t o f i t s gene ra l usage i n t he PA l i N i kdyas , t o t helexus o f one ' s emo t i ona l na tu re and , i n i t s dynam ic aspec t , t o: he l ocus o r t he f unc t i on o f t housh t .

Tha t "C i t t a r ep resen ts t he sub jec t i ve aspec t o f: onsc iousness " ' o w i l l be co r rec t i n many a case , howeve r , does^ - o r assu re i t se l f i n a l l con tex t s . The f i r s t ve r se o f t he

)hammapada t ha t r eads , "M ind (mana ) i s t he f o re runne r o f ( a l l

: . , i 1 ) s t a tes . M ind i s ch ie f ; m ind -made a re t hey . I f one speaks

: ac t s w i t h w i cked m ind , because o f t ha t , su f f e r i ng f o l l ows

l€ , even as t he whee l f o l l ows t he hoo f o f t he d raugh t -ox . " r '

. t as obv ious l y d i sag reed on i t , ass i gn ing t he sub jec t i veness no t

t o c i t t a bu t t o mana .

T . W . R h y s D a v i d s & W i l l i a m S t e d e

J . D h i r a s e k e r a , E B C . 4 : 1 6 9 .

o p . C i t . 4 : 1 6 9 .

) l r p . v . l - 2 .

P E D : 2 6 6 "

Page 23: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

6

Buddhaghosa t he l a te r commen ta to r o f Pa l i l i t e ra tu re

es tab l i shes fou r mean ings fo r c i t t a : (1 ) i t r s c i t t a t ha r t h inks o f

i t s ob jec t s on accoun t t ha t i t a r ranges i t se l f i n a se r i es by way

o f appe rcep t i on i n a t hough t p rocess ; ( 2 ) c i t t a , o r t he o the r

hand , re fe rs to the resu l tan t t hough ts wh ich a re accumu la ted by

i t s i n t en t i ona l ac t i ons , who lesome and /o r unwho lesome . t ha t i s ,

i t r eaps wha t i t sows ; i n t h i s mean ing i t i s rega rded as the

s to re -house ho ld ing men ta l seeds i n the fo rms o f men ta l

d i spos i t i ons , p roc l i v i t i e s , t endenc ies , and l a ten t f o r ces ; ( 3 )

c i t t a deno tes a l l men ta l ac t i v i t i e s , so a l l c l asses o f t hough ts a re

ca l l ed c i t t a and a r range themse lves acco rd ing to the con tex t o f

men ta t i on ; and (4 ) t he mean ing o f c i t t a can be conce ived a l so

by v i r t ue o f i t s capac i t y t o c rea te a va r ie t y o f e f fec ts ' u .

Un fo r tuna te l y . he d id no t g i ve a ry c lue fo r t he s imp le f l ux i n

h i s accoun t o f c i t t a . I f &ny , ha rd l y i s ' i t a r r anges i t se l f i n a

se r i es by way o f appe rcep t i on i n a t hough r p rocess ' sugges t i ve

o f t he f l ux .

In te rms o f Buddh is t psychoana lys i s t he th ree d i f f e ren t

aspec ts o f ac t i v i t i es tha t c i t t a pe r fo rms a re e f fec t i ve aspec t( vedana) . cogn i t i ve aspec t ( sa f i f r a ) (o f o r pe r ta in ing to the

men ta l p roces ses o f pe rcep t i on . memory . j udgmen t , and

reason ing . as con t ras ted w i t h emo t i ona l and vo l i t i ona l

p rocesses ) and cona t i ve aspec t ( ce tana ) (men ta l ac t i ons hav ing

to do w i t h s t r i v i ng , i nc l ud ing des i r e , vo l i t i on , and pu rpose ) .

The e f f ec t i ve aspec t and t he cogn i t i ve aspec t a re men ta l s t a tes

dependen r on c i t t a " . EBC says rha t t he ce tand c l ea r l y i s t he

causa t i ve fo rm o f c i t t a ( c in te t i ) ce te t i , ce taya t i ) ce tand ) and

tha t t he e f fec t i ve aspec t ( vedand) re fe rs to the fee l i ng tone o f

c i t t a ; t he cogn i t i ve aspec t ( sa f i f r a ) i s conce rned w i th know ing ,

be l i ev i ng , r eason ing and pe rce i v i ng , and t he cona t i ve aspec t( ce tana ) i s conce rned w i t h ac t i ng , w i l l i ng , s t r i v i ng , and

des i r i ng . These t h ree aspec t s do no t o f cou rse f unc t i on

sepa ra te l y . As men ta l p rocesses a l l t h ree aspec t s ope ra te a l l a t

once bv wav o f concu r ren t ac t i on and i n te r -ac t i on . Coen i t i on i s

t u see Buddhaghosa .

' 7 S a f l f l a c a v e d a n i

V i s m : Z L - 7 2 , 4 5 ? - 4 5 4 ,

ca ce tas ika e te dhamna

a n d E x p : 8 4 - 8 5 .

c i t t a p a i b a d d h 6 : S . i v : 2 9 3

Page 24: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

7

assoc ia ted w i t h cona t i on t ha t i n t u rn i s bound up i nva r i ab l yw i t h t he hedon i c qua l i t y o f f ee l i ng ' , .

4. Odd fdea about Citta

I t i s i n t e res t i ng t o no t i ce t he a l i en i dea abou t c i t t a t ha tl r appened t o be i n t he p ropos i t i on : ' c i t t a i s i nco rpo rea l andres iden t i n t he cave o f t he hea r t "n . I t i s p robab l y because o f are fe rence t o t h i s ve rse , i n r espec t o f t he phys i ca l bas i s o f c i t t a ,t ha t some sec t i on o f t l . e The ravdd ins deve loped a ca rd io - cen t r i ct heo ry acco rd ing t o wh i ch t he hea r t ( hadayava t t hu ) i s t he l ocuso f r n i nd and men ta l consc iousness . These The ravdd ins appea r t obe a l one i n ho ld i ng t h i s r heo ry and t h i s i s con f i rmed by t he: t i r t e rno l t o f Ya iom i t ra ,o tha t i t i s con f i ned on l y to the schoo l o f.S r i Lanka Buddh i sm. I t i s ha rd t o f i nd i n t he o r rhodox sys remr f Buddh i s t t hough t any p l ace t o wh i ch t he i dea can ber nco rpo ra ted p rope r l y .

5. Reliable Base for our Definitive Understanding

The t r ad i t i ona l Buddh i sm den ies any k i nds o f subs tan t i a l

: e f i n i t i on o f c i t t a t o t he ex t reme . 'Buddha , ' EBC says , ' i s t he. : r s t psycho log i s t t o ' psycho log i se ' w i t hou t a sou l and t he:ac l r i ng on c i t t a i s squa re l y based on t he doc t r i ne o f t he non -

, . r bs tan t i a l i t y o f a l l phenomena ' r , . The encyc loped ia wa rns

i r vone who i ns i s t s on t he c l ea r - cu t de f i n i t i on o f c i t t a t ha t ' t he

- - .mp lex i t y o f i t s usage has some t imes de f i ed a l l a t t emp ts o f

. " ode rn scho la r sh ip a t de te rm in ing t he spec i f i c i t y o f i t s

, . gn i f i ca t i on ' zz . The Buddha seems to adop t a f unc t i ona l v i ew o f

, r ncep t s , u t i l i z i ng t he t e rm sankha t o r e fe r t o concep ts ; and

- i f unc t i ona l use i s o f t en exp ressed by t he ve rba l exp ress ion :

; r t kho .m gaccha t i o r ' conce i ve ' . The f o l l ow ing passage i s. : r ca l : "C i t t a , j us t as f r om cow comes m i l k , and f r om m i l k

i J . D h i r a s e k e r a , E B C .

' D h p . v . 3 7 .

l { e i s s a i d t o b e t h e a u t h o r o f S p h u t d r t h a A b h i d h a r m a k o f a V y a k h y a . s e e M1 \ - i n t e r n i t z , H I L : 3 4 4 .

. ' D l r i r a s e k e r a . E B C . 4 : l 7 1 .

1 7 0

Page 25: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

8

curds . and f rom cu rd bu t te r . and f rom bu t te r ghee , and f rom

ghee t o j unke t ; ye t , when t he re i s m i l k , t he re i s no conce i v i ng

as ' cu rd ' o r ' bu t t e r ' o r ' ghee ' o r ' j unke t ' ; i n s tead on t ha t

occas ion t he re i s couce i v i ug as 'm i l k " ' ' .

I t can be fu r the r no ted tha t c i t t a may be rendered by

i t t t en t i o t r , impu l se . des ign ; mood , d i spos i t i on , s t a te o f m ind ,

reac t i o t t t o impress ions . C i t t a , however , somet imes s tands

mere l y f o r an i dea o r a t hough t , f o r examp le , a pe rsoo who was

bo rn p ro fess iona l so ld i e r mus t p rev ious l y have had t he

fo l l ow ing t hough t o r i dea i n t he common sense ' . ' Le t t hose

be ings be to r tu red , bound , des t royed . ex te rm ina ted " ' . The c i t t a

can be qu i t t ed up as i s exp ressed i n t he passage , ' i n co lupe i , eu i .

Sunakkha t t a . i s t he naked asce t i c . Pa t i ka ' s son . t o mee t me f ace

to f ace . i f he w i t hd raw no t t hose wo rds . i f he pu t no t away t ha t

i dea ( c i t t a ) . i f he renounce no r t ha t op in i on . I f he t h i nks t ha t ,

ho ld i ng t o t hose wo rds , t o t ha t i dea - ma in ta i n i ng t ha t op in i on -

he wou ld come to mee t t he Samar l a Go tama , h i s head wou l . d

sp l i t asunde r ' 25 . C i t t a he re means mere l y an i dea .

6. The Preferred Functionalisnt

I t i s sugges t i b le tha t c i t t a can be ana lyzed as to i t s na tu re

in the d i sc ip l i nes o f psycho logy , e th i cs and na tu ra l i sm26 . Bu t f o rt he sake o f be ing i n conco rd r v i t h t he Buddh i s t t heo ry o f

su f fe r i ng and o f non -subs tance - t he fo rmer ma in l y re la t i ng to

the bas i c f o r e th i ca l a t t i t ude and the l a . t t e r . f o r ph i l osoph ica l

v i ewpo in t - t he d i sc i p l i nes o f e th i cs and o f psycho logy a re

p re fe rab le . The f unc t i ona l i s t i c app roac i r i u t he d i sc i p l i ne o f

modern psycho logy , i t i s a t t he r i sk go ing a l i t t l e as t ray to no te ,

comes t o ove rshadow the once -dom ina t i ns s t r uc tu ra l i s rn .

" O p . C i t . 4 : 1 6 9 .

2 3 D . i : Z e Z .

" S . i v : 3 O 9 .' r A b h a b b o k h o S u n a k k h a t t a a c c l o P d t i k a - p u t t o t a n r v S , c a n r a p p a h i y a t a m c i t t a m

a p p a h e v a t a n r d i t t h i r . n a p p a t i n i s s a j . j i t v a n : a m a s a m m u k h l - b b a v a m a g a n t u m . S a c ep i ' s s a e v a m e s s a A h a m t a m v S . c a m a p p a h l y a r a m c i t t n m a p p a h A y a t a m d i t t h i ma p p a t i n i s s a j j i t v a S a n r a n a s s a G o t a m a s s a s a m m u k h i - b h l v a n r g a c c h e y y a r r t i . - n u d h ap i t a s s a v i p a t e v y e t i . F o r t h e t r a n s l a t i o n s e e D P . i j i : 1 3 .

' ] 6 J . D h i r a s e k e r a . E B C . 1 : 1 7 O .

Page 26: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

10

o t h e r i n c o r p o r e a l . c a u s u a l l y i n d u c e d s t a r e s t h e r e a r e o n t h a t o c c a s i o n - -

t h e s e a r e s t a t e s t h a t a r e g o o d " z c

A l l t he f unc t i ons and t he so -ca l l ed agen ts a re bu t t r ansec tand eve r -chang ing l i ke a s t ream o f wa te r30 .

7. Nature of Citta

The na tu re o f c i t t a i s d i f f i cu l t t o be seen and unders toodand i t i s ve r y sub r l e ' ' . ve r y ha rd t o con t ro l , assu red l y l i gh t andqu i ck and a t t ach ing i t se l f t o wha teve r i t c raves32 . I t i s , i n caseo f t he wor ld l i ng , cons ran r l y f r i gh tened , t e r r i f i ed and a la rmedas we l l as ag i t a ted . f l u r r i ed and anx iouss3 . The na tu re o f c i t t ashou ld a l so be coun ted on accoun t o f i t s dependen t o r i g i na t i onin wh i ch t he causa l f ac to r s p l ay t he dec i s i ve ro i e i n t he a r i s i ngo f m ind , t hus sub jec t i ng to the impermanence ea rmark o fsankhara . Even i n the Buddha t ime Bh ikkhu sd r i was i gno red o fthe fac t t ha t rhe re i s no a r i s i ng o f rhe m ind ( i n t h i s case thete rm v i f r . f i ana i s emp loyed) un less i t i s t h rough rhe co l l oca t i ono f causa l f ac to r s . . .

The na ru re o f c i t t a i s mu r t i f ace ted , t h i s sugges rs t he t i t l eo f t he fou r th chapre r , and the expos i t i ons s i t ua t i ona l l y g i ven bythe Buddha abou t i t s na tu re a re ha rd l y mo lded i n to any fo rma lde f i n i t i on o f c i t t a . Even the Buddha fe l t d i f f i cu l t i n desc r ib inga s i ng le aspec r o f i t s na tu re . say ing , " I cons ide r , monks , t ha tt he re i s no phenomenon t ha t comes and goes so qu i ck l y asm ind . I t i s no r easy ro f i nd s im i l e t o show how qu i ck l y m indcomes and goes " . . .

c i t t a i n t he Buddh is t v i ew , i s t hus a se r ies o f even ts i n anincessan t p rocess o f men ta t i on . c i t t a as un i t a r y t e rm i s no th i ng

' o D h s . : l - 5 .

" O p . C i r . 4 : l 7 O .r r s u d u d d a s a , s u n i p u n a : D h p . v . 3 6 .J 2 d u n u i g g a h a , l a h u , v a t t h a k a m a n i p a t i : D h p . v . 3 5 .3 r N i c c a u r r a s t a m i d a m c i t t a m , n i c c a m u b b i g g a m i d a r F m a n o :r 1 A n e k a p a r i - y i y c n u h ' a v u s o S e t i p a t i c c a y a n a t t h i v i f l i d n a s s a

3 5 A . i : 1 0 .

S . i : 5 3 .

s a m b h a v o : M . i : 2 5 6 - 7

Page 27: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

11

more t han a conven ien t co l l ec t i ve noun t o comprehend a w ideand comp lex nexus o f men ta I s ta tes i n f l ux as eve r men t ioned i nthe f o rgo ing sec t i on . As t o i t s na tu re t he c i t t a o r m ind o f t hewor l d l y i nd i v i dua l i s , psycho log i ca l l y speak ing , cons tan t l y

t h robb ing , t r emb l i ng and wave r i ng36 . E th i ca l l y , i t i s exceed ing l yd i f f i cu l t t o be p ro tec ted and t o be saved f r om fa l t i ng i n to mora lI apse . Na tu ra l i s t i ca l l y , i t qu i ve rs l i ke a f i sh ou t o f wa te rd i s t r ac ted by a mu l t i p l i c i t y o f s t imu l i " .

Now , t he ma in cou rse o f t r ea tmen t shou ld be pos tponed t on rake a b r i e f i n t r oduc t i on o f t he p re -Buddh i s t concep t o f c i t t a .And t hen , i t i s f o l l owed by a su rvey o f t he p r ima ry sou rce onrhe bas i s o f wh i ch t he s tudy i s e l abo ra ted . Th i s su rvey t en t stowa rds ch rono log i ca l pe rspec t i ve .

B " PRE-BUDDHIST C ITTA

1. Citta of General Meanings

Among t he mos t impo r tan t ve rba l r oo t s deno t i ng men ta l

p rocesses i n t he f f g Veda , N . Ross Rea t obse rves , ^ , l c i t i s t he

mos t gene ra l i n mean ing t ha t i t we l l - n i gh re fe r s t o t he

func t i on ing o f any men ta l o rgans and f acu l t i es . The mos t

J ommon nouns de r i ved f r om th i s ve rba l r oo t , name ly , c i t t a ,

- ' i t t i and ce tas , a re f o r a l l i n t en t s and pu rposes synonymous ,

- i nd re fe r ve ry gene ra l l y t o " t hough t " o r i n some cases "m ind " .

Nouns and ve rbs de r i ved f r om the roo t ' J c i t a re so b road i n

rnean ing as t o be capab le o f be ing subs t i t u t ed f o r v i r t ua l l y any

o f t he more p rec i se t e rms f o r men ta l o rgans and f acu l t i es . The

ve rba l r oo t ' , lman and i t s de r i va t i ves t he c l oses t r e l a t i ves o f' , c i t a re a lmos t as b road i n mean ing as t he de r i va t i ves o f' " c i t . Gene ra l l y speak ing , t hey imp l y more spec i f i ca l l y t han r / c i r

r he p rocess o f i n t e l l ec tua l cog i t a t i on . O the r t han t h i s ve ry

vague and i ncons i s ten t d i s t i nc t i on , t he de r i va t i ves o f { c i l and' . n t an , i n t he FS Veda , a re p rac t i ca l l y i nd i s t i ngu i shab le i n

n rean ing . Ve rba l f o rms o f " l c i t , however , aFe more common than

D h p . v . 3 3 .

O p . C i t - v . 3 4

Page 28: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

nomina l f o rms wh i l e t he oppos i t e i s t r ue o f de r i va t i ves o f' Jman . I t i s p robab l y bes t t he re fo re t o t r ans la te nom ina l f o rms

o f { c i r w i t h " t hough t " . and t he t e rm n tanas r r ' i t h -m ind " . Such

trans lat ion constr r re manas as me[ ta l organ and cr r ra as mentatf acu l t i es . even t hough adm i t t ed l y t he re i s no c l ea r d i s r i nc t i onbe tween these te rms in ac tua l usage in the Rg Veda" .

The de r i va t i ves o f { c i r i n Rg veda , l i ke rhe re rm c i t t a i nBuddh i sm, r e fe r i n t he b roades t way ro men ta l p rocess whe the rpe rcep t i ve , i n te l l ec rua l , emo t iona l o r imag ina t i ve3e . I t may besa id tha t t hese de r i va t i ves deno te the func t i on ing o f any one o fthe seve ra l men ta l o rgans and facu l t i e s men t ioned i n the Rsveda . used w i th the te rm manas , . l c i t i nd i ca tes men ta lpe rcep t i on o r i n te l l ec tua l t hough t . w i rh h rd (hea r t \ i t r e fe rs toemor iona l o r i n tu i t i ve though t . w i th ^ lan i i t r e fe rs roimag ina t i ve . v i s i ona ry though t . w i th k ra tu i t r e fe rs rovo l i t i ona l t hough t . I t i s t he b road and genera l na ru re o f ^J c i tand i t s de r i va t i ves t ha t cons t i t u t es t he mos r d i s t i nc t i vecha rac te r i s t i c o f t h i s f am i l y o f t e rms .o .

I t shou ld be no ted rha t mos r o f t he psycho log i ca l l ys i gn i f i can t de r i va t i ves o f { c i r occu r i n r e l a t i ve l y l a t e t ex t s . t hema jo r i t y be ing i n t he Ma i t r i Upan i sado , .

2. Citta and ll{ana

The two t e rms a re so c l ose i n i n t e r re l a t i on t ha t mos t o ft he cases espec ia l l y i n t he ea r l y Ved i c t ex t s t hey a rein te rchangeab le w i thou t any r i sk o f un in ten t i ona l mod i f i ca t i ono f t he mean ing . I n t he Vedas , t he i d i oms re fe r r i ng t o m ind a renear i y a lways n tanas ; t hey a te much l i ke ou r own ana logousph rases such as : "Sun t r ave l s qu i ck as m ind " . . . 'we know wha tt hy u r . i nd was " . . . " app rov ing t hy m ind " . . . " t h i s p ra i se has beeno f f e red by t he ru i nd ' ' . . . 'wha t a man reaches w i t h m ind . t ha t he

r " N .

tu op .

'o op .

t t op .

R o s s R e a t . O I P : 9 9

C r r . : l O l .

C i t . . l O 7 .

c i r . : 2 5 4 .

Page 29: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t 1

exp resses by speech " . . . " by wha t g rea t m ind may we a r res t t hes to rm gods? " . . . "w i se i n m ind . . . t r emb l i ng i n m ind . . . p l ease i nrn i nd " . . . ' oa woman m ind fu l o f t he gods " . . . " \ r ye mus t consu l t

r he t hough t ( c i t t a ) o f ano rhe r . . . beyond ou r t hough ts( c i t t dn i ) " . . . "wh i ch p raye r i s t o be t he cho i ce o f t hy m ind? "o ' .. \ co rnpa r i son o f t he f r equency o f t he ma in psycho log i ca l t e rmsused i n t he 13 ' p r i nc i pa l ' , i . e . Ea r l y and M idd le Upan i sadsresu l t s i n t he f o l l ow ins t ab leo3 .

T a b l e 1 :

Manas . ' 173 re fe tences

C i t t a : 18 re fe rences

V i j f i ana : 29 re fe rences

Buddh i : 1 2 re fe rences

Ce tas . ' 3 re fe rences

Ce tana : 3 r e fe rences

T h r o u g h t h e a b o v e t a b l e w e c a n s e e t h e l e s s f r e q u e n c y o f

r h e t e r m c i t t a i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h i t s p o s t e r i o r t e r m v i f i f i d n a .

C i t t a w a s n e v e r f a v o r e d t e r m a s w a s n t a n a s . I n i t s r o o t w e h a v e

m a n ' s a w a r e n e s s w o r d e d a s p e r c e i v i n g , o b s e r v i n g . T h e r e s u l t i s

a s a m a n i f o l d o r m o t l e y , c i t - m e a n i n g a l s o t h i s , b u t t h e a c t i v e

3 g e n c y i n t h e p r o c e s s i s n o t s o s t r o n g l y i m p l i c i t a s i s t h e

m e a s u r i n g , p l a n i n g , w i l l i n g , i n m a n a s u .

For a f u r t he r d i s t i nc t i on be tween t he two t e rms we can

: ] o te t ha t i n mos t con tex t s t he t e rms de r i ved f r om ^ l c i t i s

r ssoc ia ted w i t h manas (m ind ) . The n tanas i s o f t en dep i c ted as

:he agen t o f t he p rocess o f t hough t as rep resen ted by t he

le r i va t i ves o f ' J c i t , as i n t he ph rases such as manasd cek i t dnam

th ink i ng o r pe rce i v i ng w i t h t he m ind ) , mano ce ta t i ( t he m ind

:h i nks ) . I n o the r con tex t s , a de r i va t i ve o f { c i r may qua l i f y t he

C .

Op.

Op.

A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , B I P D B : 8

C i t . : 7 L .

C i t . : 6 8 - 6 9 .

Page 30: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

T4

mind i n an ad jec t i ve se r r se , as i n t he ph rase c i k i t v i n -manas

( though t f u l o r pe rcep t i ve m ind ) " . The above d i s t i nc t i ve cases a t

mos t a re no t enough t o r e fu te t he p redom inance o f t he i r bas i c

i n te r changeab i l i t y as p resen ted i n t he p rev ious sec t i on .

3, Emotional and fntellectual Citta

N . Ross Rea t obse rves t ha t t he emo t i ona l conno ta t i on o f

l c l r i s mos t ev i den t when de r i va t i ves based on i t a re sa id t o be

moved by an ex te rna l f o rce , oS when the worsh ip and /o r

sac r i f i ce s t i r s t he t hough t ( ce tana ) . On t he o the r hand , t hese

de r i va t i ves a re a l so sa id t o be t he s t i r r i ng o r mov ing f o r ce

wh i ch i nc i t es va r i ous gods t o ac t i on . as when Soma and Agn i

a re sa id t o be moved o r s t i r r ed i n to ac t i on by t he t hough t o f t he

sac r i f i ce r . Emo t i ona l con ten t i s a l so f ound i n passages such as

oue where A t r i i s sa id to * th ink w i th a f r i end l y rn iad " re .

C i t t a seems to have much t o do w i t h t he bas i c sensua l

consc iousness . as i n t he f o l l ow ing ve rse . whe re t he depa r tu re o f

c i t t a ma rks t he end o f such consc iousness : 'When a s i ck pe rso r r

abou t t o d i e ge t s t o such weakness as t o f a l l i n t o a s tupo r t hey

say o f h im , h i s t hough t ( c i t t a ) has depa r ted , he does no t hea r ,

he does no t see , he does no t speak w i t h speech , he does no t

t h i nk "o ' . Bu t i n t he ano the r aspec t . t he de r i va t i ves o f r i c i r a re o f

i n t e l l ec tua l i t y . The de r i va t i ves deno te i n seve ra l compounds

some so rT o f deve lopmen t o r exce l l ence o f t he f acu l t y o f

t hough t o r pe rcep t i on . as i n t he t e rms v i pa i c i t a (w i se o r

i ns i gh t f u l ) . suce tas ( t hough t f u l ) , gamb i i r a - ce tas (deep -

though ted ) . p race ta (w i se ) . The i n te l l ec tua l conno ta t i on i s

obv ious l y p redom inan t i n t he ph rase * t o so l ve (ac i ke tam) a

r i dd le " " .

4. Citta of Vision.

N . R o s s

c i k c t a t i . .

Op. C i t .

O p . C i r .

R e a t . O I P . l O 4 .

. s u r r r n c r - t a c c t a s a : N .

: 2 5 2 .

: 1 O 3 .a 8

R o s s R e a t , O I P : 7 O 2 s q

Page 31: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

15

I t i s obse rved t ha t t he de r i va t i ves o f r / c i r assoc ia ted w i t h

the po tence o f see ing , i n t he b road sense o f t he wo rd , a re i r rsome cases qu i t e l i t e ra l , as when Agn i i s sa id t o be obse rvan t

( ce t i ; ! ham) w i t h t he eyes (aksabh i r ) , o r i n a wa r t ime cu rse i n

wh i ch t he w i sh i s exp ressed t ha t t he pe rcep t i on ( c i t t a ) o f t hose

foes who s tand wa tch be des t royed . I n o the r con tex t s , t he t e rm

c i t t a seems to mean s imp l y " v i s i b l e " , as i n t he ph rase c i t t a -ga rbha , wh i ch Gr i f f i t h t r ans la tes " v i s i b l y p regnan t " . I n s r i l l

o t he r cases , de r i va t i ves o f . / c i r r e fe r t o men ta l pe rcep t i on , as

rvhen i t i s sa id tha t M i t ra and Varuna pe rce i ve ( c i kya tuh ) even

w i t h t he i r eyes c l osed , o r whe re i t i s sa id w i t h r e l a t i on ro a

r i dd le t ha t t hose who have eyes , obv ious l y men ta l eyes , can seervh i l e t he b l i nd do no t pe rce i ve (na v i ce tad andhah ) , o r aga in

r vhe re i t i s asked , "who d i sce rns ( c i ke ta ) t he wo rk i ngs o f M i t r a

and Va runa? " . The de r i va t i ves o f { c i r a re a l so used t o deno te

v i s i on , pa r t i cu l a r l y men ta l v i s i on i n t he Rg Vedaon .

When pu r i f i ed , c i t t a i s p ra i sed as p ra j f i d o f t he ea r l y

Upan i sads . I n t he s i x t h book o f t he Ma i t r i , w€ can f i nd bo th

cetas and c i t ta exal ted to mean noth ing less than t l re pra j f idso. A

pu r i f i ed c i t t a i s sa id t o be capab le o f g rasp ing t he u l t ima te

r ru th , howeve r , i t s pu r i f i ca t i on seems to i nvo l ve i t s cessa t i ons t .

5. Il[etaphysical Citta

The subs tan t i a l i s t me taphys i c o f I nd ian t hough t cou ld be

exp ressed by the p resu rnp t i ve s ta te rnen ts such as the Upan isad ic

passage wh i ch reads t ha t i n t he beg inn ing , t h i s wo r l d was on l y- . he se l f ( a tman ) i n t he f o rm o f a pe rson . Look ing a round he

saw no th i ng e l se t han t he se l f . He f i r s t sa i d ' I am ' . The re a rose

rhen t he name o f ' I ' f o r t he f i r s t t ime . La te r on he rea l i zed t he

rea l se l f and t he mu tab le se l f ( o r t he emp i r i ca l consc iousness )

r vh i ch a re g raph i ca l l y p resen ted w i t h t he image o f two b i r ds

pe rched on one b ranch , t he one s imp l y wa tch ing and t he o the r

en joy i ng t he f r u i t " . Th rough t he range o f mean ing as mean t by

Op. C i t .

C . A . F .

) - l . Ross

D a v i d J .

: 1 0 1 - 1 0 2 .

R h y s D a v i d s , B I P D B : 7 l

R e a t , O I P : 2 5 7 .

K a l u p a h a n a , P B P : 1 2 .

Page 32: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t 6

rhe roo t 4 c i t above p resen ted , i r i s qu i t e sa fe t o suppose t ha t

t he roo t { c i r ' s f am i l y wou ld be ab le t o compass e i t he r o f ' t he

two b i r ds ' and bo th o f t hem.

The de r i va t i ves o f " Jc i t seem to be cons t rued e i t he r as t he

essence o f t he sou l and un i ve rse o r as the fundamen ta l

cha rac te r i s t i c o f bo th the i nd i v idua l and the un i ve rsa l sou l . I t

i s imp l i ed i n t he rhe to r i c ques t i on : ' Th i s body i s l i ke a ca r t ,

w i t hou t t hough t ; by t he power o f wha t supe r - sensuous be ing i s

i t made t o a r i se w i t h t hough t ( ce tanava t ) : o r who i s i t s move r? "

o r t he s ta temen t "The en joye r (bhok tD o f t h i s un i ve rse i s

w i thou t qua l i t i es (n i rguna) , bu t because o f i t s be ing an en joye r ,

i t mus t have t hough t ( ca i t anya ) " . As a supe r - sensuous be ing ,

t he t hough t has t he po tence o f c rea t i ng . Th i s c rea t i v i t y i s no t

con f i ned t o a r t i s t i c compos i t i on , as when i t i s sa id t ha t t he

hymn sp r i ngs f r om the t hough t f u l m ind ( c i k i t v i n -manas ) . I t may

a l so re fe r t o t he i dea o f spon taneous c rea t i on o f an en t i t y , as i n

a hymn s ta t i ng tha t t he gods c rea ted f i r e w i th c i t t i . The re i s

ano the r con tex t where the Rbhus a re sa id to have c rea ted a

mi racu lous cha r io t by means o f "exce l l en t t hough t " ( suce tas )

and m ind (manas ) " . I n f i ne , t he Upan isad ic sys tem v i r t ua l l y

t ends t o r ega rd t he wo r l d as a c rea t i on o f consc iousness , say ing

tha t a t t he d i sso lu t i on o f a l l . he a l one rema ins awake . Thus

f rom tha t space , he awake t h i s wo r l d wh i ch cons i s t s o f t hough t

on l y ( ce tama t ra ) " .

CHRONOLOGY IN THE BUDDHIST CANON

Different Tables of Stratification

Exp lo ra t i on i n to t he conc lus i ve ou t comes o f t he

s t ra t i f i ca t i on o f t he Buddh i s t canon i ca l t ex t s p roposed by t he

lead ing scho la r s conve l san t i n t he Pd l i l i t e ra tu re l e t us know

tha t t he o ldes t s t l a t i f i ca t i on may be tha t o f T . W. Rhys Dav ids

who obse rves t en s t r a ta scheme . Un fo r runa te l y , i t i s no t an easy

c

5 5

N .

Op.

Op.

R o s s

C i t .

C i t .

Rea t , O IP : 253

: l O 6 .

2 5 3 2 5 4 .

Page 33: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t 6

t he roo t 4 c i t above p resen ted , i r i s qu i t e sa fe t o suppose t ha t

t he roo t { c r r ' s f am i l y wou ld be ab le t o compass e i t he r o f ' t he

two b i r ds ' and bo th o f t hem.

The de r i va t i ves o f { c l r seem to be cons t rued e i t he r as t he

essence o f t he sou l and un i ve rse o r as the fundamen ta lcha rac te r i s t i c o f bo th the i nd i v idua l and the un i ve rsa l sou l . I t

i s imp l i ed i n t he rhe to r i c ques i i on : ' Th i s body i s l i ke a ca r r ,

w i t hou t t hough t ; by t he power o f wha t supe r - sensuous be ing i si t made t o a r i se w i t h t hough t ( ce tanava t ) : o r who i s i t s move r? "

o r t he s ta temen t "The en joye r (bhok t r ) o f t h i s un i ve rse i sw i t hou t qua l i t i e s ( n i r guna ) , bu t because o f i t s be ing an en joye r ,

i t mus t have t hough t ( ca i t anya ) ' , . As a supe r - sensuous be ing ,t he t hough t has t he po tence o f c rea t i ng . Th i s c rea t i v i t y i s no rcon f i ned t o a r t i s t i c compos i t i on , as when i t i s sa id t ha t t hehymn sp r i ngs f r om the t hough t f u l m ind ( c i k i t v i n -manas ) . I r maya l so re fe r t o t he i dea o f spon taneous c rea t i on o f an en t i t y , as i na hymn s ta t i ng t ha t t be gods c rea ted f i r e w i t h c i t t i . The re i sano the r con tex t where the S .bhus a re sa id to have c rea ted a

mi racu lous cha r io t by means o f "exce l l en t t hough t " ( suce tas )

and m ind (manas )5^ . I n f i ne , t he Upan isad ic sys tem v i r t ua l l yt ends t o r ega rd t he wo r l d as a c rea t i on o f consc iousness , say ingtha t a t t he d i sso lu t i on o f a l l , he a lone rema ins awake . Thusf rom tha t space , he awake t h i s wo r l d wh i ch cons i s t s o f t hough ton l v ( ce tdmd t ra \ " .

C. CHRONOLOGY IN THE BUDDHIST CANON

1. Different Tables of Stratification

Exp lo ra t i on i n to t he conc lus i ve ou t comes o f t he

s t ra t i f i ca t i on o f t he Buddh i s t canon i ca l t ex t s p roposed by t he

lead ing scho la r s conve rsan t i n t he Pd l i l i t e ra tu re l e t us know

tha t t he o ldes t s t ra t i f i ca t i on may be tha t o f T . W" Rhys Dav ids

who obse rves t en s t r a ta scheme . Un fo r t una te l v . i t i s no t an easv

5 r N .

t , op.

" op.

R o s s R e a t , O I P : 2 5 3

C i r . : 1 0 6 .

C i t . 2 5 3 2 s 4 .

Page 34: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

f e e l i n g o n t h e s i d e o f t h o s e w h o c a r e

f i n d t h a t b o t h B . C . L a w a n d K . L .

s a m e s c h e m e f r o m B u d d h i s t I n d i a b y

f lo ( (u ( f l ou( ( f te sa .me suntmar ies . (see

I 7

f o r sc i en t i f i c exac tness t o

Haz ra do summar i ze t he

T . W. Rhys Dav ids bu t do

appendix | )

T h e c h r o n o l o g y o b s e r v e d b y T . W . R h y s D a v i d s ,

n e v e r t h e l e s s , i s n o t f u l l y a g r e e d o n b y o t h e r s c h o l a r s . B . C .

L a w r e g a r d s i t a s t o o c a t e c h e t i c a l , t o o c u t a n d d r i e d , a n d t o o

g e n e r a l t o b e a c c e p t e d , t h o u g h i t s s u g g e s t i o n i s a g o o d g u i d e t o

r h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h e c h r o n o l o g y o f t h e P d l i c a n o n i c a l

t e x t s 5 6 . W e w i l l b e i n t o u c h w i t h t h e t a b l e t i m e a f t e r t i m e w h e n

d e a l i n g w i t h e a c h i n d i v i d u a l c o l l e c t i o n a n d t h e i r c o m p o n e n t

t e x t s -

B. C . Law g i ves h i s own scheme o f 5 l aye rs , bas ing on t he

da tes o f 6 Buddh i s t Counc i l s i n I nd ia and Cey lon respec t i ve l ys? :

T a b l e 2 :

F i r s t Pe r i od 483 - 383 BC

Second Pe r i od 383 - 265 BC

Th i rd Pe r i od 265 - 230 BC

Fou r th Pe r i od 230 - 80 BC

F i f t h P e r i o d 80 -20BC

O n t h e b a s i s o f t h e a b o v e s e t t i n g , B . C . L a w o b s e r v e s , i t

w o u l d b e e a s y t o a r r a n g e a n u r n b e r o f b o o k s , f o r e x a m p l e ,

P a r i v d r a p a t h a , t h e l a s t A b h i d h a m m a t r e a t i s e w h o s e c o l o p h o n

i n f o r m s u s t h a t i t w a s c o m p o s e d i n C e y l o n b y a B u d d h i s t

C e y l o n e s e s c h o l a r m o n k , D I p a b y n a m e 5 8 . O n e r e f e r e n c e o f t h e

b o o k m a k e s i t k n o w n t o u s t h a t i t s c o m p o s i t i o n t o o k p l a c e a f t e r

5 6 B . C . L a w , H P L : L .

" O p . C i t . : L 3 .' s G . P . M a l a l a s e k e r a , D P N , v o l 1 6 3

Page 35: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

18

the V inaya P i taka be ing p romu lga ted by Thera Mah inda . The

success ion o f h i s d i sc i p l es f r om the t ime o f The ra Mah inda

g i ven i n t he t ex t enab les us t o conc lude t ha t i t s compos i t i on

cou ld no t be poss ib le un t i l t he re ign o f k ing Vagyagaman i

because i t open l y dec la res i n t he co lophon t ha t t he au tho r had

the t r ea t i se be w r i t t en down . Th i s manne r o f p rese rva t i on o f t he

sc r ip tu res wou ld no t be conce ivab le be fo re the t ime o f Va f i

agaman i , " .

B . C . Law ge ts a fu l l c red i t f o r t he i n t roduc t i on o f t he

fo rego ing 5 -s tage se t t i ng wh ich , un fo r tuna te l y , i s no t f u r the r

e labo ra ted on . And . ano the r con t r i bu t i on i s a t t he end o f t he

chap te r whe re he rese rves f o r t he 'Ch rono logy o f t he Pd l i

Canon ' and comes back t o t he scheme o f 10 s t r a ta o r i g i na l l y

ske tched ou t by T . .W.

Rhys Dav ids , o r wh ich he makes some

remarkab le commen ts . mod i f i ca t i ons and ad ius tmen ts .

Fo r t he sake o f compar i son we shou ld j ux tapose t he

Dav ids and t he l a te r oneprev ious s t ra t i f i ca t i on o f T . W. Rhys

o f B . C . Law as f o l l ows ,

' o B . C . L a w . H P L : 1 3 - 1 4

Page 36: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

19

Tab le 3 :

B y D a v i d s B y L a w

l . T h e s i m p l e s t a t e m e n r s o f B u d d h i s td o c t r i n e n o w f o u n d , i n i d e n t i c a lw o r d s , i n p a r a g r a p h s o r v e r s e sr e c u r r i n g i n a l l t h e b o o k s .

l . T h e s i r u p l e s t a r e m e n r s o f B u d d h i s td o c r r i n e q o w f o u n d . i n i d e n t i c a lw o r d s . i n p a r a g r a p h s o r v e r s e sr e c u r r i u g i n a l l t h e b o o k s .

r l . E p i s o d c s f o u n d . i n i d e n t i c a l' w o r d s " i n t w o o r m o r e o f t h e, e x i s r i n g b o o k s .

2 . E p i s o d e s f o u n d , i n i d e n t i c a lw o r d s . i n t w o o r m o r e o f t h ee x i s t i n g b o o k s .

3 . Thc S I /as . t he pn rdyana . t heQctades - the Pat i t t tokkha.

3 . T h e S i l a s . t h e P a r a y a n a g r o u p o f1 6 p o e m s w i r h o u t t h e p r o l o g u e . t h eA l l h a k a g r o u p o f 4 o r 1 6 p o e m s .thc .Si t , t f ta padas .

1 . The D igha . i v l a j j h ima , A f i gu t t a raand Samyu t ta N i kdyas .

4 . T h e D i g h a . v o l . i . t h e M a j j h i m athe Samyu t ta . t he A igu t ta ra . andea r l i e r Pa t imokk l ra code o f L52ru le s .

, 5 . The Su t ta N ipa ta . t he The ra - andi T h e r l - g a t h a s , t b e U d a n a s , a n d t h ei Khuddhaka Pdgha .I

5 . T h c D i g h a , v o l s . i i a n d i i i . t h eThe ra - aud The r I -g t i t hd . r hec o l l e c t i o n o f 5 O O J a t a k a s . S u t t aV ibhanga , Pag i sambh idama g ga ,Puggalapaf l f la t t i and the Vibhartpa.

6 . The Su t tav ibha r i ga and theKhandhakas .

6 . Thc Mahdvagga and rheCu l l avagga , t he Pd t imokkha codcc o m p l e t i n g 2 2 7 r u l c s , t h cVimdnavat thu and, Petavat t l tu . theDhammapada and, the Kathdvot thu

- Thc Jd takas and theD h a m m a p a d a s .

7 . The Cu l l an iddeEa , t heMal taniddesa. the I Iddna. theI t i vu t t aka . t he Su t ta N ipa ta . t beD l td tuka thd . t he yamaka . and theP a g t h a n a .

8 . The N iddesa , t he l t i vu t t akas , andthe Po l i sambh ida .

8 . Thc Buddhavamsa , t he Ca r i yap i laka . and the Apaddna .

9 . The Pe ta - and . V imana-va t t t hus .t he Apadana . r . r he Ca r i ya p i t aka .and the Bud ,dha va rhsa .

9 . T h e P a r i v d r a p d t h a .

1 0 . T h e A b h i d h a m n a b o o k s : r h e l a s to f wh i ch i s t hc Ka tha Va t thu andt h c e a r l i e s t p r o b a b l y r h ePugga lapa f i r l a r t i .

lO . The Khuddakapa rha

Page 37: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

T h e j u x t a p o s i t i o n o f t h e s t r a t i f i c a t i o n b v T

20

\ ' . Rhvs

Dav ids (abb rev ia ted as A l w i t h t he o the r one by B . C . Law

(abb rev ia ted as B ) shows t ha t t he i r f i r s t two s t r a ta a re

comp le te l y i den t i ca l . The t h i r d s t r a ta con ta i n each 4 i t ems o f

wh i ch t he f i r s t t h ree , name ly , t he S l l as . t he Pa rayana , t he

Oc tades , t he Pa t imokkha a re ne a r l y i den t i ca l , t he d i f f e rence i s

t ha t A g i ves a sha rpe r bounda r i es o f deno ta t i on o f t he Pa ra_yapa

and t he Oc tades . The l as t i t em o f t h i s s t r a ta i n A , i . e . t he

Pa t imokkha i s subs t i t u t ed by t he S i kkhapadas i n B . Tha t i n t he

fou r t h s t r a ta t he f i r s t pos i t i on i s occup ied by t he D lgha N i kaya

i s pa r t l y ag reed upon by t he 2 scho la r s , B . C . Law d rags t he

vo l . i i and vo l . i i i o f t he D lgha N i kaya wh i ch a re f o l l owed by

the Ma j j h ima N i kdya down to t he head ing pos i t i on o f t he nex t

s t ra tum, s t ra tu rn 5 . The I ngu t ta ra and the Sarpyu t ta succeed ing

the Ma j j h ima N i kava i n t he f ou r t h s t r a ta r ep lace each o the r i n

t ab le B . B . C . Law i npu t s t o t h i s l eve l t he ea r l i e r Pa t i r nokkha

code o f 152 ru l es . I n t he f i f t h s t r a tum bo th A and B a re qu i t e

d i f f e ren t : t he f i r s t pos i t i on i s occup ied as a l r eady men t i oned by

the D igha N ikaya i i and i i i i n B and by the S rz r ra N ipa ta i n A ;

the Thera - and Ther i -gd thas fo l l ow up i n bo th the tab les ; t he

Udanas and the Khuddaka Pa lha i n A a re rep laced by the

Co l l ec t i on o f 5OO Ja takas , t he Su t t a V ibhanga , t he Pa !

i sambh idamagga , t he Pugga lapa i i i i a t t i and t he V ibhanga i n B .F rom s t ra tum 6 onward t he 2 t ab les becomes eas i l y seen t o beto ta l l y . When d i scuss ing each o f t he i nd i v i dua l i t ems we w i l l bein t ouch w i t h t he s r ra t i f i ca t i on asa in .

In h i s The Or ig i t t and Na tu re o f I nd ian Buddh is r t t . p ro f .

K . T . S . Sa rao shows a keen i n te res t i n t he i s sue o f Buddh i s tch rono logy . g i v i ng an accoun r on t h i s conce rn w i t h t heconc lus i on o f 3 s t r a ta scheme tabu la ted as f o l l ows - :

m K . T . S . S a r a o - O N A I B : 3 3

Page 38: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

Subs tan t i a l l y P re -

.l[auryan Texts

I I

Subs tan t i a l l y

Mauryan Texts

I I I

Subs tan t i a l l y

Post- lWa uryan

Texts

| t n a y a P i t a k a ( E x c e p t

l \ ' - x i , x i i , S e k h i y a R u l e stod Pqri varap dtha)

) ig l ta N ikaya

rlaj jh ima Nikaya

i a nty utta Nik ay a

4 , t igu t ta ra N ikdya

' - ' d a n a ( v e r s e o n l y )

C u l l a v a g g a x i - x i i

and Sekh i ya ru les o f

the Vinaya Pi takct

U d d n a ( p r o s e o n l y )

Therag dtha

Ther ig a tha

J d t a k a v e r s e ( w i t hf e w e x c e p t i o n s )

Par iv arap atha

Jdtaka (p rose

p o r t i o n )

Apadana

B u d d h a v a m s a

Car iyap i taka

T a b l e 4 :

K- T . s . sa rao t hough t f u l l y wa rns reade rs t ha t t he aboveiass i f i ca t i on shou ld no t be rega rded as be ing wa te r - t i gh t, ecause a lmos t a l l t he t ex t s we re s t r ong l y poss ib l e t o beomposed f r om the ma te r i a l s t ocks i n d i f f e ren t pe r i ods o f t ime ,nd i n such t he l i t e ra tu re as t he Buddh i s t canon no un i t can benven ted sa fe l y .

2- Chronology of the Vinaya pi{aka

Page 39: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

/,/J

The V inaya P i t aka known common ly as 'Baske t o f

D i sc i p l i ne " i s t he o l des t and sma l l es t o f t he t h ree sec t i ons o f

t he Buddh i s t canon i ca l T i p i t aka o r ' T r i p l e Baske t " . I t i s t ha t

wh ich regu la tes monas t i c l i f e and the da i l y a f fa i r s o f monks

and nuns acco rd ing t o r u l es a t t r i bu ted t o t he Buddha . I t va r i es

l ess f r om schoo l t o schoo l t han does e i t he r t n -e Su t t a ( d i scou rse

o f t he Buddha and h i s d i sc i p l es ) o r t he Abh idhamma

(scho las r i c ) sec r i ons o f t he canon , and t he ru l es t hemse l ves a re

bas i ca l l y t he same even f o r Mahayanas schoo l s , a l t hough some

o f t he l a t t e r schoo l s g rea t l y ex tended t he accompany ing

na r ra t i ve and commen ta r i a l ma te r i a l .

I t i s remarked tha t wh i l e t he Su t ta P i l aka i s more

doc t r i na l i y and cosmo log i ca l l y o r i en ted . t he f ocus o f t he

V inaya P i t aka i s upon p rope r cou rses o f ac t i on conduc i ve t o

mak ing p rog ress t owa rds t he f i na l sp i r i t ua l a t t a i nmen t o f

n i r vdna . A l t hough i t i s ev i den t i n ea r l y I nd ian Buddh i sm tha t

ca tego r i ca l d i s t i nc t i ons we re made be tween g roups o f bh i ksus

( re fe r red t o as bhanakas ) who had commi t t ed a l l o r pa r t s o f

t hese t h ree co l l ec t i ons t o memory f o r t he pu rpose o f p rese rv i ng

t h e m t h r o u g h r e c i t a t i o n , e a c h " b a s k e t " s t a n d s l n

comp lemen ta ry r e l a t i onsh ip t o t he o the r and t he who le

rep res en t s an i n teg ra ted sys tem o f r e l i g i ous t each ing . Some

sc l ro l a r s and Buddh i s t apo log i s t s have unde rs tood t he V inaya t o

be t he f i r s t s t age o f t he sp i r i t ua l pa th , and ex tended code o f

behav io ra l d i sc i p l i ne e l abo ra les f r om the bas i c p r i nc i p l es o f

s i l a ( r no ra l e th i ca l ac t i on )6 ' .

The V inaya P i taka tex ts show a ce r ta in resemb lance w i th

the Ved i c B rdhmanas . I n bo rh we f i nd * t u l e " ( v i dh i ) and

"exp lana t i on o f t he mean ing " ( a r t havdda ) by t he s i de o f one

anorhe r . and the na r ra t i ve poems wh ich s tand ou t d i s t i nc t l y l i ke

oases i n t he dese r t o f t he re l i g i ous t echn i csu ' .

The t e rm v i naya means pu t t i ng away , subdu ing ,

co i l ve r s i on , t r a i n i ng , and d i sc i p l i ne . R . C . Ch i l de rs says t ha t

V inaya i s r ega rded as t he ecc les i as t i ca l code o r common l aw

6 ' K . L . H a z t a - P L L : 1 3 2 .

6r M. Wintetnrrz ' , HIL ' . 33

Page 40: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

" ) p .

) n

and i t gove rns t he Buddh i s t monks and i t i s men t i oned i n t heV inaya P i taka . He s ta tes fu r the r rha t sd rhva rav and pahdnav a re

two so r t s o f V inaya o r d i sc i p l i ne and t hey a re d i sc i p l i ne o fres t ra i n t and d i sc i p l i ne o f ge t t i ng r i d o f ev i l s t a tes . He aga indesc r i bes V inaya as " r emova l ( o f b l ame) , acqu i t t a l " 63 . Spec ia l l y ,V inaya re fe r s t o t he p resc r i bed modes o f conduc t i ncumben t

upon Buddh i s t monks and nuns . The wo rd i s f o rmed by; o rnb in i ng t he p re f i x v i - , mean ing "d i f f e rence , d i s t i nc t i on ,

3pa r t , away f r om " , w i t h t he ve rb roo t ^ J n I , r nean ing t o l ead .

When comb ined t hey mean " t o l ead away f r om" .

W i th i n t he con tex t o f Buddh i s t monas t i c i sm , V inaya re fe r s

:o t he code o f behav io ra l d i sc i p l i ne t ha t a t once de l i nea tes t hei f e o f t he househo lde r and t ha t o f t he monk . and b i nds t he

-ommun i t y o f monks t oge the r i n t o a common a f f ec t i ve bond . I n.n i s sense , V inaya i s t ha t wh i ch sepa ra tes o r l eads away f r o :n

. i l e househo lde r ' s way o f l i f e . I t can a l so re fe r t o t he p rac t i ce

- . I t nen ta l d i sc ip l i ne tha t removes unhea l thy s ta tes o f m ind f rom

:he monk ' s d i spos i t i on . I n e i t he r sense o f t he t e rm , V tnaya i s

: ega rded as t he e f f ec t i ve exp ress ion o r p ragma t i c

: r p l emen ta t i on o f t he Buddha ' s dha rma ( t each ing ) . I t i s

- r ecep t pu t i n t o p rac t i cee .

H i s to r i ca l l y , i t i s c l ea r t ha t V inaya has no t on l y been t he

. : a r t e r f o r t he Buddh i s t monas t i c expe r i ence , bu t has con t i nued- func t i on as a l eg i t im i z i ng dev i ce f o r r e fo rm w i t h i n t he

. ; ngha as we l l . I t i s impo r tan t t o no te t ha t j us t as t he anc ien t

, r r1 ' p lay an impor tan t ro le w i th in t l . ; *e Su t ta V tbhanga l i t e ra tu re- j r epo r t i ng i n f r ac t i ons o f d i sc i p l i ne t o t he Buddha , ' so has t he

r r r v i n mode rn t imes con t i nued ' t o d i sp lay g rea t i n t e res t i n- su r i ng t ha t t he sangha adhe res t o t he V inaya . Lay conce rn f o r

. ava , howeve r , i s no t exp ressed on l y f o r t he pu rpose o f

: : : i ng monks i n t he i r p rope r p l aces , bu t a l so ou t o f t he' : ; : s s i t y o f p rese rv i ng a sa r t gha t ha t t r u l y f unc t i on as a

: r r i t ua l r e fuge and a wo r thy ob jec t o f me r i t o r i ous ac t i onu ' .

L . Haz ra , PLL : 13 l

C i t " i L 3 I - L 3 2 .

C i t . : L 3 5 .

Page 41: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

a A

I n t he o l des t r eco rd t ha t we possess o f t he f i r s t counc i l , i t

i s sa id tha t Mahakassapa asked ( tpd l i abou t t he two- fo ld

V inaya . Th i s sugges t s t ha t he asked h im on l y abou t t he

Pa t imokkha ru les fo r bh i kkhus and bh i kkhun is . I n h i s accoun t o f

t ha t counc i l Buddhaghosa s ta tes t ha t t he t he ras c l ass i f i ed t he

Maha V ibha iga , t he Bh ikkun i V ibhanga , t he Khandhaka and the

Par i vd ras , bu t he concedes tha t t he V inaya P i taka as he knew

con ta ined ma te r i a l wh i ch had ro t been rec i t ed a t t he f i r s t

counc i l . I t i s obv ious , and p resumab l y Buddhashosa rea l i sed ,

rha t t he f i na l two sec t i ons o f t he Khandhaka , wh ich dea l w i th

the f i r s t counc i l and t he second counc i l da ted 100 yea rs l a t e r ,

cou ld no t have been rec i t ed on t ha t occas ion , bu t t he re i s no

ind i ca t i on o f t he po r t i ons o f t he V inaya P i taka he had i n m indwhen he w ro te o f t ex t s no t be ing rec i t ed66 .

The Pa l i V inay "a P i taka i n t he l a tes t f o rm i s d i v ided i n to

th ree pa r t i t i ons , t he Su t ta V ibhanga , t he Khadhakas , and the

Pa r i va ra . The conc i se accoun t o f each o f t he pa r t i t i ons i s

be low .

Sut ta Vibhaiga: The word Sut ta (sut ra in Sanskr i t ) is a

ve ry anc ien t l i t e ra r y t e rm i n I nd ia . The l i t e ra l mean ing i s" t h read " . and i t i s app l i ed t o a k i nd o f book . t he con te r t s

o f wh i ch a re . as i t we re , a t h read , g i v i ng t he g i s t o r

subs tance o f mo re t han i s exp ressed i n t hem i n wo rds .

Th i s so r t o f book was t he l a tes t deve lopmen t i n Ved i c

l i t e ra tu re j us t be fo re and a f t e r t he r i se o f t suddh i sm. The

word was adop ted by t he Buddh i s t s t o mean a d i scou rse , a

chap te r . a sma l l po r t i on o f a sac red book i n wh i ch f o r t he

mos t pa r t some o r re po in t i s r a i sed , and more o r l ess

d i sposed o f . Bu t t he Su t t a pa r exce l l ence . i s t ha t sho r t

s t a temen t o f a l l t he ru l es o f t he Orde r , wh i ch i s a l so

ca l l ed rhe Pa t imokkha , and i s r ec i t ed on eve ry Uposa tha

day . The Su t t a V ibhanga i s a de ta i l ed ana l ys i s conce rn ing

the ru l es reco rded i n t he Pa t imokk l t a . I t has t he same

e igh t sec t i ons as t he Pa t imokkha . Rega rd ing each o f t he

ru les , t he Su t t a V i . b l t a i ga has a f ou r - f o l d s t r uc tu res as

a l r eady men t i oned : 1 . A s to r y ( o r s t o r i es ) exp la i n i ng t he

c i r cums tances unde r wh i ch t he ru l e was p ronounced : 2 .

6 6 K . R . N o r m a n , P L : 1 8

Page 42: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2

2s

The Pa t imokkha ru l e ; 3 . A wo rd f o r wo rd commen ta ry onthe ru l es ; and 4 . S to r i es i nd i ca t i ng m i t i ga t i ngc i r cums tances i n wh i ch excep t i ons t o t he ru l e o rdev ia t i ons i n pun i sh rnen t r n i gh t be made . L i ke t hePd t imokkha rhe re a re bo th , a Bh ikkhu su t ta v ibhanga(some t imes re fe r red t o as Maha V ibhanga ) and aBh i kkhun i V ibhanga .u ,

I {handhakas g i ve the p recep rs fo r t he va r iousa r rangemen ts o f t he o rde r and t he regu la t i on o f t he en t i r econduc t o f t he monks and nuns i n t he i r da i t y l i f e , f o rm ak ind o f con t i nua r i on and supp lemen t o f t he Su t t av ibhanga . The ten sec t i ons o f t l i , e Maha vagga con ra in thespec ia l p recep t s f o r adm iss ion i n to t he o rde r , f o r t heUposa tha ce leb ra t i ons , f o r l i f e du r i ng t he ra i ny season ,and f u r t he r , t he ru l es f o r t he wea r i ng o f shoes , f ac i l i t i e sfo r sea t s and veh i c l es , r ned i c i ne and c l o th i ng o f t hemonks , and f i na l l y f o r t he regu la t i on o f t he l ega lcond i t i ons and t he l ega l p rocedu re w i t h i n t he o rde r ,espec ia l l y i n t he case o f sch i sms . The f i r s t 9 sec t i ons o ft he Cu l l a Vagga dea l w i rh t he d i sc i p l i na ry merhods i nl esse r r na t t e r s , w i t h va r i ous a tonemen ts and penances , t hese t t l emen t o f d i spu tes , t he da i l y l i f e o f t he monks ,dwe l l i ngs and f u rn i sh ing o f dwe l l i ngs , t he du t i es o f monktowards one ano the r and the exc lus ion f rom thePa t imokk f ta ce remony . Sec t i on 10 o f t } : ' e Cu l l a Vagga dea lsw i t h t he du t i es o f t he nuns . Sec t i ons 11 and 12 t ha t r eco rdthe s to r i es o f t he f i r s t 2 counc i l s a re no doub t I a te radd i t i ons , and f o rm a k i nd o f append i x t o t he Cu l t aVagga .6s

Par i v i i r a i s rega rded as i ns ign i f i can t and much la te rp roduc t . I t i s sa id w i t h l i t t l e doub t t o be mere l y r he wo rko f a S inha lese monk . The l as t book o f t he V inaya P i t aka

compr i ses o f 19 sma l l t ex t s , ca tech i sms , I nd i ces ,

append i ces , l i s t s and s im i i a r t h i ngs . They have t he f o rm o fques t i ons and answers i n common w i t h t he t ex t s o f

R . G o y a l , H I B : 1 6 2 .

Win te rn i t z , I I I L : 25 -26 .

i 7 S .

1 8 M

Page 43: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

26

Abh idhamma P i t aka t ha t o r i g i na ted pe rhaps a t abou t t hesame [ ime .6e

The V inaya P i l aka i s ex tan t i n t he fo l l ow ing ve rs ions : t he

V i ,naya o f t he (1 ) The ravad ins i n Pa I i , po r t i ons o f t he V inaya o f

the (2 ) M t t l asa rvds t i vd .d ins i n Sansk r i t con ta ined i n the G i l g i t

Manusc r i p t s ; and i n T i be tan and Ch inese t r ans la t i ons ( i n t hela t t e r , no t i n i t s en t i r e t y ) ; t he V inayas o f t he schoo l s o f ( 3 )

Sarvd .s t i vd .d ins , (4 ) Dharmagup tas , (5 ) Mah i i as akas , and the(6 ) Mahasangh i kas i n Ch inese t r ans la t i on . Bes ides , f r agmen ts

a re ava i l ab le i n Sansk r i t t ha t c l ea r l y be longed t o o r we re

assoc ia ted w i t h t he o r i g i na l s o f some o f t hese V inayas . I n i t s

Ch inese t rans la t i on " . , t he Sarvds t i vad in V inaya i s f o l l owed by

the V inayaksudraka and the U t ta rag ran tha , wh ich i nc ludes a t r

Upa l i pa r i p r ccha , a se r i es o f ques t i ons on V inaya pu t t o t he

Buddha by Upd l i . Th i s wou ld seem to co r respond t o t he Pd I i

Upa t i -pa f i caka , bu t a Sansk r i t po r t i on o f t h i s f ound i n

Tu rkes ta rz does no t as ree w i th the Pa l i Pa r i vd ra .

One Ch inese ve rs i on o f t he Upa l i pa r i p r cchd i s sa id t o be

ve ry s im i l a r t o t he Pd l i Pa r i vd ra . a l t hough t he re seem to be

abr idgemen ts and changes o f o rde r i n t he t rea tmen t o f t he

va r i ous ru l es . and t he re i s doub t abou t t he sec t t o wh i ch t h i s

t ex t be longed . The re a l so ex i s t s i n Ch inese an Eko t t a ra sec t i on

in t he append i ces t o t he sho r tened ve rs i on o f t he Sa rvds t i vad in

V ina -va ca l l ed Da iadhyaya V inaya . The Dharmagup taka V inaya

a l so has a sec t i on ca l l ed Eko t t a ra , wh i l e t he

Mu lasa rvds t i vdd ins t oo had a supp iemen t t o t he i r V inaya ca l l ed

U t ta ra -g ran t l . a . The f ac t t ha t o the r schoo l s f ound i t necessa ry

to have supp lemen ts t o t he i r V inayas suppo r t s t he v i ew tha t

some , a t l eas t , o f t he Pa l i Pa r i vd ra was composed i n I nd ia

be fo re t he i n t r oduc t i on o f Buddh i sm to Cey lon l ' .

As t o t he re l a t i onsh ip o f t hese V inayas , i t i s now an

es tab l i shed fac t t ha t t he P ra t imoksa i s p rac t i ca l l y t he same fo r

a l l t he sec t s , bu t t he ag reemen t i s supposed t o ex tend t o t he

V i .bha iga and even the Khandaka . F ragmen ts have been

o o O p . C i t . : 3 3 .? u G . C . P a n d e , S O B : 2 .

7 ' K . R N o r m a n . P L : 2 8 - 2 9

Page 44: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

27

d i scove red a t Kou tcha wh i ch co r respond ro po r t i ons o f t he.Vahavagga ; and t he re i s c l ose resemb lance t ha t ex i s t s i n t heo rde r o f r ep resen ta t i on be tween t he PA l i and Mahdsangh i ka

V inayas whe re t he Mahdvagga i s conce rned . I t appea red t ha tt l r e d i ve rs i t y o f t he V inaya redac t i ons i s a l a t e r g row th based onan o r i g i na l l y common s tock o f r u l es72 .

Wh i l e t he re i s no d i r ec t ev i dence t o sugges t t ha t any o f

rhese recens ions o f t he V inaya t ex t we re f i xed i n w r i t i ng be fo re

r i r e f i r s t cen tu r y 8 "C . , t he i r uncanny s im i l a r i t y sugges rs a t once

I common o r i g i n i n a pe r i od o f t ime p reced ing t he emergence

o f Buddh i s t sec ta r i an i sm and a f undamen ta l unw i l l i ngness onbeha l f o f Sangha commun i t i es t o a l t e r t he bas i c cha r re r o fmonas t i c Buddh i smT i .

I n t he sche rne o f s t r a t i f i ca t i on wh i ch B . C . Law pu t f o r

; l r e who le T ip i t aka , t l r e V inaya P i taka sca t re rs i n to the 5 s t ra ta :

1 ) t he S l l as and the S ikkhdpadas i n the th i rd s t ra tum , (2 ) t he

ea r l i e r Pd t imokkha code o f 152 ru l es i n t he f ou r t h s t r a tum, ( 3 )

rhe Su t ta V ibhanga in the f i f t h s t ra tum, (4 ) t n .e Mahdvagga and

rhe Cu l l avagga , t he Pa t imokkha code comp le t i ng 227 ru l es i n

rhe s i x th s t ra tum, and (5 ) t he Par i vd ra o r Pa r i vd rapd tha i n the

n in th s t r a tumTo . I n ano the r way o f obse rva t i on , O ldenbe rg has

; ke t ched ou t t he p robab le cou rse o f f i ve s tages a l ong wh i ch t he

r row th o f t he V inaya p roceeded : The Pd t imokkha and pa r t a t

cas t o f t he l i t u rg i ca l f o rmu lae i r nbedded i n t he Khandakas f o rm

:he ea r l i es t s t age . The o l d commen ta ry , who l l y ph i l o l og i ca l and

iKege t i ca l , and con ta i n i ng no th i ng o f a l egenda ry o r quas i -

: r i s t o r i ca l na tu re , cons t i t u t es t he nex t s t age . The t r ad i t i ons o f

: h i s l a t t e r cha rac te r , t oge the r w i t h wha t we may ca l l no tes on

:he ru l es , we re ama lgama ted t o t he t ex t and t he o l d commen ta ry

. r h i ch shou ld be i n t he t h i r d s tage . The l as t two books o f t he

Cu l l avagga a re s t i l l l a t e r , and t he Pa r i vd ra i s t he l a tes t o f a l l .

l hus , f r om the f i r s t r i vu l e t o f sma l l and de f i n i t e nuc leus , t he

. ' i . naya has reached i t s p resen t f o rm i n a t l eas t f i ve s tages?5 .

c . C . P a n d e , S O B : 3 .

K . L . H a z r a . P L L : 1 3 4 .

B , C . L a w , H P L : 4 2 .

G . C . P a n d e , S O B : L 7 - L 8 .

Page 45: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

28

In compar i son be tween t he scheme o f B . C . Law and t ha t

o f T . W. Dav ids . t he l a te r i s mo re gene ra l one i n wh i ch t he

ma jo r pa r t s o f t he V inaya P i taka , name ly , t he Su t ta V ibhanga

and the Khandaka . f a l l i n to the s i x th s t ra tum. The S t l a and the

Pa t imokkha in to the th i rd s t ra tum: and . no men t ion o f t he

Par i va ra i s ava i l ab le i n h i s t ab le " .

3. Chronology of the Abhidhamma" Pilaka

The Abh idhamma P i l aka known as the Baske t o f Spec ia l

Doc t r i ne o r Fu r t he r Doc t r i ne , i s t he t h i r d and h i s t o r i ca l l y t he

la res t o f t he t h ree Baske t s . Un l i ke t he Su t t a and V inaya , t he

seven Abh idhamma wo rks a re no t gene ra l l y c l a imed t o r ep resen t

t he wo rds o f t he Buddha h imse l f bu t o f d i sc i p l es and g rea t

scho la r s . Neve r the less , t hey a re h i gh l y ve re ra ted , pa r t i cu l a r l y

i n Bu rma . These a re no t sys tema t i c ph i l osoph i ca l t r ea t i ses bu t a

de ta i l ed scho las t i c r ewo rk i ng , acco rd ing to schemat i c

c l ass i f i ca t i ons , o f doc t r i na l ma te r i a l appea r i ng i n t he Su t t as . As

such they rep resen t a deve lopmen t i n a ra t i ona l i s t i c d i rec t i on o f

summar ies o r numer i ca l l i s t s t ha t had come to be used as a

bas i s f o r med i ta t i on among the more mys t i ca l l y i nc l i ned ,

con t r i bu ted to the P ra j f i ap d rami td l i t e ra tu re o f Mahay ana

Buddh i sm. t he f o rm p redom inan t i n Eas t As ia . The t op i cs dea l t

w i t h i n t he Abh idhamma books i nc l ude e th i cs . psycho logy , and

ep i s temo lo gy .

As rhe l as t ma jo r d i v i s i on o f t he canon . t he Abh idhamma

co rpus has had a checke red h i s t o r y . I t was no t accep ted as

canon i ca l by t he Mahasa igh i ka schoo l , t he f o re runne rs o f

Mahay ana . Ano the r schoo l i nc l uded w i t h i n t he Abh idhamma

d iv i s ion mos t o f t he Khuddaka N ikaya , t he l a tes t sec t i on o f t he

Su t ta P i [aka . And va r ious Mahdydna tex ts have been c lass i f i ed

as A t t l t i dhamrna . i nc lud ing the P ra j f i apd rami td -su t ras i n T ibe t

and , i n Ch ina , t he D iamond Su t ra .

G . C . Pande obse rves t ha t t he Ab l t i dhamma and i t s

ve rs i ous p robab i y g rew ou t o f t he Ma t i kas and i s f ound i n on l y

? 6 T . ' w R h y s D a v i d s . B I : 1 8 8 .

T t s e e a n a c c o u n t o f t h e t e r m i n K . R . N o r m a n , P L : 9 7 - 9 8

Page 46: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

29

r w o s c h o o l s T h e r a v d d a a n d s a r v a s t i v d d a . T h e D h a r m a g u p t a s

a n d t h e K d i v a p i y a s a r e a l s o s u p p o s e d t o h a v e h a d a n. l b h i d h a r m a P i t a k a b u t t h e y w e r e s u b - s e c t s o f t h e S a r v d s t i v d d a

g r o u p . T h e T l t e r c t v a d a ' s A b h i d h a m m a c o n s i s t s o f s e v e n w o r k s :

D h a m m a s a n g a n i , V i b h a n g a , D h d t u k a t t h a , p u g g a t a p a f i f i a t t i ,

K a t h d v a t t h u , Y a m a k a , P a y y h a n a . T h e s a r v d s t i v a d a A b h i d h a r m a

a l s o c o n s i s t s o f s e v e n w o r k s : J f i d n a p r a s t h d n a a n d t h e s i xP a d a i a s t r a s w h i c h a r e : ( 1 ) S a r t g l t i p a r y a y a p a d a , ( 2 )

D h a r m a s k a n d h a , ( 3 ) P r a j i i a p t i p d d a , ( 4 ) V i j f i a n a k d y a p d d a , ( 5 )

D l t d . t u k a y a p a d a , a n d ( 6 ) P r a k a r a n a p d d a , " . A n e x a m i n a t i o n o f t h el i t l e s o f t h e s e t e x t s , h o w e v e r , s h o w s t h a t o n l y o n e , v i z . t h eD h a t u k d . y a r e s e m b l e s a n y o f t h e T h e r a v d . d i n t e x t s , a n d w e m u s t

: i t h e r a s s u m e t h a t t h e n u m b e r s e v e n i n e a c h c o l l e c t i o n i s a: o i n c i d e n c e , o r d e d u c e t h a t t h e s a r v d s t i v a d i n s w e r e a w a r e o f: l r e n u r n b e r o f t e x t s i n t h e T h e r a v d d i n A b h i d h a m m a p i t a k a a n d

J e l i b e r a t e l y r e f u t e d t h e i r t e x t s a n d r e p l a c e d t h e m b y n e w o n e s, r f t e r t h e s c h i s m ' e .

T h e s e v e n w o r k s o f t h e A b h i d h a n t m a p i t a k a , a l t h o u g h

r a s e d o n t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e B u d d h a ' s d i s c o u r s e s , d e a l w i t h

; e l e c t e d a n d s p e c i f i c t o p i c s w h i c h f o r m t h e b a s i s f o r t h e l a t e r

: h i l o s o p h i c a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n s . T h e f o l l o w i n g i s a b r i e f a c c o u n r

r n e a c h a n d e v e r y o f t h e s e v e n A b h i d h a m n t a w o r k s i n t h e p d t i

" e r s i o n :

Dhammasanga4 i (Summary o f Dhamma) : An enumera t i ono f t he en t i t i e s cons t i t u t i ng rea l i t y . I n p rac t i ce , i r i s apsycho log i ca l l y o r i en ted manua l o f e th i cs f o r advancedmonks bu t l ong popu la r i n Cey lon .

V ibha r tga (D iv i s ion o r C lass i f i ca t i on ) : A de f i n i t i on o ft hese en t i t i e s f r om va r i ous po in t s o f v i ew , a k i nd o fsupp lemen t t o t l r e Dhammasanga ry i , r r ea t i ng many o f t hesame top i cs .

Dh i l t uka t t he (D i scuss ion o f E lemenrs ) : A c l ass i f i ca t i on

the e l emen ts o f r ea l i t y acco rd ing t o va r i ous l eve l so rgan iza t i on , ano the r supp lemen ta ry work .

P a n d e , S O B : l - 2 .

N o r m a n , P L : l O 7

o f

o f

G . C .

K . R .

Page 47: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

30

Puggalapaf i f ia t t f (Designat ion of Person) : An in terest ing

psycho log i ca l t ypo logy i n wh i ch peop le a re c l ass i f i ed

acco rd ing to the i r i n te l l ec tua l acumen and sp i r i t ua l

a t ta inmen ts . l a rge l y ^ co l l ec t i on o f exce rp ts f rom the

Angu t ta ra N ikaya o f t he Su t ta P i taka , c lass i f y i ng human

cha rac te r i s t i c s i n r e l a t i on ro s tages on t he Buddh i s t pa rh ;

gene ra l l y cons ide red t he ea r l i es t Abh idhamma tex t .

I {a th r t va t thu (Po in t s o f Con t rove rsy ) : A l a te r work

d i scuss ing the con t rove rs ia l doc t r i na l po in t s among the

va r ious anc ien t schoo ls - a t t r i bu ted to Mo g ga l i pu t ta ,

p res iden t o f t he t h i r d Buddh i s t Counc i l , t he on l y wo rk i n

t be Pa I i canon ass igned t o a pa r t i cu l a r au tho r ; h i s t o r i ca l l y

t he mos t impo r tan t o f t he seven . t he Ka thava t t hu i s a

se r i es o f ques t i ons f r om a he re t i ca l ( i . e . non -The ravada )

po in t o f v i ew . w i t h t he i r imp l i ca t i ons re fu ted i n t he

ans wers ; t he l ong f i r s t chap te r deba tes the ex i s tence o f a

sou l .

Yamaka (Pa i r s ) : Dea l i ng w i th bas i c se ts o f ca tego r ies

a r ranged i n pa i r s o f ques t i ons . a se r i es o f ques t i on on

psycho log i ca l phenomena . each dea l t w i t h i n two oppos i t e

ways .

Pa l l hEna (Ac t i va t i ons o r Causes ) : A comp lex and

vo lum inous t r ea tmen t o f causa l i t y and 23 o the r k i nds o f

re l a t i onsh ips be tween phenomena . men ta l o r ma te r i a l .

Abou t t he ch rono logy o f t he Abh idhamma i n a l l , K . R .

No rman obse rves t ha t t he Abh idhamma i s l a t e r t han t he res t o f

t he canon . The re i s no men t i on i n t he ch ron i c l es o f r ec i t i ng t he

Abh idhamma a t t he f i r s t o r second counc i l s , a l t hough t he

Mahavamsa s ta tes t ha t t he a rahan ts who he ld t he second

counc i l knew the T ip i l aka . The Mahasa igh i kas who sp l i t f r om

the Theravad ins a f te r t he second counc i l a re sa id to have

re fu ted t he Abh idhamma. Th i s p resumab l y means t ha t t he re was

no th ing co r respond ing exac t l y t o t he Pd I i Abh idhamma i n t he i r

ca [on ; f r ou r wh i ch i t may be deduced t ha t t he Abh idhamma d id

no t ex i s t a t t ha t t ime , o r a t l eas t was no t r ecogn i zed as

canon ica l ' 0 .

4

6

8 0 O p . C i t 9 6

Page 48: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

7

3 l

T r a d i t i o n a t t r i b u t e s t h e s e b o o k s t o t h e B u d d h a h i m s e l f .

B u t i t i s e s t a b l i s h e d i n E B C t h a t . a s a m a t t e r o f f a c t , t h e y r n u s t

h a v e b e e n p r o d u c e d d u r i n g a p e r i o d o f t w o o r t h r e e h u n d r e d

V e a r s , b e g i n n i n g f r o m t h e s e c o n d o r t h i r d c e n t u r y a f t e r t h eB u d d h a ' s d e a t h . T h e b o o k s m a y b e c o n s i d e r e d i n t h r e e g r o u p s

. i c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r t i m e o f c o m p i l a t i o n : e a r l y , r n i d d l e a n d l a t es r o u p s s r . N o w , w e p u t t h e m a c c o r d i n g l y i n r o t h e f o l l o w i n g

; h a r t :

Tab le 5 :

F I R S T P E R I o D I . D h a m n t a s a n g a n i

2 . V i b h a n g a

3 . P u g g a l a p a f i f i a t t i

4 . D h A t u k a t h 1

5. Kat l tdva t th t t

Secor . ro PERIoD

T T T I R o P E R I o D 6 . Y a m a k a

7 . Pat thdna

I t i s no t i ceab le t ha t Buddhaghosa p rev ious l y pu t t he seven:ooks i n ano the r ch rono log i ca l o rde r and sough t t o a rgue f o r: r e i r genu ineness as t he Buddha ' s wo rds . Acco rd ing t o h im they. hou ld f o l l ow t he o rde r : Dhammasa rygan i , V ibhanga ,

)hA tuka thd , Pugga lapa f i f i a t t i , Ka thdva t thu , Yamaka , and Pa l t. dna . EBC j us t s l i gh t l y exchanges t he pos i t i on o f Dhd tuka thd ,

. )ugga lapa f i . f i . a t t i . A b igge r d i f f e rence i s seen i n the Ch inese

:ans la t i on o f t he Saman tapAsdd ika where the Pugga lapa f i f r a t t i

, nd Ka thdva t thu come a f te r t he Yamaka and Pa t thdna . As to- u i l d t he i r genu ineness , Buddhaghosa s ta tes t ha t t he t ex tua l

r de r o f t he Abh idhamma o r i g i na ted w i t h Sd r i pu t t a , who a l so

: e re rm ined t he numer i ca l o rde r i n t he Pa t t hdna . Sd r i pu t t a i s- : po r t ed t o have done t h i s t o make i t easy t o l ea rn , r emember ,

D h i r a s e k e r a , E B C . 1 : 7 5 b s q .

Page 49: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

32

s tudy and t each t he Dhamma. And , t o gua rd aga ins t accusa t i ons

tha t t h i s wou ld mean tha t t he Abh idhamma was no t Buddha-

vacana , Buddhaghosa goes on t o say t ha t Sa r i pu t t d was no t t he

f i r s t t o unders tand the Abh idhamma, fo r t he Buddha was the

f i r s t abh idha rnmikan .

Buddhaghosa ' s conv i c t i on wou ld encoun te r t he s ta temen t

by B . C . Law tha t i n dea l i ng w i t h t he ch rono logy o f t he seven

t rea t i ses . we can on l y ma in ta i n t ha t t he o rde r i n wh i ch t hese

t rea t i ses a re enumera ted can no t be i n te rp re ted as t he o rde r o f

t he ch rono logy . Any a t t emp t a t es tab l i sh i ng such an

in te rp re ta t i on wou ld be v i t i a ted by the fac t t ha t rhe o rde r o f

enumera t i on i s no t i n a l l cases t he same . To g i ve examp le B . C .

Law no tes tha t i n M i l i nda Pa f i ha the o rde r i n wh ich these books

a re i l r en t i oned i s : Dhammasangan i (Dhammasa rhgaha as

Buddhaghosa ca l i s i t ) , V i bhanga , Dhd tuka tha . Pugga lapa f i f i a t t i ,

Ka thava t t hu . Yamaka , and Pa tyhana , So t he o rde r r eco rded i n

EBC o f ch rono logy i s p robab l y based on t he M i l i nda Pa f rha . B .

C . Law ho ld tha t an i nqu i r y i n to the Su t tan ta backg round o f t he

Abh id .hammap i taka becomes a des ide ra tum and we may lay

down a gene ra l ch rono logy i n t hese t e rms : The c l ose r t he

connec t i on w i t h t he Su t t a ma te r i a l s , t he ea r l i e r i s t he da te o f

compos i t i on . On t h i s bas i s and i n v i ew o f some d ia l ec t i ca l

f ea tu res B . C . Law obse rves t ha t t ha t Pugga lapa f r f t a t t i i s t he

f i r s t book o f t he Abh idhamma P i t aka . And h i s own o rde r f o r t he

seven t r ea t i ses i s as f o l l ows " .

82 I ( . R

* 3 B . C

N o r m a n , P L : 9 8

L a w . H P L : 2 l - 2 2

Page 50: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

33

i

T a b l e 6 :

l . Pugga lapa f i f i a t t i

2 . V ib l t anga

( a ) D h a m m a s a r y g a f i -

D h a t u k a t h a

( b ) Y a m a k a

( c ) P a t t h a n a

3 . K a t h a v a t t h r t

T h e p r i o r i t y o f t h e P u g g a l a p a i i f i a t t i i n r h e B . C . L a w , s

: h r o n o l o g y i s s u p p o r t e d b y K . R . N o r m a n w h o h o l d t h a r d e s p i t u

r s p r e s e n c e i n t h e A b h i d h a n t n t a P i t a k a , t h e P u g g a l a p a f i f i a t t i' r v e s m u c h , i n b o t h f o r m a n d c o n t e n t , t o t h e S u t t a p i t a k a . T h e

1 0 n - l n e t a p h y s i c a l n a t u r e o f t h e b o o k i s e m p h a s i z e d b y t h e f a c t

: h a t i n i t p u g g a l a i s n o t u s e d i n t h e s e n s e o f " u n d e r l y i n g

r e r s o n a l i t y " , w h i c h i s f o u n d i n t h e K a t h a v a t t h u a r , d t l n e M i t i n d a

. D a r 1 h a , b u t s i m p l y i n t h e s e n s e o f " p e r s o n , i n d i v i d u a l " . T h i s

. : e l p s i n s u p p o r r i n g r h e v i e w r h a r t h e P u g g a l a p a f i f i a t t i i s t h e

: a r l i e s t o f t t r e A b h i d h a m m a t e x t s 8 4 .

F o r t h e l a y i n g o u t o f h i s a c c o u n t o f t | n e A b h i d h a r n n t a r e x r s ,

i : . R . N o r m a n f o l l o w s t h e o r d e r s u g g e s t e d b y B . C . L a w w h e r e

. : r e P a t t h d n a i s t h e l a s t b o o k . H e , h o w e v e r , p r e f e r s t h e l a s t

: o s i t i o n o f t h e Y a m a k a t o t h a t o f P a t t h a n a , s a y i n g t h a t s u c h a- j x r , w h i c h s e e m s t o b e i n t e n d e d f o r s o t n e o n e w h o h a s a l r e a d y' : u d i e d t h e s y s t e m , b u t w i s h e s t o b e c o m e f u l l y c o m p e t e n t i n i t ,

. p e r h a p s t h e l a t e s t o f t h e b o o k s i n t h e A b h i d h a m m a P i t a k a " .

I n B . C . L a w ' s s c h e m e o f s t r a t i f i c a t i o n f o r t h e w h o l e T t p i l

) . a . t h e A b h i d h a m m a t e x t s s c a t t e r i n t o t h e t h r e e s t r a t a : ( 1 ) t h e' , 4 g a l a p a f i f i a t t i a n d t h e V i b h a n g a i n t h e f i f t h s r r a t u m , ( 2 ) t h e

' . . t r l t a v a t t h u i n t h e s i x t h s t r a t u m , a n d ( 3 ) t h e D h d t u k a t h d , t h e

i : R . N o r n t a n , P L : l O 2

) p . C i t . : l O 6 .

Page 51: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

34

Yamaka . and the Pa t thana i n the seven th s t ra tum '

Un fo r t una te l y . t he Dhammasangan i i s no t men t i oned i n B . C .

Law ' s t abu la t i on " . Whe reas T . W. Dav ids i s much mo le gene la l

t o pu t a l l o f t hem in to the ten th and l as t s t ra tum o f h i s scheme

wi t l r t he no te tha t t he l as t o f wh ich i s t he Ka thdva t thu and the

ear l i es t p robab ly the Pugga lapa i i t i a t t i " -

On be ing aware o f t he pos i t i on o f t he Su t ta P i taka as the

mos t subs tan t i a l impor tance among the rema in ing o f t he

Buddh is t canon ica l l i t e ra tu re we sha l l l ese rve the nex t who le

chap te r f o r an accoun t o f i t s i n a ch rono log i ca l p rospec t i ve .

8 6 B . C ,

t t T . w

L a w , H P L : 4 2 .

R h y s D a v i d s , E 1 : 1 8 8

Page 52: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CI{APTER 2z

CHRONOLOGICAL SURVEY

OF TI{E j|r,II<AYAs'

The chap te r w i l l be rese rved f o r t he ch rono log i ca l su r vey

o f t he f i ve N i kayas as a who le and t ha t o f t he i r spec i f i ed

d i v i s i ons and subd i v i s i ons whe reve r t he re a re som-

ch ro r ro l og i ca l c l ues a f f o rdab le . Buddhaghosa says t ha t i n t henar row mean ing the 5 l l i kayas deno tes 5 d i v i s i ons o f t he Su t ta

P i taka , bu t i n t he w ide r mean ing the 5 N ikAyas cove r a l l t he

T ip i yaka , t ha t i s , i nc lud ing the V inaya P i taka and the

.abh idhamn ta P i l aka wh i ch , i n t h i s conv i c t i ona l p ropos i t i on ,

r vou ld be i nc luded i n the Khuddaka N ikdya l . T . W. Rhys Dav ids '

\ ugges t i on o f t he i r impo r tance i n any sea rch f o r ob jec t i ve and

sys te rna t i c know ledge abou t t he fundamen ta l Buddh ism i s

, i ppa ren t i n h i s s t a temen t : " t he . . . g rea t d i v i s i on i s t he Su t t a P i t, . t ka . . . and he re we come to t he sou rces o f ou r know ledge o f t hei r t os t anc ien t Buddh i sm"z . I t i s r ea l l y advan tageous f o r us t o

nave t he who le Su t t a P i t aka whose compos i t i on i s p r i o r t o t he

:a r l i es t Buddh i s t sch i sm a t l eas t i n i t s sc r i p tu ra l appea ranc -

hough t h i s does no t necessa r i l y f o l l ow t ha t t he re wou ld have: ro t been any l a te r r ecen t i on and ed i t o r i a l t ouch ing , expu rga t i on

- i r r d add i t i on . I n t ha t , howeve r , t he re i s no t r ace o f any

sec ta r i an b i as . I n h i s op in i on , t he f i r s t f ou r A / i&dyas ' had been

lu t t oge the r ou t o f o l de r ma te r i a l ' : .

I n s o m u c h a s t h e d o c t r i n a l i n s t i t u t i o n i s c o n c e r n e d , t h e' t ' i k a y a s r e f l e c t t h e f i r s t a n d f o r e r n o s t p h a s e i n t h e d e v e l o p m e n t

, f B u d d h i s t t h o u g h t w h e n t h e S a r h g h a ' w a s , i n a p p e a r a n c e a t

. i a s t , d o c t r i n a l l y o n e ' . T h e d o c t r i n e t h e n c h a r a c t e r i z e d b y

. i m p l i c i t y a n d s p o n t a n e i t y , i n t u i t i o n a n d s o m e h o w

- " n s o p h i s t i c a t e d , w a s f o r g u i d i n g t h e e m a n c i p a t i o n - l o v i n g p e r s o n

C . L a w , H P L : 1 8 .

W . R l r y s D a v i d s , H L B : 4 0

C . P a n d e , S O B : 1 9 .

ts

I

G

Page 53: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t owa rd an e rd o f su f f e r i ngup t o t he round -shaped and

36

and no r f o r ana lys i s o r i ns t i t u t i onnon -ques t i onab le . sys tem.

To make a r examp le abou t i t s s imp l i c i r y : khandha , a r e rmfo r t he psychophys i ca l s t r uc tu re o f a man began w i t h a schemeo f r h ree khandhas . l a t e r i t deve roped t o f ou r khandhas , andf i na l l y ro fu l l - f l edged f i ve khandha scheme. The much la te rte rm i s upadana-khand .ha tha t assumes a fu l l - f l edged theo ry o fana t ta - and a concepr iou o f v i f t . f i ana tha t has t rave led fa r f romi t s o r i g ina l f o rm ' S ta r t i ng f rom the o r i g ina l d i s t i nc t i on be tweenkaya o r rupa and v i f l t i a r ya ( c i t t a ) , psycho log i ca r ana lys i s i n t heN ikayas a r r i ved a r t h i s sub t re r concep t i on th rough anin te rmed ia re s tage and was i t se l f supe rseded i n t l he Abh idha rmas tages .

The 5 N ikayas , name ly , D Igha N ikayas , Ma j j h imaNikayas , samyut ta. Nikaya, Angut tara Nikdya, and Khudd.akaN ikaya . a re r rad i t i ona l l y pu t on the same foo t i ng . T . w . RhysDav ids - howeve r , r ecogn i zes t he f i r s t z as one s i ng le bookwh i ch ' i s i n 2 vo lun€s , so t o speak . ca l l ed respec t i ve l y D ighaand Ma j j h ima - t ha t i s ro say . l ong and o f med ium leng th6 . I tcon ta i ns 186 d i a l ogues o f Go tama a r ranged acco rd ing ro t he i rl eng th . They a re d i scuss ions on a l l t he re l i g i ous andph i l osoph i ca l po in t s o f t he Buddh i s t v i ew o f l i f e ' , . Thesed ia l ogues a re t hus mos t genu ine and au tho r i r a r i ve , bu t t he i ra r rangemenr acco rd ing t o r he l eug th and no t t o t he sub jec t t heya re re la t i ng to make s i t no t easy fo r anyone to l ook fo r t hes ta temen t o f doc t r i ne on any pa r t i cu l a r po in t wh i ch i si n te res t i ng h im a t r he momen t . T . w . Rhys Dav ids assumes t ha t' i t was ve ry l i ke l y j us t t h i s cons ide ra t i on wh i ch l ed t o t hecomp i l a t i on o f t he o the r two co l l ec t i ons ' , , name ly . t heAngu t ta ra N ikaya and the Sa myu t ta N ikaya .

' O p . C i t . : L 3 ., O p . C i t . : 4 0 .

o o r t o t r a n s l a t e m o r e' T . W . R h y s D a v i d s ,t ( ) p . c i t . : 4 l - 4 ? .

i d i o m a t i c a l l y ,

H L B : 4 0 - 4 1

l o n g e r a n d s h o r t e r

Page 54: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

37

Pro f . K . T . S . Sa rao ' s obse rva t i on , howeve r , does no t

comp ly w i t h t he ch rono log i ca l d i s t i nc t i on be tween t he 18o

d ia l ogues and t he l a te r 2 co l l ec t i ons . He dea l s w i t h t he 4

equa l l y as t he Buddha ' s say ings wh i ch we re ' co l l ec ted t oge the r

by h i s d i sc i p l es i n t o t he f i r s t 4 N t kdyas ' , a r r i v i ng a t t he

i r i s ro r i ca l i dea t ha t : "The f i r s t 4 N i kayas be long t o t he ea r l i e r

pa r t o f t he Canon and i n l anguage and s t y l e t oo , t he re i s no

cssen t i a l d i f f e rence amongs t t hemse l ves " . K . T . S . Sa rao j us t

pushes the l as t N i kaya , t he Khuddaka N ikaya to the younger

l oo tho ld , say ing : " t he deve loped doc t r i ne f ound i n t he ce r t a i n

sn ra l l e r books espec ia l l y t he Buddhava lnsa , Ca r i ya P i t aka ,

Pe tava t thu , V imdnava t thu shows tha t t hey a re younger than

rhe f i r s t N i kavas "e .

I t i s no t l i ke l y t ha t t l l , e 2 ensu ing N i kaya a re necessa ry t o

be j us t t he re - compos i t i on o f t he 2 i n i t i a t i ve ones i f we ho ld

rha t t he succeed ing compos i t i ons mus t be d i s t i ngu i shab le by t he

la te f pecu l i a r i t i e s . Jus t t he a r rangemen t o f t he su t t as acco rd ing

ro t he i r l eng th as i n t he f i s t 2 N i kdyas , o r t o t he numbered

dhamma they t rea t as i n t he Angu t ta ra N ikdya , o r t o t he

iub jec ts they a re spec i f i ed i n t he Sar .nyu t ta N ikdya , i s no t much

o f a conv inc i ng ev idence f o r d i v i d i ng t hem i n to f o rmer and

la te r s t ages .

The d i f f i cu l t y i n any a r t emp t t o f i nd ou t t he t r u th o f t h i s

r ssue i s t ha t t he N i kayas deve loped ' i n da rk ; and t he i r h i s t o r y

Jan be recove red i n t he f o rm o f a se r i es o f con jec tu res t .

J ccoun t f o r t he f ac t wh i ch t hey exh ib i t " o , i n o the r wo rds , mos t

. r f t he i ssues to be pu t under ques t i on sugges ted by t } re N ikdyas

l l ave t o be so l ved , so f a r as so lu t i on i s poss ib l e a t a l l , on t he

i r as i s o f t he ve ry t ex t s t hemse l ves ' by t he compar i son o f t he

:na te r i a l wh i ch t hey o f f e r us . The h i s t o r y o f Gospe l - c r i t i c i sm i s

r n r ea l i t y a h i s t o r y o f t h i s p rocess ' " .

As t o t he s t r a t i f y i ng o f a lmos t a l l t he t ex t s , i t i s d i f f i cu l t

o f i x t he i r t ime w i t h ce r t a i n t y on t he t i r ne ax i s un i t i zed by

K . T .

t . E .

o p .

S . S a r a o , O N A I B : 3 0

C a r p e n t e r , B N C : 3 O 3

C i r . : 2 9 Q .

Page 55: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

38

yea r o r decade , we can on l y say some th ing w i t h s t r ongconv i c t i on on t he t ime ax i s d i v i ded by qua r re r o f cen tu r ) , . ha l fo f cen tu r y o r eve [ l onge r span . say . t he da te o f N i kayas was pu ti n t he l a te r ha l f o f t he f ou r t h cen ru ry B .C . by t he Ka thava t t h l t t " .The cou rse o f i t s f o rma t ion and g row ing was p robabry fa l l sbe rween t he age o f Upan i sad as t e rm inus an te quem and t ha t o fthe Ab l t i dhamma and o the r Buddh is t sec ra r i an l i t e ra tu re aste rm inus ad . quem" . on accoun t o f ' t he fac t t ha t t he 4 N ikayasdo no t t , ake much no t i ce o f t he i ssue con tes ted by the ea r l i e rsec t s K . T . s . sa rao accep ts t ha t t he second Buddh i s t counc i lshou ld be marked as t he t ime when t he compos i t i on o f t he 4N ikayas comp le ted ' . .

B . C . Law ' s t r ea tmen t . neve r the les s . pu t s no t on l y t he 4bu t t he who le mass o f 5 N i kayas on t he same range . hede f i n i re l y obse rves rha t t he Su t ta P i taka compr i s ing the 5N ikayas ce r ta in l y wou ld come ro comp le t i on be fo re thecompos i t i on o f t he M i l i nda Pa f l ha ' , ' i n wh ich au tho r i t a t i vepassages a re quo ted f r om the t ex t s o f t h i s P i t aka , i t ce r t a i n

ins tances by men t ion o f t he name o f t he sou rces . We can go

fu r the r and ma in ta in tha t t he Su t ta P i yaka was c losed a long

w i th the en t i re Pd l i canon and when the canon was f i na l l y

rehea rsed i n Cey lou and commi t t ed t o w r i t i ng du r i ng t he re i gn

o f k ing Vayyagdman i ' . The re fo re . t he Su t ta P i taka as

au tho r i t a t i ve sou rce o f t he Buddha ' s t each ings cou ld supposed l y

be i n ex i s t ence as ea r l y as t he f i r s t ha l f o f t he second cen tu r y

B .C . so l ong as t he da te o f k i ng M i l i nda i s conce rned 'u .

The Sa f i c i and Ba rhu t i nsc r i p t i ons da ted i n t he l ump

the m idd le o f t he second cen tu r y B . C . push t he compos i t i on

" G . C . P a n d e . S O B : 1 5 .

" O p . C i t . ' . 2 ' /1 ' K . T . S . S a r a o . O N A I B : 3 1 .t t T h e M i l i n d a P a i i h a i s a l i v e l y d i a l o g u c o n B u d d h i s t d o c t r i n e w i t h q u e s t i o n s a n d

d i l e n r n r a s p o s e d b y K i n g M i l i n d a - t . e . M e n a n d e r , G r e e & r u l e r o f a l a r g e I n d o -

G r e e k c m p i r e i n t h e l a t c 2 " d c e n t u r y B . C . - a n d a n s w c r e d b y N a g a s e n a , a s e n i o rm o n k ; c o m p o s c d i n n o r t h e r n I n d i a i . n p e r h a p s t h e 1 " o r 2 " 0 c e n t u r y A . D . ( a n dp e r h a p s o r i g i n a i i y i n S a n s k r i t ) b y a n u n k n o w n a u t h o r , t h e M i l i n d a P a f i h a i s o n en o n c a n o n i c a l w o r k w h o s c a u t h o r i t y w a s a c c e p t e d i m p l i c i t i y b y s u c h c o m m e n t a t o r sa s B u d d h a g h o s a . w h o q u o t e d i t f r e q u e n t l y

' u B . C . L a w . H P L . 2 7

i n

o f

Page 56: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I

IIIII

39

rhe 5 N i kayas back t o a b i t ea r l i e r da te by men t i on ing t he wo rds

as bhdnaka and pa f i canekay i ka ' - . wh i ch a re used as d i s t i nc t i ve

ep i t he t s o f a number o f Buddh i s t dono rs . Obse rv i ng t ha t t he

.Y i kayas , had been pu t t oge the r a t a pe r i od abou t ha l f way

re tween t he dea th o f t he Buddha and t he access ion o f A ioka 'E

Pro f . T . W. Rhys Dav ids pu t s i n t o e f f ec t t ha t be fo re t he wo rds

such as pa f r canekay i ka , su t tan t i ka ' " , su t tan tak in i2o , and pe tak i "

were e rnp loyed as the spec ia l ep i the ts , t he 5 N ikayas o f t l r e Pd l i

r anon mus t have been we l l known and we l l es tab l i shed " .

The da te o f A ioka " i s a l so adop ted as a po in t o f t ime by' . r ' h i ch rhe compos i t i on o f Su t ta P i l aka may be da ted . The

; r re r r t i on o f t he word 'Pa f i ca N ikdya ' i n t he Cu l l avagga i i

V i naya ) , whose da te cou ld be ass igned t o a pe r i od wh i ch

rmnred ia te l y p receded t he A iokan age (be fo re 265 B .C . ) ' 0 ,

: nab les us t o push t he compos i t i on o f t he 5 N i kAyas back t o t he

: r r ne as ea r l y as t he beg inn ing o f t he t h i r d cen tu r y B .C . i n t he

success iona l o rde r : 5 N i kayas *>V inaya Cu l l avagga +A iokan

rge . I t does no t seem to fo l l ow tha t t he f \ ve N ikdyas o f t l r e Pd l i

; anon had been a l r eady popu la r i n t he ea r l y t h i r d cen tu r y B .C .

We can no t assume tha t t he compos i t i on o f a l l t he canon i ca l

r ooks , o f i nd i v i dua l su t t as o r paSsages we re necessa r i l y

Jomp le te d by t ha t t ime .

T h e t e r m i n u s a d q u e m o f t h e i r c o m p o s i t i o n c o u l d b e

i s s i g n e d t o t h e t i m e w h e n T h e r a M a h i n d a c a m e t o S r i L a n k a

. : . f t e r t h e t h i r d C o u n c i l h a d b e e n o v e r r 5 . I t c a n b e s a f e t o a s s u m e

: h a t ' t h e c a n o n b e c a m e f i n a l l y c l o s e d S o m e t i m e b e f o r e t h e

- O n e w h o i s w e l l v e r s e d i n , o r k n o w s b y h e a r t , t h e f i v e N i k a y a s .

! G . C . P a n d e , S O B : 1 9 .

' . A . m a n w h o k n o w s t h e s u t t a n t a b y h e a r t .

. { f e m i n i n e f o r m o f s u t t a n t i k a .

" O n e w h o k n o w s r h e P i t a k a b y h e a r t .

B . C . L a w , H P L : 2 8 .

T h e l a s t m a j o r e m p c r o r i n t h e M a u r y a n d ) " n a s t y

o f B u d d h i s m d u r i n g h i s r e i g n ( c . 2 6 5 - 2 3 8 B . C . )

r e l i g i o n .

K . L . t l a z r a , P L L : 1 5 9 .

B . C . L a w , H P L : L 4 .

o f I n d i a w h o s e v i g o r o u s p a t r o n a g ef u r t h e r e d t h e e x p a n s i o n o f t h a t

Page 57: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

40

b e g i n n i n g o f t h e c h r i s t i a n e r a . T h u s , w e c a n s a f e i y f i x t h e l a s tq u a r t e r o f t h e f i r s t c e n t u r y B . C . a s t h e l o w e r l i m i t , , u .

I n t he l o - l aye r scheme p roposed by T . w . Rhys Dav ids t he4 'u l aye r i s rese rved fo r t he who le mass o f 4 N ikayas o f wh ich

rhe D lgha N ikaya i s cons ide red as ea r l i es t excep t f o r t hec los ing passage a t t he end o f t l ne Mahdpar in ibbdna su t ta . Thepassage ' as was po in ted ou t by B . c . Law , be longs t o t heMauryan pe r i od , r e l a tes t he d i s t r i bu t i on o f t he Buddha ' sco rpo ra l r e l i c s a f t e r c rema t i on .

The concu r ren t o f t he f i r s t f ou r N ikdyas as a who le i s a l sod i sag reed on by B . c . Law who . on t he g round t ha t . i n t heD{ gha N i kaya t he s ro r y o f Mahagov inda , has assumed theear l i e r f o rms o f J a takas cha rac re r i zed by the conc lud ingiden t i f i ca t i on o f t he Buddha , rhe na r ra ro r o f t he s ro ry , w i th i t sl re ro , whereas i n t he Angu t ta ra N ikaya the s to ry i s a s imp lech ron i c l e o f seveL pu roh i t as (an anc ien t son o f P r ime M in i s t e r )'w i thou t rhe i den t i f i ca r i on " ' , ass igns imp l i c i t l y t he p r i o r i t y t othe Angu t ta ra N ikaya . we shou ld conc lude th i s sec t i on he rew i th B . c . Law 's warn ing : 'w i thou t d i sc r im ina r ing the d i f f e ren ts t r a ta o f l i t e ra r y acc re t i ons i t w i l l be dange rous t o r e l ega te a l lt he fou r N ikayas to the ea r l y s tage o f t he Pd . l i canon ' ro .

A. Strati f ication and Dating of the Digha lyikdya a,ndtlae |Vlajjhima Nik iiya:

As a l r eady men t i oned . on l y t he D tgha N i kaya , t r ea ted asone un i t by T .w . Rhys Dav ids . sha re t he equa l f oo t i ng w i t h t heMa j j l t i r na N ikaya as the mos t genu ine say ings o f t he Buddhaembod ied i n t he 186 d i a l ogues . I t shou ld be no ted he re t ha t t hed i scou rses o f m idd le l eng th i n t he l a t t e r a re h i gh l y f i t t i ng , i tseems . t o t he l eng th o f a no rma l se rmon de l i ve red b . v t heBuddha whereas i n t he D lgha N ikaya seve ra l l eng thy su t tasha rd l y a re t he reco rd o f ac tua l s i ng le se rmon . The Buddha

' " Q p . C i t . : L Z .

" n . i i : z z o f f .r o K . L . H a z r a . P L L : L 5 2

" O p . C i t . : ! 5 3 .

Page 58: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

A 1

i r imse l f i s t he ch ie f i n t e r l ocu ro r and seve ra l ma in d i sc i p l es o fh i s p l ay t he p rom inen t r o l e i n r hose d i a l ogues . I n gene ra l t hey: re t he d i scuss ion o f a l l t he po in t s r e l a t i ng t o r he re l i g i ous andrh i l osoph i ca l i n Buddh i s t l i f e . o .

1. The Digha Nikiiya:

The D Igha N i kAya , ' con ta i ns 34 su t t as i n t h ree g roups o r- l i v i s i ons . A l t hough T . W. Rhys Dav ids does no t r ecommend to:ummar i ze t hose su t t as , say ing t ha t ' i t wou ld be wo rse t han:oo l i sh t o a t t emp t any desc r i p t i on o f t he i r con ren t s ' : z t he re t i l l. - ave been such t he a t t emp ts t o be pe r f o rmed , s&y , t ha t o f U Ko-ay who g i ves a b r i e f accoun t o f t he 3 d i v i s i ons o f t he D lgha' ; i kaya :

The f i r s t i s named D i v i s i on Conce rn ing Mora l i t y ' Th i s

: i v i s i on con ta i ns l 3 su t t as wh i ch dea l ex tens i ve l y w i t h va r i ous

: \ ' pes o f mo ra l i t y , name ly , M ino r Mo ra l i t y , bas i c mo ra l i t y

: pp l i cab le t o a l l ; M idd le Mora l i t y and Ma jo r Mo ra l i t y wh i ch

re mos t l y p rac t i ced by San tanas and B rahmanas . I t a l so

: i s cussed t he w rong v i ews t hen p reva len t as we l l as B rahm in. r ew o f sac r i f i ce and cas te , and va r i ous re l i g i o ' us p rac t i ces such

: s ex t reme se l f -mo r t i f i ca t i on " ' .

The second d i v i s i on i s named The La rge D i v i s i on whose

J su t t as ' a re some o f t he mos t impo r tan t ones o f t he T ip i t aka ,

: ea l i ng w i t h h i s t o r i ca l and b i og raph i ca l aspec t s as we l l as t he

: oc t r i na l aspec t s o f Buddh i sm. The mos t f amous su t t a i s t he' , I ahdpar in ibbdna su t ta tha t g i ves an accoun t o f t he l as t days

, f l d t he pass ing away o f t he Buddha and d i s t r i bu t i on o f h i s-e l i c s . Mahapadana su t t a dea l s w i t h b r i e f accoun ts o f t he l as t

: eve r r Buddhas and the l i f e s to ry o f t he V ipass l Buddha .

- )oc t r i na l l y impor tan t a re the two su t tas : t l l r e Mahdn iddna su t tar h i ch exp la i ns t he Cha in o f Cause and E f f ec t , and t he

T . W . R h y s D a v i d s . H L B : 4 1 .

T h e f i r s t b o o k o f t h e S u t t a P i l a k a , a l s o k n o w n a s t h e L o n g C o l l e c t i o n o r t h el o l l e c t i o n o f L o n g D i s c o u r s e s o r t h e D i a l o g u e s o f t h e B u d d h a ; S k t : . D i r g h a g a m a .

o p . C i t . i 4 L .

I - ko lay , GT : 25 .

Page 59: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

A '

Mahasa t ipa t thana Su t ta dea l i ng w i th the fou r Me thods o f

S te ad fas t M ind fu lne s s and p rac t i ca l as pec ts o f Buddh is t

med i ta t i on " " .

The l as t d i v i s i on named 'Pa th i ka Vagga Pa l i ' con ta i ns 11

sho r te r d i scou rses o f m i sce l l aneous na tu re . They dea l w i t h t he

Buddha ' s r e j ec t i on o f w rong and seve re asce t i c i sm p rac t i ced by

fo l l owe rs o f many sec t s . They dea l a l so w i t h t he pe r i od i ca l

evotut io t r and d issotut ion of the universe, the accounts of

Un ive rsa l Monarchs and the th i r t y - two phys iognomic

cha rac te r i s t i c s o f a g rea t mao . The re i s one d i scou rse . S inga la

su t ta . add ressed to a young Br .ahmin show ing the du t i es to be

pe r fo rmed by member o f t he human soc ie t y . The l as r two

su t t as . Sang l t i and Dasu t t a ra . a re d i scou rses g i ven b1 ' t he

Venerab le Sa r ipu t ta and they con ta in l i s t s o f doc t r i na l t e rms

c lass i f i ed acco rd ing t o sub jec t ma t t e r and numer i ca l un i t s . The

s ty le o f t he i r compos i t i on i s d i f f e ren t f rom the o the r n ine

su t t as o f t he d i v i s i on " t .

I n gene ra l . an exam ina t i on o f a l l t he s t r a ta f i r s t p roposed

by T . W. Rhys Dav ids , and t hen mod i f i ed by o the r scho la r s

g i ves us the impres s ion tha t excep t f o r a ce r ta in number o f

tex ts i n t he V inaya P i taka , a lmos t a l l o f t he rema in ing tex ts o f

the T ip i t aka a re admix tu re to some ex ten t o f ea r l i e r and l a te r

e l emen ts - say . t he D Igha N i kaya desc r i bes many accoun t o f t he

Buddha ' s l i f e and a l so o f i nc i den t s t ha t t ook p l ace a f t e r h i s

pass ing away and even l a te r as po in ted ou t by B . C . Law in the

f i r s t chap te r o f h i s , 4 H is to ry o f Pd l i L i t e ra tu re .

We . anyhow. shou ld p l esuppose t ha t t he da te o f t he l a tes t

e lemen ts i n t he D Igha N ikaya do no t go beyond the second

pe r i ods . t ha t i s . 383 -265 B .C . as coun ted by B . C . Laq ' - who

says : 'We may , t hen , be j us t i f i ed i n ass ign ing t he who le o f t he

D igha N ikaya to a p le -A iokan age . t he re be ing no t l ace o f any

h is to r i ca l even t o r deve lopmen t wh ich m igh t have happened

a f t e r K ing A ioka . The on l y excep t i on t ha t one has t o make i s i n

O p . C i t . : 3 4

O p . C i t . : 3 9 .

B . C . L a w . H P L I J

Page 60: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

II

43

r h e c a s e o f t h e c o n c i u d i n g v e r s e s o f t h e M a h a p a r i n i b b d n a s u t t a

r v h i c h w e r e i n t e r p o l a t e d , a c c o r d i n g t o B u d d h a g h o s a , i n C e y l o n

b y t h e t e a c h e r s o f t h a t i s l a n d " ' .

The p lac i ng o f t he D lgha N i kaya , by T . .W .

Rhys Dav ids ,

among the th ree o the r N ikayas , i . e . t he Ma j j h in ta N ikaya , t he

Sary ryu t ta N ikdya , and the Ang t t t t a ra N tkaya on the 4 th s t ra tumr8

i s con fu ted by K . L . Haz ra who ag rees w i t h B . C . Law on

obse rv i ng t ha t i t i s w rong t o r ega rd a l l t he 4 N i kdyas a re

ea r l i e r t han t t ' e Su t ta N ipd ta i s ' 3e .

I n t e rm o f f u r t he r s t r a t i f i ca t i on , L . Bapa t t n Annua l s o f

: l t e Bhanda rka r O r i en ta l Resea rch I ns t i t u t e d i sce rns t he t h ree

l i f f e ren t l i t e ra r y s tages i n t he D tgha N i kaya :

The f i r s t s t age i s ass igned t o t he f i r s t vo l ume by p l ac i ng

i t r e p rev iousness o f t he second su t t a o f i t t o mos t o f t he

subsequen t su t t as on t he accoun t t ha t ' t h i s Su t t a ( t he

Sama f i f i apha la su t t a ) f o rms t he bas i s o f a l l t he subsequen t

t u t t as , excep t t he l as t one , i n t he f i r s t vo l ume , and se rves t he

pu rpose o f a common fac to r , t hus i nd i ca t i ng t ha t a lmos t t he

* ' ho le o f t he f i r s t vo l ume mus t have been pu t t oge the r i n i t s

l r esen t f o rm ' * .

The two su t t as , Mahdpadhdna and Mahdgov inda as be ing

:h rono log i ca l s i gns d raw scho la r s ' a t t en t i on . Mahapadhdna , t l r e

: i r s r su t ta i n Mahavagga o f t he D Igha N ikdya , re la tes a

j i s cou rse g i ven a t Sdva t t h i t o t he Bh i kkhus who we re one day

J i s cuss ing t he Buddha ' s know ledge o f pas t ex i s t ences . The= . ra l t ed One t o l d t hem abou t t he l as t seven Buddhas , w i t h a f u l l

. i f e s t o r y o f one o f t hem, t he V tpass l Budd l t a , r eca l l i ng a l l t he

:ac t s o f t he Buddhas , t he i r soc ia l r ank , name , c l an , l i f e span ,

: he pa i r s o f Ch ie f D i sc i p l es , t he assemb l i es o f t he i r f o l l owe rs ,

: he i r a t t a i nmen ts , and emanc ipa t i on f r om de f i l emen ts . The

3uddha exp la i ned t ha t h i s ab i l i t y t o r emember and reca l l a l l t he

O p . C i t . : 3 O - 3 1 .

O p . C i t . : t .

K . L . H a z r a , P L L : 1 5 3

G . C . P a n d e , S O B : 2 4 ,

Page 61: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

44

fac t s o f pas r ex i s t ences was due ro h i s own pene t ra t i ngd i sce rnmen t as we l l as due t o t he devas mak ing t hese mar re r sknown to h im . ' .

I n t he Mahdgov inda su t ta , t he 6 , r , su t ta i n Mahdvaggo o fthe D igha N ikaya , pa f i cas i kha , a Gandhabba deva , t o ld thedeva assemb ly where sana ikumara B rahma taugh t t he Dhammaas shown by Mahagov ind .a , t he Bodh i sa t ra who had reached rheBrahma wo r rd . The Buddha sa id t ha t Mahagov inda was noneo the r t han h imse l f and exp la ined tha t t he Dhamma he taughr a tt l r a t t ime cou ld l ead one on l y ro the B rahma wor ld . w i th h i st each ing now as an En l i gh tened Buddha . h i ghe r a t t a i nmen tssuch as t he so tdpa t t i , sakaddgami , Anagami . and t he h i ghes tach ievemen t A raha t t a pha la we re poss ib l eo , .

The above su t tas a l so appear i n t he cu i l a N iddesa o f t heKhukkaka N ikaya , and a re no tab le i i l us r ra t i ons , as they a reassumed , o f t he su t tan ta Jd takas , t he Ja takas as found i n theea r l i es t f o rms i n pd t i l i t e ra tu re . The cas t i ng o f t he s to r y i n aJa taka mou ld as we f i nd i t i n t he Mahagov inda su t tan ta cou ldno t t aken p l ace i n t he l i f e t ime o f t he Buddha .

The second vo rume o f t he D igha N i kaya a l so t h rows somel i gh t on t he i s sue o f da t i ng t h rough t he payas i su t t a , t he 1o ,hand las t su t ta i n t he Mahavagga o f t he D Igha N ikaya . The su t tarecoun ts how the venerab le Kumdrakassapa showed the r i gh tpa t l r t o Governo r payas i o f se tabyd town in Kosa la counr ry .Gove rno r Payas i he rd t he w rong be r i e f : "The re i s no o the rwo r l d ; no be ings a r i se aga in a f t e r dea th ; t he re a te noco rsequences o f good o r bad d .eeds . " The vene rab leKumarakasapa showed h im rhe r i gh t pa th . i l l us t ra t i ng h i st each ing w i t h numerous i l l um ina t i ng s im i l es . u l t ima te l y payas ibecame fu l l o f f a i t h and t ook re fuge ro t he Buddha , t heDhamrna and rhe sa rhgha . The venerab le Ku rnd rakassapa taugh th im a l so t he r i gh t k i nd o f o f f e r i ngs ro be made and t ha t t heseo f f e r i ngs shou ld be made w i t h due respec t , by one ' s own hands ,w i t h due es reem and no t as i f d i sca rd ing t hem. on l y unde r

U k o l a y , G T : 3 4

O p . C i t . : 3 7 - 3 8 .

(

4 L

Page 62: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

45

ihese cond i t i ons wou ld t he good deed o f o f f e r i ngs bea r sp lend i r t

: r u i t s " . The su t t an ta con ta i ns seve ra l anecdo tes f o rm ing t he

r r i s t o r i ca l bas i s o f some o f t he Jd taka s to r i es . A l l t h i s makes i t. r r ong l y conv inc i b l e , as ag reed upon by B . C . Law and t hen byK . L . Haz ra , t ha t t he da te o f t h i s su t t a shou ld be p l aced a t. cas r ha l f a cen tu r y a f t e r t he dem ise o f t he Buddhaoo .

The AYana l i ya su t ta i n t he l as t vo lume o f t he D tgha

; . - i kaya reco rds t ha t Fou r Ce les t i a l K ings came to see t he

3uddha and t o l d h im tha t t he re we re non -be l i eve rs among many

nv i s i b l e be ings who rn i gh t b r i ng ha rm to t he f o l l owe rs o f t he

iuddha . The Ce les t i a l K ings t he re fo re wan ted t o r each t he

h i kkhus t he p ro tec t i ng i ncan ta t i on known as t he A tan a t i ya: ' i t r i t t a . The Buddha gave h i s consen t by rema in i ng s i l en t . The i ^. i r e f ou r Ce les t i a l K ings rec i t ed t he AyAn d t i ya Pa r i t t ao ' , wh i ch

. : r e Buddha adv i sed bh i kkhus , Bh i kkhun l s and l ay d i sc i p l es t o

:a rn . t o r nemor i ze so t ha t t hey m igh t dwe l l a t ease , we l l

- ua rded and p ro tec tedou . Th i s su t t a i s o the rw i se desc r i bed as a

t kk l za o r sav ing chan t r nan ipu la ted appa ren t l y on a ce r t a i n

- JSsage i n t he t hen known as Mahabha ra ta . The deve lopmen t o f

: r ese e l emen ts , t he Jd taka s to r i es as re fe r red t o i n t he

: - ' r ego ing pa rag raphs , and t he pa r i t t as cou ld no t t ake p l ace, . hen Buddh i sm rema ined i n i t s p r i s t i ne pu r i t y .

The re i s , howeve r , [ o r eason f o r su rp r i se t ha t such

- : r ' e l opmen ts had a l r eady t aken p l ace as ea r l y as t he 4 ' h cen tu r y

r C . , as con ten ted by B . C . Law and K . L . Haz ra on accoun t

. ' . a t t he warn ing aga ins t t he fo rge ry i n f o rm o f f ab le and

. ; r i on , and espec ia l l y o f imag ina t i ve poe t r y was g i ven i n

, : r t a i n passages o f t he Angu t t a ra N i kaya . Mo reove r , ' t he

i : ow th o f t hese f o re i gn e l emen ts mus t have caused some so r t o f

- - . n f us i on o the rw i se i t wou ld no t have been necessa ry t o d i scuss' . ' " a su t ta o f t he Samyu t ta N ikdya the reasonab le way o f keep ing

- - -nu ine t he u t t e rance o f t he Buddha d i s t i nc t f r om o the rs t ha t

. - k o l a y , G T : 3 9 .

3 C . L a w , H P L : 3 0 ; K . L . } { a z r a , P L L : 1 6 0 .

" a r i r t a : p r o t e c t i o n ; p r o t e c t i v e c h a r m .'

k o l a y , G T : 4 4 .

Page 63: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

46

c rep t i n under the ou ts ide i n f l uence and were cha rac te t i zed . bvpoe t i ca l f anc ies and embe l l i shmen ts .? .

, A11 t h i s makes i t j u s t i f i db l e f o r us ro ass ign t o a p re -A iokan age mosr o f t he D igha N ikaya w i th l i t t l e excep r ion fo rt he conc lud ing ve rses o f t he Mahapa r i n i bbdna su t t a .

whereas the f i r s t s rage i n the D Igha N ikaya , rep resen tedby the f i r s t vo lume. i s cha rac te r i zed by i t s d i s t i nc t i ve s imp l i c i t yand the human i r y o f t he Buddha rhe th i rd s rage ass igned ma in l yt o t h i r d vo lume con ta i ns i n i t r he ' anabo l i sm ' o f t he Buddhaw i th t he supe r -human power , r he men t i on o f t he f u tu re Buddha :Me t teyya . t he p re fe rence t o t he anc ien t l egends . t he i ncep t i ono f t he Tan t r i c l i t e ra tu re , and t he pe rvas i veness o f numera t i on ,say . pa r t i cu l a r i zed i n t he l as t two su t t as .

2. The lVajjhima Nikiiya:

The Ma j j h ima N ikdya ' " , cons i s t s o f I 52 su t tas , some o f

t hem a t t r i bu ted t o d i sc i p l es . cove r i ng nea r l y a l l aspec t s o f

Buddh i sm. I nc l uded a re t ex t s dea l i ng w i t h monas t i c l i f e , r he

excesses o f asce t i c i sm , t he ev i l s o f cas te , Buddha ' s deba tes

w i t h t he Ja ins . and med i t a t i on . r oge the r w i t h bas i c doc t r i na l

and e th i ca l t each ings and many i egends and s to r i es . The su t t as

i n t h i s N i kaya a l so t h row much l i gh t on t he soc ia l i deas and

ins t i t u t i ons o f t hose days . and p rov ide genera l i n fo rma t ion on

the economic and po l i t i ca l l i f e .

The I 52 su t t as a re a r ranged i n t h ree ' g roups o f 50 ' o r

pa ry ryasa . The f i r s t g roup , M f i l apa4 ryasa dea ls w i th the f i r s t 50

su , t t as i n f i ve vaggas , t he second g roup , Ma i j h imapannasa

cons i s t s o f t he second 5O su t t as i n f i ve vaggas t oo ; and t he l as t

52 su t tas a re dea l t w i th i n 5 vag 8as o f t he th i rd g roup '

Upa r i pa ryyasa . The de ta i l ed accoun t by K . R . No rman o f t he

' 7 K . L . H a z r a , P L L ; 1 6 0 - 1 6 1 ; s e e a l s o S . i i : - 2 6 7 .

t * T h e s e c o n d b o o k o f t h e S u t t a P i t a k a , a i s o k n o w n a s t h e ' M i d d l e C o l l c c t i o n ' o r t h e

C o l l e c t i o n o f D i s c o u r s e s o f M c d i u m L c n g t h o r M i d d l e L e n g t h S a y i n g s ; S k t :

M a d h v a m a g a m a .

Page 64: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I

47

name g i ven t o t he sz t t as i s he re sk i pped ove r ; we j us t ab r i dge

l r i s accoun t o f t he name o f t he vaggas .

To some ex ten t t he t i t t l e s o f t he vaggas re f l ec t t he i :

Jon ten t s , some be ing ca l l ed a f t e r t he f i r s t su t t a i n t he vagga .

The Gahahapa t i vagga cons i s t s o f su t t as i n each o f wh i ch ,

Jxcep t f o r su t t a 57 , t he Buddha add resses househo lde rs . The

: i r i r d vagga su rp r i s i ng l y has no t i t l e . S ince s i x o f t he t en su t t as

. rave t he wo rd upama i n t he i r t i t l e s , i t wou ld have been

rpp rop r i a te t o ea l l i t Opamma vagga '4e .

I t i s obse rvab le tha t t he Ma j j h ima N ikdya rep resen ts the

: r l os t genu ine say ings o f t he Buddha , and mos t o f t he i nd i v i dua l

. u t t as con ta i ned t he re in a re h i gh l y f i t t i ng , i t i s appa ren t , t o t he

.eng th o f one each an ac tua l s i ng le se rmon de l i ve red by t he

tsuddha whereas those co rnpos ing the D igha N ika l ta a re no t .

The re i s no t much o f d i spu tes abou t t he da t i ng and

- r ra t i f y i ng o f t l r e Ma j j h ima N ika l ta because i t i s usua l l y seen to' , e r no re cong ruous t han t he f i r s t N i kdya . Th i s does no t mean

:ha t a l l o f i t s su t t as as a who le shou ld be da ted i n t he Buddha ' s

. i f e t ime , some ind i v idua l su t tas go ing as t ray , s&Y, t } re su t ta i n' ne Ma j j h ima N ikaya reco rds the fo r t i f i ca t i on o f t he cap i ta l c i t y

?a jagaha commanded by k i ng A ja tasa t t u i n an t i c i pa t i on o f t he

: r r ack by Pa j j o ta , k i ng o f Avan t i . The compos i t i on o f t he su t t a ,

: he re fo re , ' i s supposed t o have been sho r t l y a f t e r t he Buddha ' s

:ea th ' . I n cons ide ra t i on o f t he geog raph i ca l t r acks t ha t a su t t a

r t he Ma j j h ima N ikaya i s sugges t i ve o f , we a l so can ge t t o

i ome c l ue f o r i t s da t i ng . The su t t a speaks o f ' yonas 'as hav ing' n l y two c l asses - f r ee men ( , , 4 r i yo ) and s l aves (Ddso ) . Whe the r

. : po in t s t o an I on ian commerc ia l co l ony rn I nd ia i s unce r ta i n .

- ven i f i t i s p re -A lexand r i an , wh i ch i s poss ib l e ( s i nce t o wh i ch

ne has no know ledge t o t he con t ra r y ) , t hough no t p robab le , i t

. i a y mos t ce r t a i n l y be rega rded re l a t i ve l y l a t e ' o .

K . L . Haz ta successes B . C . Law i n s ta t i ng t ha t ' t he, . ho le o f t he Ma j j h ima N ikdya s t r i kes us as the mos t

N o r r n a u , P L : 4 5

P a n d e . S O B : 4 7 .

K , R

G . C

Page 65: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

48

au tho r i t a t i ve and o r i g i na l a l nong t he co l l ec t i ous o f t heBuddha ' s r each ings . The re i s no a l l us i on t o any po l i t i ca r even tro j us t i f y us i n r e l ega t i ng t he da te o f i t s comp i l a t i on t o a r lmefa r removed f rom the demise o f t he Buddha . I f i t be a rguec r t ha tthe s ro ry o f Makhddeva . as we f i nd i t embod ied i n rheMakhadeva su t ta o f t h i s N ikaya , has a l ready assumed the fo rmo f a Ja ta l ca wh ich appears a l so i n t he cu i l a r t i ddesa , t he N ikay t tcan uo t be a much l a te r comp i l a t i on . Fo r t he Makhadeva s ro r ) ,i s one o f t hose f ew ea r l i es t Ja takas p resupposed by t he pa r icanon i ca l co l l ec t i on o f SOO Jd takas .

The l i t e ra ry deve lopmen ts as may be t raced i ' t he s t t r t aso f t he Ma j j h ima N ikaya a re none o f such a k ind as ro requ i remore t han a cen tu r y a f t e r t he dem ise o f t he Buddha . , . Thegenu ineness o f t he Ma j j h ima N ikaya . as be ing au tho r i t a t i ve o ft he Buddha ' s wo rds even by t he i naugu ra r s t age o f t heAbh idhamma l i t e ra ru re , i s p resupposed by rhe f ac t t ha t mos t o ft he chap te r s o f t he v i bhanga whose Abh id r ramtna supe rs t ruc ru rewas es tab l i shed on , and r im i red i n , t he e l uc i da r i on o f t r r esu t t ran tas , have the i r co r respond ing pa r t abound ing i n t r reMa j j h in ta N ikdya . Th i s w i l l be v i s ib le i n t he fo l l ow ing rab lewhose da ta a re p repa red by B . C . Law j2 :

, ' 8 . C .J ] B . C .

L a w , J I P L : 3 1

L a w , H P L : 2 4

K . L . H a z r a . P L L : 1 6 I

Page 66: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

49

Tne t -e 7 :

S a c c a v i b h a n g a

( S u t t a n t a b h a j a n i y a )

S a c c a v i b h a i g a S u t t a

( M a j j h i m a , V o l . i i i , N o r 41 )

S a t i p a t t h d n a v i b h a h g a

( S u t t a n t a b h a j a n i y a )

S a t i p a t t h a n a S u t t a

( M a j j h i m a , V o l . i . N o . 1 0 )

D h a t u v i b h a i g a

( S u t t a n t a b h a j a n i y a ' S

D h a t u v i b h a n g a

( M a j j h i m c , V o l .

S u t t a

i i i , N o . 1 4 0 )

IT } r e M a j j h i n t a N i k a y a o c c u p i e d t h e s e c o n d p o s i t i o n i n t h e

J u r t h s t r a t u m o f t h e t a b l e o f l 0 - t r a t a p u t f o r t h b y T . W . R h y s

l a v i d s a n d a m e n d e d b y B . C . L a w a n d K . L . H a z r a . I n w h i c h

l r e M a j j h i m a N i k a y a i s p r e c e d e d b y t h e p a r t i a l V i n a y a P i t a k a ,

r a t i s , t h e S t l a s , t h e P a r a y a n a a n d t b e P a t i m o k k h a , a s h e l d b y

. . W . R h y s D a v i d s , o r t h e S / / a s , a s h e l d b y t h e l a t t e r . T h e' . I a j j h i m a N i k d y a a l s o o c c u p i e s t h e t h i r d p o s i t i o n i n t h e f i r s t

: a g e o f t h e t a b l e o f t h r e e m a j o r s t a g e s p r o p o s e d b y P r o r .

r - . T . S . S a r a o ' : .

I n a l l t h e a b o v e p o s i t i o n s a s s i g n e d t o i t b y t h e s c h o l a r s ,

: - e M a j j h i m a N i k a y a s t a n d s s o m e h o w p o s t e r i o r t o t h e D I g h a

: k a y a , w h i c h w e c a n n o t h e l p f e e l i n g l i t t l e r e l i a n c e , n o m a t t e r

r w r n u c h p r o b a b i l i t y i t m a y b e o f .

B . S t ra t i f i ca t ion and Dat ing o f t }ae Ar igu t ta ra andSaryyutta Nikdyas:

T h e t w o N i k a y a s s o m e h o w c o m e l a t e r t h a n t h e D I g h a

: k d y a a n d t h e M a j j h i m a N t k d y a a n d a r e c o n s i d e r e d b y T . W .

r v s D a v i d s a s j u s t t h e r e a r r a n g e m e n t s o f t h e p r e v i o u s o n e s . I t

i m p r o b a b l e t o s p e c u l a t e a b o u t w h e t h e r t h e t w o

: 3 r r & n g € m e n t s o f t h e B u d d h a ' s t e a c h i n g s w e r e b a s e d e n t i r e l y

r t h e i r m a t e r i a l o n t h e d i a l o g u e s o r o n o t h e r s o u r c e s . ' W e

: o w t h a t l a r g e p o r t i o n s o f t h e m r e c u r b o d i l y i n t h e D i a l o g u e s ,

^ T . S . S a r a o , O N A I B : 3 3

Page 67: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

50

and t ha t t hose po r t i ons no t ye t t r aced i n t he D ia l ogues con ta i nno th i ng i ncons i s ten t w i t h t hem" , . Th i s shou ld p rove t he i r equa lmer i t o f au then t i c i t y and somehow the i r da te and s t ra t i f i ca t i onin sene ra l .

As were ed i to r i a l l y rea r ranged the su t tas o f t he Samyu t taN ikaya was g rouped toge the r acco rd ing ro the i r con ten rs andthose o f t he Angu t ta ra N ikaya , l i t e ra l l y rendered as ' t he by -

one - l imb -more co l l ec t i on , acco rd ing t o t he number o f dhammasthey dea l w i t h . The re i s an ove r l ap be tween t he rwo N i kayas ,wh i ch a r i ses f r om the poss ib i l i t y o f c l ass i f y i ng t he same su t t as ,bu t i n bo th the two ways : con ten ts and numbers . Anexam ina t i on o f t he con ten t s o f t he Ch inese t r ans la t i on o f t he

Samyuk tdgama shows t ha t i t i n c l udes a number o f su t t as wh i ch

in the Pa l i canon appear i n t he A igu t ta ra N ikaya and v i ce ve rsa

a l a rge number o f t he su t tas o f t he A igu t ta ra N ikaya a re

i nc l uded i n t he Samyuk tdgama . The d i s r i nc t i on be rween t he' connec ted ' and ' numera l ' c l ass i f i ca t i on , i t i s s t r ong l yposs ib l e . was no t ve ry c l ea r l y d rawn a t t he t ime o f t he i rco l l ec r i on " .

1. Anguttara Nikiiya:

The Angu t ta ra N ikaya ' " . a numer i ca l a r rangemen t . f o r

mnemou i c pu rposes , o f 9 ,557 t e r se su t t as , i s d i v i ded i n to 11

d iv i s ions known as N ipa tas . Each N ipa ta i s d i v ided aga in i n to

g roups ca l l ed vaggas t ha t usua l l y con ta i n 1O su t t as each . The

d i scou rses a re a r ranged i n p rog ress i ve numer i ca l o rde r . each

N ipa ta con ta in ing su t tas w i th i t ems o f dhamma. beg inn ing w i th

one i t em and mov ing up by un i t s o f one t i l l t he re a re l i i t ems

o f dhamma i n each su t t a o f t he l as t N ipa ta . Hence t he name' Inc reas ing by One I t em " ' . I t s f i r s t N ip a ta ( " g roup " ) con ta ins

su t t c t s dea l i ng w i t h s i ng le t h i ngs , such as t he m ind o r t he

Buddha , t he su t t as i n t he second N ipa ta speak o f pa i r s , e .g . 2

5 ' f T . w . R h y s D a v i d s , H L B : 4 3 .

) ) K . R . N o r m a n , P L : 5 4 .5 6 a l s o k n o w n a s " I t c m - m o r e C o l l c c t i o r r " ; S k t : E k o t t a r i k a g a m a

1 7 U k o L a y , G I : l l 0 .

Page 68: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

51

k inds o f s i n : i n t he t h i r d t he re a re t r i p l e t s ; and so on up t o 11 .The t yp i ca l examp les a re t he 3 p ra i sewor thy ac r s - r he 4 p l aceso f p i l g r image , t he 5 obs tac les . r he 6 - f o l d du t y o f a monk . 7k i nds o f wea l t h , 8 causes o f ea r t hquake , 9 t ypes o f pe rson , 10ob jec t s o f con temp la t i on , and 11 k i nds o f happ iness .

The Angu t ta ra N ikaya cons t i t u tes an impor tan t sou rcebook o r Buddh i s t psycho logy and e th i cs , wh i ch p rov ides ancnuu le ra ted summary o f a l l t he essen t i a l f ea tu res conce rn ing t herheo ry and p rac t i ce o f t he Dhamrna . A un ique chap te r en t i r l edE tadagga Vagga o f Ekaka N ipa ta enumera res the names o f t he:o re rnos t d i sc i p l es amongs t t he Bh i kkhus . Bh i kkhun l s ,"pasakas . Upd .s i kas . who had ach ieved p re -em inence on one, phe re o f a t t a i n r r r en t o r n l e r i t o r i ous ac t i v i t y . e . g . r he Vene rab le\a r i pu t t a i n I n tu i t i ve W isdom and Know ledge ; r he Vene rab le' , I a l t a Mogga l l ana i n supe rno rma l powers ; Bh i kkhun i Khema i n. raf i f ia : Bhikkhut t i Uppalavanna in Idd l t i ; the Up asakat r ta thap ind i ka and the Upas ika V isakha i n a lmsg iv ing ; and son

Whereas the Ma j j h ima N ikaya , as be ing au rho r i ra r i ve o f: r e Buddha ' s wo rds even by t he i naugu ra l t ime o f t heb l t i dha rnma l i t e ra tu re . has , as a l r eady men t i oned . i t s shadowi r mos t o f t he chap te r s o f t he V ibhanga whose Abh idhammarpe rs t ruc tu re was es tab l i shed on , and l im i t ed i n , r be.uc ida t i on o f t he su t t an tas , t he Angu t t a ra N i kaya . on t he o the r

- a n d . w e r e s i m u l a t e d b y t l o e P u g g a l a p a f i f i a t t i . A l m o s t a l l o f t h e

: i r d . f ou r t h and f i f t h sec t i ons , name ly , t ayo pugga ld , ca t t a ralgga la , pa i i ca pugga la o f t he Pugga lapa f r f ra t t i can be found i nre co r respond ing sec t i ons , i . e . t i ka N ipa ta , ca tukka N ipa ta ,:d pa f i caka N ipa ta . o f t he A igu t ta ra N ikaya , i nc lud ing ther n -s pas sage en t i t l ed Yodha j i v f i pama pu g ga ld58 .

Moreove r , t he Angu t ta ra N ikaya p rese rves many t racks o ft t ayc t . Su rp r i s i ng l y , i n each N ipa ta o f t h i s N ikaya we come

- ross passages re l a t i ng t o t he Z - f o l d V inaya , name ly , t he' ; t k khu and t he G ih i . I t i s i n f e rab le f r om th i s po in t t ha t t he

] C . L a W , H P L : Z Z - 2 3

Page 69: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

s2

Angu t ta ra N ikdya may j us t l y be rega rded as a su t ta s to re -house

o f d i s t i nc r V inayd t rac ts .

In th i s ve ry N ikaya we h i t upon a V inaya t rac t5e wh ich se t

f o r t h a r ough ske t ch (ma t i ka ) no t o f any pa r t i cu l a r V inaya

r rea t i se bu t o f t he who le o f r he V inaya P i t aka . The l i s t o f

V inaya top i cs fu rn i shed i n th i s pa l t i cu la r t rack canno t be

cons t rued as a tab le o f con ten ts o f any pa r t i cu la l t ex t o f t he

V inaya P i l aka . S im i l a r l y , V inaya t l ac t s a Ie sca t te red a l so i n t he

su t tas o f o the r N ikayas . The cons ide ra t i on o f a l l t hese fac ts

canno t bu t j us t i f y t he con jec tu re tha t t he t rea t i ses o f t he V inaya

P i taka po in t t o a su t ta back -g round in the V inaya ma te r ia l s

t raceab le i n t he i , l i kdyas pa r t i cu la r l y i n t he Angu t ta ra N ikaya* .

Th i s shou ld be fo l l owed b -v the more re l i ab i l i t y t ha t t he

a r t i qu i r y o f t he Angu t t a ra N i kayd assu res .

On t he o the r hand , i t s an t i qu i t y , howeve r , i s no t r ega rded

as be ing en t i re l y equa l w i th rhe f i r s t g rea t N ikayas . Scho la rs

On obse rv i ng t ha t i n l anguage and s t y l e t he re i s no essen t i a l

d i f f e rence among t he f ou r g l ea t N i kayas , scho la r s s t i l l consen t

t he l a teness o f t he Angu t t a ra N i kaya i n compar i son w i t h t he

rema in ing ones ' bU t no t much l a te I " ' . The occu r l ence o f t he

su t t as i n t he Angu t t a ra N i kaya abou t f u tu re dange rs . e . g . t he

Anaga tabhaydn iu ' . usua l l y i nv i t es susp i c i on . The t ex t pu lpo l t s

t o be a p rophesy , and p rophec ies a re a t once suspec ted as

compos i t i ons co rcoc ted a f t e r t he even t ; and t he t r ue r and more

wonde r fu l t hey a re , o the r t h i ngs rema in i ng t he same , t he

g rea te r mus t t he susp i c i on becomeu ' '

W i t h r ega rd t o t he geog raph i ca l know ledge , t he Angu t t a ra

l i s t o f 16 powers may have p robab l y g i ven . bu t i t f a i l ed , some

sugges t i on abou t t he success i ve expans ion o f t he Sa rhgha . Even

in r l r e s i x t h ceu tu r y B . C . Kosamb i had po l i t i ca l connec t i ons

w i th Avan t t and p lesumab ly w i th the ad j acen t s ta te s to the

t e A . i : 9 8 - 1 0 0 .

6 { ' 8 . C . L a w . H P L : 1 9

6 r K . T . S . S a r a o , O N A I B .

6 2 A , i i i l o i .

6 3 G . C . P a n d e . S O B : 4 8 .

? n

Page 70: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

no r thwes t ; t r ade rs we re p l y i ng t he

h ighways t o t he No r th and t he Wes t .

W. Rhys Dav ids a rgues cogen t l y f o r

,4ngu t ta ra l i s t * .

53

ca ravans a l ong t he g rea t

On t he h i s t o r i ca l bas i s T .t he g rea t an t i qu i t y o f t he

T h e u e n t i o n o f t h e T h e r a N d r a c l a , h o w e v e r , i n t h e, ' l r i g u t t a r a 6 s c a r r b e a s s i g n e d w i t h c e r t a i n t y t o t h e p o s t - B u d d h a ' s

l i f e t i m e . T h i s s u t t a r e l a t e s t h e s r o r y a b o u t h o w t h e T h e r a

Y a r a d a c o n s o l e d t h e k i n g M u n d a o f p d t a l i p u t t a w h o w a sl a r n e n t i n g o v e r t h e d e a t h o f h i s c o n s o r t . B h a d d c i . r t s h o u l d b er r o t e d h e r e t h a t i n h i s c o n s o l a t i o n N d r a d a j u s t r e d a c t e d as e r m o n t h e B u d d h a g a v e o n a s i m i l a r o c c a s i o n * . T h i s s e c t i o n

c o m m e m o r a t e s t h e n a m e o f k i n g M u n d a w h o r e i g n e d , a s s h o w n

b y T . w . R h y s D a v i d s , i n R a j a g a h a a b o u t h a l f a c e n t u r y a f t e rr h e d e m i s e o f t h e B u d d h a . S o t h e A n g u t t a r a c o n t a i n i n g a c l e a rr e f e r e n c e t o M u n d a R a j a c a n n o t b e r e g a r d e d a s a c o m p i l a t i o n

m a d e w i t h i n t h e f i f t y y e a r s f r o m t h e B u d d h a ' s d e m i s e . T h e r e

i s , h o w e v e r , n o o t h e r h i s t o r i c a l r e f e r e n c e t o c a r r y t h e d a t e o f

i r s c o m p i l a t i o n b e y o n d t h e f i r s t c e n t u r y f r o m t h e

, V I a h a p a r i n i b b d n a o f t h e B u d d h a . ' .

T h e s t o r y o f M a h a g o v i n d a u ' w a s m o l d e d a f t e r t h e e a r l yf o r m o f J d t a k a w h i c h a l w a y s c o n c l u d e d w i t h t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n

o f t h e B u d d h a , t h e n a r r a t o r o f t h e s r o r y , w i t h i t s h e r o , w h i l e i n

r h e A n g u t t a r a N t k a y a t h e s t o r y i s a s i m p l e c h r o n i c l e o f s e v e np u r o h i t a s w i t h o u t t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n u o . T h e r e f o r e , t r ' e A n g u t t a r a

. Y i k a y a ' s s t o r y m a y p r o b a b l y b e o l d e r t h a n t h e f o r m e r i n s o m u c b

a s t h e s i m p l i c i t y i s r e g a r d e d a s s i g n o f e a r l y s r a g e w h i c h , a s

p r e v i o u s l y m e n t i o n e d , w a s c h a r a c t e r i z e d b y s i m p l i c i t y a n d

s p o n t a n e i t y , i n t u i t i o n a n d i n s p i r a t i o n .

I n f i ne , we may no te tha t t he Angu t ta ra N i . kaya , t hough

rega rded as a l i t t l e l a t e r i n compar i son w i t h t he 3 rema in i ng

* O p . C i t . : 4 5 .

' f A . i i i : 6 3 .

i G . C . P a n d e , S O B : 4 7 - 4 8 .

- ? B . C . L a w , H P L : 3 2 - 3 3 ; K . L . H a z r a , P L L : L 6 2

' r D . i i : 2 2 O f f .

' ' K . L . H a z r a , P L L : 1 5 2 - 1 5 3 .

Page 71: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

54

g rea r N i kayas , i s pu t among t hem on t he same foo t i ng , i - e '

s t r a tum 4 by mos t o f t he mode rn scho la r s '

2. Sam. Yutta NikrtYa:

The Sa myu t ta N ikaya 'o , ga in ing i t s t i t t l e f rom the fac t t ha t

i t s su t t as a re g rouped t oge tbe r acco rd ing t o t he i r con ten t s i s

compr i sed o f 5 vaggas , name ly . saga tha vag8a , N iddna vagga ,

Khandha vagga , Sa ldya tana va98a . and Maha vagga ' They

con ta in 56 Samyu t tas tha t aga in a re d i v ided i n to sma l l vaggas '

In the European ed i t i on ' ne N ikdya coL ta ins 2 ,889 su t tas i n a l l ,

Buddhaghosa , howeve l , s t a tes t ha t t he re a Ie 7 . 762 su t t as .

The way o f d i v i s i on i n t h i s N i kaya may cause con fus ion

because ' vagga 'deno tes s imu l t aneous l y t he f i ve vaggas o f t he

f i r s t l eve l and t hose o f t he t h i r d l eve l . The a l l angemen t i s made

by (1 ) sub jec t o r doc t r i ne , ( 2 ) c l ass o f god , demon ' o r man ' ( 3 )

some p rom inen t pe rson as speake r o r he ro ' e ' g ' t he Sakka

s0 rJ r yu t t a ( 11 ) con ra ins su t t as whe re sakka p l ays a pa r t , wh i l e

rhe Bo j j hanga samyu t t a ( 46 ) i s composed o f t hose su t t as i n

wh i ch t he seven e l emen ts o f en l i gh tenmen t a Ie d i scussed ' Th i s

me thod o f a r rangemen t does mean tha t t he samyu t ta N ikdya

con ta i l s some o f t he mos t impo r tan t Buddh i s t t each ing . e ' g ' t he

Sacca Sanryu t ta con ta ins 131 su t ta dea l i ng w i th d i f f e ren t

aspec t s o f t he f ou t t r u ths ' ' .

A m o n g t h e

u n i q u e t o r e c e l v e

W . R h y s D a v i d s .

h e r e :

f i ve g rea t N ikayas , t he Samyu t ta N ikaya l s

so beau t i f u l i n t r oduc to r y wo rds o f f e red by T

I t i s i l l us t ra t i ve and en joyab le to quo te fu l l y

" T h e v e n r u r e r i n t o t h e c o n t e n t s o f t h e s e b o o k s w i l l f i n d h i m s e l f

f o r t h e m o s t p a r t i n a c u r i o u s w o o d l a n d o f f a i r i e s , g o d s , a n d d e v i l s '

w i t h r o y a l a n d p r i e s t l y i n t e r v i e w e r s o f t h e s u b l i m e t e a c h e r ' o p e n i n g o u t

h e r e o n a s e t t l e m e n t o f r e l i g i o u s b r e t h r e n , t h e r e o n s c e n e s o f l i f e i n

r u r a l c o m m u n i t i e s . . . D e v a s h e w i l l s e e ; s o n s a n d d a u g h t e r s o f ' t h e

g o d s , ' . . : t h e y w i l l e n c h a n r t h e e y e o f h i s i m a g i n a t i o n w i t h a g l o r y o f

/ 0 a i s o k u o w n a s " C l u s t e r C o l l e c t i o n

/ ' K . R . N o r m a n , P L ' . 4 9 - 5 O -

S k t : S a r n - v l z k t a g a m a

Page 72: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

c o l o u r - a n d w l r i l e l l 1 i n o r f o r e s t d e v a s w i l l s h o w c o l l c e r n i n h i s s p i r i t u a lw e l f a r e , t h o s e o f t h i s o r t h a t h e a v e n w i l l w e l c o m e h i m t o c e l e s t i a lr u a n s i o n s . H e w i l l h e a r r i d d l e s a n d s a w s i n d o g g e r e l m e t r e , c u r r e n t i na n c i e n t I n d i a r t f o l k - p h i l o s o p h y . . . t h a t n l o t h e r e d e f f o r t s a t t h i n k i n ss e r i o u s l y , h o w e v e r r u d i m e n t a r y t h e y r n i g h t b e .

T h e p r i n c e o f d a r k n e s s - o f l i f e - l u s t a n d o f r e c u r r i n g d e a t h - w i l ls t a r t l e h i n r i r r o d d a r r d f e a r s o n t e s h a p e s a n d w a y s . G r a v e a n d n o b l eS i s t e r s w i l l s h o w h i n r a s e r e n e p e a c e , a n d a g r a s p o f t r u t h w o l t a t t h ec o s t o f m u c h t h a t l i f e h o l d s d e a r . T h e i n c o r r i g i b l e w i l l g i v e t h e m s e l v e sa w a y a s t h e y t a l k b e f o r e t r i m . M y s t e r i o u s a b o r i g i n a l c r e a t u r e s , i np r o c e s s o f b e i n g t n e r g e d i t . t t o t h e s t o c k o f f o l k - m y t h , w i l l c o m e f o r t hf r o t u t h e a b a n d o n e d s h r i n e s o f d e a d d e i t i e s t o l i s t e n o r n r e n a c e . A n d t h eg o d s o f t o - d a y w i l l c o n t e l t d b e f o r e h i m w i t h t h e g o d s o f y e s t e r d a y ,

b e c o n t e t h e T i t a n s o f t o - d a v .

A n d e v e r , a s h e w a n d e r s o n , t h e r e w i l l u t o v e b e f o r e h i m ,l u r r t i t l q u s a n d s e r e n e , t h e c e n t r a l f i g u r e o f t h e g r e a t - h e a r t e d G o t a m a ,b r i n g i n g h i m t o t h e w o o d ' s e n d b r a c e d a n d e n l i g h t e n e d b y r h eb e n e f i c e r l t t e n s i o l r o f l i s t e u i n g t o m a r l y w i s e s a y i n g s . . . t h e m a t t e r o ft h e m i s o f t h e s t a m p o f t h e o l d e s t d o c t r i n e k n o w n t o u s , a n d f r o m t h e ma f a i r l y c o m p l e t e s y n o p s i s o f t h e a n c i e n t d h a r n r n a m i g h t b e c o m p i l e d . . .t h e y c o n t r i b u t e n o t a l i t t l e t o b o d y o u t o u r s o m e w h a t v a g u e o u t l i n e o fI t t d i a ' s g r e a t e s t s o r l , s o t h a t w e r e c e i v e s u c c e s s i v e i m p r e s s i o p o f h i sg r e a t g o o d s e n s e , h i s w i l l i n g n e s s t o a d a p t h i s s a y i n g s t o t h e i l d i v i d u a l

i n q u i r e r , h i s k e e r t i u t u i t i o n , h i s h u m o u r a n d s m i l i n g i r o n y , h i s c o u r a g e

a n d d i g n i t y , h i s c a t h o l i c a n d t e n d e r c o m p a s s i o n f o r a l l c r e a t u r e s ' , " .

W e c o m e b a c k t o t h e m e t h o d o f a r r a n g e m e n t w h i c h d o n e

a c c o r d i n g t o c o n t e n t s t } r ^ e s u t t a w o u l d h e l p i n g a t h e r i n g t o g e t h e r

w e l l n i g h a l l t h e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t w h a t t h e s p e c i f i e d t o p i c w a s

c o n c e i v e d a n d h o w i t w a s s o l v e d i n t h e B u d d h i s t s y s t e m , a n d b y

r h e w a y , e n h a n c i n g t h e w i d t h a n d d e p r h o f t h e t o p i c u n d e r g o i n g

d i s c u s s i o n . T h e S a m y u t t a N i k d . y a a p p e a r s , a s o b s e r v e d b y B . C .

L a w , t o b e t h e r e s u l t o f a n a t t e m p t t o p u t t o g e t h e r r e l e v a n t

p a s s a g e s t h r o w i n g l i g h t o n t h e . t o p i c s o f d e e p e r d o c t r i n a l

i m p o r t a n c e ? 3 . F r o m t h i s p o i n t , i t i s p r o b a b l e t o o b s e r v e t h a t t h e

Saryyu t ta N ikAya shou ld be younger than t l : ^e Angut ta ra N ikaya

s h o u l d i n s o m u c h a s t h e t e n d e n c y t o w a r d a c c r e t i o n a n d

d e e p e n i n g t h e p h i l o s o p h i c a l i d e a s w o u l d b e m a r k e d a s l a t e r

d e v e l o p m e n t .

- K S . i : v - v i i i .

j B . C . L a w , H P L : 3 2 "

Page 73: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

56

The sa myu t ta N ikaya as au tho r i t a t i ve sou lce has been

quored by name in the M i l i nda Pa f i ha and i n the Pe takopadesa

unde r t he s imp le t i t t l e o f Sa myu t t a . So t h i s N i kaya mus t have

ex i s ted as an au tho r i t a t i ve book o f t he Pa l i canon p rev ious t o

the compos i t i on o f bo th the M i l i nda Pa f rha and the Pe !

akopadesa . We can go so fa r as to ma in ta in tha t f he Samyu t ta

N ikaya had reached i t s f i na l shape p rev ious to the occu r rence

o f Pa i i canekay i ka as a pe l sona l ep i t he t i n some o f t he Ba rhu t

and Sa f i c i i nsc r i p t i ons , o r eve r be fo re the c los ing o f t } ' e V inaya

Cu t l avagga whe re we mee t w i t h t he exp ress ion 'Pa i i ca

N ikdya " .

G . C . Pande po in t s ou t t ha t t he Kosaka samyu t t a o f t he

Sa r r4 tu t t a N i kaya speaks o f t he f am i i i a r r e l a t i ons o f t he Buddha

w i t l r t he k ing Pasenadr o f Kosa la - and men t io rs the war

be tween Pasenad i and A i a tasa t tu . I t may be no ted tha t t he

re la t i ons be tween the Buddha and A ja tasa t tu appear j us t t he

oppos i t e o f t hose es tab l i shed a t t he end o f t he

Samar i f i apha lasu t t a ' n . So t he Kosa la Samyu t t a as a who le shou ld

poss ib l y be rega rded as p rev ious t o t he sdma f t f i apha lasu t t a .

Moreove r . t he su t tas i n t he Samyu t ta N ikaya do no t re fe r t o any

po l i t i ca l i nc iden t j us t i f y i ng us to p la . ce the da te o f i t s

comp i l a t i on f a r beyond t he dem ise o f t he Buddha when Buddh i s t

sys tem adap ted i n i t s sc r i p tu res was i nc l i ned t owa rds a re i i g i ous

s y s t e m 7 5 .

we shou ld c l ose t h i s sec t i on w i t h t he pos i t i on o f t he

Samyu t ta N ikaya i n d i f f e ren t schemes o f s t l a t i f i ca t i on as

obse rved by l ead ing scho la r s . I n t he i n i t i a l s cheme o f 10 s t r a ta '

as obse rved by T . w . Rhys Dav ids . t he samyu t t a N i kaya t akes

i t s p l ace i n t he f ou r t h and l as t pos i t i on o f t he f ou r t h s t l a t um

wh ich cons i s t s o f t he en t i r e f i r s t f ou r g rea t N i kaycs ; whe reas i n

the B . C . La \ i l , ' s scheme adop ted f r om tha t o f T , w ' Rhys Dav ids

w i t h some amendmen ts , t he sa myu t t a N i kaya occup ies a l so t he

fou r rh pos i t i on , bu t no t t he l as t , o f t he same s t l a t a : t he D lgha

N ikaya . vo t . i , t : ne Ma i i h ima N ikaya , t he sa ryyu t ta N ikdya . t he

Angu t t a ra N i kaya , and t he ea r l i e r Pa t imokkha code o f L52

/ O G . C

, , B , C

P a n d e . S O B : 4 7 .

L a w - H P L . 3 l - 3 2 ; K ' L - H a z r a , P L L : L 6 l - 1 6 2 '

Page 74: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

57

ru les . I t i s no ted t ha t t he pos te r i t y o f t he Sa ry r yu t t a N i kaya t o

t l ne A igu t t a ra N i kdya , as i n i t i a l t y pos i t i oned , i s no t ag reed on

by t he l a te r scho la r sh ip . P ro f . K . T . S . Sa rao pu t s i t on t he

f i r s t l eve l o f h i s 3 - rna jo r - l eve l scheme named 'Subs tan t i a l l y

P re -Mau r i an Tex t s ' i n t he f o l l ow ing o rde r : t he V inaya P i t aka ,u ,

rhe D igha N ikaya , t he Ma j j h i rna N ikdya , t he Samyu t ta N ikdya ,

th ,e Angut tara Nikaya, and t } re Udana (verse only)" .

C. St ra t i f i ca t ion and Dat ing o f the l {huddaka N ik i i ya :

O f t h e f i v e N i k d y a s , t h e K h u d d a k a N i k a y a c o n t a i n s t h e

. a r g e s t n u m b e r o f t r e a t i s e s a n d t h e m o s t n u m e r o u s c a t e g o r i e s o f

2 h a m m a . A l t h o u g h t h e w o r d " k h u d d a k a " l i t e r a l l y m e a n s' m i n o r " o r " s m a l l " , t h e a c t u a l c o n t e n t o f t h i s c o l l e c t i o n c a n b y

: r o r n e a n s b e r e g a r d e d a s m i n o r w h e n i t d o e s i n c l u d e s o m e h o w

: h e 2 r n a j o r d i v i s i o n s o f t l l e P i t a k a , n a m e l y , t h e V t n a y a P i t a k a

: r l d t l a e A b h i d h a m m a P i t a k a T \ . T h i s c o l l e c t i o n o f m i s c e l l a n e o u s

r a t u r e i s d i v e r s e g r o u p o f s e p a r a t e B u d d h i s t t e x t s c o n s t i t u t i n g

, h e f i f t h a n d l a s t s e c t i o n o f t h e P d l i S u t t a P i l a k a . A l t h o u g h i t

j o n t a i n s s o m e v e r y e a r l y w o r k s , a s a c o l l e c t i o n i t i s l a t e r t h a ;

h e o t h e r f o u r N i k a y a s a n d r n u c h m o r e v a r i e d i n f o r m a n d

- o n t e n t i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h t h e m . I t c o n t a i n s a l l t h e i m p o r t a n t- o e t i c w o r k s i n t h e P d l i c a n o n . T h e b o o k s i t i n c l u d e s h a v e n o t- e e n t h e s a m e i n a l l t i m e s a n d p l a c e s ; t h e M i l i n d a - P a f i h a , t h e

: u t t a s a r h g a h a , t h e P e t a k o p a d e s a , a n d t h e N e t t i o r

. - e t t i p a k a r a n a l e a r e 4 a d d i t i o n a l t e x t s t h a t t h e B u r m e s e t r a d i t i o n

u r s i n t o t h e u s u a l s t a n d a r d l i s t w h i c h c o n t a i n s t h e f i f t e e n- o o k s a s f o l l o w s : ( 1 ) K h u d d a k a p a t h a ; ( 2 ) D h a m m a p a d a ; ( 3 )- - d a n a : ( 4 ) I t i v u t t a k a ; ( 5 ) S u t t a N i p d t a ; ( 6 ) V i m d n a v a t t h u : ( 7 )= e t a v a t t h u ; ( 8 / 9 ) T h e r a g d t h d / T h e r l g a t h d ; ( 1 0 ) J d t a k a s ; ( 1 1 )" ' i d c l e s a ; ( 1 2 ) P a g i s a m b h i d a m a g g a ; ( 1 3 ) A p a d a n a ; ( 1 4 )

: u d d h a v a l n s a ; a n d ( 1 5 ) C a r i y a P i t a k a .

Tak ing t he g round on t he t r ad i t i ona l ve r ses embod ied i n

Pa r i vd rapd tha , B . C . Law de te rm ines t ha t t he 5 N i kdyas ,

: x c e p t C V x i , x i i , S e k h y a

( T . S . S a r a o , O N A I B :

" k o l a y , G T : L 2 5 .

R u l e s a n d P a r i v d r a p a t h a .

3 3 .

Page 75: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

58

the seve t r t t ea t i ses o f t he Abh idhamma P i l aka and a l l t he o l de r

rex ts o f t he V inaya P i taka we le make known to the peop le o f

Cey lon by the w ise Mah inda who a r r i ved i n Cey l o r t f r om

Jambud ipa ( Ind ia ) a f te r t he Th i rd Buddh is t Counc i l had been

overso . As au tho r i t a t i ve sou rce , some books o f t he Khuddaka

N ikaya . t oge the r w i th the o the r N ikayas were quo ted by

Ka thava t t hus ' .

The M i t i nda Pa f i ha toge the r w i th the Barhu r and Sd f r c i

i nsc r i p t i on wh i ch may be da ted , as p rev ious l y men t i oned , i n t he

lump i n t he m idd le o f t he second cen tu r y B . C . pu t s t he 5

N ikayas i nc lus i ve o f t he Khuddaka N ikaya on the same s ta tus

when p resuppos ing t he d i f f e ren t schoo l s o f r ec i t e r s o f t he 5

N ikayas . Bu t B . C . Law s t i l l ho l ds t ha t t he Khuddaka N i kaya ' s

s ta tus as p l esupposed , howeve r r e l i ab le i t i s . shou ld l ecesS the

s t ronger and de f i n i t e p robab i l i t y t ha t t he f i r s t 4 N ikayas we le ,

t o a l l i n t en t s and pu lposes , t hen comp le te . wh i l e t n ' e Khuddaka

N ikaya se r ies rema ined s t i l l opens '? . M . W in te rn i t z obse lves the

la teness o f t he Khuddaka N i kaya . i n gene ra l , by assum ing t ha t

t he poe t i c f r agmen ts usua l l y had t o s t r ugg le t o be adap ted i n to

the canon i ca l d i v i s i on , i . e . t he Khuddaka N i kdyas ' . So does

Pro f . K . T . S . Sa rao by conce rn ing t he rema in i ng say ings o r

ve rses a t t r i bu ted no t t o t he Buddha bu t h i s g rea t d i sc i p l es - a f t e r

t he comp le t i on o f t he f ou r p rev ious N i kayas . The f ou r t ex t s ,

name ly . Buddhavamsa , Ca r i ya P i t aka . V imdnava t t hu and

Pe tava t t hu . i n h i s op in i on . we fe poss ib l y t he l a tes t t o be added

to the Khuddaka N ikdYa" .

' ' o B . C Law , HPL : 193 .

' u O p . C i t . I 1 4 .

" O p . C r r . : L O - l I

o ' B . C . L a w . H P L : 2 8 ; K . L . H a z t a . P L L : 1 5 9 '

8 r G C , P a n d e . S O B : 4 8 .

* o I { . - f . S . S a r a o . O N A I B : 3 0 .

Page 76: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CHAPTER 3:CITTA CONCTIVED TrIROT'GH

ITS ORDINARY STATES

Th is chap te r and the nex t one w i l l exp lo re fo r t he i r da ta

in to the Su t ta P i l aka as su rveyed i n the p rev ious chap te r . They

a re an a t te mp t a t dep ic t i ng the concep t o f c i t t a t h rough the

sys temat i c p resen ta t i on o f t he va r ian t c i t t as tha t a re used i n

comb ina t i on w i t h t he respec t i ve d i s t i nc t g roups o f mod i f y i ng

e lemen ts . The p resen ta t i on wou ld make i t appa ren t t ha t t he co re

o f t he concep t o f c i t t a as dep ic ted i n t he Su t ta P i l aka however

does no t d i f f e r bas i ca l l y . When pu t i n to the tex tua l c i r cums tances

i r i s sub jec t t o va r i a t i on and sugges t i ve o f new shades o f

rnean ing - The re fo re . examina t i on o f t he concep t o f c i t t a i n

i so l a t i on anyhow i s imp rac t i cab le .

The fou r subhead ings i n t h i s chap te r and f i ve subhead ings

in t he nex t one i nc l ude i n t he i r con ten t s t he passages se lec ted

acco rd ing to the sub jec ts tha t t he subhead ings s ta te . W i th the

v iew ro make a v i v i d p resen ta t i on t he desc r i p t i ons o f s i t ua t i ona l

c on tex ts a re added wh ich usua l l y i n t roduce the succ inc t s to ry ,

l e t t i ng i t be known where , when and how the exce rp ted words

occu r red . Some t imes t he doc t r i na l segmen ts . c l ose l y r e l a ted t o

rhe wo rd unde r ques t i on , a re g i ven t o make i t c l ea re r and more

comprehens ive . Fo r f ac i l i t a t i ng any qu i ck consu l ta t i ve i nqu i r y

i n to t he ve ry o r i g i na l sou rce , t he Pa l i passages a re usua l l y

rec i t ed i n t he foo tno te a reas . The re a re a l so added to the ma in

rex t t he ca re fu l e labo ra t i on on the mean ings o f t he Pa l i wo rds

rvh i ch a te used i n comb ina t i on w i th the te rm c i t t a as i t s

mod i f i e r s . Th i s . o f cou rse , wou ld he lp i n g rasp ing t he

; onno ta t i ons the o r i g ina l wo rds may have bu t t he render ings

somehow may fa i l t o sugges t .

C I T T , I . A S G E N E R A L S T A T E O F S E N T I E N T B E I N G

(a) Sensational and Emotional Citta:

Page 77: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

60

The ' gene ra l s t a te o f sen t i en t be ing ' i s usua l l y sugges r i veof someth ing substant ia l and stat ic that has much to d,o wi th thebas i c o r o r i g i na l pe rsona l i t y f r ee f r om any d i s t u rbance o rs t imu l i , bu t t ha t sugges t i on i s no t mean t he re because i t t ends t op resuppose so r l l e k i nd o f en t i t y o r subs tance wh i ch i s cons ide redas we l l n i gh i ns i gn i f i can t i n t he Ea r l y Buddh i s t sys rem. Be ingf reed f r om such a sugges t i on t he ma in conce rn i n t h i s segmen t i st he c i t t a as gene ra l s t a te o f sen t i en t be ing i n t e rms o f sensa t i onand emo t i on . I n t h i s mean ing c i t t a i s usua l l y r ende red as . hea r t ' .

and some t i r nes as ' t hough t ' " The sense o f c i t t a i n t e rms o fsensa t i on and emo t i on wou ld have much t o do w i t h t he s i x bas i csenses ( i nd r i t , d r t i , o r a . , ya tana ) i n Buddh i s t sys tem. They a re :

( I ) Eye ( cakkhava tana ) . o r v i sua l o rgan f o r v i s i b l e ob jec t ;

( ? ) Ea r ( so ta ) )a tana ) , o r aud i t o r y o rgan f o r sound . o raud ib l e ob jec t ;

( 3 ) Nose (ghanaya tana ) . o r o l f ac to r y o rgan f o r odou r , o ro l f ac to r y ob jec t ;

( 4 ) Tong rue Q i vhava tana ) , o r gus ra to r y o rgan f o r t as te , o rgus ta to r y ob jec t ;

( 5 ) Body ( kaydya tana ) , o r r ac r i l e o rgan f o r body_impress ion , o r t ac t i l e ob jec t i and

(6 ) M ind -base (mandya tana ' ) o r consc iousness f o r m ind -ob jec t .

The v i sua l o rgan ( . cakkhaya tana ) can be exp la ined as thesens i t i ve pa r t o f t he eye ( cakkh t t -pasdda) bu i l t up o f t he fou re le rnen rs , r espond ing t o t he v i s i b l e s t imu l i . The rema in i ng f ou rphys i ca l sense o rgans shou ld be exp la i ned i n t he same pa t t e rn .M i nd -base t .mandya tana ) i s t he co l l ec t i ve te rm fo r a l tconsc iousness wha teve r , and t he re fo re shou ld no t be con foundedw i th t he m ind -e le men t ( r nano -dha tu ) wh i ch pe r f o rms on l y t hefunc t i ons o f adve r t i ng ro . and rece i v i ng . t he sense ob jec t l .

' N y a n a r i l o k a . M B T D . : 2 8

Page 78: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

6 l

I t i s n o t i c e a b l e t h a t i n B u d d h i s t s y s t e m n t a n o ( u s u a l l y

r e n d e r e d a s m i n d ) i s r a n g e d a r n o n g t h e f i v e p s y c h o p h y s i c a l

s e n s e s . T h i s i m p l i c i t l y s h o w s t h a t m a n o a l m o s t s h a r e s t h e s a m e

f o o t i n g w i t h t h e r e r n a i n i n g s e n s e s , a n d s u g g e s t s t h e n o n -

r n e t a p h y s i c a l p o s i t i o n o f B u d d h i s t p s y c h o l o g y . I n w h i c h t h e

c o n c e p t o f a h e a l t h y e m o t i o n a l h e a r t d o e s n o t c o m e f r o m a n y

d i v i n e b l e s s i n g b u t w o u l d b e r e s u l t e d f r o m t h e c o n t r o l o v e r t h e

s e n s e s , a n d s i g n a l e d b y a s t e a d f a s t a n d c o n s t r a i n e d c i t t a w h i c h

t i a s u n d e r g o n e p r o p e r t a m e n e s s .

(b) Citta as state of mind to be safeguarded:

T h e i d e a o f s u r v e i l l a n c e o v e r t h e c i t t a i s v i v i d l y u t t e r e d i n' , e r s e b y t h e d e v a s o f t h e P u r e A b o d e s , i . e . t h e s u p r e m e h e a v e n

: , f t l r e R f i p a - l o k a , t l r e B r a h m d w o r l d b e i n g i t s l o w e s t . T } r . e d e v a ' s. . e r s e r u n s 2 :

T h e b r e t h r e n h a v e r n a d e s t r a i g h t

t h e i r h e a r t s ( c i t t a m a t t a n o u j u k a m a k a m s u ) ,

w r o u g h t u p t o c o n c e n t r a t i o n r a p t .

W i s e l y t h e i r f a c u l t i e s t h e y g u a r d

( indr iy an i rakkhant i p and i t t7 ) ,

a s d r i v e r k e e p i n g g r i p o n r e i n 3 .

H e r e t h e c i t t a a s h i s g e n e r a l c h a r a c t e r i s s u b j e c t t o t h e a c t

f s r r a i g h t e n i n g w h i c h i s t h e r n e a s u r e e m p l o y e d t o k e e p a t b a y

' l e s u r r e p t i t i o u s c r o o k e d n e s s o f c i t t a . I n a n o t h e r c a s e t h e

: u d d h a d e c l a r e s t h a t h e h i t n s e l f d o e s n o t s e e a n y o t h e r d h a m m a

r a r p r o d u c e s m o r e b e n e f i t t h a n t h e c i t t a b e i n g t a m e d d o e s . I n

. r e s a m e p a t t e r n t h e B u d d h a r e p l a c e s ' t a m e d ' b y t h e f o l l o w i n g

, . o r d s : c o n t r o l l e d , g u a r d e d a n d r e s t r a i n e d . T h e t e x t c a n b e

- r r i d g e d a n d p r e s e n t e d a s f o l l o w s a : " M o n k s , I k n o w n o t o f a n y

: h e r s i n g l e t h i n g t h a t b r i n g s s u c h b l i s s a s t h e r n i n d t h a t i s

- r l r i v a t e d , m a d e m u c h o f ( y a f n e v a l n d a n t a m m a h a t o a n a t t h d y a

. ; n w a t t a t i y a t h a y i d a m c i t t a m ) . S u c h a m i n d i n d e e d b r i n g s g r e a l

I T a t r a b h i k k h a v o s a m e d a h a m s u l l c i t t a m . a t t a n o u i u k a m a k a m s u , i l s d r a t h i v a n e t t a n lg a h e t v a l l i n d r i y a n i r a k k h a n t i p a n d i t a t i : S . i : 2 6 .

r K s . i : 3 7 .

t N e h a m b h i k k h a v e a R R a m e k a d h a m m a r n p i s a m a n u p a s s a m i y a n l e v a m d a n t a m m a h a t oa n a t t h a y a s a m v a r t a t i y a t h a y i d a m c i t t a m l l C i t t a m , b h i k k h a v c d a n t a m m a h a t o a n a t t h e y as a r t v a t t a t i t i . ( d a n t a r . n i s s u c c e e d e d b y g u t t a m . r a k k h i t a m . a n d s a m v u t a m : A . i : 6 - 7 .

Page 79: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I62

b l i ss . Monks . t he m ind tha t i s t amed (dan tam) , con t ro l l ed

(gu t tam) . gua rded ( rakkh i ta fn ) and res t ra ined ( samvu tam)

coud uces t o g rea t p ro f i t s .

Dan ta (p .p . o f damya t i ) means tamed . con t ro l l ed ,

res t ra i ned . Gu t t a ( p .p . o f gope t i ) : gua rded , p to tec ted , wa tch fu l ,

and cons t ra ined . Rakkh i ta (p .p . o f rakkha t i ) : t o p ro tec t , t o

she l t e r , t o save , t o p rese rve ; t o obse rve , t o gua rd , t o t ake ca re

o f . t o con t ro l . Saqnvu ta (p .p . o f samvare t i ) : c l osed , t i ed BP,

res t ra ined , gove rned , se l f - con t ro l , gua rded . A l l t he fou r words

share the same mean ing o f pu t t i ng someth iDg inc lud ing i t se l f

i n to some boundary . The i r range o f mean ing may ex ten t f rom one

ex t feme o f a f fec t i ona teness w i th ' t o p ro tec t ' t o t he o the r ex t reme

charac te r i zed by gove rnance w i th ' t o gove rn ' .

Tha t t he c i t t a , wh i ch can be rough l y cons ide red as one ' s

cha rac te r , i s ac ted upon by these ve rbs wou ld p roduce g1ea t

ga ins i s assu red by the Buddha and i s t he ma in conce rn o f t he

ear l y Buddh is t doc t r i ue as re f l ec ted i n t he Pd I i canon . I n

cons ide ra t i on o f t he ch rono logy o f t he canon ica l t ex t s we can

make the remark : t hough the fo l l ow ing passage in the Sa laya tana

Samyu t ta i s among many o the l con tex ts to reco rd the Buddha 's

words abou t t he above i dea , bu t t he no tewor thy d i f f e rence i n

te rms o f t ex tua l au tho l i t a t i veness i s t ha t t h i s passage poss ib l y

be longs t o t he ea r l y s t age , i t i s obse rved by G . C . Pande ' i n t he

p rocess o f compos i t i on and ed i t i on wh i ch t he Pd l i canon

underwen t6 . I t r eadsT : ' I n h im , b re th ren , who dwe l l s w i th the

facu l t y o f s i gh t con t ro l l ed , t he hea r t i s no t co l l up ted by ob jec ts

cogn izab le b1 ' t he eye ( c i t t am n .a vyas i f t ca t i cakkhuv i f l f t eyyesu

rupesu ) . f u t h im whose hea r t i s t ro t co r rup ted de l i gh t i s bo rn

' G S

o s e e

5 .

C . P a n d e , S O B : 2 2 8 - 2 2 9 .

/ C a k k h u n d r i y a m s a q r v u t a s s a b h i k k h a v e v i h a r a l o c i l l a m n a v y i s i n c a t i c a k k h u v i n n e y y c s u r n p e s u

i l i T a s s a a r . y a s i t t a a i t r a s s a p e m u j j a m j a y a t i I p a n l u d i t a s s a p i t i j a y a t i p i t i n a n a s s a k a y o

p a s s a m b h a t i p a s s a d d b a k a y o s u k b a 4 9 v e d i y a t i s u k h i n o c i t t a r n s a m i d h i y a t i l i s a m a h i t e c i t t e

d h a m m e p e r u b h e v a u t i l l d h a u r u l a n a m p a t u b h t v e a p p a m a d a v i h a r l l v e v a s a n k h a + g a c c h a t i l l l a

J i v h i n r l r i y a m s a m v u l a s s a b h i k k h a v c v i h a r a t o c i t l a r n n a v y e s i n c a t i l l l a a p p a m e d a v i h e r l l v e v a

s a r i k h a m g a c c h a t i l l I K n y i u d r i y a J l i M a r i n d r i y a r n s a n r v u t a s s a b h i k k h a v c v i h a r a l o c i t t a m r l a

v y e 6 i i c a t i m r n o v i n n e y y e s u d h a m m e s u t a s s a a v y e s i l t a c i t t a s s a p e m u j j a m j e y a l i i l p a m u d i i e s s a

p t t i j A y a l i l l p i t i m s n & s s a k a y o p a s s a m b b e t i I p a s s a d d h a k a y o s u k h a m v e d i v a t i l i s u k h i n o c i t t a m

s a m a d h i y a r i 6 a m i h i r e c i t t e d h a m m e p e t u b h a v a n t i l l d h a m m a n a r n p i t u b h a v e a p p a E a d a v i h e . r i

l v e v a s a n k h a m e a c c h a t i S . i v : 7 8 9 .

l :

Lr

Page 80: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

63

( t assa avyas i t t a - c i t t assa pamu j j am j a t , a t i ) . I n one de l i gh ted j oy i sbo rn . When one i s j oy fu l t he body i s ca lmed . He whose body i sca lned f ee l s a t ease . Composed i s he hea r t o f h im who i s a t ease( . s t t kh i r t o c i t t am samr ld l t i l t a t i ) . When the hea r t i s composed one ' si deas a re c l ea r ( samdh i t e c i t t e dhammd pa tubhavan t i > . Th roughhav ing c l ea r i deas one i s r eckoned as one who dwe l l s ea rnes r .

, { nd i t i s t he same i n r ega rd t o t he f acu l t y o f t as te and t ouch vThus , b re th ren , i s one a dwe l l e r i n ea rnes tness "s .

Th rough rhe above passage i t i s appa ren r t ha t t he s ta te o fone ' s c i t t a wh i ch can be rega rded as one ' s gene ra l mood o rf ee l i ngs has c l ose re l a t i on w i t h t he con t ro l ove r h i s sense -o rgansand sense - facu l t i es ( i nc l ud ing mano i n r he f o rms o f man ind r i yaand manov i r i r i ana . t he s i x th ones o f t he two geneva ) . The be t te rrhe con t ro l i s done . t l r e mo re pos i t i ve t he gene ra l s t a te i s . Th i scon t ro l a t i t s accomp l i shmen t i s r esu l t ed i n t he c i t t acha rac te r i zed by peace and r r anqu i l i t y .

(c) Citta as IVental State Subject to DownfaII andSeizure:

l n Kassapa-Saml tu t ta t l r re Buddha revea ls h i s i dea abou t t hesoc ia l r e l a t i on o f h i s sa rhgha , admon i sh ing t t . e Bh i kkhus t o ge r r oand f r o among t he f am i l i es w i t h cau t i ous rn i nd . I n an a r t i s t i crnanne r t he Buddha emp loys t he poe t i c f i gu re o f t he moon wh i chf i gu ra r i ve l y goes among t he f am i l i es w i t h smoo th and f u l ld i gn i t y ; i r s com ing and go ing a re f r ee f r om mundane a f f ec t i on .The samyu t ta N ikaya reco rds : "Be _ve comparab le ro the moon ,b re th ren , when ye go among t he f am i l i es , d raw ing back i n bo thhear t and demeanour ( . apakasseva kdya rn apakassa c i t t am) , eve ras new-comers unob t rus i ve among t he f am i l i es . d raw ing back i nbo th hea r t and demeanou r , even so be ye among t he f am i l i ese "

The admon i shmenr con t i nues w i t h t h r i l l i ng scenes wh i ch-g i ve t he imp ress i ve wa rn ing aga ins t t he down fa l l , t he se i zu re . o rrhe rnanac le r ha r t he c i t t a m igh t unde rgo : w i t h t hec i r cumspec r i on as i f t hey we re a r t he c l i f f - hang ing b r im o f a

t K S . i v : 4 7 .

e t < s . i i ; 1 3 3 .

:

Page 81: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

64

decayed we l I o r a p rec ip i ce o r a r i ve r - swamp . t he bh i kkhus

shou ld accou te r t hemse lves w i th p rope r p rudence when ge t t i ng

in to among the fam i l i es . Wav ing h i s hand i n the a i r t he Buddha

v iv id l y p resc r ibed tha t t he hea r t o f a monk shou ld be f reed f rom

any a t tachmen t t o the fam i l i e s , say ing 10 : * Jus t as th i s hand ,

b re th ren , does no t s i nk down i n space , no r i s se i zed , no r bound

(pary i na sa j ja t i na gayhat i na bai ihat i ) , even so that brother '

whose hea r t when he goes among the fam i l i es does no t s ink

down, or get se ized or bound (c i t tar .n na sa i ia t i na gayhat i na

baj j hat i ) " rL .

Saj ia t i , gayhat i , and bai jhat i mean to c l ing to , to be

se ized , and to be bound , respec t i ve ty - So c i t t a can be commi t ted

by such the ac t i ons wh ich the ve rbs exp ress .

(d) Ethically Conducted Citta:

T} i 'e c i t ta in genera l should be kept away f rom al l k inds of

ev i l ac t i ons and channe led i n ea rnes t i n to good d i rec t i on . The

f i rs t verse of the Pdpa Vagga in the Dhammapada says:

Make ye good has te i n l ove l y (deed) ;

f rom ev i l ( deed) repe l t he m ind

(pdpd c i t taqn n ivaraye) ;

f o r when a man s l ow does wha t ' s good ,

da l l i e s h i s t hough t w i t h wha t i s bad

(pdpas mirh ramat i mano)r r .

Papa , ev i l , i s t ha t wh ich de f i l es one ' s m ind ; pu f i f i a , mer i t

i s t ha t wh ich c leanses the m ind , kusa la i s ano the r t e rm fo r

pu f i f i a : abh i t t ha re tha : t o has ten . Ano the r passage f rom the

Dhammapada exp la ins the p leasan t f reedom f rom Mdra o f t he

man who checks l r i s c i t t a f rom ev i l :

The m ind fa r -go ing , l one fa r i ng .

t 0 A , b u k h o B b a g a v a e k e s e p a n i m c a l e s i - S c y y a t h a p i b h i k k h a v e a y a m i k d s c P a n i n a s a j j a t i : r

g a y h a t i n a b a j j h a t i . E v a m e v a k h o b h i k k h g v e y a s s a k a s s a c i b h i k k h u n o k u l i r i u P d s a i k a m ! i :

k u l e s u c i t t a r , n n a s a j i a t i o a g s y b a t i n a b a i i h a t i : S . i i : 1 9 8 .

' 1 K S . i i : 1 3 3 - 4 .

l 2 A b h r r t h a r e r h a k a l y n n e - p a p t c i r r a m n i v e r a y e - . D a n d h a m h i k a r o t o p u i i a m - P A p a s m i r b r a m r :

r n a n o : D h p . v . 1 1 6 .

Page 82: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

65

no t o f t he body - o f h i dden l a i r

whoso w i l l keep unde r con t ro l

f r om Mdra ' s j a i l t hey ' l l be se t f r ee13

I n s o m e c a s e s c i t t a s h o u l d b e r e n d e r e d a s t h o u g h t b e c a u s e

r t s u g g e s t s t h e i d e a o f t h i n k i n g o r t h e o b j e c t s o f t h i n k i n g r a t h e r

r h a n f e e l i n g o r l i k i n g . F o r e x a r n p l e , i n t h e i r n p e r a t i v e s e n t e n c e :' , V a p a p a k a m a k u s a l a n t c i t t a m c i n t e y y a t h a ' t a , ' c i t t a q n ' a s t h e d i r e c t

. r b j e c t o f t h e v e r b c i n t e t i ( t o t h i n k ) , a n d c i n t e t i i s b u t a m e m b e r

r f t h e f a m i l y o f d e r i v a t i v e s f r o r n ^ l c i t . B o t h ' c i t t a m ' a s t h e o b j e c t

, . i t h e v e r b a n d ' c i n t e t i ' a s t h e v e r y v e r b a r e c o g n a t e w i t h e a c h, r h e r b e c a u s e t h e y a r e f r o m t h e s a m e r o o t ^ l c i t . C i t t a h e r e b y

: : r e a l l s a t h o u g h t i n g e n e r a l w h i c h m a y b e k u s a l a o r a k u s a l a ,

r h a t e v e r a c c o r d i n g l y .

(d) Citta as Normal/Abnormal State of mihd:

W e g o a l i t t l e f u r t h e r t o n o r e t h e u n h i n g e d s t a t e o f c i t t a a s

: r e n t i o n e d i n t h e D h a m m a p a d a t s ' .

He may have c rue l su f fe r i ng ,

l oss (o f wea l t h ) , i n j u r y o f t he body ,

heavy af f l ic t ions (gurukarh vapi abadharh)

o r l oss o f m ind ( c i t t akkhepam) .

C i t t akkheparh means l oss o f m ind o r pe rp lex i t y . C i t t a f ree

:o l r t khepa , o r t he o the r hand , conno tes t he no rma l d i s t i nc tness

. - . one ' s t housh t .

A n o t h e r c a s e o f u n h i n g e d s t a t e o f c i t t a i s f o u n d i n t h c

: n r y u t t a N i k a y a w h o s e T a t i y o V a g g o r e l a t e s t h e s t o r y a b o u t t h e

- : r a c k t h e t h r e e d a u g h t e r s o f M a r a i m p o s e d o n t o t h e B u d d h a

r r h a v i e w t h a t t h e E x a l t e d O n e w o u l d b e b a d l y a f f e c t e d i n b o t h

. 3 a s p e c t s : m e n t a l d e r a n g e m e n t a n d i t s d i s a s t r o u s a f t e r m a t h o n

r l D I r a n g a r n a n e k a c a r a g a s a r l r a l g u h d s a y a n l iM i r a b a n d h a n i : D h p . v . 3 ' l .

' o S . v : 4 1 8 .

y e c i t t a m s a f i f l a m e s s a n t i m o k k h a n t i

5 V e d a n a r h p h a r u s a r h 3 d n i m s a r i r a s s a c ^ b h e d a n a m i l G u r u k a r i r v a p i a b a d h a r n

c i t t a k k h e p a r i r v a p a p u t t e : D h p . v . 1 3 8 .

Page 83: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

66

body . The tex t runs to : ' Fo r i f we had app roached a f te r t h i s

f ash ion a t r ) ' r ec l use o r b rahm i r t who had t r o t ex t i r pa ted l us t ,

e i t he r h i s hea r t wou ld have c le f t asunder , o r ho t b lood had

f l owed f rom th i s mou th . o r he had become c tazy , o r have l os t h i s

men ta l ba lance ( c i t t av i kkhepan t ) - as a g reen reed tha t has been

reaped d r i es up and w i l t s away and w i the r " l t .

V i kkhepa f v i + khepa) . when a lone , means d i s tu rbance o r

de rangemen t , pe rp lex i t y o r con fus ion . When used i n comb ina t i on

w i th c i t t a o r ce taso , v i kkhepa w i l l deno te ' upse t o f m ind ' o r' unba lanced m ind ' o r 'men ta l de rangemen t ' . I n a l l t he above

cases c i t t a on i t s own i s deno t i ng the genera l s ta te o f t he though t

ra the r t han t ha t o f t he hea r t .

2 , CITTA AS A Lusrnul HeARr

(a) Citta Subject to l{dma:

T I re c i t t a espec ia l l y t ha t o f human be ings and the devas i t

t he kdma- l oka i s f r equen t l y p rone t o be co lo red by ' kdma 'wh i ch

i s t he r r ros t p rominen t o f t he genus on accoun t o f t he f requency

o f i t s l i t e ra ry appearance th roughou t t he canon ica l t ex t s . and o f

be ing t he bas i s , e th i ca l l y speak ing . o f nega t i ve f o r ces wh i ch may

h inde r oue f ron the a t ta inmen t o f N ibbana . The te rm kdma may

deno te sub jec t i ve sensua l i t l ' o r ob jec t i ve sensua l i t y . As

sub jec t i ve sensua l i t y , i t i nd i ca tes (a ) t he en joymen t and p leasu re

ou occas i . on o f sense , and (b ) sense -des i r e ; as ob jec t i ve

sensua l i t y . t he t e rm i nd i ca tes p l easan tness , p l easu re g i v i ng , and

an ob jec t o f sensua l en joymen t .

I n cosmo log i ca l pa r l ance . Kama as sense -des i r e and

en joymen t p lus ob jec ts o f en joymen t - i s a co l l ec t i ve name fo r

a l l t he ve rv h i she r o r r e f i ned cond i t i ons o f sensua l l i f e : kama-

' t Y r l n h i m a y a n t s a m a n a n l v a b r a h m a l a n r v a a v l t a r a g a m i m i n A u p a k k a m e n a

u p a k k a m e v v a m a h a d a y a m v a s s a p h a l e y y a l l u n h a m l o h i t a n r v E m u k h a t o u g g a c c h e y y a lu m m a d a m v a p a p u n e y y a c i t t a v i k k h e p a m v a 1 1 s e y y a t h a v i p a n a n a l o h a r i t o l u t c

r u s s a s s a t i v i s u s s a t i n r i l i y a t i l t e v a m e v a u s s u s s e y y a v i s u s s e v y a m i l i y a t i l l e v a m e v a

u s s a s s e y y a v i s u s s e y y a l r r i l n y e y y a t i : S . i : 1 2 6

1 7 K S i : 1 5 7 .

Page 84: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

67

l o k a . T h e k d . m a - l o k a i n c l u d e s f o u r o r f i v e m o d e s o f e x i s t e n c e

a n d p a r t o f t h e f i f t h o r d e v a - l o k a .

K d m a a s s e n s e d e s i r e i s t h e a d v e r t i n g t o w a r d a l l f i v e s e n s e -

o b j e c t s , a n d i s f r e q u e n t i y i n t h e f o l l o w i n g c o m b i n a t i o n s a n d

e x p r e s s i o n s :

( I ) Kama- rAga ( sensuous l us t ) , one o f t he t en f e t t e r s(sariryoj ana) .

( . 2 ) Kama-v i t akka ( sensuous though t ) , one o f t he th reewrong though ts ( rn i cchd -sankappa) .

( . 3 ) Kama- tanhd ( sensuous c rav ing ) i s t he f i r s t o f t he th reec rav ings ( t anha ) wh i ch i s sa id t o be t he ch ie f r oo t o fsu f f e r i ngs and o f t he eve r - con t i nu ing cyc le o f r eb i r t hs .

(4 ) Kama-cchanda (sensuous des i re ) i s t he f i r s t o f t he f i veh ind rances o r obs tac les (n l va ranan i ) .

(5 ) Kama i s on the top o f many genera : i t i s t he f i r s t o f t he

fau r dsava o r yogas ( canke rs o r i n tox i can ts o f m ind ) ,

o f t he fou r updddna . ( c l i ng ings o r a t tachmen ts ) , o f t heth ree esand ( l ong ings o r seek ings ) , and o f t he fou r

oghas ( f l oods o f wo r l d l y t u rbu lence ) .

I n t h e l i n e , k d m a s t a n d s f i r s t o n t h e l i s t o f t h e s i x f a c t o r s' t e x i s t e n c e k d m a , v e d a n d , s a f i f i a , a s a v a , k a m m a a n d d u k k h a ,

i h o s e o r i g i n , d i f f e r e n c e , c o n s e q u e n c e s , d e s t r u c t i o n a n d r e m e d y

, r e d i s c u s s e d i n t h e M a h a - V a g g a o f t h e A n g u t t a r a N i k d y a t s .

I n f i n e , i n a l m o s t a l l t h e e n u m e r a t i o n s o f o b s t a c l e s t h a t

: r e v e n t p e r f e c t i o n , o r o f g e n e r a l d i v i s i o n s a n d d e f i n i t i o n s o f

. : e n t a l c o n d i t i o n s , k d m a o c c u p i e s t h e l e a d i n g p o s i t i o n .

The l i s t o f i t s synonvms can be s i ven as t h i s :

Chanda : impu l se ;

Raga : exc i t emen t ;

Nand i : en joymen t ;

(1 )

(2 )

(3 )

5 A . i i i : 4 1 0

Page 85: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

68

(4 ) Tanhd : t h i r s t ;

( 5 ) S ine ha : l ove ;

(6 ) P ipdsz i : t h i r s t ;

( 7 ) Pa r i l aha : consum ing pass ion ;

(8 ) Ged l t a : g reed ;

(9 ) M t t . cchd : swoon ; and ,

(LO) A j j l t osdna : hang ing on , o r a t tachmen t .

I n a se rmon g i ven to the new-o rda ined Bh ikkhus , t he

Exa l ted One was warn ing them w i th the s to ry abou t an asp i ran t

o f Bh ikkhuhood v 'hose goa l was to ge t r i d o f a l l t he su f fe r i ngs

caused by the f i ve a t tached khandhas . He l e f t h i s home and h i s

wea l t h , go ing on sea rch ing t he t r u th . Bu t because h i s c i t t a was

s ta ined by the kdma and o the r unwho lesome s ta tes , he cou ld

ne i the r ach ieve the ho l y goa l pe r fec t l y , no r ma in ta in the a l ready

possessed home and wea l t h . He i s p rone t o l ose bo th t he wo r l d l y

and sup ra -mundane des i rab les . The Bh ikkhu shou ld be a lways

aware of such k ind of the c i t ta and i ts imminent sway. The text

runs le : "Thus . b re th ren , a c l ansman l eaves t he wo r l d . and

cove tous i s he i u h i s des i r es , f i e r ce i n h i s l ong ing , ma levo len t o f

hea r t , o f m ind co r rup t - ca re l ess and un res t ra i ned , no t qu ie ted .

bu t sca t te r -b ra ined , and though t less (abh i j j d l u kamesu

t ibbasa rago vyapannac i t t o padu t tha rnanasankappo mu t thassa t i

asa rnpa jdno asamdh i to v ibbhan tac i t t o paka t i nd r i yo ) . Jus t as .

b re th ren . a t o r ch f r om a f une ra l py re . l i t a t bo th ends , and i n

the m idd le smea red w i t h dung . k i nd led no f ue l e i t he r i n v i l l age

o r i n f o res t . us ing such a f i gu re do I desc r ibe un to you th i s man ,

fo r he has l os t h i s home and wea l th . no r ve t does he fu l f i l t he

du t i es o f a r ec l use "2 t ' .

' n E v a m p a b b a j i t o c a y a l n b h i k k h a v e k u l a p u t t o s o c a h o t i a b h i i i 6 l u k d m e s u t i b b a s i r i g o

v y a p a n n a c i t r o p a d u l t h a m a n a s a n k a p p o m u t t h a s s a t i a s a m p a i i n o a s a m i h i t c

v i b b h a n t a c i t t o p a k a t i n d r i y o l l l l S e y y a t h a p i b h i k k h a v e c h a v a l a t a m u b h a t o p a d i t t a m

l l t a j j h e g u r h a g a t a m n e v a g e m e k a t t h a t t a m p h a r a t i n a r a f r f r e k a t t h a t t a m p h a r a t i

t a t h u p a m a h a n l b h i k k h a v e i m a m p u g g a l a m v a d a m i g i h i b h o g a c a p a r i h i n c

s i m a f i f r a t r h a f i c a n a p a r i p I r e t i S . i i i : 9 3 .

t " K S . i i i : 7 9 .

Page 86: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

69

T h e c i t t a f e a t u r e d b y k a m a s h o u l d n o t b e s e e n w i t h o u t

s h r e w d s a g a c i o u s n e s s . T h e y c o u l d b e a r r a n g e d i n t o t h e a s c e n d i n g

o r d e r i n t e r m s o f t h e o b j e c t s o f d e s i r e ( k a m a ) t h a t a r e l o n g e d

for . The so tapat t i -samyut ta o f the sar . r ryu t ta N ikaya te l l s us asrory about t l Je sakya Mahand.ma wl i 'o was requesr ing the BuddhaI r o w t o a d v i s e a p e r s o n i n h i s d e a t h b e d . T h e E n l i g h t e n e d o n ep r e s e n t e d a s u c c e s s i v e s e r i e s o f c a s e s i n t h e o r d e r f r o m t h ei o w e s t t o t h e h i g h e s t s t a t e s o f r n e n t a l e l e v a t i o n s w h i c h

i o r r e s p o n d i n g r o t h e k i n d s o f k a m a w h i c h r , i s c i t t a h a d j u s t b e e n: r e e f r o r n , a n d p r e s c r i b e d o n e e a c h t h e p r o p e r a d r n o n i t i o n .

H e r e o n l y o n e o f s u c h t h e a d m o n i t i o n s i s s i n g l e d o u t f o ri l u s t r a t i o n , t h a t i s 2 r : ' S u p p o s e t h e s i c k m a n s a y , " M y t h o u g h t s

; r e r e r r r o v e d f r o m h u m a n p l e a s u r e s o f s e n s e ( m d n u s s a k e h i k a m e h i

. : t t a q n v u l l h i t a q n ) a n d f i x e d u p o n t h e F o u r D e v a K i n g s , " t h e n l e t: r e o t h e r s a y : " M o r e e x c e l l e n t t h a n t h e F o u r D e v a K i n g s a n d

: l o r e c h o i c e a r e t h e S u i t e o f t h e T h i r t y - t h r e e . . . s o ' t w e r e b e t t e r

. ' r r y o u t o f i x y o u r t h o u g h t s o n t h e T h i r t y - t h r e e d e v a s

: a v a t i m s e s u d e v e s u c i t t a m a d h i m o c e h i \ - ' 2 2 .

T h e r e a r e o t h e r c a n o n i c a l p a s s a g e s i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e

, . r a u n d e r q u e s t i o n :

' k d m d m a t h e n t i c i t t a m ' z 3 ( c i t t a d i s t u r b e d b y r h e

c rav lngs ) ;

'nass u ldrdnam paf icannam kamagundnam bhogaya c i t tamnama t i " o ( h . i nc l i nes h i s hea r t t o deny ing h imse l f t he

exce l l en t p l easu res o f h i s f i ve - sense des i r es ) .

'Jhdya, bh ikkhu, md ca pamado l l ma te kdmagune

bhamassu c i t t am" t lMed i ta te , O bh i kkhu l Be no t

S o c c c v a l o v a d c y y a l l M d n u s s a k e h i k a m e h i c i t t a m v u t t h i t a m c e t u m m a h a r a j i k e s ud e v c s u c i t t a m a d h i m o c i t a n t i l l S o e v a m a s s a v a c a n l y o l l C d t u m m a h a r i j i k e h i k h o d v u s od e v c h i T i v a t i m s a d e v i a b h i k k a n t a t a r d c a o a n i t a r i c a l l s d d h d y a s m dc e t u m m a h a r a j i k e h i c e t u m m a h e r a j i k e h i d e v e h i c i t t a m v u t t h i p e t v d T e v a t i m s e s u d e v e s uc i t t a m a d h i m o c e h i t i : S . v : 4 0 9 - 1 0 .

: r K S . v : 3 5 0 .

I ' s . i v : 2 1 0 .

: * S . i : 9 2 .

t t Dhp. v . 371 .

Page 87: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

(

70

h e e d l e s s . D o n o t l e t y o u r m i n d w h i r l o n s e n s u a l

p l e a s u r e s ) ;

' k d m e s u c i t t a n a p a k k h a n d a t i n a p a s l d a t i n a s a n t h a t i ' 2 6

( m y h e a r t d o e s n o t l e a p , s i t o r s t a n d i n c r a v i n g s ) .

(b) Citta Subject to REga:

As we have a l ready men t ioned the fam i l y o f t e rms in wh ich

kama keeps the l ead ing pos i t i on on accoun t o f i t s f requency i n

comb ina t i on w i th c i t t a , co lou r i z i ng the c i t t a i n bad d i rec r i on .

The second word j us t a f te r kama rs raga tha t i s usua l l y rendered

as de f i l emen t .

Rdga ' s ap tness t o ha rass t he c i t t a cou ld be exemp l i f i ed by

the fo l l ow ing i nc iden t wh ich eve r occu r red to The ra Va ig tsa

reco rded i n the Sarnyu t ta N ikaya : On hav ing seen a b ig number

o f ' ga i l y ado rned ' women coming to temp ie Agga lava a t A lav i ,

Vang isa , t he young Thera who s tayed the rea t f e l t a l ack o f se l f -

composedness , h i s c i t t a was ha r r i ed (anuddhamse t i ) . The t ex t

says , "Then a number o f women , ga i l y ado rned , came in to the

p leasance to see the V ihd . ra . And see ing those women ,

d i sa f fec t i on i n consequence a rose i n the venerab le Vang isa . and

lus t ha rassed h i s hea r t " z7 . C i t t a he re i s t he ob jec t be ing ha rassed

by ra .ga . wh ich i s mean t by l us t .

C i t t a can comb ine w i th sd ra t ta and v t ra t ta to exp ress the

oppos i t e s ta tes o f hea r t (Sa ra t t a means impass ioned , enamou ted ;

v i r a t t a : d i spass iona te , una t t ached t o ) . The compounds wou ld be

sa ra t tac i t t o2o and v i ra t tac i t t a2 ' . The f i r s t compound means the

c i t t a f a l l i ng i n to l ove w i th someone o r someth ing ; t he second

one r l eans the c i t t a be ing f reed f rom pass ion o r be ing d i sp leased

" ' D i i i : 3 2 9 ,t t A t h " k h o e y a s m a t o

a n u d d h a m s e s i : S , i :

' 5 r v ' . / - ) .

' n l b i d . : 7 4 .

V a n g i s a s s a

r 8 5 ,

I

i t t h i y o d i s v i a n a b h i r a t i u p a j j i l l r a g o c i t t a n :

Page 88: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

7 l

w i t l r , e . g . t h e p h r a s e s : ' r i l p a d h c i t u y a c i t t a m v i r a t t a m v i m u t t a m , 3 0 ;' c h a n d a r a g a v i r a t t c t ' 3 , . c h a n d a r a g a d e n o t e s e x c i t i n g d e s i r e .

I n t he sa laya tana samyu t ta , rhe Buddha admon ishes h i sB l t i k khus i n t he re l a r i ve manne r , say ing ne i t he r a l l t he monksi rave to s t r i ve fo r t he res t ra in t i n rega rd to s i x dya tanas , no r a l lt he monks have no t t o . The excep t i on imp l i ed i n t he f i r s tp ropos i t i on i s t he A rahan ts , and t ha t i r np l i ed i n t he l a t t e r i ss t r ong l y poss ib l e t o be t he l owe r a r i yas o r Nob le I nd i v i dua l s .Bo th o f t he ca tego r i es o f a r i yd . s can be c l ass i f i ed d i f f e ren r l y , t heinos t popu la r c l ass i f i ca t i on , howeve r , i s i n t he descend ins o rd .e r. r f f ou r l eve l s32 :

( l ) A rahan t o r t he Ho l y One ;

(2 ) Anagd .m i o r r he Non -Re tu r r r e r :

(3 ) Sakakagamt o r t he Once-Re tu rne r ; and

(4 ) So tApanna o r t he S t ream-Winner .

T h e B u d d h a , i n o r d e r t o d e s c r i b e t h e s e r e n e m e n t a l s t a t e

: r a t i s j u s t t h e o p p o s i r e o f t h e c i t t a c h a r a c t e r i z e d b y t h e f r e e d o m

- : o m p a r i y d d d y a . T h e r e s p e c t i v e p a s s a g e s a y s 3 3 , " B r e t h r e n , t h e r e

. r e o b j e c t s c o g n i z a b l e b y t h e e y e , o b j e c t s d e l i g h t f u l o r- - : p u l s i v e . T h o u g h t h e y t o u c h t h e h e a r t a g a i n a n d a g a i n , y e t t h e y

- 1 n n o t a l t o g e t h e r l a y h o l d o f i t a n d s o p e r s i s t ( t y a s s a; : u s s a p h u s s a c i t t d r r i l n a p a r i y a d a > ) a t i t t h a n t i ) . B y t h e i r f a i l u r e t o

: ) ' h o l d o f t h e h e a r t c o l n e s s t r e n u o u s e n e r g y u n q u a i l i n g .' . l r r r d f u l n e s s i s s e t u p u n t r o u b l e d . T h e b o d y i s c a l m e d , n o t

: : r t u r b e d . T h e h e a r t i s c o l l e c t e d , o n e - p o i n t e d . S e e i n g t h i s f r u i t

: e a r n e s t n e s s , b r e t h r e n , I d e c l a r e t h a t s u c h b r o t h e r s d o n e e d t o

. : i k e e a r n e s t l y i n r e s p e c t o f t h e s i x f o l d s p h e r e o f s e n s e " 3 a .

30 l b i d . : 45 .

t l s n . v . 2 o 4 .

3 2 M B T D . : 2 e - 1 .

l l S a n t i b h i k k h a v e c a k k h u v i f r f l e y y e r r l p e n a m o r a m a p i a m a n o r a m a p i l l r y e s s ap h u s s a p h u s s a c i t t a r p n a p a r i y a d d y a t i t t h a n t i l l c c t a s o a p a r i y e d e n e d r a d d h a m h o t iv i r i y a m a s a l l l n a l u l l u p a t t h i t a s a t i a s a m m u t ! h e l l p a s s a d d h o k d y o s i r a d d h o l l s a m i h i t a mc i t t a m e k a g g a r y l l I m a m k h v a h a m b h i k k h a v e a p p a m a d a p h a l a m s a m p a s s a m a n o t e s a m

b h i k k h 0 n a m c h a s u p h a s s A y a t a n e s u a p p a m a d e n a k a r a n i y a n t i v a d d m i : S . i v : 1 2 5 .

' 1 K S . i v : 8 0 .

Page 89: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

72

Par i yadaya means g rasp ing , i t i s de r i ved f rom the ve rb

pa r i yada t i wh ich s tands fo r t o t ake up i n an excess i ve deg ree .

The sen tence ' r f i pa t ydssa phussaphussa c i t t am na pa r i yddaya t i t

han t i ' cou ld be rende red ' t he f o rms , t hough s t r i k i ng aga ins t t he

c i t t a ove r and ove r aga in canno t sway ove r i t ' , and i t i s i n fe rab le

tha t o the rw ise the c i t t a wou ld be sub jec t t o ' pa r i ydddya ' , t ha t i s ,

t ak ing ho ld o f .

The c i t t a i n such rhe submiss i ve s ta te i s p rone to be

de f i l ed by des i re -and - lus t i u a l l and any spo t a long the f l ux o f

be ing : ( 1 ) i n t he eye ; ( 2 ) i n t he ma te r i a l f o rm ; ( 3 ) i n t he eye -

consc iousness (4 ) i n t he eye -con tac t ; ( 5 ) i n t he f ee l i ng bo rn o f

t he eve con tac t ; ( ea r . nose . t ongue . body , and mano be ing dea l t

i n t he same way o f 1 -5 ) ; i n t he consc iousness o f v i s i b i e shape .

sound . scen t . savo r , t ang ib l es and t h i ngs ; i n t he w i l l conce rn ing

v i s i b te shape , sound , scen t , savo r , t ang ib l es and t h i ngs ; by t he

des i r e -and - l us t f o r v i s i b l e shape . sound , scen t , savo r , t ang ib l es

and t i r i ngs ; by des i re -and - lus t f o r t he e lemen t o f ea r th . wa te r .

hea t . a i r , space and consc iousness .

The d i l i gen t e f fo r t s . wh ich ge ts s t rong app rova l f rom the

Buddha . t o ge t t he f reedom f rom a l l t he above -men t ioned des i re -

and - lus t wou ld make i t sa lub r ious fo r t he c i t t a t o be

soph i s t i ca ted . The Buddha says t t : ' Tha t des i r e -and - l us t .

b re th ren . f o r v i s i b l e shape . - t ha t i s a co r rup t i on o f t he hea r t

( r f r . pasmin t chandarago c i t t asseso uppak i l eso ) . Tha t des i re -and -

lus t f o r t he o the r f ac to rs o f f ee l i ng and i n consc iousness , - t ha t

i s a co r rup t i on o f t he hea r t ( v i . i i i i anasmim chandardgo c i t t asseso

uppakk i l eso ) . Bu t when . b re th ren , i n a b ro the r t he hea r t ' s

co r rup t i on i n t hese s i x po in t s i s pu t away , and h i s hea r t i s ben t

o l 1 r enunc ia r i on . t hen - compassed abou t w i t h r enunc ia t i on . h i s

hea r t i s seen t o be l i ab l e f o r t he pene t ra t i ng o f t hose t h i ngs t ha t

a re to be rea l i zed " tu .

t t Y o b h i k k h a v e r o p a s m i m c h a n d a r i g o c i t r a s s e s o u p p a k i l e s o l l l a l l Y o v i f r n a n a s m i n :

c h a n d a r i g o c i t t a s s e s o u p k k i l e s o l l l l Y a t a k h o b h i k k h a v e b h i k k h u n o i m e s u p a f r c a s u :

h a n e s u c e t a s o u p a k k i l e s o p a h i n o h o t i l i n e k k h a n l m a n i n n a n l c a s s a c i t t a m h o t i

n e k k h a m m a p a r i b h a v i r a m c i t t a n r k a m m a n i y a m k h a y a t i a b h i f r f l l s a c c h i k a r a n i y e s u

d h a m m e s t r t i : S . i i i : 2 3 4 .

r K S . i r i : 1 8 5 .

Page 90: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

73

Ct r re as Ev rL HEeRr .

(a) Padullha Citta:

M iccha -d i t t h i (w rong o r ev i l v i e w s ) a r e o b s e r v e d t o b e

u t t e r l y r e j e c t a b l e f o r b e i n g a s o u r c e o f w r o n g a n d e v i l

a s p i r a t i o n s a n d c o n d u c t , a n d l i a b l e a t t i m e s t o l e a d r n a n t o t h ed e e p e s t a b y s s e s o f d e p r a v i t y . I t i s s a i d i n t h e A n g u t t a r a N i k d y a

t l r a t " n o o t h e r t h i n g t h a n e v i l v i e w s d o I k n o w , O r n o n k s ,

r v h e r e b y t o s u c h a n e x t e n t t h e u n w h o l e s o l n e t h i n g s n o t y e t a r i s e l

a r i s e , a n d t h e u n w h o l e s o r n e t h i n g s e r l r e a d y a r i s e n a r e b r o u g h t t og r o w t h a n d f u l n e s s . N o o r h e r t h i n g t h a n e v i l v i e w s d o I k n o w ,

r v h e r e b y t o s u c h a n e x t e n t t h e r v h o l e s o m e t h i n g s n o t y e t a r i s e n

l r e h i n c l e r e d i n t h e i r a r i s i n g , a n d t h e w h o l e s o m e t h i n g s a l r e a d y

r r i s e r t d i s a p p e a r e d . N o o t h e r t h i n g t h a n c v i l v i e w s d o I k n o r v ,

r v l t e r e b y t o s u c h a t r e x t e n t h u r n a n b e i n g s a t t h e d i s s o l u t i o n o f t 6 e

b o d y , a t d e a t h a r e p a s s i n g t o a \ L ' a y o f s u f f e r i n g , i n t o a w o r l d . c "

\ ! o e , i r t t o h e l l " 3 7 .

I n t h e r i r n e o f t h e B u d d h a - a s w e k n o w , r h e r e a r e 6 2 e v i lv i e w s w h i c l t a r e c l a s s i f i e d a n d d e s c r i b e d i n t h e B r a l t n t a j a l a S r t t t a

r f t l r e D i g l t a N i k a y a . T h e 6 2 f a l s e v i e w s c o r n p r i s c a l l

- o u c e i v a b l c w r o n g v i e w s a n d s p e c u l a t i o n s a b o u t u r a u a n c l r v o r l d .' f h e

B u d d h a ' s e x p l a n a t i o n r e c o r d e d i n t h e D i g l t a N i k a y a a b o u t

. r o \v can a nurnber o f Santanas and Bra l tn rc is ho ld par t l y

- ' r e r ; r a l i s n r a n d p a r r l y t r i h i l i s m t h r o w s l i g h t o r ] t h e c i t t a u n d e r

. ' u e s t i o i i a n d g i v e s s u p p o r t t o t h e f o l l o w i n g c o l l v i c t i o n s :

l l r e es tab l i sh i ng o f t he above w ro l t g v i ews

ind i v i dua l .

men ta l s t a te be ev i l i n f o rm o f i l l - d i spos i t i on wh i ch i ntu rn a f f l i c t s nega t i ve l y o l t t he phys i ca l body .

sphe re whe re t he i nd i v i dua l conce rned i s des t i ned t o .

r 7 A . t : 2 2

Page 91: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

The D ig l t a N ikaya passage in l i ne w i th the above conv i c t i on

reads : "The re a re b re th ren . ce r t a i n gods ca l l ed ' t he Debauched

in M ind ' (mano-pados ika ndma deva ) . They bu rn con t i nua l l y

w i th e t r vy one aga ins t ano the r . and be ing thus i r r i t a ted , t he i r

hea r t s become i l l - d i sposed t owa rds each o the r . and be ing

debauched (padu t t ha -c i t t a ) . t he i r bod ies become feeb le . and

the i r m inds imbec i l e . And those gods fa l l f r om tha t s ta te -38 .

Padu t t ha (p .p .o f padussa t i ) means made bad . spo i l t ,

co r rup t . w i cked ; an tonymous to appadu l tha . So tha t i n t h i s case

padu t tha -c i t t a i s rendered as the debauched m ind . And i ron i ca l l y

the devas i u possess ion o f such the m ind i s named a f te r i t : t he'Debauched i n M ind ' devas . I n t he f o rego ing passage t he devas

named 'Manopados ikd ' , by way o f bu rn ing themse lves ,

f i gu ra t i ve l y speak ing , w i th envy and i t s a t tendan t i r r i t a t i on .

l r ave go t t he i r c i t t a i l l - d i sposed and debauched . The c i t t a i n such

mood i n t u rn wou ld impose wea r i someness on t he i r body .

The i ssue o f m ind -body re la t i on has a l ong h i s to ry f rom

the c l ass i ca l G reek up t o t he mode rn sys tema t i c psycho logy .

A t tempts have been made to th row l i gh t o r t he re la t i onsh ip

be tween body and m ind . P la to v iews dua l i s t i ca l l y t ha t t hey a re

separa te subs tances w i th no i n te rac t i on be tween them; Desca r tes

f rom the i n te rac t i on i s t i c v iewpo in t pos i tes tha t m ind and body .

t hough sepa ra te , i n t e rac t somehow; t he psychophys i ca l

pa ra l l e l i s t s say any th ing tha t i n f l uences m ind i s re f l ec ted by a

pa ra l l e l i n f l uence i n t he body and v i ce ve rsa . I somorph i sm ho lds

tha t t he re i s po in t - f o r -po in t co r respondence be tween consc ious

exper ience and the phys i ca l s i t ua t i on bu t no t an i den t i t y . So

wha t abou t t he t r ad i t i ona l Buddh i s t sys tem?

' o T a t i y e c a b h o n t o s a m a q a - b h a h m a 4 l k i m a g a m m a k i m A r a b b h a e k a c c a - s a s s a t i k i e k a c c a -

a s a s s a t i k e e k a c c a m s a s s a r a m e k a c c a m a s a s s a t a m a r t a n a n c a l o k a i c a p a i i S p e n t i ?

S a n t i , b h i k k h a v e , M a n o - p a d o s i k i n A m a d e v a . T e a t i v e l a m a f i f f a m a f r f l a r r .

u p a n i j j h a y a n t i . T e a t i v e l a m a f l f l a m a f l f f a u r u p a n i j j h a y a n t a a f i i a m a f l i a m h i c i t t a n .

p a d t l s e n r i . T e a f r f r a m a f r f r a m h i p a d u t r h a - c i t r a k i l a n t a - k a y i k i l a n t a - c i t t a . T e d e v e t a m h :

k i v a c a v a n t i : D , i : 1 0 .

1 A

Page 92: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

/ J

T h e D I g h a N i k d y a a s b e i n g i m p r e g n a r e d i n a l l w i t h a

r e n d e n c y t o w a r d a n a l y z i n g e t h i c s p o i n t s o u t t h a t t h e c i t t a

a t t r i b u t e d r v i t h c e r t a i n a t t i t u d e h a s a f f e c t i o n a c c o r d i n g l y t o t h a t

a t t i t u d e o n o n e ' s p h y s i c a l a n d m e n t a l s t a t e s . F o r e x a m p l e , i t i s

s a i d a s a r u l e t h a t i f t h e c i t t a e x e r r s i l l - w i l l , t h e r n i n d a n d t h e

b o d y a r e t i r e d . I n c o n s e q u e n c e , i t i s I i k e l y r o g e t t o t h e

: o r o l l a r y t h a t i f t h e f o r m e r e x e r t s b e n e f i c i a l l y , t h e l a t t e r w i l l g o

i r e a l t h y .

W i t h s u c h a p a d u l l h a - c i t t a m o n e c a n n o t d i s c e r n p r o p e r l y

. r ' h a t i s b e n e f i c i a l , a n d , o n t h e o t h e r h a n d w h a t i s p e r n i c i o u s ,

: o r h i m s e l f , f o r o t h e r s , o r f o r b o t h s i d e s . T h e B u d d h a

: ' i g u r a t i v e l y e x p l a i n s t h i s p o i n r b y c o m p a r i n g i t w i t h o n e

- . 1 r s t u f b e d p o o l o f w a t e r : " S u p p o s e , r n o n k s , a p o o l o f w a r e r ,

: u r b i d , s t i r r e d u p a n d r n u d d i e d . T h e n a m a n w h o h a s e y e s t o s e e. r a n d s u p o n t h e b a n k . H e c o u l d n o t s e e t h e o y s t e r s a n d t h e. h e l l s , t h e p e b b l e s a n d t h e g r a v e l a s t h e y l i e , o r t h e s h o a l s o f

. i s h t h a t d a r t a b o u t . W h y n o t ? B e c a u s e o f t h e t u r b i d s t a t e o f t h er r 1 a

\ ' 3 t e r - - .

O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t h e p a s a n n a c i t t a m i s c o m p a r e d w i t h

i i e s e r e n e w a t e r : " B u t s u p p o s e , m o n k s , a p o o l o f w a t e r ,- e l l u c i d , t r a n q u i l a n d u n s t i r r e d . T h e n a m a n w h o h a s e y e s t o

i e , w h i l e s t a n d i n g o n t h e b a n k , c o u l d s e e t h e o y s t e r s a n d t h e

: r e l l s , t h e p e b b l e s a n d t h e g r a v e l a s t h e y l i e , a n d t h e s h o a l s o f

: s h t h a t d a r t a b o u t . W h y s o ? B e c a u s e o f t h e u n t r o u b l e d n a t u r e

: t h e w a t e r , r n o n k s - o . T h e f o l l o w i n g p a s s a g e e x p r e s s e s t h a t t h e

t d u p g h a - c i t t a m b e g e t s h e a v y p u n i s h m e n t o f g o i n g i n t o t h e

- : b a s e d r e a l m s a f t e r d e a t h a t : " N o w h e r e , r n o n k s , w i t h m y o w n

. o u g h t e m b r a c i n g h i s , I a m a w a r e o f a m o n k w h o s e m i n d i s

3 e G S . i : 6 - 7 .

{ G s i 7

o r I d h a h a m b h i k k h a v c e k a c c a m . p u g g a l a m p a d u t t h a - c i t t a l n e v a m c e t a s a c e t o p a r i c c a

p a j e n e m r I m a m h i c e a y a m s a m a y e p u g g a l o k d l a m k a r e y y a y a t h e b h a t a m n i k k h i t t o

e v a m n i r a y e . T a r . n k i s s a h e t u ? C i t t a r n h i ' s s a b h i k k h a v e p a d u t t h a m I C e t o - p a d o s a -

h e t u c c a p a n a b h i k k h a v e e v a m i d h ' e k a c c e s a t t d k d y a s s a b h e d a p a r a m m a r a n a a p a y a n r

d u g g a t i r y v i n i p a t a r p n i r a y a r . n u p p a j j a n t l t i i l l I d h a h a m b h i k k h a v e e k a c c a m p u g g a l a l n

p a s a n n a c i t t a m c y a q r c e t a s a c e t o p a r i c c a p a j i n a m i . I m a m h i c e a y a m s a m a y c p u g g a l o

k A l a m k a r e y y a y a t h e b h a t a m n i k k h i t t o e v a m s a g g e . T a m k i s s a h e t u ? C i t t a m h i ' s s a

b h i k k h a v e p a s a n n a m l l C e t o - p a s i d a - h e t u c c a p a n a b h i k k h a v e e v a m i d h ' e k a c c e s a t t i

k e y a s s a b h e d i p a r a m m a r a n a s u g g a t i m s a g g a l n l o k a m u p p a j j a n t l t i : A . i : 8 .

Page 93: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

76

cor rup t . I f a t t h i s ve ry t ime he were to make an end , he wou ld

be pu t i n t o Pu rga to r y acco rd ing t o h i s dese r t s .Why so? Because

o f h i s co r rup t m ind . I n l i ke manner . monks , i t i s ow ing to a

co r rup t m ind tha t some be ings i n t h i s wor ld , when body b reaks

up , a f te r dea th a te rebo rn i n t he Was te , t he Woe fu l l Way , t he

Downfa l l , i n Pu rga to ry "u2 .

I t i s reg re t tab le to con temp la te tha t a t t he beg inn ing the

c i t t a i s pu re i n na tu re bu t because o f t he d i s tu rbance i t becomes

s ta ined and resu l ted i n be ing bo rn i n to the undes i rab ie . E th i ca l l y

speak ing , t he Buddh i s t s , by t he way , cou ld be supposed t o

be l i eve i n t he o r i g ina l pu r i t y o f t he c i t t a .

I n ano the r case . t he padu t tha -c i t t am i s an i nduc i ve roo t

tha t o r i g ina tes rhe a t t i t ude wh ich an i ndecen t w i fe t rea ts he r

husband w i th . The g rea tes t updsaka du r ing the t ime o f t he

Buddha- Ana thap ind i ka by name. who pu rchased a p iece o f l and

f rom the P r ince Je ta a t t he ha rd l y imag inab le p r i ce and bu i l t t he

famous Je tavana monas te r i es fo r t he use o f t he Buddh is t

Sa rhgha . Un fo r tuna te l y . he had go t a ha rd -necked daugh te r - i n -

l aw who was as s tubbo rn as a mu le . On w i t ness ing by chance he r

obs t i nacy t he Buddha gave he r an adv i ce i n f o rm o f ana l y t i ca l

c l ass i f i ca t i on wh i ch was .beaded w i t h t he f o l l ow ing ve rseo t :

Whose i s p i t i l e ss .

co r rup t i n m ind (padu t t l t a c i t t d ) ,

Neg lec t i ng husband and unamiab le ,

I n f l amed by o the r men . a p ros t i t u t e ,

On murde r ben t .

Le t he r be ca l l ed : a s l aye r and a w i f e l oo .

The f i r s t k i nd o f w i fe was named ' a s laye r and a w i fe ' , and

desc r i bed as hav ing 'Padu t t hac i t t a ' ( t he co r rup t m ind ) . The l as t

k i nd o f w i f e was ' a handma id and a w i f e ' . F i na l l y , t he daugh te r -

i n - l aw was t amed i n to ' a handma id aud a w i f e 'wh i ch wou ld be

" G S . i : 6 .

a r P a d u t t h a c i t t a a h i t a n u k a m p i n i l l a i A e s u r a t t a a t i m a f r f l a t e p a t i m i r d h a n e n a k l r a s s av a d h e y a u s s u k a i l y e e v a r u p a p u r i s a s s a b h a r i y a : A . i v : 9 2 .

o o G S . w : 5 ' 7

Page 94: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

supposed l y t he bes t f o r he r as ana l yzed by t he Buddha i n h i s

d i scou rse add ressed espec ia l l y t o he r . I n f i ne . t h i s c i t t a has much

to do w i t h t he e th i ca l conduc t o f one ' s pe rsona l i t y . I n t h i s case

the c i t t a s tands fo r a d i spos i t i ona l a t t i t ude one can adop t as the

way to conduc t onese l f soc ia l l y t owards the su r round ings ,

pa r t i cu la r l y o the r members i n t he fam i l y .

(b) VyEpanna Citta:

The c i t t a be ing warped fo reshadows the warpage o f one ' s

bod i l y , speech and men ta l ac t i ons . I t shou ld be rem inded he re

rha t bod i l y , ve rba l and rnen ta l ac t i v i t i e s compr i se a l l t he kamma

tha t one can c rea te . Gene ra l l y speak ing , kamma deno tes t he

who lesome and unwho lesome vo l i t i ons ( kusa la and akusa la

ce tand ) and t he i r c cncom i tan t f ac to r s t ha t cause reb i r t h and

shape the des t i ny o f be ings . So the c i t t a he re s tands fo r t he agen t

t ha t pushes up one ' s kamma i n e i t he r ways who lesome o r

unwho lesome . i n t h i s case t he l a t t e r . As a ru l e , t hose whose

bod i l y , speech and men ta l ka rm ic ac t i ons a re swayed by the

warped c i t t a wou ld be ove rwhe lmed by l us t and become

cor rup ted . I n consequence , t hey wou ld take l as t b rea th

i nausp i c i ous l y . The w i cked cha in

ominous l y toward the t rag i c end ing

Nikaya as fo l lowso5:

cause and e f fec t ro l l i ng

dep ic ted i n t he Angu t ta ra

o f

i s

" As Anathapindika t l r .e housefather sat down at one s ide the

Exa l t ed One sa id t h i s t o h im : House fa the r , when t he t hough t

t c i t t e vyapanne ) i s wa rped , bod i l y ac t i on , speech and men ta l

ac t i on a re a l so wa rped . I n h im whose bod i l y ac t i on , speech and

men ta l ac t i on a re warped they a re sa tu ra ted w i th l us t . When

rhese a re thus sa tu ra ted w i th l us t t hey a re ro t ten . When they a re

ro t t en one ' s dea th i s no t ausp i c i ous ; one has no happy end ing "a6 .

4 5 E k " r n " r r t " - n i s i n n a m k h o A u i t h a p i g C i k a m g a h a p a t i r , n B h a g a v i e t a d a v o c a : C i t t e g a h a p a r i

v y E p a u n e k a y s k a m m a m p i v y a p a n n a m h o t i v a c i k a m m a m p i y y t p a n n r m h o t i m a n o k a m m a m p i

v y , i p a n n s m h o t i . T a s s a v y a p a u u a k i y a k a m m a n r a s s a v y a p a n n a v a c i - k a m m a n t a s s a v y S P a n n a m a n o -

k a m m a n r a s s a k a y a k a m m a m p i a v a s s u r a m h o t i v s c i k a m m a m p i a v a s s u t a m h o t i m a n o k a m m a m p i

a v a s s u t a m h o t i T a s s a a v a s s u t a k i y a k a m m a n t a s s a s . v a s s u t a v a c i k a m m a t r t e s s a

avassu tamanokamman tassa kayakammam p i pu t i kam ho t i vac i kammam p i p I t i kam ho t imanokammam p i pn t i kam ho t i . Tassa pu t i kAyak rEman tassa p l l t i vac i l emman tassap l t i m a n o k a m m a n t a s s s n a b h a k k a k a m m a r a n & m h o t i n a b h a d d i L i k l l a k i r i y 6 . A . i : l 6 l .

s c s . i : 2 4 e .

Page 95: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

78

Vyapan t ta (p .p . o f W,dpa j j a t i ) means spo i l t , d i sag ree ing ,gone wrong . The comb ina t i on o f vyapanna and c i t t a wou ld meana co r rup ted hea r t o r a ma levo len t i n t en t i on . Tha t i s t he reasonwhy t h i s co r rup t c i t t a c rea res one ' s kamma wh i ch . be ing de f i nedas i n ten t i ona l ac t i ons , man i f es t t h rough t h ree doo rs : body .speech and rn ind . we can sum up the fo rego ing passage in to thecha in o f causes and e f f ec t s as f o l l ows .

Warpage o f t he c i t t a

* Warpage o f t he t h ree -doo r ac t i ons

* The i r l us r f u l ness

* The i r r o t t enness

* One ' s do le fu l dea th .

I t i s t r anspa ren r r ha t t he c i t t a p l ays t he ro l e o f t he s ra r t i ngpo in t i f i t i s unwho lesome as ' c i t t e vyapanne ' a l l t he success i vel i nks i n t he cha in w i l l be sha r i ng t he same unwho lesomecha rac te r i s t i c . So t he s ta r t i ng po in t i s f ac tua l l y dec i s i ve o f one ' skamrna i n t e rms o f wh i ch d i r ec t i on he wou ld adop t : who lesomeor unwho lesome .

In s tead o f be ing rende red as co r rup t hea r t i n t he f o l l ow ingpassage t he vyapannac i t t o i s r ende red as ma l i c i ous hea r t . I t i s noI onge r t he s ta r t i ng po in t bu t one o f t he s i n fu l f ea ru rescha rac te r i z i ng an unwor thy pe rson . As we have men t i oned aboveone ' s body . speech and m ind a re t he t h ree doo rs t h rough wh i chone commi t s vo l i t i ona l ac t i ons ( . ac r i ons wh i ch en ta i l kammice f f ec t ) - Th rough t he t h ree doo rs one can bu i l d one ' s kamma bydo ing t he t en m isdeeds wh i ch a re desc r i bed by t he A f i gu t t a raN ikayaaT l i ke t h i s . "And o f wha t so r r i s t he unwor thy man? \ yHe re in a ce r t a i n pe rson t akes l i f e . s t ea l s , i s w rong -doe r i n sense -des i r es , i s a l i a r ; i s o f s l ande rous , b i t t e r speech , and an i d l ebabb le r ; i s cove tous , o f a ma l i c i ous hea r r . and has w rong v i ew .Th i s one i s ca l l ed ' asappu r i so ' ( t he unwor thy man ) -a8 . The ren

4 7 K * , " * o c a b h i k k h a v e a s a p p u r i s o ? q rk a m e s u m i c c h i c a r i h o t i , m u s o v s d i

h o r i . a b h i i i h c l u h o r i . v v d p a n t r a c l r r oa s a p p u r i s c : A , i i : l l 0

* 8 c s . i i : 1 3 2 .

i d h a b h i k k h a v e e k a c c o p a n e r i p a r i h o t i , a d i n n t d a y i h o t i .h o t r , p i s u n i v i c o h o t i . p h a r u s e v a c o h o t i , s a m p h a p p a l e p i

h o t i , m i c c h a d i t t h i k o h o r i q r A y a m v u c c a t i b h i k k h a v e

I

Page 96: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

79

misdeeds as above desc r i bed a re bu t t he opponen ts t o t he t h ree -

f o l d t r a i n i ng t ha t t he Buddha ' s d i sc i p l e i s supposed t o unde rgo .

Tha t i s :

i n H ighe r Mora l i t y @an ts l l a -s i kkha ) :( 1 ) T ra i n i ng

(2 ) T ra in ing

(3 ) T ra i n i ng

l n Higher Men ta l i t y (adh ic i t t a -s i kkha ) : and ,

H ighe r W isdom (adh ipa f i f i a - s i kkha ) .i n

Here ' vydpannac i t t o ' (ma l i c i ous hea r t ) p lays the l ess

impor tan t ro le as one o f t he ten cons t i t uen t f ea tu res wh ich

charac te r i ze an unwor thy Pe rson .

W i th h i s c i t t a be ing we l l imbeded w i t h des i r ab le qua l i t i e s

the bh i kkhu app l i es o r d i rec ts i t t o o the rs ' c i t t a and knows wha t

a re go ing on the rea t , whe the r t hey a re who lesome w i th v l t a -

ragaqn . v i t a -dosayn , v l t a -moham. and so fo r th ; o r unwho lesome

wi th sa - ragaqn , sa -dosaLn , sa -moha ln , and so fo r th . I t i s no tab le

rha t t he c i t t a be ing we l l cu l t i va ted wou ld equ ipped w i th many

feas ib le qua l i t i es espec ia l l y t he pene t ra t i ng and d i sce rn ing

ab i t i t y t ha t he lps i n read ing the c i t t a o f o the rs . Th i s ab i l i t y i n i t s

fu l l - f ledged development forms one of the s ix abhi f i . f i .as of the

Buddh i s t h i ghes t sa in thood , A rahan tsh ip . The respec t i ve passage

readsae : " Pene t ra t i ng w i th h i s own hea r t t he hea r t s o f o the r

be ings , o f o the r men , he knows t hem. He d i sce rns :

The pass iona te m ind to be

pass iona te , and t he ca lm m ind ca lm :

The ang ry m ind to be ang ry ,

and the peace fu l m ind peace fu l ;

The du l l m ind to be du l l ,

and t he a l e r t m ind a l e r t :

The a t ten t i ve m ind to be a t ten t i ve ,

and the wander ing m ind wander ing "s

S q e v a r p s a u a b i t e c i t t e p a r i s u d d h e p a r i y o d i t c a t r a t g a l e v i g e t 0 p a k k i l e s e m u d u - b h [ t e v i t e -

moham kamman i yc r h i t e ane j j appa t t e c i r o -pa r r ya iao .aya c i t t am abh in i ha ra t i sbh in i nnEme t i . So

p r ra - sa t r i oam pa fa -pugga le t r am ce t8 . s i . ce to pa r i c ca pe jnnn t i : sa - reg8m v8 c i t t am sa - r5g rm

c i t t am t i pa jAna t i , \ y v i r a - regam ve c i t r am v i t a - r i . g rm c i t t&m t i ps j n t r d t i , $ sa -dosam vA c i t t am

ga -dosam c i t r an t i pa j l na t i , V v i t a -dosaE va c i t t am v i t a -dosam c i t t an t i pa j nnn t i , V sa -mo i l qB

va c i t t a rB sa uoha ry c i t t an t i pa j end t i , \ y v i t a -moham vA c i t t am v i t a -moham c i t t am t i Pa j i a i t i ,y sa l nkh i r t am ve c i r t ag r sankh i t t aL t r c i ! t am t i . pa j nnn t i : D . i : 80 .

D B . i : 8 9 - 9 0 .

Page 97: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

4 . C I T T A A S P U R P O S E D H E A R T

(a) Appossukkatayii Citta:

Buddh is t devo tees shou ld be somehow thank fu l f o r t he

Sahampa t i ' s e n t r ea t y . Had t he Sahampa t i no t i ns i s t ed on h i s

reques t t hey m igh t have no t been i n possess ion o f t he g rea t

Buddh i s t he r i t age . The h i s t o r i c even t happened j us t when t he

Buddha go t en l i gh tenmen t . The En l i gh tened One hes i t a ted t o

p ropaga te wha t he j us t a t t a i ned because t he d i sc i p l i ne o f h i s

Dhamma was square l y con t ra ry to the cu r ren t i deas wh ich

en roo ted so l ong and so deep i n t he m ind o f t he con tempora r i es .

I t was s t r ong l y poss ib l e t ha t he wou ld ge t bo red w i t h and t hen

t i r ed o f p ropaga t i ng t he doc t r i ne o f r enunc ia t i on f r om sensuous

des i r es among t hose who we re engu l f ed and comp l acen t

t hemse l ves w i t h t he ve ry des i r es and t he i r a t t endan t t r oops .

name ly , p ro f i t and f ame . wea l t h and power and t he l i ke . And , i n

t he case someone on hea r i ng h i s nob le doc t r i ne l ooked down

upon i t as be ing condemnab le o r awkward h i s chance o f sp i r i t ua l

p rog ress wou ld be more obs t ruc ted t han eve r be fo re . The Buddha

exp ressed t h i s i n ve rse :

Th i s t ha t t h ro 'many t o i l s I ' ve won ,

Enough ! Why shou ld I make i t known?

By f o l k w i t h l us t and ha te consumed

No t t h i s a No rm tha t can be g rasped .

Aga ins t t he s t r eam [o f common though t ] ,

Deep . sub t l e , f i ne . and ha rd t o see .

Unseen ' t w i l l be by pass ion ' s s l aves ,

C loaked i n t he murk I o f i gno rance ] .

The s to r y t o l d no t i ceab l y t ha t t he B rahmd-Sahampa t i cou ld

read t he m ind o f t he Exa l t ed One and en t rea ted H im to g i ve upsuch a m ind , wh i ch was t u rn i ng rowa rds pass i ve mood , and t c

open t he ga te o f dea th l essness ; t he B rahmd-Samyu t t am reco rds5 : :" l n such w i se , ponde r i ng ove r t he ma t te r , d i d t he hea r t ( c i t t a ) o ft he Exa l t ed One i nc l i ne ro be ave rse f r om exe r t i on and no r

t owa rds p reach ing t he No rm. y The reupon t o B rahmd-sahanpa t i .

5 l I t i B h u g u r u t o p a t i s a i c i k k h a r o a p p o s s u k k a t i y a c i t r a m n a m a t i n o d h a m m a d e s a n a y a \ i \ / A r h a k i :

B r a h m u n o s a h a m p a t i s s a B h a g a v a t o c e t a s a c e r o p a r i v i t a k k a m a i i A y a e r a d a h o s i r y r y N a s s a t i v a : :

b h o l o k o v r n a s s a t i v a t a b h o l o k o 1 r y a t r a h r m a n a T a t h a g a r a s s a a r a h a r o s a m m a s a m b u d d b a s s :a p p o s s u , k k _ a l q l a c i t t a m n a m a t i n o d h a m m a - d e s a n a y n t i : S i : 1 3 7 .

80

Page 98: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

81

becoming aware i n t hough t o f t he t hough ts o f t he Exa l t ed One .

was t h i s r evea led : 'Woe . woe ! now w ' i l l t he wo r l d pe r i sh ! Woe !

) . Jow r v i l l t he wo r l d u t t e r l y pe r i sh . i n t ha t t he hea r t o f t he

Ta thaga ta . A rahan t , Buddha Sup reme i nc l i nes t o be ave rse f r om

exer t ion (apposst tkkataya c i t tary t namat i ) and not towards

p reach ing t he No r rn ! " ' r .

He re , i t i s no t i ceab le t ha t t he c i t t a o f t he Ornn ipo ten t One

cou ld i nc l i ne d i ve rgen t l y t o qu i t e oppos i t e op in i ons , as t he

Sary tyu t ta says . t he ' apposs t t kka tava ' wh ich means i nac t i on ,

re l uc tance . ca re l essness , i nd i f f e rence . I t i s , howeve r . imposs ib l e ,

i f no t t o ta l l y w rong , t o ab rup t l y conc lude t ha t t he c i t t a o f t he

Exa l t ed One was t a i n ted w i t h t he pass i ve i nc l i na t i on . Tha t he

spen t a l l t he rema in i ng o f h i s l i f e t ime i n a rden t l y d i ssem ina t i ng

rhe sub l ime doc t r i ne . du r i ng wh i ch no s i ng le comp la in t abou t t he

ha rshness o f t he ho l y t ask was reco rded , i s appa ren t . I t i s

exp la i nab le t ha t t he Buddha j us t p re tended t he re l uc rance i n

o rde r t o p recau t i on t hose who have t he chance t o hea r abou t t hedoc t r i ne . Such a p re tense was necessa r i l y emp loyed t o ad jus t

t he i r hab i t ua l a t t i t ude , p recond i t i on ing t he i r m ind f o r p rope r

comprehens ion o f t he l o f t y i deas .

(b) Nekkhammaninna Citta:

The f o l l ow ing passage t e l l s us t he d i s i nc l i na t i on o f aBh i kkhu ' s c i t t a t owa rds t he secu la r des i r es and t he sha rpness t he; i t t a may ga in as resu l t ed f r om such an a t t i t udes r : "Tha t des i r e -and - l us t , b re th ren . t ha t i s i n eye -consc iousness i s a co r rup t i on o fnea r t ( c i t t asseso upakk i l eso l . L i kew ise tha t wh ich i s i nconsc iousness t ha t comes by ea r . nose , t ongue , body and rn i nd .Bu t , b re th ren , when i n a b ro the r t he hea r t ' s co r rup t i on i n t heses i x po in t s i s pu t away and h i s hea r t i s ben t on renunc ia t i on . t hen ,:ompassed abou t w i th renunc ia t i on ( .nekkhamrnan inna ry t cassa: i t t am nekkhammapar tbhav t taqn c i t t a tn ) , h i s hea r t i s seen to be

t : K S . v : 1 , 7 2 .

- i 3 S " u t t t h i r y r y Y o b h i k k h a v e c a k k i u v i n q i ! a s m r m c h a n d a r e g o c i r t a s s e s o u p a k k i l e s o v v Y o

s o t a v i i f i a n a s r n i r u ' y Y o g h a n a v i n i d n a s m r m r y Y o j i v h e v i i f f A n a s m i m V Y o k a y a v i i f l i n a s m i m r y

Y o m a n o v i f i f r e n a s m i m c h a n d a r e g o c i t t a s s c s o u p a l k i l e s o V r V Y a r o k h o b h i k k h a v e b h i k k h u n or m e s u c h a s u t h a n e s u c e t a s o u p a k k i l e s o p a h i n o h o t i r y n e k k h a m m a n i n n a m c a s s a c i t t a m h o t in c k k h a m m a p a r i b h a v i r a m c i t t a m k a m m o n r v a m k h i y a t i a b h i f i f l i s a c c h i k a r a n i y e s u d h a m m e s D t i . S :r I l : i . t - t .

Page 99: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

pl i ab l e for the

rea l i zed "Y .

pene t ra t i ng o f t hose th ings tha t a re to be

' ( Jpakk i l eso ' means tha t wh ich spo i l s o r obs t ruc ts , a m ino r

s ta in , impur i t y , de f i l emen t , dep rav i t y . The damage in f l i c ted by

upakki leso should be less severe than the damage, by d i lsana and

du ! !ha t ta . So ' upakk i l eso o f t he c i t t a ' wou ld be a l i t t l e more

h igh l i gh ted whe n be ing rende red as ' co r rup t i on o f hea r t ' . A

pe rson whose c i t t a i s t hus co r rup ted o r s ta ined wou ld be ve i l ed

f rom see ing th ings exac t l y ; h i s unders tand ing i s ha rd l y f reed

f rom i l l us ion and canno t pene t ra te deep i n to the na tu re o f ob jec ts

he sees . The immun iza t i on o f one ' s c i t t a f rom the con tamina t i on

o f des i re -and - lus t wh ich come 'by ea r , nose , t ongue , body , and

mind (manov i f i f i d4a ) ' i s recommended by the Buddha as the on l ) '

way by wh ich one can pu rpose the c i t t a t o renunc ia t i on , and to

make i t keen and s t rong so as i t may be ab le to b reak i n to the

na tu re o f t h ings . How bene f i c i a l f o r t he pungency o f one ' s

ins igh t t he c i t t a bend ing on renunc ia t i on can render shou ld be

remarkab le .

(c) Viveka-ninna Citta:

The Dasut tara Sutca, the last sut ta of the Dlgha Nikava

de l i ve red by venerab le Sd r ipu t ta expounds the 'Seven to be

rea l i zed ' . i n wh ich the ' c i t t a pu rposed to de tachmen t ' i s

imp ress i ve l y emphas i zed by i nves t i ng i t w i t h ' one o f h i s

powers ' 5 ' : "He re in , f r i ends , f o r a b ro the r who i s A rahan t , h i s

hea r t i s i nc l i ned to , se t upon de tachmen t ( v i veka -n innaan c i t t aan ' .

he has made de tachmen t i t s moun ta in -cave , i t s ob jec t ; h i s hea r i

l oves renunc ia t i on , and has become en t i r e l y non -ex i s ten t f o r a l ;

oppo r tun i t i es o f i ncom ing i n tox i can t s . Th i s i s one o f h i s powers -

on accoun r o f wh i ch he recogn i zes t ha t f o r h im the ' l n t ox i can t s '

a re des i r oyed " t s .

i l K S . i i i : 1 8 4 .

5 5 P u o o , c a p a r a mv i v e k a - p a b b h a r a md h a m m c h i . Y a m pb h i k L h u a s a v e n a m

' 6 D B . i i i : 2 5 9 .

e v u s o k h i n a s a v a s s a b h i k k h u n o v i v e k a - n i n n a mv i v e k a t t h a m n e k k h a m m a b h i r a t a m v y a n t i - b h 0 r a m

' a v u s o k b i o e s a v a s s a b h i k k h u n o b a l a m b o t r , y a mk h a y a m p a t r , i A n a t i ' K h i n n m e d s a v a r i ' : D . i i i : 2 8 - i

c i r t a m h o r i v i v e k a - p o r

s a b b a s o i s a v a - t t h i n i r

b a l a m f , g a m m a k h i n e s t

Page 100: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I83

The c i t t a he re i s mod i f i ed by i t a se r i es o f sYnonymous

ph rases a l l deno t i ng i t s i nc l i na t i on t owa rd de tachmen t o r

sec lus ion ( . v i veka -n innam, v i veka -po4aan , v i veka -pabbhAraan , and

vivekapthat .n ' ) . The c i t ta thus modi f ied is symbol ized by the

moun ta in -cave tha t sugges ts the sa fe she l te r f rom the m ise r ies o f

l i f e . Mo reove r as we a l r eady men t i oned above t n ' e c i t t a as power

by wh i ch t he bh i kkhus can e l im ina te a l l dsavas .

'Asavas ' . t h i s t e rm w i l l be ana lyzed fu r the r i n t he f i f t h

chap te r . deno tes tha t wh ich i n tox i ca tes the c i t t a , mudd les i t , and

fooz les i t , so t ha t i t canno t r i se t o h i ghe r t h i ngs . Asava l i t e ra l l y

means i n f l uxes ; i n canon i ca l con tex t i t i s usua l l y r ende red as

canke rs . co r rup t i ons , o r i n t ox i can t s . The f o l l ow ing i s a l i s t o f

f ou r asavas :

(1 ) Kdmdsava : canke r o f sense -des i r e ;

( 2 ) Bhavasava : canke r o f ( des i r i ng e te rna l ) ex i s t ence ;

(3 ) D i t t nasava : canke r o f (w rong ) v i ew : and

@) Av i j j asava : canke r o f i gno rance .

I f t he th ree - fo ld dsava i s me n t i oned , t he D i t t hdsava i s

om i t t i ng . I n t h i s case i t can be exp la i ned t ha t t he D i t t hasava i s

i nc luded i n to the Av i j j asava .

Th rough t he Pa th o f S t ream-en t r y . t he Canke r o f V iew i s

des t royed ; t h rough t ha t o f Non - re tu rn i ng , t he Canke r o f Sense -

des i r e ; t h rough t ha t o f A rahan tsh ip , t he Canke r o f Ex i s tence and

Igno rance . These a re t he pa ths t ha t a l l s i nce re asp i r an t s shou ld

go a l ong ; so i n t r ad i t i ona l Buddh i sm, t he f i gh t f o r t he ex t i nc t i on

of these dsavas forms the main duty of bh ikkhr ts and f reedom

f rom tJne dsavas cons t i t u tes A rahan tsh ip .

The fo l lowing passage excerpted f rom t } ; ,e Angut tara Ntkaya

revea l s t he same i deas5T : "Aga in , s i r , t he t hough ts o f such a

5 7 P r o " c a p E r a m b h a n r c k h i n i s a v a s s a b h i k k h u n o v i v e k a n i n n a m c i t t a l n h o t i v i v e k a p o n a t n

v i v e k a p a b b h i r a m v i v e k r i l t h a t n n e k k h a m m d b h i r a t a m v y a n t i b h 0 t a m s a b b a s o i s a v a t t h a n i y e h i

d h a m m e h i . Y a m p i b h a n t c k h l n E s a . v r s s a b h i k k h u a o v i v e k a n i n n a m c i t t s m h o t i v i v e k a p o n a m

v i v e k a p a b b h A r a m v i v e k a t t h a m n e k k h a m m i b h i r a t a m v y a n t i b h n t a m s a b b a s o e s a v t t t h e n i y e h i

d h a m m e h i . i d s m p i b h a u t e k h i u a s a v a s s a b h i k k h u n o b a l a m h o r i , y a m b a l a m 6 g a m m a k b l n a s a v o

b h i k k h u A s ! v i n a m k h a y a m p a t i j e n n t i ' k h i o A m e a s a v i ' t i : A . v : 1 7 5 -

Page 101: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

84

monk f l ow t owa rds sec lus i on , s l i de and t end t o sec lus i on . co rne

to res t i n sec lus i on , t ake de l i gh t i n sec lus i on ( . v i vekan inna ry t

cit tarn hoti vivekaporyam vtvekapabbhdram vivekatghar.n). comeu t te r l y t o cease i n a l l cond i t i ons t ha t may g i ve r i se t o canke rs .Th i s , s i r , i s power o f such a monk , by means o f wh i ch power he

comes t o know : Des t royed i n me a re t he canke rs t t - "

Whereas t he f o rego ing pa rag raphs d i scuss t he c i t t a o fde tachmen t and i t s e f f ec t on t he d i s t i nc t i on o f asava , t he com ingparag raph w i l l r evea l t he soc ia l a t t i t ude tha t an a rden t bh i kkhushou ld adop t f o r h i s commun ica t i ng w i t h t he l a i t y o r f r i ends i ndhamma. Th i s a t t i t ude i s es tab l i shed asa in on t he c i t t a o fde tachme n t w i t h t he same mod i f i e rs : v i vekan innena ,v i vekaponena , v i vekapabbharena , and v i veka t thena . The on l yd i f f e rence recogn i zab le i s t he g rammat i ca l case t ha t t he c i t t a i si n f l ec ted i n to . I ns tead o f r he nom ina t i ve case as used i n t hep rev ious pa rag raphs , t he i ns t r umen ta l case i s emp loyed5n . Thepassage runs : " . . . Then t he monk . w i t h hea r t i nc l i ned t owa rdssec lus i on . l ea rn i ng t owa rds sec lus i on . bend ing t owa rds sec lus i on .ab id i ng i n sec lus i on and de l i gh t i ng i n r enunc ia t i on( .v ivekaninnena c i t tena v ivekapol tena v iveka pabbharena v ivekaElhena nekkhamrndbh i ra tena ) . en t i r e l y con f i nes h i s t a l k r o t hesub jec t o f go ing apa r t , Monks : Th i s Dhamma i s f o r t he sec luded .t h i s Dha rnma i s no r f o r one who i s f ond o f soc ie t v so . wha t i ssa id . i s sa id on t ha t accoun t " 60 .

The a rden t bh i kk f t r r whose c i t t a i s p rope r l y pu rposed t o t hee rnanc ipa t i on shou ld con f i nes h i s speech t o t he t op i cs ca re fu l l y 'se l ec ted , l es r h i s speech wou ld roam abou t t he secu la r ones . andin consequence h i s c i t t a i s d i s t r ac ted f r om the Pa th . Poss ib l y .w i t h a v i ew to p reven t i ng t he d i s t r ac t i on o f t he c i t t a , t he Buddhase ts ou t o f h imse l f an examp le as he was deba t i ng w i t h P r i nce

i 8 G S . v : 1 1 7 .

5 t ' P o u , u , , r u . r n y a m b h i k k h a v e d h a m m o . n d y a m d h a m t n o s a n g a n i k e r a m a s s a t i i t i k h o D a n ' e i 3 :

v u t t a m , k i f i c ' e t a r n p a t i c c a v u t t a m t q r I d h a b h i k k h a v e b h i k k h u n o p a v i v t r t a s s a v i h a r a r o b h a v a c :u p a s q u k a m i t i r o b h i k k h u b h i k k h u n i y o u p a s a k a u p a s i k a y o r e j e n o r a j a m a h e m s r r i t i t t h r \ it i t t h i y o s a v a k e T a t r a b h i k k h u v i v e k a n i n n e n a c i t t e n a v i v e k a p o n e n a v i v e k a p a b b h a r c n a v i v e k a : 'h e n a n e k k h a m m a b h i r a t e n a a i n a d a r t h u u y y o j a r r i k a p a t i s a m y u t t a m y e v a k a r h a m k a r r a h o : .P a v i v i t t a s s a v a m b h i k k h a v e d h a m m o , n a y a m d h a m m o s a n c a n i k a r e m a s s e t i i t i y a n t a m v u t t a ri d a m e t s m p a t i c c a v u t t a m : A i v : 1 3 3 4

t n ' G S . i r ' : 1 5 8 .

Page 102: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

85

Abhaya . We can t abu la te t he Lo rd ' s s t a temen t r eco rded i n t he

respec t i ve Abhavara jakumara S t t t t a as fo l l ows :

Tes l -e 8 :

True W e l l - p u r p o s e d L i k e d S p e a k a b l e o r n o t

.l o o o o

2 o o o

3 o( w e l l - t i m e d )

4 o o o

5 o o

6

Rough l y speak ing f r om the t abu la t i on , t he Buddha d id no t

pay much a t t en t i on t o whe the r h i s speech i s l i ked o r no t . I n h i s

s randpo in t , 'we l l - pu rposed ' p l ays t he dec i s i ve ro l e : t he two cases

3 ) and (6 ) whe re t he 'we l l - pu rposed ' i s sa t i s f i ed bo th rece i ve

" / " i - e - ' speakab le ' . The f o rmer case i s a l i t t l e h i nde red by t he

i i s l i ke o f t he hea re rs so i t shou ld be 'we l l - t imed 'and f o r i t s

r ccep tance t he se lec t i on o f wo rds shou ld be we l l done . I t i s- o r i ceab le t ha t no t a l l t he t r ue o r f ac tua l a re speakab le un less

: rey a l l sa t i s f y t he dec i s i ve cond i t i on o f 'we l l - pu rposed ' . The

.e to o f t he ' t r ue / f ac tua l ' , howeve r , i s s t r ong enough t o make t he

;e l l - pu rposed speech unspeakab le even when t hey a re l i ked by- -ea re rs .

The g rea t cou rage on the s ide o f t he Buddha rnan i fes ts

I epa ren t l y i n t he two no t i ces : F i r s t l y , t hough t he (3 ) i s be ing

: r s l i ked , i t i s s t i l l speakab le w i t h t he on l y comprom ise t ha t t he

reech shou ld be 'we l l - t imed ' . Second l y , t he (4 ) , ( 5 ) , and (6 )

-h i ch a re a l l l i ked by hea re rs bu t on l y t he (6 ) i s speakab le ; t he' : ason fo r t ha t i s much more on accoun t o f i t s sa t i s f y ing the two

" :he r cond i t i ons t han whe the r i t s be ing l i ked o r no t .

Page 103: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

(d) Citta of action with 'Pahadati' and 'Paggapheti

l n r ega rd t o t he f ou r sup reme e f f o r t s , one o f t he p rom inen t

doc t r i nes i n Buddh i s t sys tem. we a l so f i nd ou t t he impac t o f t he

c i t t a as a dec i s i ve fo rce tha t a bh i kk l t u shou ld man ipu la te upon

the s t r i v i ng f o r t he a t t a i nmen t o f each o f t he e f f o r t s . The t ex t

runs61 : "Fou r sup reme e f f o r t s . t o w i t : He re in , f r i ends , a b ro the r ,

i n o rde r t ha t un r i sen w rong and w i cked i deas may no t a r i se ,

gene ra tes w i l l , endeavo rs . s t i r s up ene rgy . makes f i rm h i s m ind

(c i t t am pagganhd t i padaha t i ) . s t r ugg les ; i n o rde r t ha t w rong and

w icked i deas i f a r i sen . may be pu t away , gene ra tes w i l l ,

endeavo rs . s t i r s up ene rgy , makes f i rm h i s m ind , s t r ugg les ; i n

o rde r t ha t un r i sen good i deas may a r i se , gene ra tes w i l l ,

endeavo rs . s t i r s up ene rgy . makes f i r r n h i s m ind , s t r ugg les ; i n

o rde r t ha t good i deas . i f a r i sen . may pe rs i s t , may be c l a r i f i ed .

mu l t i p l i ed . expanded . deve loped , pe r f ec ted . gene ra tes w i l l .

endeavo rs . s t i r s up e ne rgy . makes f i rm h i s m ind . s t r ugg les6 : " .

'Padaha t i ' as men t i oned be low means t o s t r i ve , t o exe r t , o r

t o con f ron t ; i t a l so sha re t he mean ing ' t o t ake up ' w i t h ' pagga

nhd t i ' . I n t he fo rego ing exce rp t bo th paggaq tha t i and padaha t i

a re p red i ca tes . emphas i z i ng t he i dea t o make up h i s r n i nd ( c i t t a )

i n t he s t r ugg le f o r t he ' f ou r sup reme e f f o r t s ' . I t shou ld be

sugges t i b l e t ha t t he a t t a i n i ng o r t he unde rs tand ing i n h i ghes t

sense i n Buddh i s t d i sc i p l i ne imp l i es t he un i f i ca t i on o f t he agen t

t ha t i s ac t i ng and t he t h i ngs t o be ac ted upon . He re t he c i t t a

when i n t he a t t a i n rnen t o f sup reme e f f o r t i s poss ib l y sa id t o be

sup reme e f f o r t somehow.

I t shou ld be remarkab le t ha t t he f ou r sup reme e f f o r t s

( ca t t d ro sammappad l zana ) pa r t ake i n a lmos t a l l s t eps a l ong t he

pa th l ead ing t o emanc ipa t i on . They appea r i n a l l and each o f t he

d i v i s i o r r s o f t he 37 Bodh ipakkh i l t a -Dhammas a l so known as'Th ings Pe r ta i n i ng t o En l i gh tenmen t ' , o r 'Re qu i s i t es o f

6 l C a r t A r o s a m n r a p p s d h a n a . I d h ' a v u s o b h i k k h u a n u p p a n n a n B m p e p a k a n a m a k u s a l a n a m d h a m m a n a r

a n u p p A d a y & c h a u d a r r r J a l e r r v a v a m a t i v r r r v a n r A r a b h a t r c i r a m p a g g a n h a t i p a d a h a t i . U p p a n n a n a r

p e p a k a u o m a k u s a l a n a m d h a m m a n a m p s h a n i y a c h a n d a m j a n e t i v a y s m a t i v i r i y a m a r a b h a t i c i t t a r r

p a g g a n h a t i p a d a h a t i . A n u p p a n n a n a m k u s a l a n a m d h a m m a n a m u p p e d e y a c h a n d a m j a n e t i v d y a m a r :

v i r i y a u a r a b h a r i c i t t a m p a g g a n h i r i p a d a h a t i . U p p a n n e n a m k u s a l a n a t r r d h a m m e n a m t h i t i r :

a s a m m o s i y a b h i y y o - b h d v a y a v e p u l l d y a b h A v a n a y a p n r i p U r i y a c h a n d a m j a n e t i v t y a m a t i v i r i v s :

S r a b h a r i c i t t a m p a g g a n h a r i p a d a h e t i : D . i i r : l l 1 ; A . i v : 4 6 1 .

n ' D B . i i i : 2 1 5 .

86

Page 104: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

87

En l i gh tenmen t ' " I n t r ad i t i ona l Buddh i sm the 37 Bodh ipakkh i ya -

Dhammas s rand fo r a l l t he doc t r i nes o f t he Buddha in te rms tha t

t hey sys tema t i ca l l y summed up t he Buddha ' s t each ings i n to seven

d i v i s i ons . We can p resen t t hem i n r e l a t i on w i t h padhana i n to t he

fo l l ow ing l i s t :

( 1 ) Sa t i papyhana (Fou r Founda t i ons o f M ind fu l ness ) i s t he

un ique d i v i s i on whe re padhana does no t f unc t i on

d i rec t l y as a cons r i t uen t .

(2 ) Samrna-ppadhdna (Four R igh t E f fo r t s ) i s t he padhdna

pe r se wh i ch i s doc t r i na l l y cod i f i ed and i nco rpo ra ted

in to t he Buddh i s t sys tem.

(3) Iddhi -pada (Four Roads to Power) : Padhana funct ions in

the second Road . name ly , Concen t ra t i on o f Ene rgy

Accompan ied by E f fo r t o f W i l l ( . v i r i ya -samadh i

p ad hdna - s an khd ra - s amanna g a t a ) -

( . 4 ) I nd r i yc (F i ve Sp i r i t ua l Facu l t i es ) : Padha t ra func t i ons i n

the second facu l t y ( v i r i ya - i nd r i ya ) .

(5 ) Ba la (F i ve Men ta l Powers ) : Padhana func t i ons i n t he

second Power ( v i r i ya -ba la \ .

(6 ) Bo j j hanga (Seven Fac to rs o f En l i gh tenmen t ) : Padhdna

func t i ons i n t he second Fac to r ( v i r i ya -bo j j hanga) .

(7) Samrna-Magga (Eight fo ld Path) : Padhdna funct ions

under the name samma-vayama. name ly , t he s i x th Fo ld .

On l ook ing i n to t he f o rego ing l i s t we see t ha t t he (3 ) , ( 4 ) ,

( 5 ) , and (6 ) t he padhana i s a lways keep ing t he second pos i t i on .

The (1 ) and t he (2 ) a re oppos i t e i n t e rms t ha t i n t he f o rmer

padhdna seems to have no th ing to do w i th whereas i n t he l a t t e r

no th i ng e l se bu t padhdna i s . Exc lus i ve l y , i n t he (7> padhdna

func t i ons a t t he s i x t h pos i t i on . The (3 ) , w i t , i ddh t -pdda i s

p resen ted i n connec t i on w i th ' c i t t aqn n i ssaya ' , ' c i t t assa

ekaggatam' and 'c i t ta-samadhi ' by the lddhipada-Samyut tam as

fo l l ows63 :

63 C i , t u ro ce bh i kkhave bh i kkhu n i sseya l abha t i samddh im l abha t i c i t t&ssa ckagga tam \u sy& ln

v u c c a t i c i t t a - s a m a d h i v v S o r n u p p a n r e n e m p n p a k e n a m r y l a r y u p p a n n e n a m k u s a l 6 n a md h a m m a n a m t h i t i y e s s a m m o s a y a b h i y y o b h i y n y a v e p u l l a y a b h a v a n e y a p e r i p u r i y d c h a n d a m j a n e t i

v a y a m a ! l v i r i y s m { r a b h a t i c i t t a m p a g g a n h i t i p a d a h a r i r y r y l m e v u c c a n t i p a d h a n a s & n k h e r d t i \ y t y

Page 105: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

88

"Now, monk . i f by emphas iz ing though t ( c i t t am n i ssaya ) a

monk l ays ho ld o f concen t ra t i on . l ays ho ld o f one -po in tedness o f

m ind ( c i t t assa ekagga ta rn ) , t h i s ac t i s ca l l ed ' t hough t -

concen t ra t i on ' ( c i t t a - samadh i ) . He gene ra tes des i r e f o r t he non -

a r i s i ng o f i l l , unp ro f i t ab le s ta tes no t ye t a r i sen : he makes an

e f f o r t , se t s go ing ene rgy . he l ays ho ld o f and exe r t s h i s m ind t o

th i s end . . . r 1 r These a re ca l l ed ' t he co - f ac to r s o f s t r ugg l i ng ' \ /Thus , r nouks , t h i s (wo rk o f ) t hough t and t h i s t hough t -concen t ra t i on and t hese co - f ac to r s o f concen t ra t i on ands t rugg l i ng a re ca l l ed ( i n one wo rd ) ' t he bas i s o f psych i c power .

the fea tu res o f wh ich a re though t . t oge the r w i th the co - fac to rs o fconcen t ra t i on and s t r ugg le ' " * .

The re l y i ng on c i t t a ( c i t t a rn n i ssaya ) i . e . t he t ak i ng c i t t a asbas i s can se t up the bh i kkh t t up ro ' c i t t assa ekagga tam ' and' c i t t a - samadh i ' . W i t h such a concen t ra t i on and one -po in tednessthe fou r Samma-ppadhana (R igh t E f fo r t s ) wou ld be i n e f fec r andnamed ' I dd l t i - pada ' o r t l : . e ' t he co - f ac ro r s o f s t r ugg l i ng ' . A l l t h i si s t h e e x p l a n a t i o n f o r w h a t i s c a l l e d ' c i t t a s a m d d h i

padhanasankhara samanndga to i ddh ipado ' wh ich was t rans la tedc lums i l y as ' t he bas i s o f psych i c power , t he f ea tu res o f wh i ch a rethough t ( c i t t a ) , t oge the r w i t h t he co - f ac to r s o f concen t ra t i on ands t rugg le . '

I t i s qu i t e appa ren t t ha r c i t t a i n t he above case t akes up tworo les s imu l t aneous l y : t he means ( c i t t a as t he bas i s ; and t he ga ins( t he concen t ra t i on and t he one -po in tedness o f c i t t as . I n t here rna in i ng cases t he c i t t a as t he means i s subs t i t u t ed by chanda( i n ten t i on ) , v i r i ya (ene rgy ) , and v ima rhsa ( j nves t i ga t i on ) ; and t heresu l t b rough t abou t by such t he l neans i s t he same : ' c i t t assa

ekagga tam ' and ' c i t t a - samdd l t i ' . By t he way , we can no t i ce t ha rt l r e f ac to r s whe the r c i t t a o r t he rema in i ng ones : chanda , v i r i vao r v imarhsa a re the d i s t i nc t f ea tu res o f t he fou r' padha t tasankhara sana t t t t aga to i ddh ipado ' . Un less they a rere fe r red to , each o f t he fou r ' padhanasar i kha ra samannaga toidd l t i pado ' a re no t spec i f i ca l l y d i s t i ngu i shab le .

I t i i d a m c a c i r t a m & y e m c & c i t t a s a m a d h r

c i t t a s a m a d h i p a d h r n a s a n k h a t a s a m s n n a p a i o

s K S . v : ? 4 Q .

i m e c a p a d h a n a s a n k h a r a V a y a m v u c c a t i b h i k k h a r :i d d h i p a d o : S . v : 1 6 9 .

Page 106: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

89

@) Ifow to Purpose the Citta in Contemplation:

In the Bh ikkhun lvasako the Buddha exp la ins to Ananda l r ' owto pu rpose t he c i t t a . Th i s how- to can be app l i cab le and he lp fu l i np rac t i c i ng the Sa t i pa t thana o r t he Four Founda t ions o fM ind fu l ness . The p rac t i ce o f Sa t i pay thana , wh i ch has beencons ide red t he on l y way l ead ing t o t he ove rcom ing o f so r row andlamen ta t i on . t o t he end o f pa in and g r i e f , t o t he en te r i ng o f t her i gh t pa th and t o t he rea l i za r i on o f N ibbana , cons i s t s o f f ou rcon temp la t i ons :

( I ) Kayanupassana (Con temp la t i on o f t he Body ) : by thefo l l ow ing exe rc i ses :

(a ) Anapdnasa t i : M ind fu lness w i th rega rd to In - and

Ou t -b rea th i ng ;

(b ) I r i yapa tha : Cons ide r ing the fou r pos tu res ;

( c ) Sa t i - sampa ja f i f i a ' . M ind fu lness and C la r i t y o f

Consc iousness :

(d ) Sa t i -Kdyaga tasa t i and asubha : Re f lec t i on on the32 pa r t s o f t he body ;

(e ) Dhd tu -vava t thana : Ana lys i s o f t he fou r phys i ca l

e l emen ts ; and

( f ) S l va th i ka : Cemete ry Med i ta t i on .

(2 ) Vedananupassana (Con temp la t i on o f t he Fee l i ngs ) : A l l

f ee l i ngs t ha t a r i se i n t he monk , he c l ea r l y pe rce i ves

and unde rs tand ing , name ly , ag reeab le , d i sag reeab le and

ind i f f e ren t f ee l i ng o f body and m ind . sensua l and

supe r - sensua l f ee l i ng .

(3 ) C i t t anupassana (Con temp la t i on o f M ind ) : He fu r the r

c lea r l y pe rce i ve and unders tands any s ta te o f

consc iousness , o r m ind , whe the r i t i s g reedy o r no t ,

ha te fu l o r no t , de luded o r no t , c ramped o r d i s t r ac ted ,

deve loped or undeve loped , su rpassab le orunsu rpassab le , concen t ra ted o r non -concen t ra ted ,

I i be ra ted o r non - l i be ra ted -

(4 ) Dhammdnupassand (Con temp la t i on o f M ind -ob jec t ) :

Concern ing the m ind -ob jec t he knows , whe the r one o f

the f i ve h ind rances (n l va rana ) i s p resen t i n h im o r no t

Page 107: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

knows how i t a r i ses , how i t i s ove rcome , and how i nfu tu re i t does no more a r i se . He knows t he na tu re o feach o f t he f i ve g roups ( khandha ) . how they a r i se , howthey a re d i sso rved . He knows t he twe l ve bases o f a l lmen ta l ac t i v i t i es (ava tana ) , and the fe t te rs ( samyo jana )based on them. knows how they a r i se , how they a reove rcome , and how i n f u tu re t hey do no t a r i se . Heknows whe the r one o f t he seven Fac to rs o fEn l i gh tenmenr ( bo j j hanga ) i s p resen r i n h im o r no t ,knows how i t a r i ses , how i t comes to fu i l deve ropmen t .He unders tand each o f t he Four Nob le T ru ths acco rd ingto rea l i t v .

I n t he commi tmen t o f such a s t r enuous t ask o f gua rd ing t hec i t t a f r om d i s r rac r i on t he Buddha sugges t s a t ac t i ca l measu re i nthe samyu t ta N ikdva as fo l l ows65 : . . He re in , Ananda . a monkdwe l l s i n body con rempra t i ng body (as r r ans ien t ) . a rden t .composed and m ind fu l , by r es t ra i n i ng t he de jec t i on i n t he wo r l dtha t a r i ses f r om cove t i ng . As he t hus ab ides i n bodycon temp la t i ng body , e i t he r some bod i l y ob jec t a r i ses , o r bod i l yd i scomfo r t o r d rows iness o f m ind sca t t e r s h i s t hough ts ab road t oex te rna l s . The reupon , Ananda , h i s a t t en t i on shou ld be d i r ec ted t osome p leasu rab le ob jec t o f t hough t . As he t hus d i r ec t s i t t o somep leasu rab le ob jec r o f t hough t , de t i gh t sp r i ngs up i n h im . I n h im .thus de l i gh ted . a r i ses zes r . Fu l l o f zes t h i s body i s ca lmed down .w i t h body so ca rmed he expe r i ences ease . The m ind o f one a rease i s concen t ra ted . He t hus re f l ec r s : t he a im on wh i ch I se r m1 , .m ind I have a t ra i ned . co rne , l e t me w i t hd raw my m ind ( f r om thep leasu rab le ob jec t o f t hough t ) . So he w i t hd raws h i s m indthe re f rom. and ne i t he r s t a r t s no r ca r r i es on t hough t -p rocess .Thus he i s f u l l y consc ious : I am w i t hou r t hough t i n i t i a l o rsus ta i ned . I am i nwa rd l y r n i nd fu l . I am a t ease "66 .

6 5 l d h a n a n d a b h i k t h r r l e v e k e y a n u p a s s i v i h a r a r i \ y a r e p r s a m p a j a n o s a t r m a v r n e v v a l o i :

a b h i j j h e d o n 0 a D a s s a m \ l / \ r T a s s a k e v e k a y a n u p a s s i n o v i h a r a t o k a y a r a m m a n o v a u p p a i ] a :k r y a s t n i m p a r i l e h o c e t a s o v A l i n a t r a m b a h i d d h a v i c l t r a m v i k k h i p a t r r y r y i e n a n a n d a b h i k t c -n d k i s m i f i c i d e v a p a s a d a n i y e n i m i t t e c i t t a m p a n i d a h a r o p e m u j j s m j d n a t i r 1 r p a m u d i t a s s a p l :J a ) ' 8 t i \ y p i t i m a n a s s a k i y o p a s s a m b h a t i r y p a s s a d d h a k e y o s u k h a m v e d s y a t i r y s u k h i n o c i t t a :s a m e d h i v a t i q r r v s o r t i p a t i s a m c i k k h a t i r y Y a s s a k h v i h a m e t t b r v a c i t t a m p a n i d a h i - r o - . - " i l la b h i n i p p h a n n o h a n d a d a n i p a t i s B m h s r a m i r i i 1 , g 6 p a t i s a m h a r a r i c e v a n a c a v i t a k k e r i n a ; rv i c e r e r i r y v A v i t a k k o m h i a v i c d r o a j r h a t t a m s a r i m a s u k h a m a s m : r i p a i e n a r i : s . r : 1 5 4 .

n n G S . v : l 3 - i .

Page 108: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I

91

When i n p rac t i c i ng t he con temp la t i ons expounded above t he

bh i kkh r t ' s c i t t a may be d i s t u rbed o r d i s t r ac ted because o f t he

a r i s i r r g o f e i t he r so rne bod i l y ob jec t ( ka l t a ramrnano ) , o r bod i l y

d i scomfo r t ( kayasm im pa r i l aho ) , o r d rows iness o f m ind ( ce taso

va l l na t t am) . The me thod sugges ted ro dea l w i t h such ad i s tu rbance o r d i s t r ac t i on i s r a the r t empo ra ry and t ac t i ca l i ncha rac te r : The bh i kkhu shou ld d i r ec t l l ' i s c i t t a ( a t t en t i on ) t o some'p l easu ra t r l e ob jec t o f t hough t ' so t ha t t he success i ve des i r ab lee f f ec t s may a r i se : de l i gh t sp r i ngs up i zes t a r i ses )body i sca lmed *ease i s expe r i enced * t he c i t t a i s concen t ra ted . Whenthe concen t ra t i on o f c i t t a i s a t t a i ned . t he t ac t i c . wh i ch i smaneuvered to d i rec t t he c i t t a t oward p leasu rab le ob jec t . i s t o bed ropped away .

I t shou ld be no t i ced he re t ha t r he c i t t a cou ld be conce i vedby t he two aspec rs : t he head ing and t he subo rd ina te ro t hehead ing . I n con temp la t i on , when t | r ' e c i t t a as head ing i s d i s t u rbedi t i s a l so t he c t t t a as i t s subo rd ina te i n t he f o rm o f a t t en t i onpower i s man ipu la red ro suppo r t t he head ing . we shou ld conc ludethe segmenr by exce rp t i ng ve rses 42 and 43 f r om theDhammapada wh i ch w i l l he lp us pu r i n t o h i gh l i gh t r he mean ingo f t he c i t t a be ing we l l - pu rposed o r i l l - pu rposed6T : "A m isd i r ec tedmind (m icchapan ih i t a rh c i t t a rh ) w i l l do ro us g rea te r ha rm thanwha t a ha te r may do to a ha te r o r an enemy to an enemy . Ne i the ra mo the r no r a fa the r no r any o the r re la t i ve can do as much as awe l l d i rec ted m ind ( sammapan ih i t a rh c i t t a rh ) can do to a man ' , .

I n rega rd to the ma t te r o f d i rec t i ng the c i t t a , we shou ld beno t i ced tha t t he c i t t a can adap t i t se l f t o bo th the oppos i terendenc ies : ca lm v . r pass iona te , peace fu l vJ ang ry , and a le r t ys

du l l ; any o f t he l a t t e r i s undes i r ab le and shou ld be ru red ou t .

so the d i rec t i ona l i n junc t i on rha t we impose on the c i t t awou ld be t he p i vo ta l ma t t e r t ha t dec ides e i t he r o f t he oppos i t esp resen ted above i s i n e f f ec t , and t he e l im ina t i on o f i t scoun te rpa r t ensues . The p resen ta t i on i n nex t chap te r w i l l dep i c t

6 7 D i . o d i s & r h y s m t a m k e y l r a v e r i v e p a n ak a r e . N a t a r b m a t i p i t i k a y i r e , a i i e v at a r o k a r e : D h . v . 4 l & 4 3 .

v e r i n a m . m i c c h e p a n i h i t a r h c i t t a r b p d p i y o n a r i r t a t op i c a i e t a k d , s a m m a p a B i h i t a r h c i t t a r h s a y y a s o n a r h

Page 109: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t he c i t t a conce ived o f t h rough the

resu l ted f rom the p rope r d i rec t i on

Buddh i s t pa th .

des i rab le s ta tes tha t

and cu l t i va t i on a lons

Page 110: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CIT,4.PTER 4:

CITTA CONCEIVED THROUGH

ITS ELEVATED STATES

T h i s c h a p t e r a s c o n t i n u a t i o n o f t h e p r e v i o u s o n e i s a l s o a -e t t e r r r p t t o d e p i c t t h e c i t t a i n t h e s a r n e i n v e s t i g a t i v e m a n n e r a n ds t y l e a s s t a t e d i n t h e l a t t e r ' s i n i t i a l * ' o r d s . T h e o n l y d i f f e r e n c ei s t h a t r v h e r e a s t h e p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r d e a l s w i t h t h e o r d i n a r ys t a t e s o f c i t t a , t h i s o n e d e a l s w i t h t h e c u l t i v a t e d o r a d v a n c e di r a t e s . T h e y a r e i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e f i v e h e a d i n g s p r e s e n t e d i nt h e f o l l o w i n g p a g e s :

RPcep r rVE , WIELDY, Reapy FoR TRUrg C r r ra

(a) Uplifted lfeart:

T h e M a h a - v a g g a i n t h e A n g u t t a r a N i k a y a r e l a i e s t h e s t o r ya b o u t t h e g e n e t a l s I h a , t h e f o r m e r f o l l o w e r o f N i g a n t h a w l ' o w a '

c o n v e r t e d i n t o a B u d d h i s t a f t e r h i s i n t e r v i e w w i t h t h e B u d d h a t .

A t t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e s e r r n o n a d d r e s s e d e s p e c i a l l y t o

s i h a t h e g e n e r a l , t h e B u d d h a t a u g h t h i m o n t h e b a s i c d o c r r i n e s

' u i t a b l e f o r l a y r n e n a s a l r n s g i v i n g , t h e p r e c e p t s , a n d h e a v e n ,

r h e n t h e E x a l t e d o n e c o n t i n u e d t h e s e r m o n w i t h t h e a n a l y s i s o f

r h e p e r i l , t h e f o l l y a n d t h e d e p r a v i t y o f l u s t s a n d t h e b l e s s e d n e s s

: f r e n u n c i a t i o n .

I t w a s w h e n t n ' e c i t t a o f s l h a h a d b e c o m e c l e a r , m a l l e a b l e ,

r e e f r o m h i n d r a n c e , u i r l i f t e d a n d l u c i d ( k a l l a c i t t a m , m u d u c i t t a m ,

A t h a k h o B h a g a v a S i h a s s a s e n a p a t i s s a a n u p u b b i k a t h a m k a t h e s i . s e y y a t h i d a md A n a k a t h a m s r l a k a t h a l n s a g g a k a t h a m k i m i n a m d d i n a v a m o k a r a m s a m k i l e s a mn e k k h a r n t n e a n i s a m s a m p a k l s e s i . Y a d i B h a g a v a a f l f r d s i S i h a m s e n d p a r i m k a l l a c i t t a mm u d u c t t t a t n v i n i v a r a n a c t t r a t t t u d a g g a c r t t a n r p a s a n n a c i t t a r n . a t h a v d b u d d h i i n a ms 6 m u k k a m s i k d d h a r n n - r a d e s a n a , t a l n p a k A s e s i : d u k k h a r n s a m u d a y a m n i r o d h a m m a g g a m .S e y y a t h n p i n a m a s u d d h a r p v a t t h a m a p a g a r a k e l a k a m s a m m a - d - e v a r a j a n a m p a !i g g a q h e y y a , e v a r n e v a S t h a s e n a p a r i s s a r e s m r m y e v a d s a n e v i r a j a m v i t a m a l a md h a m m a c a k k h u m u d a p i d i ' y a l T l

k i n c i s a m u d a y a d h a m r r a m . s a b b a n t a mn r r o d h a d h a m m a n ' t i : A . i v : 1 8 6 .

Page 111: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

94

v in t va ra$ac i t t am, udaggac i t t am, and pasannac i t t a rn ) , t he Exa l tedone began expound ing rhe sub t l e r " dhamma wh i ch Buddhasa lone have wo r , t ha t i s t o say : I l 1 , i t s com ing - to -be , i t s end ingand the way . Jus t as a c lean c lo th . f ree o f a l l s ta in , w i l l t ake dyepe r fec t l y ; even so i n S iha , t he *eeue ra l . sea ted t he re , t he re a rosethe spo t l ess , s t a i n l ess v i s i on o f Dhamma; t ha t wha teve r becond i t i oned by com ing - to -be a l l t ha t i s sub jec r r o end ing "2 .

I t i s no t i ceab le t ha t ka l l ac i t t am. muduc i t t am,v in i va ranac i t t an t , udaggac i t t am, and pasannac i t t am, wh ich a terende red by E . M . Ha re as c l ea r . ma l l eab le , f r ee f r omh ind rance . up l i f t ed and l uc id respec t i ve l y , a re acqu i rab le as theconsequences o f hea r i ng t he dhamma p reached by t he Buddha .The c i t t as a re o f cou rse i n t he s ra te o f h ighe r e leva t i on i ncompar i son ro t he f o rmer s ta tes be fo re t he hea r i ns .

Le t us made m inu re r i nqu i r y i n to the i r mean ings . I nka l l ac i t t a . ka l l a o r ka l ya means ready , p repa red ; ka t t ac i t t a i nsome case i s compa t ib le w i th kamrnan iya -c i t t a and cas ted i n tothe sen te [ ces such as ' he r m ind was p repa red f o r , r espons i ve t othe teach ing o f t he dhamma ' ; ka t ta -c i t t a td means thep repa redness o f t he m ind . so ka t l a - c i t t a i n t h i s con rex t ma in l ydeno tes t he c i t t a wh i ch has been we l l p repa red by be ing t augh ti n t he bas i c dhamma; and as t he resu l r o f t h i s p repa ra r i on t hec i t t a ge ts i n to the mood o f read iness espec ia l l y f o r hea r ing thedhamma, as sugges ted i n t he f o rego ing passage , o f t he h i ghe rleve l . I n p rog ress i ve te rms , t he bas i c dhammas ma tu re the c i t t aso as i t can ge t s t he bes t ou t o f t he advance d d .hammas .

Mudu . as componen t o f mudduc i t t a , mea l l s so f t , m i l d .weak , and tender ; mudduc i t t a i s equ iva len t w i th mudduka i nt l r e i r sugges t i ng o f f i e x i b l e , p l i ab le . and so f t . So mudduc i t t asugges t s a f eas ib l e s ta te o f c i t t a wh i ch can eas i l y adap t i t se l f t ot he ou rs i de i n te r f e rence espec ia l l y , as sugges ted . t he h i ghe rd l t a tnn ta . 'Ma l l eab le ' shou ld be - I t h i nk - t he n i ces t and mos r

1

II

2 G S . i v : 1 2 8

Page 112: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

95

sugges t i ve i n t he con tex t because i t r em in i scen t l y p romp ts one

o f t he un ique p rope r t i es o f pu re go ld -

V in i va rayac i t t a i s t he c i t t a cha rac te r i zed by v in l va ra4a .

v in l va ran .a (ad j ) , compr i sed o f v i * n l va rana , means

unobs t ruc ted . unb iased and unp re jud i ced . So v i n i va ranac i t t a

wou ld mean an unb iased m ind . I t was . somehow, t r ans la ted as' f r ee f r om h ind rance ' . N i va rana rem ind us o f t he f i ve

h ind rances , t he i r subven t i on , and t he i r de f i an t oppos i t es t ha t we

have a l r eady d i scussed i n t he f o rego ing head ing '

udagga , t he comb ina t i on o f ud * agga , l i t e ra l l y means'ou t - t op ' . When i t i s used as a mod i f i e r o f c i t t a i t s f i gu ra t i ve

mean ing wou ld be e l a ted , exa l t ed . exu l t an t , j oy fu l , happy . Hence

rhe rende r i ng ' uP l i f t ed ' .

Pasanna means c l ea r . b r i gh t ; happy , g l addened .

reconc i l ed , p l eased ; p l eased i n one ' s consc ience , be l i ev i ng ,

t r us t i ng , p i ous , and v i r t uous . I n comb ina t i on w i t h c i t t a , ' p i ous '

i s Se lec ted and pasannac i t t a i s rendered as devo t i on i n one ' s

he a r t .

I n f i ne , t he man ipu la t i ve emp loymen t o f t he se r ies o f

c i r ra ' s mod i f i e rS : ' ka l l a , mudu . v in i va ra l t a . udag ga and

pasanna ' i r np l i c i t l y sugges t s an un t i r i ng a t t emp t t o desc r i be t he

i r rood o f c i t t a where the re i s so much o f who leso lneness tha t one

s ing le te rm wou ld fa i l t o be sa t i s fac to ry . Hence many a t t r i bu tes

a re reso r t ed t o .

(b) TransPorted lfeart:

I n t he e legan t words the the ra Vang tsa exp ressed i n p ra i se

o f Sd r ipu t ta when the I a t t e r p reached the doc t r i ne i n an

exquis i te manner , we chance upon the udaggaci t ta agai f :

] A , b u k h o e y a s m a V a n g l s o A y a s m a n t a r . n S a r i P u t t a m s a m m u k h a s a r D P e h i g i t h a h i a b h i t t h a v i y t v

G a m b h I r s - p a i n o m e d h a v l \ r v n r s g f ! a m a g g a s s a k o v i d o r y r y s a r i P u t t o m a h a p a f r n o \ y d h a m m 8 m

d e s e t i b h i k k h u n a r . n \ y \ y s a n k h i t t e n a p i d e s c t i \ y v i t t h e r e n a p i b h e s a t i \ P s e l i k e y - i v a n i g g h o s o t y

p r r i b h e n E m u d t r a y l \ y V t a 3 s a t a m d e s a y a n r a s s a y s u 4 a n t i m a d h u r a m g i r a m r y s a r e n a r a j a n i y e n a

q / s a v a n i y c n a v a g g u n e y u d a g g a c i t r i m u d i t a W s o t a m o d h e n t i b h i k k h a v o t i : S i : 1 9 0

Page 113: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

And l i ke t he rnyna -b i r d ' s swee r songH is expos i r i on pou re th f o r t h .

And wh i l e he reaches , t hey who hea rH i s honeyed speech i n r ones t hey l ove

Of vo i ce enchan t i ng . mus i ca l .w i t h r av i shed ea rs . r r anspo r ted hea r t ( udaggac i t t a )

De l i gh ted , l i s t h i s eve ry wo rda

As a l r eady men t i oned udagga i n t he e l abo ra t i on re l a res rothe s to r y o f t he gene ra l s t ha . t he co rnb ina t i on o f uc l * agga .l i t e ra l l y n l eans ' ou t - t op ' ; and as a mod i f i e r o f c i t t a . i tf i gu ra t i ve l y means e l a ted , exa l t ed . exu l t an t , j oy fu l , happy .Hence t he rende r i ng ' up l i f t ed ' was made i n t he p rev iouspas s age .

udaggac i t t a he re i s r ende red as ' r r anspo r ted hea r t s ' t ha ti n t he con tex t we re resu l t ed f r om l i s t en ing t o t he Dhamrnalec tu red by sa r ipu t ta . The fea ru res o f s r i r i pu t ta , s dhamrna a recomparab le t o t he "myna -b i r d ' s swee t song " , and w i t h honeyedtones . A l l t h i s was gene ra ted f r om sa r i pu t t a ' s g i f t : l ea rned l o re ,expe r t i se i n me thods t r ue and f a l se , g rea t w i sdom, andcon fo rm i t y r o t he No rm. So t he rende r i ng o f udaggac i l f r i shou ldconno te t he i dea o f ' pos i t i ve ' i n cha rac te r and . ascend ing o rr i s i ng ' i n d i r ec t i on wh i ch t he ve rb . t r anspo r t ' i s s l i gh t l ysugges t i ve o f .

(c) Gidd.v-Patted lleart:

T h e f o l l o w i n g p a s s a g e r e l a r e s a d e l e c t a b r e l e g e n d a b o u t t h ed i a l o g u e b e r w e e n a g o d d e s s a n d a b h i k k h u . T h e b h i k h u u , a s i n s u c h ar e l a t i o n w i t l - r t h e f a m i l y t h a t h i s p u r p o s e t o w a r d t r a n q u i l l i t y a n de m a n c r p a t i o n m i g h t b e , f r o m t h e s t a n d p o i n t o f t h e g o d d e s s i ts e e m e d . t r o u b l e d . l n v i e w o f r + , a r n i n g r h e b h i k k h u f r o m s u c h ad i s t r a c t i v e c i r c u m s t a n c e t h e g o d d e s s i n t h e g u i d e o f a f a m i l y w o m a na p p e a r e d b e f o r e h i r r . r . s a y i n u 5 :

I96

t K S . i : 2 4 t

" U p a s a n k a m , r v s r & m b h i k k h u mt 1 ' . 1 r t t r s a n g a m m a r T l a n t e n t t r l ,

\ / p t t h a y a a _ t t h a b h a s i r : , N a d i t i r e s u s a n t h r n e s a b h a s u r a t h i y A s u c am a i r c a t a f r c a k i m a n r a r a n r i : S . i : 1 0 1 .

Page 114: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

A long t he r i ve r s , r es t i ng by t he ga tes .I n mo te -ha l l s and a l ong t he cha r i o t - r oadsThe f o t k f o rega the r and d i scuss ions r i se :

O f me i t i s , and t hee now why i s t h i s?6

T h e b l z i k k h u , h o w e v e r , w a s f u i l y a w a r e o f t h e s i t u a t i o n ,a n d t h o u g h i n s u c h a n a d v e r s i t y c o n f i r m e d h i s p o s i t i v e a t t i t u d ew i t h t h e f o l l o w i n s w o r d s T :

Ay , t he re i s busy t o -and - f r o o f wo rds ,And a rec l use mus t bea r i t pa t i en t l y .No t t he reby shou ld he fee l annoyed , f o r no tWhose a t sounds i s f l us te red and d i smayed ,L i ke any an te l ope w i t h i n t he wood .s ,Men ca l l h im g iddy -pa ted , f ea the r -b ra i ned . ( l ahuc i t t o )The p rac t i ce he may p l an he ' l l ne ' e r comp le tes

Lahu (ad i ) means l i gh t , qu i ck ; l ahuc i t t a , . l i gh t -m inded , . I nrhe above passage i t r ece i ves t he poe t i c r ende r i ng as ' g i ddy -

pa ted , f ea the r -b ra i ned ' wh i ch deno tes t he nega t i ve cha rac te r o fr he c i t t a . The nega r i ve shade was i l l u s t r a ted by t he s im i l e : ' a t

sounds i s f l us te red and d i smayed l l L i ke any an te l ope w i t h i n t hewoods ' .

Such a rnood o f c i t t a shou ld be t rans fo r rned i n to thes t ronge r one by cu l t i va t i ng t he pa t i ence . compara t i ve l yspeak ing , t he ma l l eab le and open p rope r t y immanen t i nkal lac i t tam, muduci t ta4n, v in ivaranaci t tam, udag gaci t taqn, andpasannac i t t am o f t he genera l S Iha i s recommendab le whereas thep reca r i ous cha rac te r i s t i c s immanen t i n t he above -men t i onedlahuc i t t a shou ld be sa fegua rded f r om. o r e l se , ' t he p rac t i ce hernay p l an he ' l l ne ' e r comp le te ' .

97

6 K S . i : 2 5 6 .

t B a h u h i s a d d a p a c c u h d l l k h a m i t a b b i t a p a s s i n A l l n ak i l i s s a t i l i l l y o c a s a d d a p a r r t r e s i l l v a n e v a t a m i g on e s s a s a m p a . l j a t e v a t a n - t i : S . i : 2 0 1 .

I K S . i : 2 5 7

t e n a m a n k u h o t a b b o l l n a h i r e n ay a t h a l l l a h u c i t t o r i t a m e h u l l

Page 115: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2. Ct t - tv tep , A l r -AyED AND PASSToNLESS Ct r r .s

The mod i f i e r v i l pasan ta (p .p . o f vupasammat i ) i n . vupasan ta

c i t t a means ' appeased , a l l ayed , ca lmed ' . Vupasan ta c i t t a deno tes

tn .e c i t t a i n t he mood o f be ing appeased . a l l ayed , and ca lmed . I n

the Udumpar i ka -S ihanada-Su t tan ta o f t he D igha N ikaya ,

v t tpasan ta c i t t a i s cas ted i n to the sen tence : ' a j j ha t tam v i l pasan ta -

c i t t o ud .dhacca -kukkucca c i t t am pa r i sodhe t i ' t ba t can be rendered

as 'w i th c i t t a se rene w i th in , he pu r i f i es h i s c i t t a o f f l u r r y and

wor ry ' . He re . aga in the c i t t a i s unders tood i n the doub lejux taposed shades o f mean ing : i n ' a j j ha t tam v f l pasan ta -c i t t o '

where the (1 ) i ns t rumen ta l c i t t a i s used as an i n te rna l rneans topu r i f y t he (2 ) pe rsona l i zed c i t t a ' uddhacca -kukkuccd c i t t am '

wh i ch i s t he ob jec t t ha t t he ac t o f pu r i f y i ng i s t a rge ted on . The

respec t i ve passage ru t r so : "Pu t t i ng away the hanke r in ,e a f te r t he

wor ld . he ab ides r v i t h unhanker ing hea r t ( v iga tabh i j j hena ce tasa

v iha ra t i ) , and pu r i f i es h i s m ind o f cove tousness (abh i j j hdya

c i t t a ry t pa r i sod l re t i ) . . . Pu t t i ng away f l u r r y and wor ry , he ab ides

f ree f rom exc i temen t ; w i th hea r t se rene w i th in , he pu r i f i es h i s

m ind o f f l u r r y and wor ry (a i i ha t ta r .n v { tpasan to -c i t t o uddhacca -

ku kku c c d c ittaryIglj!_o4ltgJ!) . . . "'0.

T h e f i v e h i n d r a n c e s t h a t m a y o b s t r u c t t h e m e d i t a t i n g

p r o c e s s a r e o f t e n m e n t i o n e d a s f i v e n i v a r a n a s . T h e y a r e :

( l \ Kamacchanda : sensuous des i r e ;

(2 ) Vydpdda : i l l -w i l l ;

( 3 ) Th ina -m iddha : s l o th and t o rpo r ;

( 4 ) Uddhacca -kukkucca : r es t l essness and sc rup les ;

(5 ) V i c i k i c cha : skep t i ca l doub t .

' S o a b h i j j h a m l o k e p a h d y a v i g a t d b h i j j h e n a c e t a s a v i h a r a t i , a b h i j j h a y a c i t t a m

p a r i s o d h e t i ; v y l p i d a - d o s a r l r p a h A y a a v y a p a n n a - c i t t o v i h a r a t i , s a b b a - p a r . r a b h 0 t a -

h i t a n u k a m p r v y e p d d a - p a d o s a c i t t a m p a r i s o d h e t i : t h i n a - m i d d h a q r p a h a y a v i g a t a - t h i n a -

m i d d h o v i h a r a t i , i l o k a - s a f i f i i s a r o s a n r p a j d n o t h i n a - m i d d h l c i t t a n t p a r i s o d h e t i .

U d d h a c c a - k u k k u c c a n r p a h a y a a n u d d h a t o v i h a r a t i , 4 i i h a t t a m v i r p a s a n t o - c i t t o u d d h a c c a -

k u k k u c c e c i t t a m p a r i s o d h e t i ; v i c i k i c c h a m p a h e y a t i n n a - v i c i k i c c h i y a c i t t a r n

p a r i s o d h e t i ; v i c i k i d d h a t n p a h a y a t i n n a - v i c i k i c c h o v i h a r a r i , a k a t h a m - k a t h l k u s a l e s u

d h a m m e s u v i c i k i c c h t r v a c i t t a m o a r i s o d h e t i : D . i i i : 4 9 .

' u D B . i i i : 4 4 .

98

Page 116: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

99

In regard to the above n lvarana t l : .e Nlvarana Vagga of theSamvu t ta N ikdya p rov ides us w i th the f i ve unwho lesome fac to rstha t may se rve as nou r i shme n t f o r t he n i va rana and the f i ve

who lesome fac to r s t ha t can be reso r t ed t o wheneve r t he asp i r an tfo r emanc ipa t i on measures to ge t r i d o f t hem. In o the r words ,

t he f i ve h i nd rances t o t he med i t a t i ve p rog ress a re backed by t hefo rmer and con f ron ted by the l a t t e r . A l l t he th ree g roups can be

tabu la ted as f o l l ows :

T A B L E 9 :

H I N D R A N C E

kamacchanda

vyapada

th ina -n idd l t a

uddhac ca - kukkucca

v i c i k i cc ha

B A C K E D B Y

s u b h a - n i m i t t a m

pag i gha -n im i t t aq t

( r )

a v u p a s a n t a - c i t t a s s a

ayon i s o -manas i ka ro

C o N r n o N r E D B y

a s u b h a - n i n i t t a m

m e t t d c e t o - v i m u t t i

(2 )

v i lpa santa -c i t ta s sa

y o n i s o - m a n a s i k a r o

( 1 ) a r a t i , t a n d i . v i j a m b h i a , b h a t t a - s a m m a d o , l i n a t t a m . a l l t h e s e

w o r d s r n e a n r e g r e t , d r o w s i n e s s . l a n g u o r . s u r f e i t a f t e r m e a l s a n d

t o r p i d i t y o f m i n d r e s p e c t i v e l y .

( 2 ) a r a m b h a - . n i k k a m a - , p a r o k k a m a - d h a t u - t h e t h r e e w o r d s m e a n t h e

e l e m e n t s o f p u t t i n g f o r t h e f f o r t . o f e x e r t i o u . a n d o f s t r i v i n g

r c s p e c t i v c l y .

I t i s no ted tha t t he uddhacca -kukkucca i s backed by the

avupasan ta -c i t t assa and con f ron ted by j us t t he oppos i te fo rce

g iven by the v i l pasan ta -c i t t assa . The fo rmer i s rendered as the

mind ( c i t t a ) o f non - t ranqu i l i t y ; t he l a t t e r , as the m ind ( c i t t a ) o f

r ranqu i l i t y . The uddhacca -kukkucca i s a men ta l mood in

con fo rm i t y w i th the c i t t a mod i f i ed by e i t he r avupasan ta o r

vf ipasanta. In regard to t l re avf ipasanta-c i t ta or v i lpasanta-c i t ta

as ca ta l ys t t ha t has mos t t o do w i t h t he e f f i cacy o r t he

nu l l i f i ca t i on o f uddhacca -kukkucca , t he Angu t ta ra passage

reads : 'Monks , I know no t o f any o the r s i ng le t h i ng o f such

power t o cause t he a r i s i ng o f exc i t emen t -and - f l u r r y , i f no t

Page 117: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

100

a l ready a r i sen : o r . i f a r i sen . r o cause i t s mo re -becom ing andinc rease , as non - t r anqu i l i t y o f m ind \ y I n h im who i s o f t r oub ledm ind a r i ses exc i t emen t -and - f l u r r y , i f no t a l r eady a r i sen : o r i fa r i sen . i t i s l i ab l e t o mo re -becom ing and i nc rease . . . \ y Monks . Iknow no t o f any o the r s i ng le t h i ng o f such power t o p reven t t hea r i s i ng o f exc i t emen t -and - f l u r r y , i f no t a l r eady a r i sen : o r . i fa r i sen . t o cause i t s abandonmen t , as t r anqu i l i t y o f m ind r y I n t het ranqu i l -m inded exc i t e rnen t -and - f l u r r y a r i ses no t : o r , i f a r i sen ,i t i s abandoned '11 .

' c i t t av f i passama ' i s r ecommended as t he su i t ab le s ta te o f

the bh i kkhus ' c i t t a . when the Buddha was s tay ing a t Je tava r rna .A t td thap ind i ka ' s a ra rna . t he re appeared the deva Kassapapu t towho was encou raged by t he Exa l t ed one ro u r re r wha t he t hough to f t he mos r f eas ib l e ac t i v i t i e s supposed t o be done by a bh i kk l t t t ,Kassapapu t t a u t t e red t he f o l l ow ing s tanza whose c l os i ng wo rdsa re h i gh l y i n p ra i s i ng o f " t he mas te r i ng o f t he hea r t ' s un res r(c i t t av i i pasamassa) " . The tex t reads :

We l l t hen , Kassapa ,say wha t has occu r red t o t hee .See t ha t i n wha t ha rh been so f i ne l y sa idYe t r a i n you rse l ves : i n t he rec l use ' s t ask .I n mys te r i es o f t he so l i t a r y sea t ,I n i l r as te r i ng o f t he hea r r , s un res r

The ve rse was app roved by t he Exa l t ed One r : .

C O M P O S E D C I T T A

(a) Devoted Citta:

I n t h i s sec t i on a t t emp tsp leasan t s t a te s o f c i t t a when i t i s

w i l l be made ro exp lo re t hein connec t w i t h t he who lesome

1 1 G S . i ; 2 - 4

K S . i ; 6 - 5 .

Page 118: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

101

qua l i t i e s such as b r i gh t , c l ea r , o r devo ted (pas lda t i , - sanna ) ;

sp r i ng ing f o rwa rd (pakkhanda t i , - dana ) ; pu re , happy , b r i gh t ,

s i n l ess ( v i ppas lda t i , v i ppasanna o r pasanna ) ; r ema ined ,

es tab l i shed , se t t l ed , se l f - r es t ra i ned ( san t i t l ha t i ) ; concen t ra ted

t samdd l t i ) ; s i nk down , subs ide , become qu ie t ( sann i s l da t i ,

s i nna ) , and t he l i ke .

In the Kosa la Sa ry ryu t ta the k ing Pasenad i i n te rv iews the

Buddha on a se r i es o f r e l a t i ng ques t i ons . The Lo rd i l l u s t r a t i ve l y

: xp la i ns t hem a l l . The k i ng ra i ses t he ques t i on abou t t he p l ace

rvhe re g i f t s shou ld be done t o ; and whe re g i f t s shou ld be done

ro , consequen t l y t he o f f e r i ng rende rs h i gh l y me r i t o r i ous . The

levo ted c i t t a ( c i t t a ry pas lda t i ) and the obse rvance o f v i r t ue ( s I l a )

l r e sa id t o be s t r ong l y r ecommended f o r t he g i f t s unde r

. l ues t i on . The Sary ryu t ta passage reads13 : "The k ing , t he Kosa lan

Pasenad i , sa i d : ' To whom, l o rd , shou ld g i f t s be g i ven? ' ' The re ,

: r f o , wh€ re t he hea r t i s p l ease t o g i ve ( c i t t am pas lda t l ) ' . ' Bu t t o

. ' , ' hom g i ven , l o rd , does a g i f t bea r much f r u i t ? "Th i s , s i r e , i s a

.e f y d i f f e ren t ques t i on f ro tn tha t wh ich you f i r s t ask me . A g i f t

l ea r s much f r u i t f u l r esu l t i f g i ven t o a v i r t uous pe rson , no t t o a

. i c i ous pe rson . . . " " o . I t shou ld be no ted t ha t ' c i t t a l n pas lda t l '

: ou l d be rende red as t he hea r t f u l l o f g race , o r se t t l ed i n f a i t h .

(b) Springing Forward Citta:

The Buddha usua l l y sums up a l l t he phys i ca l and men ta l

: henon tena o f ex i s t ence i n to t he s te reo t ype o f F i ve Khandhas ,

: - f l own as g roups o r agg rega t i ons as f o l l ows :

( l ) Rupa -kkhandha (Co rpo rea l i t y Agg rega te ) ;

(2 ) Vedana-khandha (F ee l i ng Aggrega te ) ;

(3 ) Sa f i f i a - khandha (Pe rcep t i on Aggrega te ) ;

1 3 E k a m a n t a m n i s i n n o k h o r a j e P a s e n a d i - k o l a l o B h a g a v a n t a m c t a d a v o c a

k h o b h a n r c d i i n a m d i t a b b a n - t i l l l l Y a t t h a k h o m a h e r a j a c i t t a m p a s i d a t i

p a n a B h a n t e d i n n a m m a h a p p h a l a m - t i l l l l A f r f i a m k h o e t a m m a h e r e J a

d a t a b b a n r l l a f i i a m p a n - e t a m k a t t h a d i n n a m m a h a p p h a l a m - t i l l l l

m a b a r a j a d i n n a m m a h a p p h a l a m n o t a t h e d u s s i l c : S . i : 9 8 .

' 4 K S . l : L 2 3 .

l l l l K a t t h a n ut i l l l l K a t t h a

k a t t h a d A n a mS i l a v a t o k h o

Page 119: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r02

( 4 ) S a n k h a r a - k h a n d h a ( M e u t a l - F o r m a r i o n A g g r e g a t e ) ; a n d .

( 5 ) V i f i f i d n a - k k h a n d a ( C o r a s c i o u s n e s s A g g r e g a t e ) .

On the bas i s o f t he khandhas ' cha rac te r i s t i c s o fimpermanence and un re l i ab i l i t y . t he Buddha advoca tes tha t i t i sfu l l y f a tuous to i den t i f y onese l f w i th any o f t hem s ing l y o r a l l o ft hem as a who le . The concep tua l unde rs tand ing o f t he ana t t adoc t r i ne , however . does no t he lp much in te rms o f ac tua lp rac t i ce and rea l i za t i on

The fo l l ow ing s to ry o f The ra Channa i s ap t ro revea l t ha t i ti s no t easy t o b r i dge ove r t he gap be tween t he unde rs tand ing o ft l r e nob ie tene t and i t s l i f e i nca rna re . The Channa Samyu t tare l a tes t he s to r y abou t h im whose c i t t a was i n such a pe r t u rb i ng

s i t ua t i on . He saw , as t he o the r monks we re supposed t o do , t ha ta l l the f ive khandhas are impermanetr t and would not beiden t i f i ed w i th ego . bu t h - i s c i t t a had no t go t t he des i rab le s ra res

whe reas t hose o f t he o the rs had . The rex t r uns t t : "Then t hevene rab l e Channa t hough t t hus : 'Yes . I t oo see t h i s .Impermanen t i s body . f ee l i ng , pe rcep t i on , t he ac t i v i t i es , andconsc iousness . Body i s no t t he Se l f , and f ee l i ng , pe rcep t i on , t he

ac t i v i t i es and consc iousness i s no t t he Se l f . Impermanen t a re a l l

t he compounded th ings . A t l cond i t i ons a re no t rhe Se l f . l l l lNeve r the less . f o r t he ca lm ing o f a l l ac t i v i t i e s , f o r t he g i v i ng up

o f a l l t he bases o f b i r r h , f o r t he des r ruc r i on o f c rav i ng , f o rpass ion iessness , f o r cessa t i on , f o r N ibbana , my hea r t sp r i ngs no tup w i th in me . I t i s no t ca lmed , i t i s no t re leased f rom t remb l i ng(c i t t a rn na pakkhand .a t i na pas lda t i na san t i l l ha t i na v imucca t i

pa r i t assana ) . Bu t g rasp ing a r i ses , and my m ind sh r i nks back

aga in (a t t he t hough t ) , 'who f o r soo th i s t he Se l f ? 'Th i s way I can

no t see t he No rm" ' t ' .

' t A r h u k h o d y a s m a r o C h a n n a s s a e t a d a h o s i l l l l M a y h a m p i k h o e r a m e v a l n h o t i l l l l R o p a m

a n i c c a n r l l v e d a n a l l s a f r f l e l l s a n k h a r a l l v i f r f l l n a n r a n i c c a m l l l l R u p a m a n a t t e l l v e d a n i

l l s a i i f r A l l s a n k h a r a l l v i R n a n a m l l l l S a b b e s a n k h d r i a n i c c l s a b b e d h a m n r a a n a t t a t i l lA t h a c a p a n a m e s a b b a s a n k h n r a s a m a t h e s a b b u p a d h i p a t i n i s s a g g e t a n h a k k h a y e v i r l g e

n i r o d h e n i b b A n e c i t t a m n a p a k k h a n d a t i n a p a s i d a t i n a s a n t i t t h a t i n a v i m u c c a lp a r i t a s s a n a u p a d a n a m u p p a j j a t i p a c c u d i v a t t a r i m a n a s a m l l a t h a k o c a r a h i m e a t t a t i

n a k h o p a n e t a m d h a m m a m p a s s a t o h o t i : S . i i i : 1 3 3 .

' " K S i i i : l l l

I

Page 120: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

103

P a k k h a n d a t i , p a s i d a t i , s a n t i t h a t i a n d v i m u c c a t i w h i c h m e a n

t o s p r i n g u p , t o b e c a l m e d , t o s t a n d s t i l l a n d t o e m a n c i p a t e

r e s p e c t i v e l y a r e t h e p r e d i c a t e s i n d i c a t i n g t h e p l a u s i b l e

c a p a b i l i t i e s w h i c h t t r e c i t t a i s t o b e i n h e r e n t o f . T h e t h i n g l e f t t o

r h e b h i k k h u . s ' e n d e a v o r i s t h e c i t t a b e i n g p r o p e r l y c u l t i v a t e d .

(c) Yippasanna Citta:

Sa t i pa t thana as a me thod o f men ta l cu l t i va t i on wh ich da tes

back t o t he p r im i t i ve t ime o f ea r l y Buddh i s tn , occupy ing t he two

rvho le su t tas wh ich a re named a f te r i t : Su t ta 22 i n t he D tgha

.Yikaya and Sut ta 10 in the Mai ih ima Nikaya. Both the sut tas

lave much to do w i th the cu l t i va t i on o f c i t t a and rese rve fo r t he

loc t r i ne o f sa t i pa tqhana t he un ique pos i t i on i n Buddh i s t p rac t i ce ,

: ons ide r i ng i t as be ing t he rnos t f r u i t f u l . I n acco rdance , i t

: ece i ves a t t he beg inn ing and t he end o f t hose su t t as men t i oned

:he we igh t y wo rds : "The on l y way t ha t l eads t o t he a t t a i nmen t

- , f pu r i t y , t o t he ove rcoming o f so r row and l amen ta t i on , t o t he

:nd o f pa in and g r i e f , t o t he en te r i ng o f t he r i gh t pa th , and t o

: he rea l i za t i on o f N ibbana a re the fou r Founda t ion o f

\ l i nd fu l ness " . I t i s a l so known aS the f ou r Awareness o f

\ f i nd fu l ness ( sa t i - upa t t hdna ) , wh i ch cons i s t s o f :

Q) Kaydnupassand (Con temp la t i on o f t he Body ) ;

(2 ) Vedananupassana (Con temp la t i on o f t he Fee l i ng ) ;

(3 ) C i t t anupassand (Con temp la t i on o f t he M ind ) ; and

(4 ) Dhammdnupassand (Con temp la t i on o f t he M ind -

ob j ec ts ) .

The Sat ipat thdna Samyut ta makes i t known to us that the

: rac t i se shou ld be t he sub jec t ma t t e r g i ven t o t he new conve r t s

, ho wou ld ge t a l ong w i t h i t un t i l t he i r a t t a i nmen t o f

. r ahan tsh ip . The respec t i ve exce rp t f rom the Sa t . l t yu t ta runs t t :

1 ? E t h a t u m h c a v u s o k i y e k e y e n u p a s s r n o v i h a r a t h a l l e t a p i n o s a m p a j d n i e k o d i b h U t e

v i p p a s a n n a c i t t a s a m e h i t A e k a g g a c i t t i k a y a s s a y a t h e b h u t a m f i 5 n a y a l l l l V c d a n d s u

v c d a n l i n u p a s s i n o v i h a r a t h a l l i r i p i n o s a m p a j d n d e k o d i b h l t a v i p p a s a n n a c i t t d

s a m a h i t a e k a g g a c i r t i v e d a n i n a l n y a t h a b h l t a m f l a n a y a l l l C i t t e c i t t a n u p a s s l n o

v i h a r a t h a l l a t E p i n o s a m p a j a n e e k o d i b h U t a v i p p a s a n n a c i t t a s a r n a h i t a e k a g g a c i t i

c i r r a s s a y a t h a b h D t a r n f i i n i y a l l l l D a m m e s u d h a m m a n u p a s s i n o v i h a r a t h a l l l l e t a p t n o

Page 121: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

104

"Come ye , f r i ends , do ye ab ide i n body con temp la t i ng body (as

t rans ien t ) , a rden t , composed and one -po in ted , o f t r anqu i l m ind

(v ippasannac i t t a ) , ca lmed down , o f concen t ra ted m ind

( . ekaggac i t t a ) f o r i ns i gh t i n t o body as i t r ea l l y i s . l l . . . f n m ind

(c i t t e ) , do ye ab ide con temp la t i ng m ind (as t r ans ien t ) , a rden t . . .

f o r i ns igh t i n ro m ind as i t r ea l l y i s . l l I n m ind -s ta tes ( somet imes

rep laced by m ind -ob jec ts ) do ye ab ide con temp la t i ng m ind -s ta tes

(as t r ans ien t ) , a rden t , composed and one -po in ted , o f t r anqu i l

m ind , ca lmed down , o f concen t ra ted m ind fo r i ns igh t i n to m ind -

s ta tes as t hey rea l l y a re " t t .

I t shou ld be no ted he re tha t v ippassanr i wh ich i s i n f l ec ted

f rom the ve rb v ipassa t i ma in l y means an i nward v i s ion . i ns igh t ,

i n tu i t i on . and i n t rospec t i on , ekagga means ca lm, t ranqu i l

( usua l l y used f o r t he pe rson j us t conve r ted bu t he re i t i s be ing

used i n t he w ide r mean ing ) . Bo th o f t hem a re a t t r i bu tes f o r t he

c i t t a ; and the c i t t a qua l i f i ed by such ca lmnes s , i ns i gh t ,

i n ru i t i on and i n t rospec t i on becomes feas ib le fo r ' ya thd bhu tam

f i . anaya ' i n to the body , t he fee l i ngs , i t se l f , and i t s s ta tes o r wha t

occupy i t se l f . 'Ya thd bhu tam i i anaya ' can be taken as the

know ledge t ha t i s f r eed f r om a l l k i nd o f de lus i ons , and i s

immune f r om a l l k i nds o f d i sc i p l i nes , ph i l osoph i ca l o r

psycho log i ca l o r l og i ca l , exo t i c t o t he ob jec t t o be known . Tha t

a t t h i s s tage o f w isdom the see r and the seen a re an . en t i t y pe r se

wou ld poss ib l y be ^ c lue fo r t he p rompt ques t i on tha t may be

ra i sed : a kn i fe canno t cu t i t se l f as i s s ta ted b .v the l og i c

d i sc i p l i ne ; w i t hou t v i o l a t i ng t he l og i ca l r u l e , how the c i t t a as a

see r can see i t se l f .

' I n God We T rus t ' i s he ld up by t he Ch r i s t i ans ; t he

Buddh i s t s supposed l y r es t on 'O f f Lus t f u l P leasu res We Ward ' ,

and on ' Fo r D i sca rd ing Greed . I t l -W i l l and De lus ion We S t r i ve '

i ns tead . I u t he f o l l ow ing exce lp t t he c i t t a . whe the r i n ac t i ve o r

i n pass i ve pos i t i on , man i f es t s i t s pos i t i ve responds t o t he

supposab le rno t t oes as men t i oned above . I n r ega rd t o t he

s a m p a j i n i e k o d i b h U t a v i p p a s a n n a c i t t A s a n r d h i t A e k a g g a c i t t a d h a m m a n a m y a t h a

b h D t a m R a n a v a : S . v : I 4 4 ,

t o K S . v : 1 2 3 .

Page 122: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I

105

renunc ia t i on f r om se r r suous des i r es t he c i t t a ' l eaps f o rwa rd ,

res t s comp lacen t , chooses i t ' ; consequen t l y t he man who mas te r s

such S , c i t t a beco rnes 'we l l l i f t ed up , we l l f r eed and de tached

f rOm sense -des i r es ' and t he i r a t t endan t ca lam i t i es . I ' he

respec t i ve passage wh i ch t he mo t toes , f o r t he sake o f d i scuss ion ,

r vou ld be g leaned f ro rn says re : "F i ve e lemen ts tend ing to

, l e l i ve rance . He re in , f r i ends , when a b ro the r i s con temp la t i ng

sensuous des i r es , h i s hea r t does no t l eap f o rwa rd t o t hem ' no r

res t Cgmp lacen t i n t hem, does no t choose t hem. Bu t when he i s

; on ten tp la t i ng renunc ia t i o t t o f t hem h i s hea r t l eaps fo rward ,

res t s co rnp lacen t i n i t , chooses i t . Th i s f r ame o f r n i nd he ge t s

u .e l l i n hand , we l l deve loped , we l l l i f t ed uP , we l l f r eed and

le tached f rO tn sense -des i r es . And t hose i n tox i can t s , t hose

In i se r i es , t hose f eve rs wh i ch a r iSe i n consequence o f Sense -

l es i r es , f r om a I I t hese he i s f r eed , no r does he f ee l t ha t so r t o f

i ee l i ng . Th i s i s p ronounced t he f i r s t de l i ve rance . S im i l a r l y f o r

: he o the r f ou r e l emen tS , na rne l y , f r om i l l w i l l , c rue l t y , ex te rna l

, rb jec ts , and i nd i v idua l i tY " to '

(d) Citta in Samildhi:

The s i x abh i f i f r ds t | r a t have a l ready been s te reo typed i n to a

popu la r pa t t e rn o f exp ress ion i nasmuch as t he Buddh i s t

. upe rna tu ra l powers a re conce rned . Nyana t i l oka i n Manua l o f

Buddh i s t Te rms and Doc t r i nes ) t l nen t i ons s i x ' h i ghe r powers '

* h i ch a re c l ass i f i ed i n to two ca tego r i es - t he f i r s t f i ve be long t o

-a r t h l i ness and t he l as t one , t o supe r -mundane rea lm . The

io rmer ca tego ry i s ' a t t a inab le th rough the u tmos t pe r fec t i on o f

:nen ra l concen t ra t i on ( samadh i ) ' ; t he l a te r , name ly , t he

r e p a n c a n i s s a r a n l y A d h e t u y o . I d h ' d v u s o b h i k k h u n o k e m e m a n a s i k a r o t o k d m c s u c i t t a g l

n a p a k k h a n d a t i n a p p a s i d a t i n a s a n t i t t h a t i n a v i t n u c c a t i , n e k k h a m m a m k h o p a n ' a s s a

m a n a s i k a r o t o n e k k h a m m c c i t t a l n p a k k h a n d a t i p a s i d a t i s a n t i l l h a t i v i m u c c a t i , t a s s a t a m

c i t t a [ s u g a t a l n s u b h i i v i t a m s u v u t t h i t a m s u v i m u t t a r y v i s a m y u t t a m k d m e h i , y e c a k d m a -

p a c c a y a u p p a j j a n t i d s a v n v i g h e t e p a r i l a h a , m u t t o s o t e h i , n o s o t a m v e d a n a m

v c d e t i . i d a m a k k h a t a m k e m a n a m n i s s a r a n a m : D i i i 2 3 9 .

T h e f o l l o w i n g r e s p e c t i v e p a s s a g e s a r e f o r m e d b y t h e s a m c m o l d w i t h k i m e a n d

n e k k h a m m a n b e i n g r e p t a c e d b y t h e v a r i a b l e s ( v y a p a d a l n a n d a v y i p n d a m ; v i h e s a m a n d

a v i h e s a r . n ; r u p a m a n d a r u p a m ; s a k k d y a 4 a n d s a k k a y a - n i r o d h a m t w i t h t h e a t t e n d a n t

c l r a n g e s w h c n n e c e s s a r Y .

20 DB. i i i . 228 -9 .

1 t M B T D . : 2 - 3 .

Page 123: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

106

ex t i uc t i o I l o f canke rs (asavakkhaya ) i s a t ta inab le th roughpene t ra t i r g i ns igh t ( v ipassana) . The l a te r i s no rh ing o the r rhan

the rea l i za t i on o f A rahan tsh ip . The PED22 supp l i es us w i rh a

w ide r sense o f t he t e rm , name ly , ' spec ia l . supe rno rma l powers o f

appercep t i ons aud know ledge to be acqu i red by l ong t ra in ing i n

l i fe and thoughr . We can combine the s ix abhi f t f r .ds f rom the PEDand the MBTD in to the fo l l ow ins 1 i s t23 :

(1 ) I ddh i - v i dha (mag i ca l pow€rs o r l ev i t a t i on ) ;

( ? ) D ibba -So ta (d i v i ne o r heaven l y ea r , o r c l a i r aud ience ) ;

(3 ) Ce to -Par i ya - f i dna (pene t ra t i on o f t he m ind o f o the rs , o rknow ing o the rs ' t hough ts o r t hough t - r ead ing ) ;

( 4 ) D ibba -Cakk l t a ( d i v i ne eye , o r r eco l l ec t i ng one ' sp rev ious b i r t hs ) ;

(5 ) Pubbe-N ivdsanussa t i ( remembrance o f f o rmer

ex i s tences . o r know ing o the r peop le ' s r eb i r t hs ) ;

(6 ) Asavakkhaya (ex t i nc t i on o f a l l canke rs , o r ce r ta in t y o f

emanc ipa t i on a l r eady a t t a i ned o r f i na l assu rance ) .

I t i s no t i ceab le tha t t he f i r s t f i ve o f such powers a re no t

necessa r i l y a t t a i nab le amo t rg t he Buddh i s t s on l y . The D igha

N ikaya reco rds t he i ns t . ances o f t he p re -Buddh i s t samanas o r

b rahmanas who by a t ta in ing i h . ce to -samadh i can ach ieve the

D ibba -Cakk l tuza : ' I n t he f i r s t p lace . b re th ren . some rec luse o r

B rahman by means o f a rdou r , o f exe r t i o r , o f app l i ca t i on . o f

ea rnes tuess . o f ca re fu l t hough t , r eaches up t o such rap tu re o f

hea r t t ha t , r ap t i n hea r t . he ca l l s t o m ind h i s va r i ous dwe l i i ng -

p l aces i n t imes go re by . . . And he says t o h imse l f : ' E te rna l i s t he

sou l ; and t he wo r l d , - e i v i ng b i r t h t o no th i ng new . i s s t ead fas t as

a moun ta in peak , as a p i l l a r f i rm l y f i xed ; and t hough t hese

! ! P E D . : 6 4 .

Each p red i ca te i s rhe j ux tapos i t i on o f t he i n fo r rna t i on f r om MBTD and tha t o fPED respec t i ve l y .

I d h a b h i k k h a v e e k a c c o s a m a n o v a b r a h m a 4 o v a a t a p p e m a n v e y a p a d h a n a m a n v e y a

a n u y o g a m a n v e y a a p p a m a d a m a n v a y a s a m m a - m a n a s i k a r a m a n v e y a t a t h e r u p a m c e t o -

s a r n a d h i r p p h u s a t i y a t h i s a m i h i t e c i t t e t a m p u b b e n i v A s a m a n u s s a r a t i . . . S o e v a m t h a :

S a s s a r o a r r a c a l o k o c a v a i j h o k [ f a t t h o e s i k a t t h a y i t t h i t o , t e c a s a t t a s a n d h l v a n t i

s a q r s a r a n t i c a v a n t i u p a p a j j a n t i , a t t h i t v e v a s a s s a t i s a m a m : D . i : - 1 3 .

J.\

Page 124: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t07

l i v i ng c rea tu res t ransmig ra te and pass away , f a l l f r om one s ta te

o f ex i s t ence and sp r i ng up i n ano the r , ye t t hey a re f o r eve r and. - ) <

e v e r . - - .

T h a t m i n d - c o n c e n t r a t i o n p l a y s t h e p i v o t a l r o l e o f m e n t a l

e l e v a t i o n i n B u d d h i s t p r a c t i c e a n d i n o t h e r d i s c i p l i n e s a s w e l I i s

a b s o l u t e l y a m a t t e r o f f a c t . A n d , i t i s c o n c r e t e l y s p e c i f i e d h e r e

r h a t t h e c i t t a i n s a m d . d h i ( c o n c e n t r a t i o n ) i s h i g h l y p u i s s a n t i n

r e r m s o f a c h i e v i n g m e t a p h y s i c a l p o w e r s e s p e c i a l l y t h e p o w e r t o

r e m e m b e r t h e p r e v i o u s l i v e s . B u t w e , b y t h e w a y , s h o u l d b e a r i n

r n i n d t h a t t h e k n o w l e d g e g a i n e d f r o m s u c h t h e d i v i n e

r e m e m b r a n c e t i l l d o e s n o t r e a c h t h e t r u t h i n s o m u c h a s t h e

i h o u g h t ' e t e r n a l i s t h e s o u l ' i s r e g a r d e d a s w r o n g .

(e) Vitakka and Vicdra:

Ano the r qua l i t y o f t he c i t t a i s i t s se t t l i ng i n t he Four

Founda t ions o f M ind fu lness ( ca t f i su sa t i pa thAnesu) i a b r i e f

: c cou r t abou t t h i s has been a l r eady g i ven above . I n t he Khanda

SarTryut ta t } l^e Buddha expla ins how to deal wi th the three k inds

r f unwho lesome v i t akka . V i takka as a techn ica l t e rm in Buddh is .

i v s tem can be rende red as ' t hough t ' , ' t hough t - concep t i on ' t ha t i s. i l e o f t he secondary men ta l concomi tan ts , and may be

, . e r f f l i ca l l y who lesome , unwho lesome , o r neu t ra l .

T h e r e a r e t h r e e k a r m i c a l l y u n w h o l e s o m e t h o u g h t s , n a m e l y ,

(1 , ) Kdma-v i t akka ( sensuous though t ) ,

(2 ) Vydpd .da -v i t akka (ha t i ng though t ) , and

(3 ) V ih imsa-v i t akka ( c rue l t hough t ) .

On the o the r hand the re a re th ree ka rm ica l l y who lesome

tough ts , name ly ,

( L \ N e k k h a m m a - v i t a k k a ( t h o u g h t o f r e n u n c i a t i o n ) ,

( 2 ) A v y a p a d a - v i t a k k a ( t h o u g h t o f h a t e l e s s n e s s ) , a n d

r D B . i : 2 8 .

Page 125: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

(3 ) Av ih imsd . -v i t akka ( though t o f no t ha rm ing ) .

I t shou ld be no ted he re tha t v i t akka and v i cd ra (d i scu rs i ve

th ink ing ) a re ve rba l f acu l t i es o f t he c i t t a , i n o the r words theya te poss ib l y t aken as t he so -ca l l ed ' i nne r - speech ' . They a . recons t i t uen ts o f t he f i r s t Abso rp t i on Qhana) , bu t d i squ ie t s o f t heh ighe r ones . I n t he j hdna con tex t , whereas v i t akka whosecha rac te r i s t i c cons i s t s i n f i x i ng t he consc iousness t o t he ob jec ti s t he l ay ing ho ld o f a though t . v i ca ra i s t he roaming abou t andmov ing to and f ro o f t he c i t t a . whereas v i t akka i s comparab lew i th the se i z ing o f a po t , v i ca ra i s comparab le w i rh w ip ing i t ;and t he po t be ing ob jec r o f j hana .

The f o l l ow ing passage makes i t known tha t t he rh ree k i ndso f unwho lesome v i t akka a re expe l l ed i n a l l qu i t e exc lus i ve l y bythose whose c i t t a has a l r eady been we l l se t t l ed i n t he Fou rFounda t ions o f M ind fu lness , and those who have deve lopedproper l y ' an im i t t am samd.dh im ' (med i ta t i on o f f o rm lessness ) tu :'The re a re these th ree ev i l ways o f t hough t , b re th ren : t hough tso f l us t . t hough ts o f i l l -w i l l , t hough rs o f hu r t i ng . And t hese ev i lways o f t hough t cease u t te r l y w i thou t rema inde r i n h im whosehear t ab ides es tab l i shed i n the fou r s ta t i ons o f m ind fu lnes s(ca t f i s t t sa t i pa thanesu supa t i t t h i t a -c i t t assa v iha ra to ) , o r whop rac t i ces concen t ra t i on t ha t i s w i t hd raws f r om ob iec t s "27 .

I t i s no ted t ha t supa t i t h i t a . wh i ch se rves as a qua l i f i e r o fthe c i t t a . t s t he comb ina t i on o f su +pa t i t t h i t a ; su means we l l .s k i l f u l l y ; pa t i t t h i t a means es tab l i shed , se t t l ed . f i xed , a r rayed .s tayed . s tand ing . suppor ted , f ounded . Bu t i n t he t rans la t i onexce rp ted above , t he deno ta t i on o f ' s r / ' (we11 o r sk i l f u l l y ) i son i t t ed .

The wo r l d l y mach ine ry t ha t t he Buddh i s t svs tem consen rsto i s accoun ted on t he bas i s o f t he i n te rac t i on be tween s i x sense -

T a y o n t e b h i k k h a v e a k u s a l a v i t a k k i k i n r a v i t a k k o v y A p i d a v i t a k k o l l i m e c a k r . :b h i k k h a v e t a y o a k u s a l a v i t a k k a k v a a p a r i s e s A n i r u j j h a n t i l l l l C a t u s u v e s a r i p a r h a n e s -s u p a t i ! ! h i t a - c i t t a s s a v i h a r a r o a n i m i t t a m v i s a m l d h i n t b h a v a y a r o . S . i i i : 9 3 .

D B . i i i : 7 9 .

Page 126: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 0 9

( ) r g a n s i r n b e d d e d w i t h s i x v i f i f i a n a a u d t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e o b j e c t s .

T h e B u d d h i s t r h e o r y o f n t e n t a l c u l t i v a t i o n h a s m u c h t o d o w i t h

t h e i r i n t e r a c r i o n t o t h e e x t e l t t t h a t i t i d e n t i f i e s o n e w h o c o t t t r o l s

c v e r i h e i n t e r a c t i o n w i t h t h e c o n q u e r o r o f t h e w o r l d . I I i s c i t r ' a

w o u l d b e ' u n m o v e d , i n w a r d l y w e l l e s t a b l i s h e d a n d r e l e a s e d ' b y

v i r t u e o f t h a t w h e n t h e s e 1 1 S e o r g a u s a r e s t r u c k b y r e s p e c t i v e

1 ; b j e c t s h e d o e s n o t a l l o w t h e a r i s i n g o f l o n g i n g f o r o r r e p u l s i n g

o f f t l r e m . I n t h e l i n e t h e B o j j h a n g a S a n t y u t t a 4 l s a y s " : " H e r e i n ,

I * t n d a l i - v - c , a r n o n k , s e e i n g a d e l i g h t f u l o b j e c t w i t h t h e e y e , d o e s

r l o t h a n k e r f o r i t , d o e s n o t t h r i l l t h e r e e t , a l l d d o e s r t o t d e v e l o p

I u s r f o r i t . H i s b o d y i s u n n o v e d , h i s t n i n d i s u n n t o v e d , i n w a r d l ,

rve l l es tab l i shed and re leased, ( t l t i tam c i r tam a j jha t ta t? t susa l tph i tam

s t z v i r n u t t a r y ) . I f w i t h t h e e y e h e b e h o l d a n o b j e c t r e p u l s i v e , h e i s

l u o t s h o c k e d t h e r e a t , h i s m i n d i s n o t u n s e t t l e d o r d e p r e s s e d o r

r e s e n t f u l b e c a u s e o f t h a t , b u t h i s b o d y i s u n m o v e d , h i s r n i n d i s

i ; n m o v e d . . i n l v a r d l v w e l l e s t a b l i s h e c i a n d r e l e a s e d " 2 e '

T} -e Sa l lekhasut tam in i lne Maj jh in ta N ikdya o f fe rs the qu i te

c n c o u r a g i n g s t a t e m e n t t h a t j u s t t h e a r i s i n g o f w h o l e s o l ] 1 e c i t t a i s

s u f f i c i e n t t o r e n d e r e v e r m u c h h e l p f u l n e s s , l e t a l o n e a c t i o u s i u

; o n f o r m i t y t o t l t e c i t t a ' s w h o l e s o l n e n e s s . T h e t e x t r u l l s 3 0 : " N o w

I , C u n d a , s a y t h a t t h e a r i s i n g o f t h o u g h t i s v e r y h e l p f u l i t r

r e g a r d t o s k i l l e d s t a t e s n o t t o s p e a k o f g e s t u r e a n d s p e e c h t h a t

- r r e i r c o n f o r r n i t y ( w i t h t h o u g h t ) . T h e r e f o r e , C u n d a , t h e t h o u g h r

i h o u l d a r i s e : ' O t h e r s m a y b e h a r m f u l : w e , a s t o t h i s , r v i l l n o t b e

; r a r r n f u l . ' T h e t h o u g h t s h o u l d a r i s c ; ' O t h e r s r n a y b e t h o s e w h o

r l a k e o n s l a u g h t o n t h e c r e a t u r e s ; w e , a s t o t h i s , w i l l b e t h o s e

r v h o a r e r e s t r a i n e d f r o m m a k i n g o n s l a u g h t o n c r e a t u r e s . . . O t h e r s

: 8 I d h a K u n d a l i y a b h i k k h u c a k k h u u i r i r p a n r d i s v a r n a n i p a n r n a b h i j j h a t i n i b h i h a r l s a t i n a

r A g a q l j a n c t i l l t a s s a t 1 ; i t o c a k a y o h o t r t i r i t a r n c i r t a m a i i h : , t t a E r s u s a t l ! h i t a n r

s u \ / i n r u i l a n l l l l l C a k k h u n e , k h o p a n e v a r U p a n r d i s v i a t n a n i p a u l n a n l a n k u h o t i l l a p a t i t t

h i t a c i t t o a d l n a m e n a s o a v y a p a n n a c e ! a s o l l ! a s s a t h i t o c a k d y o h o t i t h i t a t n c i t t a t l r

a j j h a t t a n r s u s a r l t h i t a m s u v i m u t a t l r : S . v : 7 4 .

r o K S . v : 6 1 .

3 0 C i t t u p p a d a m - p i k h o a h a d t C r r n d a k u s a l c s u d l t l t n t r t e s u b a h u k i r a r i r v a d d m i , k o p a n a v d d o

l , 5 y e 1 a v a c e y a a n u v i d h t y a n i s u , T a s u r a t i h o C u n d a : P a r c v i h i r i r s a k a b h a v i s s a n

r n a y a r l - e r r 5 a a v i h i r i r s a k A b h a v i s s i l t i t i c r t t a t i t t r p p A d e t a b b a u r . P u r e p a n a t i p a t i

l . r h r v i s s a r t t i . l n a y a m - e t t h a p A $ i l t i p a r A p a t i v i r a t ; i b h a v i s s d n r i t i c i t t a m u p p i d c t a b b a r i r -

p e . P a r c s a n d i t t h i p a r i n r d s i - i c i h i n a g i i r i - d u p p a t r n i s s a g g i b l t a v i s s a r r t i , r n a l ' a t u - e t t h a

a s a l d r t t S i p a r a r n a s i - a n a d h a n a g i h i - s u p p a l i n i s s a g g i b h a v i s s a n t i b h a v i s s a u r a t i c i t t a t i t

u o p i i d e t a b b a n : M . i : 4 3 .

Page 127: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

110

may se i ze the tempora l we . as ro th i s , w i l l no t se i ze thetempora l , no t g rasp ing i t t i gh t l y - l e t t i ng go o f i t eas i l y ' . r t .

The c i t t a i n t he above passage shou ld be rende red asthough t wh ich tends to func t i on w i th o r w i thou t t he a r rendanceo f ac t i ons whe the r t he ac t i ons a re ve rba l o r bod i l y wha teve r .Th i s a l so may revea l t he Buddh is t pos i t i on abou t t he func t i ona lre l a t i on among t he t h ree aspec t s o f one ' s ac t i v i t i e s : men ta l ,ve rba l , and bod i l y . Th rough the Buddh is t sc r i p tu res we can seetha t one ' s men ta l ac t i ons a re c lose r re la ted to the speech ra the rt han t o t he bodv .

4 . Lovrrrrc KiNpNes sr.p Crcra

Met ta . usua l l y r ende red as ' l o v i ng -k i ndness ' , s t ands f o r t hef i r s t s ta te o f c i t t a among the fou r Bound less s ta tes(Appamaf i f i a )3z : ( 1 ) Me t tA (Lov ing -K indness ) , (Z ) Ka runa(Compass ion ) , ( 3 ) Mud i t a (A l t r u i s t i c o r Sympa the t i c Joy ) , and(4 ) Upekkha (Equan im i t y ) . The s te reo typ i ca l rex r o f rhedevelopment of rhese 4 Appamaf i f ia , o f ten met wi th in the sut taP i taka . reads : 'The re . o monks - t he monk w i th a m ind fu l l o fLov in -g - k i ndness pe rvad ing f i r s t one d i r ec t i on . t hen a secondone . t hen a t h i r d one , t hen a f ou r t h o r re , j us t so above . be loq 'and a l l a round ; and eve rywhe re i den t i f y i ng h imse l f w i t h a l l , hei s pe rvad ing rhe who le wor ld w i th m ind fu l l o f l ov ing -k indness .w i th m ind w ide . deve loped , unbounded , f ree f rom ha te and i l l -w i l l ' . He rea f t e r f o l l ows rhe same theme w i t h Lov ing -K indnessbe ing subs t i t u red by Compass ion , Sympa the t i c Joy , andEquan im i t y . acco rd ing l y .

The cu l t i va t i on o f t he fou r s ta tes o f c i t t a i s cons ide red thebas i c phase o f t he uppe rmos t aus te r i r y i n Udumbar i ka S ihanada

Su t ta o f t he D igha . N i . kaya wh ich says : ' I n wha t way . l o rd , doesan aus te r i t y w in r opmos l r ank and reach t he p i t ch? How good i rwere i f t he Exa l ted One cou ld make my aus te r i t i es w in top rank

M S . i : 5 5

a i s o k n o w n a s t h e S u b l i m e o r D i v i n e A b o d e s

Page 128: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 1 i

a n d . r e a c h t h e p i t c h ! l l T a k e t h e c a s e , N i g r o d h a , o f a n a s c e t i c

. w h o i s s e l f - r e s t r a i n e d b y t h e R e s t r a i n t o f t h e F o u r f o l d W a t c h . I n

t h a t l r e i s t h u s s e l f - r e s t r a i n e d , a n d h i s a u s t e r i t y i s m a d e t o

c o n s i s t i n t h i s , h L a d v a n c e s u p w a r d a n d t u r n s n o t b a c k t o l o w e r

t h i n g s . H e c h o o s e s s o m e l o n e l y s p o t f o r h i s s e a t ' . . a n d , h a v i n g

p u t a w a y t h o s e F i v e H i n d r a n c e s . a n d t o w e a k e n b y i n s i g h t t h e

s t r e n g t h o f t h e t h i n g s t h a t d e f i l e t h e h e a r t ( c e t a s o : g e n i t i v e o r

d a t i v e f o r r n o f c i t t a ) , a b i d e s I e t t i n g h i s m i n d ( c e t a s d :

i n s t r u m e n t a l c a S e ) p e r v a d e t h e r v o r l d , f r a u g h t w i t h l o v e . . . p i t y . . .

s y m p a t h y . . . e q u a n i t n i t Y ' 3 3 .

I t i s n o t e d t h a t t h e f o u r B o u n d l e s s S t a t e s i s t h e p r e f e r a b l e

p r a c t i s e o f t h e l e g e n d a r y k i n g , r h e G r e a t K i n g o f G l o r y : ' T h e n ,

j n a n d a , t h e G r e a t K i n g o f G l o r y w e n t o u t f r o m t h e c h a m b e r o f

t h e G r e a t C o m p l e x , a n d e n t e r e d t h e G o l d e n c h a m b e r a n d s a t

l r i m s e l f d o w n o n t h e s i l v e r c o u c h . A n d h e l e t h i s m i n d ( c e t a s o )

p e r v a d e o n e q u a r t e r o f t h e w o r i d w i t h t h o u g h t s o f l o v e ; a n d s o

r h e s e c o n d q u a r t e r , a n d S o t h e t h i r d , a n d s o t h e f o u r t h . A n d t h u s

r h e w h o l e w i d e w o r l d , a b o v e , b e l o w , a r o u n d , a n d e v e r y w h e r e ,

d i d h e c o n t i n u e t o p e r v a d e w i t h h e a r t ( c e t a s a ' ) o f L o v e , f a r -

r e a c h i n g , g r o w n g r e a t , a n d b e y o n d m e a s u r e , f r e e f r o m t h e l e a s t

r r a c e o f a n g e r o r i l l - w i l l 3 a . T h e r e m a i n i n g B o u n d l e s s S t a t e s a r e

d e a l t w i t h i n t h e s a l n e p a r t e r n . T h e c u l t i v a t i o n o f t h e f o u r s t a t e s

o f c i t t a e s p e c i a l l y t h e s e c o n d o n e i s h i g h l y e s t i m a t e d i n t h e

. V a h a - G o v i n d a S u t t a w h e r e t h e e c s t a s y o f p i t y ( k a r u n a ) i s s i n g l y

r e c o m m e n d e d f o r t h e s e c l u s i v e p r a c t i s e d u r i n g t h e f o u r l n o n t h s

o f t h e r a i n s .

Consequen t l y , t he aus te re p rac t i t i one r wou ld be ab le t o

commune , conve rse , and take counse l w i th B rahmd. The tex t

reads : "Then t he H igh S teward t hough t : ' I have hea rd aged and

vene fab le b rahm ins , t eache rs and pup i l s , say : He who rema ins i n

med i t a t i o r t he f ou r mon ths o f t he ra i ns , and p rac t i ces t he

ecs tasy o f p i t y ( ka runa ) , he sees B ra l tma , communes , conve rses ,

I D B . i i i : 4 5 - 6 .

t o D B . i i 2 1 9 .

Page 129: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t akes counse l w i th B rahma.

thus ruro.ored3s".

r12

' He p rac t i sed and rea l i sed wha t i s

W 'he reas i n t he above passage the ka runa c i t t a i s t he marnconce rn , i n ano the r passage we see the focus i s on the me t tdc i t t a i ns tead . The cu r ren t p rac t i ces o f t he naked asce t i cs a t t ha tt ime such as go ing naked , be ing o f l oose hab i t s , l i c k ing handsc lean w i th the tongue , t ak ing food acco rd ing ro ru le a t regu la r

i u te rva l s up to even ha l f a monrh were c la imed by them as theconduc ts o f B rahmansh ip and Samanash ip . W i th h i s ownconcep t ion o f B rahmdnsh ip and Samanash ip i n m ind the Buddha

d ispa raged such the c la im and a f f i rmed rhe ou twe igh ing o f t hecu l t i va t i on o f t he me t ta c i t t a upon t he asce t i c p rac t i ces - say ing :*O Kassapa . when a Bh ikkhu has cu l t i va ted the hea r t o f l ove(me t ta -c i t t am bhave t i ) t ha t knows no anger , t ha t knows no i l l -w i l l

f r om the t ime when , by t he des t ruc t i on o f r he dead l y

in tox i ca t i ons tu , he dwe l l s i n t ha t s rnanc ipa t i on o f hea r t , t ha temanc ipa t i on o f m ind , t ha t i s f ree f rom those i n tox i ca t i ons , and

tha r he . wh i l e ye t i n t h i s v i s i b l e wo r l d , has come to r ea l i sed and

know f rom tha t t ime , O Kassape , i s i t t ha t t he Bh ikkhu i s ca l l ed

a Samana , i s ca l l ed a B rahmdna" "

'Me t ta -c i t t a ry bhave t i ' i s rendered as ' ( he ) cu l t i va ted the

hea r t o f l ove ' and i s s t anda rd i zed as t he necessa ry cond i t i on i n

app roach ing t owa rd sa in thood . Th i s s ta te o f c i t t a i s qua l i t y o f

r t r i nd i u con t ras t w i th a rge r and i l l -w i l l , and i s synonymous o f

u reu ta l emanc ipa t i ou . I n o the r wo rds . me t t a - c i t t a i s i den t i ca l

w i t l r emanc ipa t i ou o f c i t t a . Be tween the two equa l i zed

p ropos i t i ons the re seems to s tay a gap wh ich , i f any . shou ld be

b r idged ove r by re fe r r i ng to the fac t t ha t Buddh is t doc t r i ne ho lds

tha t man 's emanc ipa t i on i s t he emanc ipa t i o t r on the bas i s o f no

se l f . Me t ta -c i t t a i s t he c i t t a opened toward o the rs and i n

somewha t deuy iug i t s own conce rn ; and t he den ia l goes t o a

I b i d . : 2 7 1 .

( t h e l u s t s o f t h e f l e s h , t h e l u s t a f t e r f u t u r e l i f e , a u d t h e d e f i l e m e n t s o f

d e l u s i o n a n d i g n o r a n c e )

D B . i : 2 3 2 .

I

Page 130: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

113

ce r ta i n ex ten t t hen i t comes t o be one ' s emanc ipa r i on f r om se l f -

t hough t . Hence the i den t i f i ca t i on o f me t td -c i t t a and the spec i f i ed

emanc ipa t i on .

The me t ta -c i t t a be ing so s t rong ly recommended by the

Buddha as above expos i t i on seems to have ano the r cause : i t i s

t l r a t wh ich p roduces rno re mer i t t han ddna (g i v ing ) does . He

adv i ses t he Bh i kkhus ' t o deve lop i t . p rac t i se i t , t ake one ' s s t and

upon i t , s t o re i t up , t ho rough l y se t i t go ing , and make i t a

veh ic le and a base ' - r8 . The passage in the Samyu t ta N tkdya reads :

" I f anyone , b re th ren . were to g i ve a morn ing g i f t o f a hundred

ukka ' s , and the same a t noon and the same a t even t i de , o r i f

anyone were to p rac t i se a morn ing hea r t o f l ove , a noon t i de

hear t o f l ove , and even t i de hea r t o f l ove . even i f i t we re as

s l i gh t as one pu l l a t t he cow 's udder (gadduhanamat tam p i

me t ta -c i t t a rn bhaveyya ) , t h i s p rac t i ce wou ld be by fa r t he more

f ru i t f u l o f t he twose - .

The same idea i s exp ressed i n the fo l l ow ing pa rag raph

excerpted f rom t t .e Angut tara Nikayaao: "Monks, i f for just the

las t i ng o f a f i nge r - snap a monk i ndu lges a t hough t o f goodw i l l ,

such a one i s t o be ca l l ed a monk . No t emp ty o f r esu l t i s h i s

mus ing . He ab ides do ing t he Mas te r ' s b i dd ing . He i s one who

takes good adv i ce . and he ea ts the coun t r y ' s a lms- food to some

purpose . Wha t t hen shou ld I say o f t hose who make much o f

such a t hough t? " . The above unde r l i ned ' i ndu lges ' i s r ep laced

by ' cu l t i va tes ' and ' g i ves a t t en t i on

parag raphs respec t i ve l ya i .

t o ' i n t he two nex t

" K S . i i : 1 7 7 .

3 e Y o b h i k k h a v c p u b b a n h s s a m a y a m u k k h i s a t a m d E n a m d a d e y y a v y o m a j j h a n t i k a s a m a y a m

u k k h [ s a t a m d n n a m d a d c y y a V y o v d s d y a o h a s a m a y a m u k k h i s a t s m d i n a m d a d e y y a \ y y o v e

p u b b a n h a s r m a y a m a n t a m a s o g a d d u h a n a m a t t a m p i m e t t a c i t t a m b b i v e y v a \ y y o v a

m a j j h a n t i k a s a m a y a m a n t a m a s o g a d d u h a n a m a t t a m p i m e r t a c i t t a m b h l v c y y a V y o v l

s i y a m h a s a m a y a m a n t a m a s o g a d d u h a n a v a t r a m p i m c t t a c i t t s m b h i v c y y a r y i d a m t a t o

m a h a p p h a l a t a t a m : S . i i : 1 6 4 .

0 G s . i : 8 - 9 .

4 l A c c h a r a - s a i l g h l t a - m a t r s m p i c c b h i k k h a v c b h i k k h u m e r r a c i t t a m a s c v E t l s y a l n v u c c a t i

b h i k k h a v c b h i k k h u . A r i t t l j j h i n o v i h a r a t i s a t t h u s i s a n a k a r o o v d d a p e t i k a r o a m o g h a m r a t t

h e p i l d e m b h u i j a t i . K o p a n a v a d o y e n a m b a h u l l k a r o n t i t i ? r y A c c h a r i - s a n g h e t a - m a t t a m p i c e

b b i k k h a v e b h i k k h u m e t t a c i t t a m b h A v e t i a y a m v u c c a t i b h i k t h a v e b b i k k h u . A r i t t a j j h n n o

Page 131: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 '4 {

I n case a monk wan ts t o pu t f o r t h ano the r ' s m i s take heshou ld f i r s t r e t r ospec t upon h i r nse l f as t o whe the r he i s i npossess ion o f t he f i ve qua l i t i e s o f speech . t hen he i s ab le r ornake t he con t r i bu r i ve co rn rnen t s on o the rs . The f i ve qua l i t i e s o fspeech can be l i s t ed as t h i s : ( 1 ) Be ing spoken a t a we l l _se lec tedt ime ; ( 2 ) co r respond ing t o t he f ac tua r no r t o t he f a l se ; ( 3 ) o fsoph i s t i ca ted wo rds no t o f ha rsh wo rds ; ( 4 ) we r l pu rposed , no tca re less l y ; and t he l as t ( 5 ) i s t ha t t he speech i s o r i g i na ted i n t heme t ta - c i t t a , no t i n t he ha t red o r t he ma l i c i ous m inda r .

The me t ta -c i t t a c lass i f i ed he re among o the r mod i f i ca t i onso f speech i s s t and ing f o r t he con r r i bu t i ve a t t i t ude i n t here la t i onsh ip w i t h o the rs . I r he rps ro keep i n ha rmony andhapp iness t he con imun i t y whose rnembers wou ld f i nd t hem we l lcond i t i oned f o r mu tua l l y t r us t i ng one ano the r .

EUaNCIpATED Ctr r ,s .

(a) subndvitarp cittaqn and Freedom of rvrind:

The ,sar , l lapakayika vagga of saryyut ta Nikdya rerates theendu rance o f t he Buddha when h i s f oo t was h i t and b l oodshed byDevada t t a ' sp l i n t e r . Be ing imposed on w i t h such t he i nexo rab lepa in t he Buddha d id no t show ou t any s i gn o f r esen rmen t . r e ta l one i l l -w i l l - when he was t ak i ng a res t a t Maddakucc r t i Dee rPark 7oo deva . r came and i n tu rn u t te red the i r i nsp i red words i 'p ra i se o f t he Exa l t ed One .

The i r p ra i s i ng wo rds a t t r i bu te t he p ra i sewor thy a t t i t ude o ft he Buddha ro t he c i t t a be ing we i l r r a i ned w i t h med i t a r i on andemanc ipa t i on . I t i s r esu l t ed f r o rn such rhe t r a i n i ng t ha t t he c i t t awas f r eed f r on r a i l k i nds o f a f f ec t i ons . go ing on i t se r f i n r i ne

v i h a r a t j s a t r h u s a s a n a k a r o o v i d a p a t i k a r o a m o g h a m r s r t h a p i n d a m b h u i j a r i . K o p a n a v a d o v en s m b e h u l i k a r o n t i t i : A , i : l 0

K a l e n a v a k k h d m i r o a k e r e n a , b h u t e n a v a k k h n m i n o a b h u t e n a , s a n h e n a v a k k b a m i n op h a r u s e l a ' a t t i t a s a m h i t e n a v a k k h a m i n o a n a t t h a s a m n i t e n a , m e t t a c i r t o v a k k h d m i n o d o s a n t a r ot i q r l m g p a n c s d h a m m i a i j h a r t a m u p a t t h a p e t a b b a , - ' C o d a k e n a b h i k k n a v e b h i k k h u n i p a r a n rc o d e t u k a m e n a i n l e p a i c a d h a m m e a j j h { t t a m p a c c a v e i \ i \ h r r v a i m e p a n c a d h a r n m e a . l . i h a r r a m u p a rt h s , p e t v a p a r o c o d e t a b b o r i : A . v : 8 1 .

Page 132: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

115

w i th the congen ia l se l f -den ia l . The devas sayo ' : *Beho ld how h i s

m ind i s we l l p rac t i sed i n con temp la t i ve coucen t ra t i on and

emanc ipa ted ! ( samr id .h i - subhav i tam c i t t am ca v imu t tam) No t

s t ra ined fo r th . Do r s r ra ined as ide . no r hav ing res t ra ined [ i t se l f Jby consc ious de l i be ra t i on . bu t as hav ing t he hab i t o f se l f - den ia l .

He r vho cou ld t r ansg ress aga ius t such a wonde r . such a l i on . one

so t ho rough l y t r a i ned . such a ma tch less one . such a bu rden -

bea re r . a c rea tu re so se l f - con t ro i l ed . cou ld on l y so ac t f r om

b l i ndsess : i f no t . t hen f r om wha t e l se ' l oo " .

'Sub hav i tam c i t t am ' l neans the we l l - t r a ined c i t t a . The

phrase 'Na cabh ina tam 4a capana tam ' i s exege t i ca l l y exp la ined

by Budc lhaghosa as rdgdnuga ta rn - dosanuga tam respec t i ve l y :' ( no r ; gone a f t e r l us t o r i l l -w i l l . ' Na ta . p .p . o f nama t i ( t o ben t )

can be app l i ed f i gu ra t i ve l y t o cons t ruc t i ve wo rk o f m ind ( c i t t a )

i r J l t dnn .

(b) Illnatta-Riipe and Freedom of lVind:

Nex t a f te r t he

reco rd ing t he wo rds

reb i r t h i n B rahma

asce t i c s :

above Saqnyut ta passage there is the s tanza

the devas used t o be l i t t l e t he assu rance o f

rea lm as the goa l se t up by the he re t i c

t l P " r r " ,

Brahmi t t s o f f i ve - fo ld Veda- lo re may p l y

Asce t i c p rac t i ces a ce r t u r y ,

Ye t wou ld the i r hea r t ( c i t t a fn )

be neve r r i gh t l y f r eed .

Such i s t he l ow ideaL (h lna t ta rupd )

a t wh ich they a im ,

No t t he i r s i t i s t o w in to the bevond

y n a c d b h i n a t & m n a c a p a n a t a m n a c a s av l t & m c r t l a n l c a v

s a d k b i r a n i g g e y h a c e r i r a v a t a m r y Y o e v a r u p a m p r r r i s a n a g s m p r r r i s a s r h a m p u r i s a a j a n l y a m

p u r i s a n i s a b h r m p u r i s a d h o r a y h a m p u r i s a d a n t a m a l i k k a m i t a b b a m n r r o i e y y a k i m a n n & t r a

a d a $ 6 a t r a t i r y r y P a i r c a v c d r s a t a r n s a n r a m r y t e l ) E i s l b r e h m a n e c a r r m \ y c i t l a m c a n e s E m n a s a m m a

v i m u t t a m ! t | , h i o s t t r r l i p r n s p e r a m g a m A t e r y - [ a n h a d h i p a n n a v r t r s l l a b r d d h d v l i l k h a m t a p s m

v t s s r s t t e r , n c r r r t i i t y C i t t r m c a n € s a m n s s a m m i v i r n u t t a n ] \ r h i n a t t r r u p e n a p a r r l n S , s I n a t e : S . i :

? 8 9 .

{ K S . i : 3 9 .

Page 133: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

(

116

Hinat ta- rupd whose l i tera l meaning is hav ing the qual i ty or

na tu re o f ' l owness 'ge ts a l i t t l e ex tens i l e render ing : ' l ow idea l a t

wh ich they a im ' . 'We can no te f rom the tex t t ha t t he who le e f fo r t

t o secu re reb i r t h i n B rahmd-wor ld as an i dea l wh ich the asce t i c

was a im ing a t was j udged to be l ow o r poo r because such the

e f fo r t t hough i s made tho rough ' a cen tu ry ' , t he asce t i c ' s c i t t a

wi l l not be wel l f reed. I t is in ferable that the a im of the s t r iv ing

shou ld be we l l se l ec ted o the rw i se t he resu l t an t end ' sammd

v imu t tam c i t t am ( f reedom o f t he c i t t a ) ' i s bound to be l im i ted . I t

is noteworthy that the act o f c i t ta would not be construct ive

unless the c i t ta i tsel f through in tens ive and nour ish ing

med i ta t i on : t he un ique measure - i s ' se rene , pu re , t rans lucen t .

cu l t u red , devo id o f ev i l , supp le , ready to ac t . f i rm , and

imper tu rbab le . ' I n t he devas ' ve rses the obs t ruc t i ons tha t may

hinder the mind f rom f reedom are : a iming at low ideal .

su f fus ion by c rav ing , bound to r i t e and ru le , va in conce i t ,

un tamed m ind . Be ing cond i t i oned by such the h ind rances , t he

prof ic iency of the f ive Vedas combined wi th the ascet ic pract ice

however long i t may extend, would be resul ted in ooth ing so long

as the emanc ipa t i on o f t he c i t t a i s conce rned .

(c) lWental States on Process of Enlightenment:

In the Samart f iaphala Sut ta the Buddha once again pra ised

the b l i ss fu lness o f such the mood o f c i t t a as the ve ry f ru i t o f

samanash ip and a f f i rmed tha t t h i s f ru i t ou twe ighs a l l t he o the r

f ru i t s he had j us t e luc ida ted p rev ious l y such as rece i v ing the

p ro tec t i on . vene ra t i on and o f fe r i ngs f rom the k ing i n desp i te o f

the poss ib i l i t y o f h i s o r i g ina l se rvan thood , hea r ing the dhamma

taugh t by a Buddha , l eav ing the househo ld l i f e and becoming a

samana ou t o f pu re fa i t h , ge t t i ng we l l es tab l i shed i n the th ree

ca tego r ies o f s i l a . The passage readso t : ' Th i s , O k ing , i s a t r

immed ia te f ru i t o f t he l i f e o f a rec luse , and h ighe r and swee te r

than the l as t . ' 'W i th h i s hea r t ( c i t t a ) t hus se rene , made pu re .

t rans lucen t , cu l t u red , devo id o f ev i l , supp le , ready to ac t , f i rm .

t t I d " * p i k h o m e h a - r a j r s r n d i t t h i k a q r i i m & a n ag b b i k k a u t a r a i c a p a n i t s t a r e t r c a v S o e v a mv i g a t l l p a k k i l e s e m r l d o - b h u r e k r m m e n i y e r h i l ea b h i D i D n i m e t i . . .

- p h a l E m p u r i m e b i s a n d i t t h i k e h i s i m e a n ! - p h e l e t

s r m t h i t e c i t r e p r r i s u d d h e p e r i y o d d t e a n a r i g r n c

e n e j j & p p a l l e n e t r s d a s s a n a y a c i t l a m a b h i n i h a r r '

Page 134: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

tt7

and i u rpe r t u rbab le - he app l i es and bends down h i s m ind ( c i t t a ) t o

tha t i ns igh t t ha t comes f rom know ledge" ' *o .

As be iug poss ib l y sub jec t t o t he a t t achmen t and t he

de tachmen t ( t o t he f i ve agg rega tes ) t he f r eedom o f c i t t a f r om

greed i s dependab le on t he l a t t e r . The who le p rocess can be

p reseBted i n a cha in o f l i nks l i ke the fo l l ow ing :

(1 ) Con temp la t i ng w i t h pe r f ec t i ns i gh t on t he

impermanence , t he su f fe r i ng and the non -subs tance o f

t he f i ve agg rega tes ;

(2 ) C i t t a be ing f r eed f r om the g reed . l i be ra ted . r i d o f t he

a t t achmen t t o asavas .

(3 ) C i t t a be ing s tead fas t ;

(4 ) C i t t a be ing happy ;

(5 ) C i r t a be ing f reed f rom t roub le ;

( 6 ) C i t t a i t se l f f a r i ng we l l : and t he l as t ( 6 ) s t ep w i l l be t he

a t ta inmen t o f t he A rahan ts l t i p r v i t h t he know ledge :' des t royed i s r eb i r t h " l i ved i s t he r i gh teous l i f e . done

i s t he t ask . f o r l i f e i n t hese cond i t i ons t he re i s no

he rea f t e r ' .

A l l t h i s g i ves us t he i r np ress ion t ha t t he p rocess o f one ' s

emauc ipa t i on i s t he p rocess o f t he c i t t a be ing deve loped aud th i s

f rocess f i na l l y cu lm ina tes i n t he a t ta inmen t o f t he h ighes t

;a iu thood and tha t t he re i s s t rong poss ib i l i t y t o i den t i f y t he c i t t a' . r ' i t h one ' s own pe rsona l i t y .

(d) Viratta Citta, Forshadower of Freedom of lVind:

T h e r e s p e c t i v e S a m y u t t a p a s s a g e r e a d s o t : * B o d y . b r e t h r e n .

. i m p e r m a n e n t . W h a t i s i m p e r r u a n e n t . t h a t i s s u f f e r i n g . W h a t i s

' ^ D B i 8 6

" R r r p a m b h i k k h a v e a n i c c r r r l r y ; - a d a n i c c a m t a m d u k k h a m u . , - y r m d u k k h a m l a d a n a t t e r y y a d

a n a t t a t a r n n e t a l n m a m a r t c s o h a m a s r n i r a r r l c s o a t t a t i q r r U E \ ' t m e t a m y a t h a b h u t S m

i a m m t p p a n n a v S d s t t h a b b a m U c v a m c t d m s a n r n r a p p a t r n a y a p a s s a t o ( r l l d n r v r r a l i a t i v t m u c c a t i

a n u p a d a y a e s a v e h i ! / v V c d a t r e a n i c c a L r r u r S a n n a r y q S a t r k h t r e r y ' 4 r ! i n r i d n a n l a i l i c c a m W y a d

a n i c c a m o " c i r t a m v i r e j i a r i v i m u c c a r i a u u p a d a y ' a a s a v e h i v v R I p r d h a t u y a c e b b i k k h a v e

Page 135: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

118

su f fe r i ng , t ha t i s w i thou t t he se l f . Wha t i s w i thou t t he se l f . t ha t

i s no t m ine , I am no t t ha t , no t o f me i s t h i s se l f . Thus shou ld

one v iew i t by pe r fec t i ns igh t as i t r ea l l y i s . Fo r t he one who

thus sees i t as i t r ea l l y i s by pe r fec t i ns igh t , h i s hea r t t u rns

away, is re leased f rom i t by not grasping at the Asavas (c i t tam

vi rat tam v imut tar .n hot i anupadaya asavehi ) . . . then by i ts re lease

i t ( c i t t a ) i s s tead fas t ; by i t s s tead fas tness i t i s happy ; by i t s

happ iness i t i s no t t roub led ; no t be ing t roub led . o f i t s own se l f

i t i s u t te r l y we l l ; so tha t he knows : ' des t royed i s reb i r t h , l i ved i s

the r i gh teous l i f e . done i s t he task , f o r l i f e i n t hese cond i t i ons

there is no hereaf ter . " ' The text repeats the same for the four

rema in iug khandhasos .

We shou ld no te tha t i n t he fo rego ing passage the c i t t a i s

d i s t i nc t i ve l y desc r ibed by v i ra t ta (p .p . o f v i ra j j a r i ) wh ich means

d i spass ione d . de tached , una t t ached t o , d i sp leased w i t h and so

fo r th , and tha t t he c i t t a under ques t i on i s desc r ibed to be f reed

main ly f rom the at tachment to dsavas which are inherent in the

f i ve agg rega tes . When the c i t t a i s se t f ree , i t s emanc ipa t i on

mani fesrs through i ts immuni ty to the ten fo l lowing k i lesa

(de f i l emen ts ) :

( t ) Lobha , synonymous w i t h r dgd : g reed ;

(2 ) Dosa : ha t red ;

(3 ) Moha : de lus i on ;

(4 ) Mana : conce i t ;

( 5 ) D i t t h i . specu la t i ve v i ew ;

(6 ) V i c i k i c cha : scep t i ca l doub t ;

( 7 ) Th lna : men ta l t o rpo r ;

( 8 ) Uddhacca : r es t l essness ;

b h i k k h u n o c i r r a r r y i r a t t a m v i m u t t a m h o t i a n u p a d r y a a s a v e h i , q y V e d a n f d h a t u y i c e " r y ,

S a i i i d b i t u ; ' . i c c ' r y V v i n n a n a d h a t u y a c e b b i k k h s v e b h i k k h u n o c i t t a m v i t e l t a m v i m u t t a m h o i l

a I u p l d i y e r S t v g h i v i m u t t a t d t h i t a n ] V t h i t a t a s r t r t u s s i l a n l ( h a p p y ) \ y s r n t u s f i t t t t a n .

p a r i r e s s a t i ( s ' o r r y ) r y a p a r i t a s s a r n p a c c a t t & i n € y a p a r i n i b b a y a r i \ y V K h t n a j a t i v u s i t a r

b r a h m a c a r i y a m k a t s m k a r a t r r y a l n n a p e r a m i t t h a t t t y a l i p a j a n i t t t i : S . i i i : 4 4 5 .

t t K S . i i i : 3 9

Page 136: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

119

(9 ) Ah i r i ka : shame lessness :

(LQ) Ano t tappa : Unconsc ien t i ousness .

o f wh ich the f i r s t t h ree a re named mt i ra - i . e . roo rs . ruo reexac t l y , t he akusa la roo rs : l obha . c losa , and rnoha . T rad i t i onho lds t ha t l obha a r i ses t h rough unw ise re f l ec t i on (be long ing rothe rea lm o f moha) on au a f t rac r i ve ob jec t . t l osa th rough unw isere f l ec t i on on a repu l s i ve ob jec t . Lobha compr i ses a l l deg rees o f' a t t r ac tedness ' t owa rd an ob jec t f r om the f a i n tes t t r ace o f al ong ing t hough t up t o - q rosses r ego i sm. wh i l e dosa compr i ses a l ldeg rees o f ' r epu l s i on ' f r om the f a i n tes t t r ace o f i l l - humour up rothe h i ghes t p i r ch o f ha te and w ra th .

F rom the tex t re la t i ng ro rhe mar te r i n hand we rea rn tha tno t on l y p i t i unde r takes t he des t ruc t i on o f t he asavas bu t anumber o f p l easu rab le r nen ra l s ra tes as we l l . Le t us l i s t a l l : ( 1 )P I t i ( zes t ) ; ( 2 ) sukha and somanassa (p leasu re and happ iness ) ;(3 ) Upekkha ( i nd i f f e rence ) ; (4 ) V imokkho ( re lease ) .

(e) Tranquilization of Body and Freedom of |Vfind:

The c i t t a be ing f ree as re fe r red to i n t he fo l l ow ing passagei s d i f f e red f r om the above ones w i t h t he add i t i ve ' su - ' (we l l ) asp re f i x . The Mdra samyu t ta re la tes the s ro ry abou t t he fu t i l eagg ress ion t ha t t he Mara ' s t h ree daugh te rs exe r t ed upon t heBuddha when he was s i t t i ng benea th the Goarhe rds ' s banyan . onthe banks of r iver Nerar i jard. . uruvela. The t r iumph of theExa l ted one rendered the i r a r tempts i n to an ab jec t shamefu lness .A ra t i (D i scon ten t ) ,

ques t i on {e :

a daughter of rhe Mara pur for th the

How mus t a b ro the r ma in l y shape h i s l i f e .Who hav ing c rossed f i ve f l oods

wou ld c ross t he s i x t h ' l

How may impress ions o f t he wor ld o f senseBe kep t ou t s i de o f h im and ca t ch h im no t

IIa

K r r h r m v i h i r l - b a h u l ot r r hu lam ka r r r a sauna r y

d h a b h i k k h u \ y p r u c o g h a t i D D o

p a r i b a h i r e h o n r i e l r d d h i y o l s t r - r i

a t a r l d h a c h a f t h a m ' g k a h a m j h , y r m

Page 137: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

LzA

Who ma in l y i n rap t med i ta t i on b ides !

The Exa l ted One rep l i edso :

Wi th body t ranqu i l i zed and m ind se t f ree ,( Pa s s add ha kay o s uv imut ta c i t to)

Weav ing no p lans o f deed o r word o r t hough t .

Mindfu l and wi th no home

where hea r t may c leave ,

Who 's hea r t l ea rn t t o know the Norm,

who med i ta tes

Rap t w i thou t res t l essness o f m ind , he l e t s

I; : ::T il' I ; ;'J,i # Tlil:'" 1;T"111 Ll hus mus t a b ro the r ma in l y shape h i s l i f e ,

Who hav ing c rossed f i ve f l oods

wou ld c ross the s i x th .(Pafi.co g hati44o ata r idha chappham)

fhus may impress ions o f t he wor lds o f sense

Be kep t ou rs ide o f h im and ca tch h im no t

Who ma in l y i n rap t med i ta t i on b idess l .

We can no te tha t a l l t he feas ib le s tages i n t he p rocess o f

one ' s cu l t i va t i on s ta r t s f rom 'Passaddhakayo suv imu t tac i t t o ' i . e .

body t ranqu i l i zed and m ind se t f ree . I t i s i n l i ne w i th the

commonsense tha t c i t t a and body s tand fo r one ' s pe rsona l i t y as a

who le . The Buddh is t cu l t i va t i on i s based f i rm ly on such a

g round : t he t ranqu i l body (passaddhakayo ) and the c i c ta be ing

we l l se t f r eed ( suv imu t t ac i t t o ) .

(f) Ten Fetters and Four Stages of Sainthood:

The f ive and the s ix th impl ied in 'Pai icoghat inno atar idha

cha t tham ' can be i n te rp re ted a l t e rna t i ve l y as the pe r i l s by way o f

the f i ve senses and those o f t he 'm ind doo r ' o r t he f i ve l ower

5 0 P r s r a d t l h a k a y o 6 u v l m u t t a c i t t o r y a s a n k h i r r n o s a t i m a a n o k o V e n t r e y a d h a m m e m e Y i r r k k r j h a y l -

n a k u p p a t i n r s e r r t i v e n i l h i n o r y y E v e m v i h a r r - b a h u l o d h a b h i k k h u y p a n c o g h e t i g t r o a t a r i d t i

c h & t t b a m \ r e v a m j h n y a m t r a h u l a m k a m r s r n n a \ r p a r i b a h i r a h o n t i a l a d d h e y o l & n - t i : S . i : 1 2 6 .

i l K S . i : 1 5 8 - 9

Page 138: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I?L

and f i ve h i ghe r f e t t e r s . The re t r f e r re r s . so ca l l ed because t heycan t i e be ings t o t he whee l o f ex i s rence , a re l i s t ed be low :

(L ) Sakkdyad i t t l t i : pe rsona l i t y -be l i e f ;

( 2 ) V i c i k i c cha : skep t i ca l doub t ;

(3 ) S i l abba ta -pa ramasa : c l i ug ing ro mere ru les and r i t ua l ;

( 4 ) Kama- raga : sensuous c rav ing :

(5 ) Vydpada : i l l -w i l l :

( 6 ) Rupa- raga : c rav ing fo r f i ne -u ra te r i a l ex i s tence :

(7 ) A r f i pa - raga : c rav iug fo r immate r ia l ex i s tence ;

(8 ) Mana : conce i r ;

( 9 ) Uddhacca : r es t l essness : and

( lO) Av i j j a : i gno rance .

The f i r s t f i ve a re ca l l ed l ower fe t te rs (o rambhag iya -

samyo jana ) because they t i e be ings ro the sensuous wor ld ; rhela t te r f i ve a re ca l l ed h ighe r f e t te rs (uddhambhag iya -samyo jana )

because they t i e be ings ro the h ighe r wor lds . name ly , rhe f i vemate r ia l and immate r ia l wo r lds . The ren fe t te rs fo rm ther rad i t i ona l exp lana r ion o f t he h ie ra rch i ca l o rde r o f Buddh is rsa in thood . wh ich a re ascendan t l y g raded as fo l l ows :

(1 ) He who i s f ree f rom 1 - 3 i s a So tdpanna o r S t ream-w inne r , i . e . ooe who has en te red the s t ream toN ibbana , t he l owes t g rade o f t he fou r sa in thood ;

(2 ) He who , bes ides e l im ina r ing these rh ree fe r te rs , hasove rcome fou r and f i ve i n t he i r g rosse r f o rm, i s ca l l eda Sakaddgdmi . a 'One-Re tu rne r ' ( t o t h i s sensuouswor l d ) ;

(3 ) He who i s f u l l y f reed f rom 1 - 5 i s an Anagami . o r'Non -Re tu rne r ' ( t o t h i s sensuous wo r l d ) ; and .

(4 ) He who i s f reed f rom a l l t he ten fe t te rs i s ca l l ed anArahan t . i . e . a pe r f ec r l y Ho l y One , t he h i ghes t g radeo f sa in rhood in t rad i t i ona l Buddh ism.

;:

:

i

i

Page 139: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

122

(g) Locus of lVental Emancipation:

The bas i c doc t r i ne o f Buddh ism conce rns w i th the

in te rac t i on be tween the sense o rgans i nc lud ing the 'm ind -doo r '

and the ou tward wor ld o f s i x respec r i ve ob jec ts . Bo th the s ides

has no i n t r i ns i c bondage ro each o the r , i n o the r words . t hey a re

in nature f ree of fe t ter ing marter . Some exot ic bond, however ,

comes in to be ing i n be tween them due to the des i re and l us r ; t opu t i n to p rope r words , i t i s t he des i re and l us t t ha t a re the bond .

Re l i g ious l y speak ing , t ha t i s t he reason why such a bond o f

des i re and l us t can be removed and the Norms o f l i be ra t i on can

be pronounced. Venerable Kolthika in the Salnyutta Nikdya sayss2'The re i s i n t he Exa l ted One an eye , f r i end . The Exa l ted One

sees an ob jec t w i th the eye . Bu t i n t he Exa l ted One i s no des i re

and l us t . Who l l y hea r t - f ree i s t he Exa l ted One . The re i s i n t he

Exa l ted One a tongue . . . a m ind . Bu t i n t he Exa l ted One i s no

des i re and l us t . Who l l v hea r t - f ree i s t he Exa l ted One53- .

'We can see apparent ly that i t is in between the sense

organs and the i r respec t i ve ob jec ts the emanc ipa t i on o f t he

Exa l ted One takes p lace , and no doub t , so does the bondage o f

wor ld l y men . The d i f f e rence i s t ha t rhe fo rmer i s due to the

des i re and l us t be ing e l im ina ted , t he l a t t e r , due to the c l i ng ing

to des i re and l us t . I t i s no r i ceab le rha t t he Exa l ted One 's

l i be ra t i on i s desc r ibed by ' t he l i be ra t i on o f h i s c i t t a(suv imu t tac i t t o Bhagava) . i t i s doub t l ess , f rom the p resence o fdes i re and l us t . Though a t t he r i sk o f go ing a b i t t oo fu r the r

beyond wha t t he Buddha m igh t ac tua l l y p ronounce i t i s i n

con fo rm i t y w i th the l og i c i n fe rence to i den t i f y H is pe rsona l i t l '

w i th the c i t ta . In rea l i ty th is idea has developed wide and far in

t he No r the ru Buddh i sm.

S r m v i j j a t i k h o i y u s o B h a g r v e t o c a k k h u y p a s s a t i B h e g a v e c a k k h u n a r l p r m V c h r n d r r a E :

. t s b r g r v a t o n a t t h i \ + r s u v i m u t l N G i t t o t s h s F r v a V p e V V S r m v i j j a t i k h o i v u s o B h r g a v a t o j i v h i -s s y s l i B h a g a v t j i v h r y a r r s e m V c h r n d r r a g o B h a g a v a t o n a t t h i r . y s u v i m u l t s c i t t o B h a g r v a v -S a r n v i j j a l i k b o r v u s o t s b a g r v r r o m a n o V j A n a t i t s h a g a v d m a t r a s a d h s m m s m V c h r n d r r a E :B b a g a v a t o n a r r h i V s u v i m u t t r c i n o B h r g r v t : S . i v : 1 6 4 - 5 .

K S . i v : 1 0 2 .

.|

I

Page 140: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

123

(h) Five Elements of Escape and Freedom of fuIind:

The Angut tara Nikaya expla ins the f ive e lements of escape

w i th the passage reco rded i n i t s B rahmana Vagga t * : 'Monks . t ake

a case o f a monk who th inks on l us t and whose hea r t l eaps no t

up a t l us t f u l t hough ts , ye t becomes no t ca lm . no r f i rm , no r

inc l i ned the reun to ; bu t whose hea r t a t t he though t o f g i v ing up

a l l l eaps up , becomes ca lm. becomes f i rm and i nc l i ned the reun to

tha t hea r t o f h i s i s we l l gone . we l l become. r ve l l l i f t ed up ,

we l l unyoked f rom lus t fu l t hough ts : and he i s f reed f rom the

canke rs tha t su rge l us t - caused , pa in fu l and bu rn ing no r

fee l s he tha t f ee l i ng . Th i s i s dec la red to be the escape f rom

lus t . . . i l l -w i l l . . . hu r t . . . t - o rm . . . bund le o f l i f e . . . Ve r i l y . monks .

these a re the f i ve e lemen ts o f escape"55 .

The above passage c lea r l y p resen ts the 5 ' n i ssa ran i yd

dhd tuy o ' o r f i ve e leme n ts o f e scape whos e d i s t i nc t i ve

componen ts a re f i ve con t ras t i ng pa i r s , each be ing the mu tua l l y

exc lus i ve op t i ons tha t one ' s t hough t can choose e i t he r as i t s

ob jec t and re j ec t t he oppos i t e . They a re :

(L) Kamaqn and nekkhamma7n: lust and g iv ing up;

(2) Vydpadam and avydpddam: i l l -w i l l or malevolence and

benevo lence :

(3 ) V ihesa ln and av ihesam: i n ju ry and bene f i t ;

(4) Rfipa1n and ar{tpam: form and non-form;

(5) Sakkayatn and sakkdyani rodha4n: bundle of l i fe and

escape f rom bund le o f l i f e

O f the above f i ve pa i r s o f mora l con t ras ts , t he f i r s t

cous t i t uen t o f each i s immora l , o r o f t he b l ack s i de ; t he second ,

P r n c ' i m a b h i k k h a v s t r i s s a r a n i y f , d h a t u y o . K e t r m a p & i c a ? r y I d h e b h i k t h e v e b h i k k h u n o k a m a mm r t r a s i k a r o l o k a n r c s u c i t t a m t r a p a k k h a n d r t i r a p a s i d r r i n a s e t r t i t t h r t i n a v i m u c c a t i ,u e t t b r m m a t p k b o ' p e n ' s s s e m e t r a s i k r r o t o n e k k h a m m e c i l t a m p a k k h r o d r t i p a s i d a t i s a D t i t t h a r iv i m u c c t t i , T r s s r t r m c i t t r m s u k a t E m s u b h e v i t a m s u v u t t h i t r m s u v a m Y u t t tk a m e h i , y e c r k a m r p r c c r y t u p p a j j a n t i d s a v i v i t h a t a p a r i t i h i , m u r r o s o r e h i . t r a s o t a mY e d l n a m v E d i y a t i - I d e m a k k h i t e m k { n a n e m n i s s r r a n r l n . . . v y i p i d r p v i h e s a r . n . . . r i i p r l n . . .s a t t a y r m . , . I u r a k h o b h i k k h a v e p a i c e n i s s a r a D i y t d b i t u y o r i : A . i i i : 2 4 5 .

r r G S . i i i : 1 7 9 - 1 E 0 .

Page 141: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

124

mora l o r o f t he b r i gh t s ide . The f i r s t pa i r i s p resen ted i n the

fo rego ing passage where the c i t t a i s re fe r red as be ing' suv imu t tam. . . kameh i ' (we l l unyoked . . . f r om lus t fu l t hough t ) .

The c i t t a be ing unyoked o r se t f reed i s resu l ted f rom the r i gh t

se lec t i on tha t one ' s t hough t does fo r i t s ob jec ts .

Comprehens ive l y speak ing , we can pu t t he who le p rocess o f

cu l t ivat ion in to the fo l lowing causing order :

(1 ) On ly the b r i gh t s ide does one ' s c i t t a choose to l eap up

in, become calm and f i rm in , inc l ine unto;

(2 ) One 's c i t t a i s we l l gone , we l l become, we l l l i f t ed up ,

we l l unyoked f rom the though t on the b lack s ide ;

(3 ) One i s emanc ipa ted f rom the canke rs and the i r

a t tendan t f ee l i ngs tha t a re pa in fu l and bu rn ing , caused

by the b lack s ide ;

(4 ) One i s f reed f rom the obsess ions caused by the de l i gh ts

in the b lack s ide :

(5 ) C rav ing i s cu t o f f , bo l t s a re ro l l ed back and p r i de i s

con t ro l l ed comp le te l y ;

(6 ) An end to the su f fe r i ng i s made .

I t is noted again that the c i t ta s tands for the forerunner

who dec ides i n t he ac t o f choos ing as found i n the (1 ) ; and tha t

the c i t t a s tands fo r t ha t wh ich i s t o be ac ted upon as p resen ted

in t he (2 ) ,

(i) Ariya Living and Freedom of |Vfind:

The l i be ra t i on o f c i t t a i s man i fes ted a l so th rough the

con tex t o f t he t en ' a r i yavdsd ' i n t he f o l l ow ing pa rag raph56 :*Monks , t he re a re these ten ways o f A r i yan l i v i ng , acco rd ing to

wh ich A r i yans have l i ved , do l i ve and sha l l l i ve . Wha t t en? r1 '

Here in a monk has abandoned f i ve fac to rs , i s possessed o f s i x

5 5 D a r a y i m e b h i k k h r v e a r i y r v i $ i . ] , e r r i y a a v r s i l n s u v a a v f , r r n t i v o i v ! s i s E ! t r l i v a . K r t a m e d e s r

r y I d b a b b i k k h e v e b h i k l h u p o n c E r i g r v i p p r b l n o h o t i , c h a f r n g a s r n r e n t r t g E t o . c k 6 r a k k b c

c r t u r a p a $ s e n o , p a n u n n r p a c c g k a s a c s o r a m a v a y a s a t t h c s a n o . an i v i l a s ank app ;p r r s a d d h a k r y r s a n k h a r o . s u v i m u t t e c i l t o . s u v i m u l t r p a i i i o I s u v i m u t t a c i r l o ] : A - v : 2 9 .

Page 142: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t25

f ac to r s . gua rds one f ac to r , obse rves t he f ou r bases , has shaken

o f f i nd i v i dua l be l i e f . has u t t e r l y g i ven up l ong ings . h i s t hough ts

a re unc louded . h i s body -comp lex i s t r anqu i l i zed . he i s we l l

r e l eased i n hea r t , he i s we l l r e l eased by i ns i gh t . These a re t he

ten ways o f A r i yan l i v i ng , acco rd ing to wh ich A r i yans have

l i ved . do l i ve . and sha l l l i ve "57 .

Tbe ten , i n genera l , a re cons ide red the t rad i t i ona l way o f

l i f e o f t he A r i yans (nob le men) . Un fo r tuna te l y , t he re i s no t any

t race f rom wh ich we can coax whe the r an A r i yan i s recessa r i l y

to fo l l ow a l l t he ten o r some o f t hem o r j us t any o f t hem, and

tha t we can no t d i sce rn among them wh ich i s essen t i a l and wh ich

i s subo rd iua te and i gno rab le . The i nev i t ab le consequence i s t ha t

i t i s d i f f i cu l t t o make any d i sce rnmen t t o t he ph rase 'we l l

r e l eased i n hea r t ( c i t t a ) ' t ha t we a l so f a i l t o e l abo ra te ou

because the u re rg ing o f wh ich i n to the ten may ba f f l e any

a t t emp t .

(j) Five lfindrances aad Freedom of |Vfind:

The f i r s t o f t he ten , i . e . t he abandonmen t o f t he f i ve

fac to rs , however , i s co r respond ing to the i deas g i ven i n the

fo l l ow ing passage t * : *Hav ing go t r i d o f cove tousness fo r t he

wor ld . he l i ves w i th a m ind devo id o f cove t i ng and pu r i f i es the

mind o f cove t i ng (abh i j j haya c i t t am pa r i sodhe t i ) . By ge t t i ng r i d

o f t he ta in t o f i l l -w i l l , he l i ves benevo len t i n m ind ; and ,

compass iona te fo r t he we l fa re o f a l l c rea tu res and be ings , he

pur i f i es the m ind o f t he ta in t o f i l l -w i l l . By ge t t i ng r i d o f s l o th

and to rpo r , he l i ves devo id o f s lo th and to rpo r ; pe rce i v ing the

l i gh t , m ind fu l and c lea r l y consc ious . he pu r i f i es the m ind o f

s lo th and to rpo r . By ge t t i ng r i d o f res t l ess and wor ry . he l i ves

ca lm ly , t he m ind i nward l y t ranqu i l i zed . and he pu r i f i es the m ind

t t G s . v . 2 l .

5 8 S o r b h i j j h r r h l o k c p a h a y r v i g e t i b h i j j h e n r c e r r s i v i h a r a t i , a b h i i j h a y a c i t l a L n p a r i s o d h € t i ;

b y i p r d r p e d o s a r i r p a h a y a a b y a p a n n a c i r r o v i h e f r r i . s e b b r p i n r b h u t a h i t a n u k a m p i b y i p i d i p r d o s ic i r r r d r p a r i s o d h e t i ; t h l n r m i d d h a r i p a h l y r v i g r t r t h i n d m i d d h o v i h a r & t i . a l o k E s a n i i s a t os s r n p r j r n o r h i n N m i d d h a c i t t r r i r p a r i s o d h e t i i u d d h r c c r k u k k u c c r r i r p a h t y a a n u d d h s t o v i b r r r t i ,r j j h e r t e m v 0 p r r a n r a c i r r o u d d h a c c a k u t k u c c i c i t t a m p a r i s o d b e t i : v i c i k i c c h a m p a h i y rt i t r o r v i c i k i c c h o v i h a r a r i , a k a t h a r i r k a t h i k u s r l e s u d h r m m e 6 u v i c i k i c c h a y a c i t t a m p a r i s o d h e i i : M .i : 3 4 7 .

Page 143: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

o f r es t l essness and wo r r y . By

doub t -c rossed ; unperp lexed as

pu r i f i es the m ind o f doub t -5n .

126

ge t t i ng r i d o f doub t , he l i ves

to s ta te s tha t a re sk i l l ed . he

I

l

5 9

60

Par i sodhe t i ( p .p . pa r i sodh i ta : n t . pa r i sodana) means

cleanse. c lean, pur i fy ; so the phrase 'abhi j ihaya c i t ta ln

pa r i sodhe t i ' wou ld means ' t o c leanse one ' s c i t t o ( f rom) ' . The

ob jec ts o f ' f r om ' i n t he above con tex t wou ld be :

(1 ) Abh i j j a o r Kamachanda (as a va r ian t ) : cove t i ng o r

sensuous des i r e ;

(2) Byapdda or Vyapdda: malevolence, i l l -w i l l ;

( 3 ) Th ina -m iddha : s lo th and to rpo r :

(4 ) Uddhaccakukkuccd : res t l essness and wor ry ; and

(5 ) V i c i k i c cha : doub t .

A l l t he f i ve a re t i t l ed h ind rances (n i va rana ) wh ich a re

obs tac les to the c i t t a and b l i nd ou r men ta l v i s i on . I n t hep resence o f t hem we can no t reach Ne ighbourhood-Concen t ra t i on

(upacara-samddhi) and Ful l Concentrat ion (appana-samadhi) .'W i thou t

t he i r p resence we a re be t te r ab le to d i sce rn the t ru th .

The A igu t ta ra N ikaya@ supp l i es us w i th the p leasan t

s im i l es wbere sensuous des i re i s compared w i th wa te r m ixed

w i th man i fo ld co lo rs , i l l -w i l l w i th bo i l i ng wa te r , s l o th and

to rpo r w i th wa te r cove red by mosses , res t l essness and wor ry (o r

sc rup les ) w i th ag i ta ted wa te r wh ipped by the w ind , ( skep t i ca l )

doub t w i th tu rb id and muddy wa te r . Jus t as i n such wa te r one

canno t pe rce i ve one ' s own re f l ex ion , so i n t he p resence o f t hese

f i ve men ta l H ind rances , one canno t c lea r l y d i sce rn one ' s own

bene f i t , no r t ha t o f o the rs . no r t ha t o f bo th .

M S , i i : 1 2

A . v : 1 9 3

Page 144: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r27

The Angu t ta ra N ikaya6r a l so g i ves us an accoun t w i th

fu r the r de ta i l s o f t he o r i g ina t i on and the ove rcoming o f t he

n iva rana . The f i ve ' n i va raq ta ' - however , a re re la t i ve l y we l l

i n fo rmed in rhe fo rego ing passage w i th the add i t i on o f t he

fo l l ow ing f i ve coun te rpo i ses (wh i ch a re hope fu l l y s t r onge r ! ) :

( t ) V i ea tabh i j j ha :

(2 ) Abyapadapa r i gged w i th sabba panabhu ta h i t dnukamp i

(compass ion fo r t he we l fa re o f a l l c rea tu res and

be ings ) ;

(3 ) V iga ta th inamiddha r i gged w i th a lokasa f i r i i sa to

sampa jdno (pe rce i v ing the l i gh t " m ind fu l and c lea r l y

consc ious ) ;

(4 ) Anudc lha ta r i gged w i th vupasan tac i t t o ( rhe c i r t a

inward l y t ranqu i l i zed ) ;

(5 ) T innav i c i k i cc l t a r i gged w i th 'aka tha r i t ka th l kusa lesu

dhammesa ' (unperp lexed as to s ta tes tha t a re sk i l l ed ) .

(k) SiIe and Freedom of lVfind:

The bh i kkhu l tood i s se t up and sus ta ined on the bas i s o f

s l l a wh ich , however . can no t be g rasped in a s ing le word .

Genera l l y speak ing , s i l a i s a mode o f m ind and vo l i t i on

man i f es ted i n speech and bod i l y ac t i on . and i s cons ide red t he

founda t ion o f t he who le Buddh is t p rac t i ce . and the rew i th the

f i r s t o f t he th ree k inds o f t ra in ing tha t f o rm the th ree - fo ld

d i v i s ion o f t he e igh t - fo ld pa th , name ly , mora l i t y ( s l l a ) .

concen t ra t i on and w isdom. Th is s l l a d i v i s i on a l so known as

Genu ine o r Na tu ra l Mora l i t y (paka t i - s i l a ) as d i s t i ngu i shed f rom

the ex le rna l ru les o r P resc r ibed Mora l i t y (panna t t i - s l l a ) wh ich

c ons i s t s o f :

( t ) Samma-vaca : r i gh t speech ,

(2 ' ) Samma-karnmanta: r ight act ion, and

(3 ) Samrna-a j i va : r i gh t l i ve l i hood .

Page 145: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

128

They, however . have l i t t le to do wi th the c i t ta . As a var iant

of such a basis that he lps a bhikkhz in remain ing and susta in ing

his bhikkhuhood ut r r i l rhe last breath, the prescr ip t ion made by

Thera Sariputta ate:

(L ) I nd r i yesu gu t tadva rd : senses be ing we l l gua rded ;

(2) Bhojane mat taf l f i f i : moderate in eat ing; and

(3 ) Jdsa r i yam-anuyu t ta : engag ing i n v ig i l ance .

The last one has much to do wi th the care of the c i t ta as

revealed in the fo l lowing passageut : 'And how, f r iend, is one

g iven to wa tch fu lness? VV Here in , f r i end , by day a b ro the r

wa lks up and dowu and then s i t s . and thus c leanses h i s hea r tf rom s ta tes tha t may h inde r (ava ran i yeh i dhammeh i ) . By n igh t ,

for the f i rs t watch he does l ikewise. In the middle watch of the

night , ly ing on h is r ight s ide he takes up the l ion-posture,

rest ing one foot on the other , and thus co l lected and composed

f ixes h is thought on r is ing up again. In the last watch of the

night , a t ear ly dawn, he walks up and down, and then s i ts , and

so c leanses h i s hea r t f r om s ta tes tha t may h inde r . Thus , f r i end ,

i s one g i ven to wa tch fu lness '63 .

As of ten as can be, a l l the act iv i t ies of a . bh ikkhu n ight and

day ought to be watched carefu l ly by h imsel f wi th the v iew to

cleause lo, is cit ta from avaragiyehi dhammehi (the things that may

hinder) , The c learance of the c i t ta f rom "dvaraqt lyehi dhammehi"

is the ide a l commitment that the c i t ta should undergo. Thepossib le coro l lary may be made here is that tb ,e c i t ta is somehow

imbedded as a coutro l l ing agenr in evcry act iv i t ies that one may

under take because the c i t t a apparen t l y has so c lose a re la t i on to

one ' s ac t i v i t i es tha t t he l a t t e r be ing wa tch fu l may e f fec t on the

idea l s ta te o f t he fo rmer : be ins c lean .

e K r t h a m c r v u s o j e g r r r y a m r n u y u t t o h o t i r v \ . y l d h a v u s o b h i k f h n d i v r s r m c r n k r m c n a n i s a j j a y r

i v r r a i i yeh i dbemmch i c i r r am pa r i r odhe l i V r r r t i y ! p r r h rmrm y imrmc r t i k rmco r l i r a j j ayae v a r r r t y e h i d h r m m e h i c i l l e m p a r i 6 o d h e t i \ p r s t t i y e m a i j h i m i m y r m r m d t t s t h i a e n r p l 6 s e n r

s l h t r 6 e y y a m L r p p E t i p i d e p t d a m a c c i d h i y a s e t o s r m p r j i n o u t t h i o t r . n n ! m m r n r s i t r r i r v a \ yr e t r i y a p a c c h i m e m y i m a m p r c c u t t h a y r c r r i k r m e n r n i s r j j i y r i v a r r t r i y e h i d h r m m e h i c i l l a mp r r i 6 o d h c t i r y r y E v a m k h o a v u s o j o g a r i y a m r n d y u n o h o t i : S . i v : 1 0 4 - 5 .

j

Page 146: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

129

(I) Asalinacitta and Alinacitta:

The o the r i dea l s t a te o f t he c i t t a i s ' asa l l l t t a c i t t a ' as

exp ressed i n t he g rea tes t eve r t i n t he l i f e o f t he Exa l t ed One : h i s

N ibbana . Fo r t he h i s t o r i c even t on l y t h ree s tanzas a re reco rded

in the San tyu t ta N ikaya . The l as t one u t te red by T l te ra Anurudha

in p rase o f t he Exa l ted One reads ' t :

No heav ing b rea th l e f t as he l ay .

The m ind i n J l t an rd ' s s tead fas t s tav

( t h i t a - c i t t assa ) .

W i th though t f rom eve ry c rav ing f ree ,

F i xed on the Peace i ncessan t l y ,

So passed t he Man -who -saw away .

Wi th m ind unshaken

(asa l l i nena c i t t en rz ) as they came.

He su f f e red pangs o f dea th i n peace ;

S to l e o ' e r h i s hea r t t he l as t r e l ease :

N ibbana o f t he un fed f l ame6r .

A l l r na (p p o f a l i ya t i ) cove rs two ranges o f mean ings : (a )

s r i c k i ng t o . adhe r i ng , o r adhe red t o . c l i ng ing ; ( b ) so i l ed by . I n

rhe f o rego ing passage t he ph rase 'asa l l i nena c i t t ena ' i s r a the r

f r ee l y t r aus la ted as 'w i t h t he m ind unshaken ' . wh i ch . howeve r ,

, r l ong w i t h ' t h i t a - c i t t a ' ( s t ead fas t c i t t a ) f i t s we l l t o t he con tex t o f

r be Exa l ted One 's N ibbc lna .

The l as t s ta te o f t he c i t t a i n t e rms o f emanc ip " " ' r r t ha t we

t r re go ing to i nqu i re i s ' a l l na (uns ta ined ) c i t t a ' . The .w ing

; anon ica l passage g i ve us an en joyab le way o f d i sp lay rug

loc t r i ne i n wh i ch t he re i s a se r i es o f l i n ks . each l i nk con ta i n i ng

:he t h ree componen ts . The l as t and mos t ac t i ve componen t o f t he

r reced ing l i nk i s t he roo t t ha t a l l t he t h ree componen ts o f t he

,ucceed iug l i nk g row ou t o f . The re i s t he excep t i on o f t he two

as t l i uks : i n t he fo rmer the u r i dd le componen t i s t he mos t ac t i ve

" K S . i v , 6 4 ,

* N a h u a s g a s a p a s s a s o t b i t a c i t t e s s a l a d i n o

a s a i l i n e u a c i t t e n a v e d a n a r l t \ v P a . t l o t a s s e Y E

" K S . i , 1 9 8 .

\ y a n e , o s a n t i m a r s b b h a c a k k h u m a p a r i b i b b u t o v

n r b b a n a r n v i m o k k h o c e t a s o a h u r i : S . i : 1 5 9 .

Page 147: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

130

whereas a l l t he th ree componeu ts o f t he l a t t e r sha re the samefoo t i ng o f impor tance and cause the l as t resu l t : abandon ingreb i r t h , decay and dea th . The tex r reads* :

'Suppose . monk , t h i s one i s no t shame less , reck less and i nlack o f se r i ousness . Be ing thus w i th se r iousness he can g row soas to abandon d i s rega rd , so as to abandon s tubbornness , so as toabandon f r iendship wi th rhe wicked. Having nor wicked f r iendhe can . . . abandon lack o f f a i t h , s t i ng iness and i ndo lence . Be ingno t i ndo len t he can . . . abandon f l u r r y , l ack o f se l f - con t ro l andimmora l i t y . Be ing mora l he can . . . abandon d i s tas te fo r see ingthe Ar iyans, d is taste for hear ing Ar iyan dhamma, and a carp ingd ispos i t i on . Hav ing no r a ca rp ing d i spos i t i on he can . . . abandonfo rge t fu l r l ess , d i scomposure and men ta l de rangemenr . Be ing no tmen ta l l y de ranged he can . . . abandon lack o f g i v ing tho roughat tent ion, fo l lowing the wrong way and s luggishness of mind.Be ing no t s lugg ish o f m ind he can . . . abandon v iew o f t heindiv idual -group. doubt-and-waver ing and wrong handl ing ofhabi t and r i te . Not doubt fu l -and-waver ing he can. . . abandonlus t , ma l i ce and de lus ion . Abandon ing l us t , ma l i ce , andde lus ion . he can . . . g row so as to abandon reb i r t h , decay , andd e a t h ' 6 7 .

I f we f i l t e r ou t a l l t he supp lemen ta l componen ts andremake the cha in ou r o f t he rema in ing . t ha t i s . t he mos t ac t i vecomponen ts . t he resu l tan t cha in wou ld be :

(L ) Appama t to : se r i ousness

+(2) Kalyanamit to ' . w i th good f r iends

H i r i r n a ' y a m b h i k k h e v e o t r a p p i r p p r m e l l o h o t i . S o & p p r m r l t o E r m i t o b h r b b o r n i d a r i y r mp a h i t u m d o v a c r s r l t r m p E h a t i l m p a p r m i t t a t a r . n p r h e t u m . S o k r l y r n r m i t t o s r m a n o b h a b b oa s s r d d b i y r r . n p r h a t u m r v r d a n t r u t a m p a h a t u m k o s a j j a m p a b t r u m . S o i r a d d h r v i r i y o s a m t n obhabbo uddh rcc r r . n p rh r t um r6 ! l nvs r r l n paha ru ln du66 t l yam p rha tum. So s t l r va t rmano bhabboa r i yd t r rm rd r ssenak rmy r te l n p rba tum a r i yadhamrn rm Eso t | I k rmy ! t t r q l p rh A tumu p a r a m b h a c i t t r r r m p r h a t u m , S o s t u p a r r m b h r c i t t o s & m a n o b h r b b o m u t t h r r a c c r m p e h e t u ma 6 l m p i J s n D E m p a h i t u m c e t r s o v i k k h e p a m p e h i t u m . S o r v i k k h i t t r c i t t o s l E i n o b h a b b oS y o n i s o n t a n a 6 i k a r a n r p r h i t u m k u m m a g g a s e v a n a m p E h i t u m c e t a s o l i D a n a m p r h a r u m . S o

l l l n e c i t t o s e m i n o b h r b b o s r k k a y a d i r r h i l n p a b r r u m v i c i k i c c h a g r p E h a r u m E i l r b b r t r p r r a m a 6 a mp s h i r u m , S o e v i c i k i c c h o s r m a n o b h a b b o r a g a m p a h e l u m d o e e m p e h a t u m m o h & m p r h a t u m . S or a g a m p r h a y r d o s a m p e h t y a m o h a m p a h a y a b h a b b o j t t i m p a h t r u m j e r r l n p r h a l u m m a r a t r a mp a h a t u t r t i : A . v : 1 4 8 - 9 .

6 7 G S . v : 1 0 1 ,

Page 148: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

131

+(3)

+ (4)

+(s)

+(6)

+ (7)

+(8)

+ (e)

A r a d d l t a v i r i y o : d i l i g e n c e

S t l a v a : b e i n g n o r a l

Anupd ramb l t ac i t t o : w i t hou t ca rp i ng d i spos i t i on

Av ikk l t i t t ac i t t o : be ing no r mer ra l l y de ranged

A l rnac i t t o : w i t hou t s l ugg i shness o f m ind

Av i c i k i cc f t o : no t doub t f u l

Ragam dosam moham pahaya : abandon ing l us r

ma l i ce . and de lus i on

+ (10 ) Ja t im j a ram maranam paha tun : abandon ing reb i r t h .

decay . and dea th .

Tbe u los t ac t i ve componen t o f t he f i f t h i i nk , name ly .

Anupara rnbha c i t t a re la tes to an a t t i t ud ina l dea l i ng w i th the

de fau l t s o f o the rs . wh ich n ray nega t i ve l y a f fec t h i s own rnen ta l

e leva t i on . I n t he s i x th l i nk (6 ) t he Av i kkh i t t a c i t t a i s i den t i ca l

w i t h a composed s ta te o f m ind and may sugges t i t s sound

cond i t i on ready fo r work ing . L ina (p .p . o f l i ya t i ) r r reans

c i i ng ing , s t i c k i ng ; s l ow . s l ugg i sh ; shy , r ese rved . du l l ; and . t he

c i t t a i n t he seven - l i uk ( 7 ) i s f r eed f r om any s tagna t i on espec ia l l y

f r om wrong v i ews and obse rvances .

Page 149: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CI{APTER 5:

CITTA, ORTGTNATTON AND

ESSENTIAL ASPECTS

T h e h e a d i n g s i n t l r . e 2 p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r s a r e s e t u p o n t h e

b a s i s o f t h e g i s t o f t h e r n e a n i n g s t h a t t h e a t t r i b u t e s a n d

p r e d i c a t e s o f c i t t a t h r o u g h o u t t h e c a n o n i c a l t e x t s m a r k o u t .

T h e i r b e i n g p u t i u t o d i s c u s s i o n , t h e r e f o r e , i s o n a c c o u n t o f

t e x t u a l o c c u r r e n c e . T h e h e a d i n g s i n t h i s c h a p t e r , o n t h e o t h e r

h a n d , a r i s e o u t o f i d e o l o g i c a l i n t e r e s t , b e i t o f o n t o l o g y ,

i : s y c h o l o g y , e t h i c s , a n d m e t a p h y s i c s . I n f a c t , t h e y a r e e s s e n t i a l

a s p e c t s o f c i t t a a s t h e t i t l e o f t h i s c h a p t e r s t a t e s , a n d r e q u i r e

d e e p e r a n a l y t i c a l a n d c r i t i c a l s t u d y t h a t w i l l b e a t t e m p t e d a t i n

t h e f o l l o w i n g p a g e s .

WuEne DoES Cr r ra COME FRoM?

E B C w a r n s u s t h a t t h e q u e s t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e o r i g i n o f

c o n s c i o u s n e s s i s t h e m o s t d i f f i c u l t o n e . T h e e a r l y I n d i a n

t h i n k e r s a s w e l l a s s o m e o f t h e m o d e r n s c i e n t i s t s h a v e

c o n s i d e r e d t h e o r i g i n o r e l n e r g e n c e o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s a m y s t e r y .

T h i s p r o m p t e d t h e m t o a t t r i b u t e s u c h o r i g i n t o s u p e r h u m a n

c r e a t i o n . I n t h e f o l l o r l ' i n g p a g e s w e s h a l l e l a b o r a t e u p o n t h e

i s s u e o n t h e b a s i s o f t h e i n f o r r n a t i o n y i e l d e d b y t h e N i k d y a

t e x t s . T h e e l a b o r a t i o n w o u l d b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e

i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e t h r e e t e r m s c i t t a , v i f i f i d n a , a n d m a n a , b y

t h e c a n o n i c a l l i t e r a t u r e ' a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e B u d d h a h i m s e l f . T h -

t r a d i t i o n a l i d e n t i f i c a t i o n w o u l d a l l o w u s t o c o n s i d e r t h e t h r e e

a s i d e n t i c a l a n d i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e i n u s e .

(a) From Sankhiira

S a n k h a r a i s o n e o f t h e r n o s t d i f f i c u l t t e r m s i n B u d d h i s t

l n e t a p h y s i c s , i n w h i c h t h e b l e n d i n g o f t h e s u b j e c t i v e - o b j e c t i v e

v i e w o f t h e w o r l d a n d o f h a p p e n i n g , p e c u l i a r t o t h e E a s t , i s s o

' s . i i : 9 4 .

Page 150: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

,34 {

comp le te t ha t i t

t e rm ino logy t o ge t

He re , we j us t s t a te

bas i c u reau ings .

I n t he somewha t l a t e r

Ab l t i dhamrna . t h i s cons t ruc t i ve

uamed o f t he 52 e l emen ts o f

i s a lmos t imposs ib l e f o r Occ iden ta l

a t t he roo t o f i t s mean ing i n a t r ans la t i on .

b r i e f l y ce r t a i n i deas abou t i t s t h ree l ex i ca l l y

F i r s t , i t deno tes an agg rega te o f t he cond i t i ons o r

essen t i a l p rope r t i es f o r a g i ven p rocess o r r esu l t , such as

ayusankha ra ( t he sum o f t he cond i t i ons o r p rope r t i es mak ing up

o r r esu l t i ng i n l i f e o r ex i s t ence ) , o r as kayasankhd ra ,

vac i sankha ra . c i t t asankha ra (essen t i a l cond i t i ons . an teceden ts

o r syne rgy , men ta l co -e f f i c i en t s - r equ i s i t e f o r ac t , speech ,

t hough t , r espec t i ve l y ) .

Second l y . sa i khd ra as one o f t he f i ve khandha .s can be

rende red as accumu la t i ve d i spos i t i ons t ha t dec ide wh i ch

d i rec t i on one ' s pe rsona l i t y i s go ing t o be i n .

Las t l y , sankhd . ra i n popu la r mean ing imp l i es the men ta l

cons t i t u t i ona l e l emen t as we l l as t he phys i ca l . a l t hough t he

la t t e r i n cus tomary ma te r i a l i s t i c popu la r ph i l osophy i s t hep redominan t f ac to r . Sankhdras a re i n t he w ides t sense the*wo r l d o f phenomena" . i . e . a l l t h i ngs wh i ch have been made upby p re -ex i s t i ng causes .

Sankha ra as d i spos i t i ons desc r i bed above i n t he second

mean ing i s cons ide red the mos t impor tan t e lemen t i n ad i scuss ion o f human pe rsona l i t y . The Sa myu t ta N ikaya says tha r

d i spos i t i on i s so -ca l l ed because i t p rocesses r f t pa , wh i ch has

a l ready been d i spos i t i ona l l y cond i t i oned , i n t o i t s p resen t s t a te .

Th i s s ta temen t i s r epea ted w i t h r ega rd t o vedand ( f ee l i ng ) .

sa f i f i a (pe rcep t i on ) - sankhara (d i spos i t i ons ) , and v i f t f l ana(consc iousness ) t . Sankha ra i s t he comp lemen ta r - v f ac to r t o t hemore pass i ve . r ecep t i ve phase o f consc iousness "

e labo ra t i on o f doc t r i ne i n t he

aspec t i s r ese rved f o r t he f i r s t -

consc iousness compr i sed unde r

S . i i i . E 7

Page 151: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

135

sankha ras , name ly , ce tdnd t ha t can be rende red as vo l i t i on3 ' So

d i spos i t i ons i n t he Su t t a N i kayas as we l l as i n t he l a te r t ex t s

take t he dec i s i ve pos i t i on f o r i t se l f and f o r a l l t he rema in i ng 4

khanc thas ( cons t i t uen t f ac to r s o f an i nd i v i dua l ) . Wh i l e

d i spos i t i ons a re t hemse l ves causa l l y cond i t i oned , t hey p rocess

each o f t he f i ve f ac to r s o f t he hu rnan pe rsona l i t y , t he reby

p rov id i ng t hem w i t h t he s tamp o f i nd i v i dua l i t y o r i den t i t y .

Hence t he rnos t impo r tan t f unc t i on o f i nd i v i dua t i ng a

pe rsona l i t y be longs t o t he d i spos i t i ons , wh i ch a re i na l i enab le

pa r t o f t he pe rsona l i t y . I n t he mos t ex t reme way t hey can

func t i on i n c rea t i ng an exce s s i ve l y ego i s t i c t endency

cu lm ina t i ng i n t he be l i e f i n a pe rmanen t and e te rna l d tman

(se l f ) . Th i s may be one reason t he Buddha cons ide red t he se l f

as a mere " l ump o f d i spos i t i ons "a '

D i spos i t i ons de te rm ine ou r pe rspec t i ves . W i thou t such

pe rspec t i ve we a re unab le t o dea l w i t h t he sens ib l e wo r l d i n any

mean ing fu l o r f r u i t f u l manne r . The Buddha , howeve r , r ea l i zed

tha t subdued d . i spos i t i ons a re en l i gh tened pe rspec t i ves hence

l r i s cha rac te r i za t i on o f n ibbdna ( f reedom) as the appeasemen t o t

d i spos i t i ons .

D . J . Ka lupahana i s o f t he op in i on t ha t t he d i spos i t i ons ,

wh i l e ca rv i ng an i nd i v i dua l i t y ou t o f t he immens i t y o f sens ib l e

ocean , a l so p l ay a va luab le r o l e i n t he con t i nu i t y o f

expe r i ences . The deve lopmen t o f one ' s pe rsona l i t y i n t he

d i rec t i on o f impe r fec t i on o r pe r f ec t i on res t s w i t h one ' s

d i spos i t i ons . These , t he re fo re , a re t he de te rm inan t s o f one ' s

v i f i f i ana ( consc iousness ) t , a l ess ac t i ve phase i n one ' s m .en ta t i on

p rocess . Tha t can be cons ide red t he reason why sankhd ra i s t } r e

p reced ing l i nk o f consc iousness i n t he pa t i c casamuppada

se r i es , and i s t he p reced ing khandha i n t he numbered dhammas

o f f i ve khandhas i n wh ic t r v i f i f i ana comes up a f te r t he fo rmer i n

t he success ion . I n o the r wo rds , i n t he o r i g i na t i on o f v i f i f i dna ,

sank l td ra takes the mos t i r npo r tan t and ac t i ve ro le '

' c .' s .5 D .

A: .

J .

F . R h y s D a v i d s , B P . ' - 5 1 - 2

r 35 .K a l u p a h a n a , H B P : 7 4 - 5

Page 152: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

(b) From Upiidilna, Ayatana, Anusaya

F i r s t . wha t i s upd .dana? Upadana (n t . ) i s f o rmed by

upa * d + dd . The t e rm l i t e ra l l y mea rs ' t ha t (ma te r i a l )

subs t ra tum by means o f wh i ch an ac t i ve p rocess i s kep t a l i ve o r

go ing ' . f ue l . supp l y , p rov i s i onu .

The ve rb co r respond ing t o upadana i s upadaya t i , wh i ch

mear r s *heap up " . ' b i nd " . * k i nd le " . I t mus t , t he re fo re , mean

some th ing l i ke *g rasp " . " co l l ec t " , and "bu i l d up " . The

Samyu t ta N ikaya says , 'F Ie i s ca l l ed an A r i yan d i sc ip le who

reduces and does no t heap up ; who abandons and does no t

co l l ec t ; who sca t t e r s and does no t b i nd t oge the r : who quenches

and does no t k i nd le "7 . The f unc t i on o f updddna seems to be

sugges ted by ano the r passage in the Ma j j h ima N ikaya . 'V /h i l e

he , obse rv i ng t he sa t i s f ac t i on , i s a t t ached . bound and

in fa tua ted , t he f i ve upadana- fac to rs go on to accumu la t i on fo r

t he f u t u re " 8 .

I n t he pa t i c casamuppada con tex t . upadana i s de f i ned by

enumera t i ug i t s f ou r pa r t s : ( 1 ) t he bu i l d i ng up o f l ove - re l a t i ons .

(2 ) o f specu la t i on , ( 3 ) o f r u l es and r i t ua l s , and (4 ) o f a sou l -

t heo ry These seem ro rep resen t aspec t s o f pe rsona l i t y

f o rma t i ou . The f i r s r pa r t . i . e . bu i l d i ng up o f l ove - re l a t i on

s tands f o r hab i t s o f sense -g ra t i f i ca t i on . a dependence on t he

wor l d : a p l easu re - l ov i ng pe rsona l i t y . The second one s tands f o r

co l l ec t i on and remembrance o f i n fo rma t ion and obse rva t i ons i n

o rde r t o exp la in the wor ld , abso rp t i on i n t heo re t i ca l

co rs t r uc t i ou . Hence a r r abs t rac t and specu la t i ve t ype o f

pe rsona l i t y . The t h i r d one s tands f o r t hose t ha t may become

impo r tan t and dom ina te l i f e : compu l s i ve m ind ; and t he l as t one

s tands f o r one ' s m i sunde rs tand iug abou t onese l f , as a r esu l t , he

bu i l ds up a r ego - image and p ro j ec t i t i n t o e te rn i t y ; t h i s i s aga in

an ed i f i ce o f m ind .

" P E D ' . L 4 9 .7 s . i i i ' 8 9 .

" M . i i i : 2 8 7

Page 153: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t ? -

So i n t e r rns o f Dependen t O r i g i na t i on we can say t ha t

cond i t i oned by upadana t he re a r i se compu l s i ve m ind and

ed i f i ced rn i nde .The two k i nds o f m ind men t i oned above a re j us t

aspec t s o f m ind ( c i t t a ) as t he resu l t an t t endency t ha t i s r esu l t ed

f rOn r t o ta l t endenc ies o f one ' s pe rsona l i t y i n t he p rocess o f r e -

becom ing .

Yes , i n t he pa t i c casamuppada con tex t , upaddna i s t he

c loses t l i n k t ha t cond i t i ons t he nex t one bhava , and bhava

s tands i n t he pos i t i on o f and can be i den t i f i ed w i t h gandhabb :

a phase o f v i f i f i . dna , wh i ch i s Synonymous t o c i t t a , g i ven t ha t

v i f i f i a r ya i s t he s t ronges t cand ida te fo r t he execu t i ve ch ie f i n t he

p rocess o f r e -becom ing . I n o the r wo rds , i t i s no t exac t l y t ha t

t , i f i f i ana comes f rom upadana bu t t he genera t i on o f v i f i f i dna i s

d i r ec t l y cond i t i oned bY uPadana .

Abou t t he upadana in the connec t i on o f m ind and

pe rsona l i t y , R . E . A . Johansson i n DPEB g i ves a suppo r t i ve

accoun t f o r t he above sa id . H i s expos i t i on can be sho r t l y

pa raph rased as f o l l ows : updddna i s t he n i n th l i n k i n t he

conven t i ona l pa l i c casam i tppada se r i es , cond i t i oned by t anhd ,. . t h i f S t - , "C rav ing " , and a COnd i t iOn f o r bhAva , " beCOming " , aS

long as rhe f i ve khandha . t a re rega rded as t he com in ;

pe rsona l i t y . I t s f unc t i on i s , gene ra l l y speak ing , t o b r i dge t he

gap be tween c rav ing and p roduc t i on .

so upad .dna i s c l ose l y connec ted w i t h t he p rocess o f , and

p repa ra t i ons f o r , r eb i r t hs . *A t t he t ime when a be ing l ays as i de

th i s body bu t i s no t ye t bo rn i n to ano the r body - t h i s I say i s

bu i l t on c rav ing . Fo r c rav i ng becomes a t t ha t t ime updddna

(agen t ) f o r t ha t " r o . Th i s po in t i s c l ea r l y con f i rmed by ano the r

passage f rom i l ne Ma j j h ima N ikaya : *Wha teve r i s amb i t i on and

des i re ( chandaraSo) fo r t he f i ve updddna- fac to rs tha t a re

upa t l . r i na o f t he In " r r . Th i s passage see lns t o y i e l d ou t t ha t

t R . E . A . J o h a n s s o l l , D P E B : 6 9 - 7 0 .

' o s . i . r : 4 o o .

" M . i i i : 1 6 .

Page 154: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

{

138

apddana wou ld s imp l y exp ress t he i n tens i f i ed w i sh t ha t i t se l f

can be su f f i c i en t cause f o r ce r t a i n t ype o f r eb i r t h12 .

Aya tana has t h ree bas i c mean ings . F i r s t l y , i t deno tes

s t re t c l r . ex ten t . r each , compass . r eg ion , sphe re , l ocus , p l ace ,

spo t ; pos i t i on , occas ion . Second l y , i t cove rs exe r t i on , do ing ,

wo rk i ng , p rac t i ce . pe r f o rmance . And , l as t l y , i t s t h i r d mean ing

inc l udes sphe re o f pe rcep t i on o r sense i n gene ra l , ob jec t o f

t hough t . sense o rgan and ob jec t ; r e l a t i on , o rde r . Aya tana

canno t be rende red by a s i ng le Eng l i sh wo rd t o cove r bo th sense

o rga rs (mano be ing rega rded as t he s i x t h sense ) and sense

ob jec ts13 . Th .e aya tanan i (p lu ra l o f aya tana he re mean re la t i ons ,

f unc t i ons . r ec i p roca l i t i e s ) a re d i v i ded i n to two g roups .

a j j ha t t i kan i and bah i ran i . i nne r and ou te r , r espec t i ve l y , and

compr i se t he f o l l ow ing : ( 1 ) cakkhu : eye , ( 2 ) so ta : ea r , ( 3 )

ghana : nose , ( 4 ) j i vhd : t ongue , ( 5 ) kaya : body , ( 6 ) mano : m ind ;

(7 ) r upa : v i s i b l e ob jec t , ( 8 ) sadda : sound , ( 9 ) gadha : odou r ,

( 10 ) r asa : t as te , ( 11 ) pho t t habba : t ang ib l e ob jec t , and (LZ )

dhamma: cogn i zab le ob jec t . The f i r s t s i x be long t o a i i ha t t i kdn i ,

and t he rema in i ng s i x , t o bdh i rdn i l o .

The f a i l u re o f Sa t i i n g rasp ing p rope r l y t he doc t r i ne o f

dependen t o r i g ina t i oo o f a l l sankhara as taugh t by the Buddha

go t cu lm ina ted i n to h i s m i sunde rs tand ing abou t t he na tu re o f

v i r t . i i ana . l ook ing upon i t as immutab le en t i l y su rv i v ing l i f e

a f t e r l i f e . The Buddha rep roved h im , say ing : "Now then ,

f oo l i sh man . whence go t you such a doc t r i ne as be ing t each ing

o f m ine? Have I no t t augh t you by many me thods tha t v i i i f r ana

a r i ses f r om a cause ; and excep t f r om a cause , v i f i f i dna canno t

come to be? . . . And v i f i f t . ana i s des igna ted on l y i n acco rdance

w i t h t he cond i t i on caus ing i t : v i sua l v i f t i i ana f r om the see ing

eye and the seeD ob jec r ; aud i to ry v i f i i i ana f rom the hea r ing ea r

and t he sound . . . manov i f t i i a r ya f r om mano and men ta l ob jec t .

Jus t as a f i r e i s d i f f e ren t acco rd ing t o r he k i nd o f f ue l '

The above pas sage i n a nu t she l l con ta i ns t he who le o f t he

Buddh i s t t heo ry o f t he o r i g i na t i on o f v i r t f i ana , i n wh i ch cakkhu :

R . E . A . J o h a r r s s o l n . D P E B : 6 6 - 6 7

Cpd : lE3

A b r i d g e d f r o n P E D : 1 0 5 a .

l l

t 4

Page 155: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r h e s e e i n g e y e a n d r u p a : i t s s p e c i f i c s e e n o b j e c t .

a r e i n e v i t a b l e f o r t h e a r i s i n s o f v i f i f i d n a .

139

and so on

Ano the r numbered dhan tma o r more exac t l y t he

unwho lesome mo t i ves t ha t have much t o do w i t h t he a r i s i ng o ft t i f i f i r i l za a re anusayas . Anusayas a re somet imes m isunders tood

as t he sub -consc iousness i n t he pa r l ance o f psychoana l ys i s

because t hey imp l y t he do rman t o r l a t en t d i spos i t i on . PTSD

de f i nes t hem as ben t , b i as , p roc l i v i t y , and t he pe rs i s t ence o f a

do rman t o r l a t en t d i spos i t i on , p red i spos i t i on , t endency o f m ind

lead ing t o va r i ous k i nds o f ev i l i n c l i na t i ons . The t e rm anusaya ,

de r i ved f r om the roo t anus i t o I i e , conno tes ' t o l i ve a l ong w i t h '

o r ' t o c l i ng t o ' .

Buddhaghosa says t ha t a pass ion i s ca l l ed anusaya because

o f i t s pe r t i nac i t y . Seven such t endenc ies a re numera ted : ( 1 )

kama- rdga ( sensuous l us t ) , ( 2 ) pa t i ghap ra t i gha (g rudge ) , ( 3 )

d i ! ! h i ( specu la t i ve v i ews ) , ( 4 ) v i c i k i c chc? ( skep t i ca l doub t ) , ( 5 )

na f l a ( conce i t ) , ( 6 ) bhava rdga ( c rav ing f o r con t i nued

ex i s tence ) , and (7 ) av i j j a ( i gno rance ) tu . Among t he

unwho lesome mo t i ves anusayas a re a lways i n bad sense . I n t he

o ldes t t ex t s t he wo rd usua l l y occu rs i n a g rammat i ca l abso lu te

s r ruc tu re whe re t he re i s no men t i on o f t he cause o r d i r ec t i on o f

rhe b i as .

I n add i t i on t o t he above seven , some o the r t endenc ies a re

a l so men t i oned : ahankd ramamankd . ra -mdndnusaya t t ( t endency t o

p r i de t ha t p roduces ' I ' and ' t n i ne ' ) , sakkdya -d i t t hdnusaya

( tendency t o f o rm a t heo ry abou t an i nd i v i dua l i t y ) ,

s i l abba tapa rdmds dnusaya ( tendency to c l i ng to du t i es and

r i t ua l s ) , bydpaddnusaya ( t endency t o ag ress i veness ) tE .

A l l t he above men t i oned t e rms re fe r t o undes i r ab le t r a i t s

and w i t h one excep t i on t hey seem to be long t he a rea o f

consc iousness ra the r t han behav iou r . As i n o the r s im i l a r

l s M . i :1 6 E B C ,I t s . i i :I E M . i :

2 5 6 f .

l : 7 7 5 b

2 7 5 .

4 3 3 .

Page 156: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

140

enumera t i ons - no d i s t i nc t i on i s made be tween d i f f e ren t

f unc t i ons o f consc ious ress : The t h ree anusayas , kamardga ,

bhava raga and byapada seem to be long to the a rea o f

mo t i va t i on p rope r ; t he two anusayas . pa t i gha and mdna a re

emot iona l ones ; d i l l h i , sakkaya -d i f f h i and av i j j d a re cogn i t i ve ,

s l l abba tapa ramasa rnay re fe r t o a t ype o f behav iou r o r a t t i t ude ,

and t he res t t o comb ina t i ons o f t he a reas . The re a re f ew

ind i ca t i ons i n t he t ex t s t o show wha t t ypes o f ac t i v i t y a re

p roduced by t he anusaya . I t i s , f o r i ns tance , sa id i n t he

Saanyu t ta N ikaya tha t " t he tendenc ies to p r i de tha t p roduces ' I '

and 'm ine ' have been roo ted ou t f r om the vene rab le S i r i pu t t a ;

t he re fo re a de te r i o ra t i on and change even i n t he Teache r wou ld

no t g i ve r i se t o g r i e f , l amen t , su f f e r i ng . so r row and despa i r " r e .

The p resence o f anusaya wou ld , t hen . i n t h i s case p roduce

emo t i ona l a t t achmen t .

The N i l cdya reco rds tha t 'wha t one p lans , i n tends and has

a t endency t o , t ha t becomes a bas i s f o r t he es tab l i shmen t o f

v i f i . f r . dna" ; t he nex t passage o f t he tex t co r rec ts th i s and says

tha t a tendency i s enough as bas i s f o r t he es tab l i shmen t o f

v i f t . i i anazo . F rom these passages we can conc lude tha t anusaya

f i gu res ra the r s t r ong l y as cond i t i on f o r t he emergence o f

vi rt i iana .

(c) From Ndma-Rdpa

Rupa occu rs f r equen t l y i n two con tex t s , name ly , as t he

f i r s t khandha and i n t he compound nama- rupa t ha t i s one o f t he

l i nks i n t he pa t i c casamuppada se r i es . I n s t e reo t yped f l ow .

nama- rupa i s sa id t o be cond i t i oned by v i f i i i ana , and i s i t se l f a

cond i t i on o f phassa ( con tac t ) . The Sar .nyu t ta N ikaya says tha t

se t r sa t i on , i dea t i on , w i l l , con tac t , a t t en t i on - t h i s i s ca l l ed

Dame. The f ou r e l emeu ts and t he f o rm depend ing on t hem - t h i s

i s ca l l ed r i i paz t . The ndma-pa r t has a ce r t a i n s im i l a r i t y t o t he

fou r l as t k l t and l t a - f ac to r s and cons i s t s o f cen t ra l psycho log i ca l

' ' S . i i : 2 7 5) u I b i d . ' . 6 5' r s . i i : 3 f .

{

Page 157: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 A 1r .+l

f u n c t i o n s . T h e m e a n i n g o f r r l p a i s p r o b a b l y t h e s a m e i n b o t hc a s e s , n a m e l y " b o d y " t t .

Nama, tbe re fo re , i n a spec i f i ed tnean ing i s de f i ned as ar r r e taphys i ca l t e rm opposed t o r i l pa . I t compr i ses t he 4i r n rna te r i a l f ac to r s o f an i nd i v i dua l . These as t he noe t i cp r i nc i p l e comb ina ted w i rh t he ma te r i a l p r i nc i p l e make up t heind i v i dua l as i t i s d i s t i ngu i shed by "name and body " f r om o the ri nd i v i dua l s . Hence ndmar i l pa i s i den t i ca l w i t h i nd i v i dua l i t y ,i nd i v i dua l be ing . These rwo componen ts i n an i nd i v i dua l be inea re i nsepa rab le23 .

R t i pa t e rm ino log i ca l l y cove rs f o rm , f i gu re . appea rance ,p r i nc i p l e o f f o rm . Acco rd ing t o pd l i expos i t o r s , r upa t akes i t sdes igna t i on f r om r f t pa t i wh i ch i s ( no t qu i t e co r rec t l y ) g i ven as"change " . I t s r ende r i ng ' f o rm ' i s opposed by mode rnrn te rp re t , a t i ons and d i scuss ions ; and as be t t e r ph i l osoph i ca lr e rms 'ma t t e r ' and 'ma te r i a l qua l i t y ' a re r ecommended . R f i pa_ias p re f i x ) means o f such and such a f o rm , l i ke , k i nd . o f ace r t a i n cond i t i on o r appea rance . I n t h i s app l i ca t i on r tTpa i s ve ryf r equen t and s im i l a r . t o Eng l i sh -hood , i . e . an abs t rac tf o rma t i on . As ph i l osoph i ca l t echn i ca l t e rm r f t pa re fe r s t op r i nc i p l e o f (ma te r i a l ) f o rm , ma te r i a l i t y , v i s i b i l i t y . The re a reva r i ous g roups o f p s y c h o l o g i c a l a n d metaphys i ca lsys tema t i za t i on , i n wh i ch r f i pa f unc t i ons as t he ma te r i a l s rossfac to r , by t he s i de o f o the r mo re sub t l e f ac to r s2a .

Now, l e t us go to the n iean ings tha t t he te rm c i t t asugges t s . on one hand , c i t t a i s some t imes used i n a way t ha tsugges t s a pe rsona l i den t i t y f r om ex i s tence t o ex i s t ence " Theuddna says , "w i t hou t unde rs tand ing t he t hough ts o f h i s i nne rsense he runs w i t h r es t l ess c i t t a f r om ex i s tence t o ex i s t ence , , .

F Ience c i t t a seems ro s i gn i f y a su rv i v i ng en t i t y25 . Th i s i s one:nd o f t he spec t rum. on t he o the r hand , c i t t a i s c l ea r l y usedlo r t hough r p rocesses . c i t t a i s ca l l ed samudaya -dhamma

r r R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B ; 3 1 .t 3 P E D ; 3 5 0 .to op . c i . t . : 5 ' 7 4 .t ' R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 5 7

Page 158: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r42

( some th ing t ha t comes t o be ) and vaya -dhamma ( some th ing t ha t

passed away )26 . As men t i oned above . one ex t reme i s t he dec i s i on

tha t c i t t a i s su rv i . v i ng en t i t y f r om ex i s tence t o ex i s t ence , t he

o the r ex t reme i s t ha t c i t t a i s me re l y a t hough t o r an i dea . I t

seems ro be t ha t 'm idd le pa th ' shou ld be re l a t i ve . I n R . E . A .

i l ohansson ' s op in i on . c i t t a t yp i ca l l y has mean ing be tween t hese

ex t remes , re fe r r i ng to a pe rsona l psycho log i ca l f ac to r

respons ib le fo r t he un i t y and con t i nu i t y o f t he human be ing bu t

w i t hou t any sugges t i on o f pe rmanence subs tance " .

Bu r i n t e rms o f t he l a t t e r ex t reme, the Saqnyu t ta N ikaya

says . nd . rna r f i pa -samudayd c i t t assa samudayozs : C i t t a (as a

though t ) a r i ses as a resu l t o f t he a r i s i ng o f name and f o rm . I t i s

i n te res t i ug to no te tha t t h i s i s one among the ra re con tex ts i n

wh i ch c i t t a i s sa id t o a r i se f r om a cause 'o ; t ha t cause be ing

ndma and rupa . I n rhe sa i l r e l i ne . e labo ra t i ng upon the manner

in wh ich v i i i r t ana comes to be , t he Buddha says tha t i t i s

dependen t upon ndmar f , i pa3o .

The Buddh i s t sys tem co rs i de rs t he f i ve khandhas as

cond i r i oned p rocesses t t . I n t he Samyu t t a N i kaya , t hey a re

c lea r l y de f i ned i n p rocess - t e rms . The body i s ' t he f ou r

e lemen ts and t he f o rm bu i l d i ng on t hem. . . The body i s

p roduced f r om food '32 . *The re a re s i x g roups o f sensa t i ons :

sensa t i on p roduced by con tac t w i t h t he eye , . . . w i t h t he ea t .

e t c . " 33 I n t he same way , sa f i r t a . sankha ra . and v i f i f t ana a re

de f i ned as senso ry p rocesses and c l ass i f i ed acco rd ing t o sense

moda l i t i e s . We conc lude t h i s sec t i on w i t h t he Buddh i s t

conv i c t i on t ha t a l l o f t he khandhas a re de r i ved f r om phassa

2 t ' D . i i ,

" R . E .2 8 s - v :2 " R , E , .

" u D . i i :t t t M . i :r 2 s . i i it - ' Ib id. :

299

A J o h a n s s o n , D P E B :

1 8 4 .

A . J o h a n s s o n . D P E B :

6 2 - 3 .

1 9 1 .

s 9 f

5 9 .

l s 8

l s 8

I

Page 159: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

l + J

( c o n t a c t ) w i t h t h e u n i q u e e x c e p t i o n t h a t v i f i f i a 4 a i s d e r i v e d

f r o m n d m a r i l p a 3 a .

(d) Origination of Citta

T } re EBC supp l i es us w i t h au rhen t i c i deas abou t t he o r i g i n

o f c i t t a : C i t t a i s no t a me taphys i ca l en t i t y i n t he sense i n wh i c i ren t i t y i s de f i ned as a t h i ng ' s ex i s t ence as opposed t o i t squa l i r i es and re l a t i ons . C i t t a i s i nc l uded unde r t he gene r i c t e rmt l l t an tma and a I l dhammas wh i ch cons i s t o f t he f i ve Agg rega tes

o f G rasp ing (pa f i cupaddnakkhandhd ) a r i ses i nva r i ab l y as aresu l t o f t he co l l oca t i on o f a w ide va r i e t v o f causa l f ac to r s3s .

Wh i l e r ecogn i z i ng t he d i f f i cu l t y o f p rov id i ng a: rh i l osoph i ca l so l u t i on t o t h i s age -o ld p rob lem, and ye t no tr ssu rn ing t he ex i s t ence o f a supe rhuman c rea to r , t he Buddha

; ' xp l a i ned t he emergence o f consc iousness as a na tu ra l causa l

r r ocess deny ing t ha t consc iousness wou ld emerge i n t herbsence o f t he necessa ry cond i t i ons36 . I n the Ma j j h ima N ikaya

- 'me rgence o f consc iousness i s compared t o t he a r i s i ng o f f i r e ,. i h i ch depends upon va r i ous cond i t i ons such as d r y -wood , e t c .I h i s ana logy o f f i r e shou ld no t be t aken t o mean t ha t t he

3uddha accep ted t he reduc t i on i sm tha t wou ld cons ide r f i r e t o-e s ro red up i n t he f o rm o f ene rgy i n t he ma te r i a l t ha t goes t o- r oduce i t . I n f ac t , on ano the r occas ion , t he Buddha i ns i s t ed' : t a t an ex t i ngu i shed f i r e does no t ge t s t o red up e l sewhe re3 t .

The Buddha has i n va r i ous ways spoken o f t he i ndependen t

r i g i na t i on o f t he m ind and has a l so s ta ted t ha t t he re i s no

, r i s i ng o f t he m ind excep t t h rough t he co l l oca t i on o f causa l

r c ro r ssE . The Madhup ind i ka Su t t a se t s ou t c l ea r l y t he causa l

, ) nnec t i on be tween t he concep tua l i s i ng ac t i v i t y o f t he m ind and

-e b i r t h o f i l l u s i ons , obs tac les , obsess ions and h i nd rances t t - r

: i r i t ua l p rog ress : dependen t on m ind and men ta l ob jec t t he re

3 . . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 2 7r 1 . i : 1 9 1 .' \ r d . r : 2 5 7 f .' i i d , i : 4 8 7 .' l t i d . i : 2 5 6 - 2 5 7 .

Page 160: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t44

a r i ses men ta l consc iousness : t he com ing t oge the r o f t hese t h ree

i s con tac t ; cond i t i oned by con tac t t he re a r i ses f ee l i ng ; wha t one

fee l s one cogn i ses ; wha t one cogn i ses one reasons ou t ; wha t

one reasons ou t one becomes obsessed w i t h ; on accouo t o f t he

obsess ious t he i nd i v i dua l i s assa i l ed by imag ined no t i ons i n

respec t o f wha t can be known by t he m ind i n t he pas t , p resen t

and fu tu re3e . So the o r i g ina t i on o f c i t t a o r v i f i f i dna - a phase i n

the p rocesses o f l i f e o f an i nd i v idua l men ta l and phys i ca l as

we l l - canno t be v i sua l i zed i n sepa ra t i on w i t h t he o the r ones .

Tne PsvcHoLocICAL Susrecr IvENESS oF Cr r rA

I n anc ien t Buddh i sm. t he re was a f a i t h i n c i t t a as

i n f i n i t e l y duc t i l e and p l as t i coo . and i n t he sense -appa ra tus as so

many i nd r i ya ' s - t ha t i s , ru l i ng o r con t ro l l i ng th ings , f acu l t i es ,

no t pass i ve as m i r ro r s , bu t engaged i n c l ash and co l l i s i ono t .

Judged by i t s genera l usage in the PA l i N i kaya , c i t t a appears

bas i ca l l y t o r e fe r t o t he cen te r and f ocus o f man ' s emo t i ona l

na tu re as we l l as to the sea t and o rgan o f t hough t i n i t s ac t i ve ,

dynam ic aspec t . C i t t a p l ays a more cen t ra l and c ruc ia l r o l e i n

Buddh i sm than i n any o the r I nd ian sys tem o f ph i l osoph i c

though t and re l i g i ous p rac t i ce . I t i s p robab l y t o bas e on t h i s

t ha t c i t t a i s de f i ned i n i t s mos t gene ra l sense as t he i nv i s i b l e

and i nco rpo rea l ene rg i se r o f t he body and as t he ac t i va to r o f

the pe rsona l i t y o f mano ' .

I t shou ld be rem inded he re t ha t man i n Buddh i s t sys tem i s

a psychophys i ca l comb ina t i on o f ndma and rupa (m ind and

body ) . Vedana ( sensa t i on ) , sa f t f t a ( pe rcep t i on ) , sankha ra

(men ta l f o rma t ions ) and v i f r . f i ana ( consc iousness ) a te the non -

phys i ca l f ac to r s i n man co l l ec t i ve l y r ega rded as ndma (m ind )

and ca t t r i r i mahabh i t t dn i ( t he f ou r g rea t p r ima r i es o r e l emen ts )

u ' h i ch a re desc r i bed as ex tens ion ( i . e . ea r t h -pa . t hav i ) , cohes ion

( i . e . wa te r - apo ) , hea t ( i . e . f i r e - t e i o ) and v i b ra t i on ( i . e . w ind -

" t lb id .o t ' A . i ,o 1 c . Au ' E B C

i : 1 1 1 .

5 .

F . R h y s D a v i d s . B I P D B : 1 8 7 - 1 8 8

4 : 1 6 9 .

Page 161: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t45

v A y o ) a r e t h e p h y s i c a l f a c t o r s i n m a n c o l l e c t i v e l y r e g a r d e d a s

r f i p a ( b o d y ) . I n B u d d h i s m , t h e p e r s o n a l i t y o f m a n i s

c o n d i t i o n e d a n d s u s t a i n e d b y t h e a c t i v i t y o f c i t t a a n d

c o n s e q u e n t l y t h e c h a r a c t e r a n d d e s t i n y o f m a n a r e a l s o l i k e w i s e

d e t e r r n i n e d b y c i t t a 4 3 . A s b e i n g r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e c h a r a c t e r

a r r d d e s t i n y o f m a n c i t t a i s t h e c e n t e r o f u n d e r s t a n d i n g t o w h i c h

r l r e h i g h e r k n o w l e d g e c a l l e d a b h i f i i i a i s a t t r i b u t e d . T h e r e a r e

e x p r e s s i o n s s u c h a s c i t t e n a . . . f i a s s a t i * ( h e s h a l l u n d e r s t a n d b y

r : i t t a ) ; a n d a f i . f i , a c i t t a m u p a t t h a p e t i 4 s ( h e a p p l i e s h i s c i t t a r o

u n d e r s t a n d i n g ) o 6 .

I n r e g a r d t o t h e s o c i a l l i f e o f a p e r s o n a n d t h e w o r l d h c

l i v e s i n c i t t a r a k e s t h e p r e - e r n i n e n t r o l e , s w a y i n g i t s i d e o l o g i c a l

l e a d e r s h i p . A l l s c h o o l s o f B u d d h i s m a g r e e o n t h e p r i m a c y o f

c i t t a i n t h i s r e s p e c t . T h e p e r v a d i n g a g r e e m e n t s e e m s t o b e

r e s u l t e d f r o m t h e s a y i n g , " T h e w o r l d , m o n k s , i s l e d b y t h o u g h t ,

1 s s w e p t a w a y b y t h o u g h t . T h e w o r l d c o m e s u n d e r t h e p o w e r o f

r h o u g h t - a 7 , w h i c h i s a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e B u d d h a . M o r e s p e c i f i c a l l y

s p e a k i n g , c i t t a s e e l n s r n a i n l y t o r e f e r t o t h e p u r p o s e f u l

r r g a n i z a t i o n o f a c t i v i t i e s . T h i s u n i t y o f p u r p o s e i s n o r m a l l y a

: h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f t h e h u m a n i n d i v i d u a l , b u t i t i s a l s o p o s s i b l e t o

s u b m i t m o r e o r l e s s c o m p l e t e l y t o t h e w i l l o r p u r p o s e s o f

r r h e r s ; t h i s i s i n e a r l y B u d d h i s m e x p r e s s e d a s a f u n c t i o n o f' i t t a o 8 .

l n t h e N i k d y a s , c i t t a i s v i e w e d a s a n a r s e n a l o f

J i spos i t i ona l p rope r t i es t ha t t ake t he f o rm o f men ta l

r r ed i spos i t i ons , p roc l i v i t i e s , t endenc ies and do rman t and l a ten t

f o r ses t ha t ac t i va te t hemse l ves a t t he sub l im ina l l eve l o f

: onsc iousness . Th i s t endency and po ten t i a l i t y t o ac t as and' . r ' hen occas ion and oppo r tun i t y d i c t a te i s t e rmed anusaya . The

: r r o rnen t o f exp los i on and ac t i ve man i f es ta t i on i s ca l l ed pa r i yu t t' : r i na . C i t t a i s a l so v i ewed as a consc ious cen te r o f ac t i v i t y ,

O p . C i t . : 3 7 8 .

. t . i : 9 .

l b i d . i i i : . 4 3 7 .

R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 6 0 - 1 6 i

A . i i : l 7 ' 7 a l u d , S . i : 3 9 .

R . E . A . J o h a n s s o r t , D P E B : 1 5 9 .

Page 162: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

146

pu rpos i veness , con t i nu i t y and emo t i ona l i t y . I n t he con tex t o f

t he t each iog on oon -subs tan t i a l i t y c i t t a may be cons ide red as

the bes t s i ng le psycho log i ca l t e rm mos t app rop r i a te f o r

deno t i ng t he cha rac te r o f man ' s pe rsona l i t yon .

C i t t a has been func t i ona l l y sub j ec ted to a th ree - fo ld

c l ass i f i ca t i on rep resen ted by t he d i s t i nc t i on be tween t he

e f f ec t i ve ( vedana ) , cogn i t i ve ( sa f i f i a ) , and cona t i ve ( ce tand ) . I t

i s ca tego r i ca l l y s ta ted tha t t he e f fec t i ve and the cogn i t i ve a re

men ta l s t a tes dependen t on c i t t a . And ce tana c l ea r l y i s t hecausa t i ve f o rm o f c i t t a ( c i n te t i ) ce te t i , ce taya t i ) ce tand ) . Thea f f ec t i ve aspec t r e fe r s t o t he f ee l i ng t one o f c i t t a ; t he cogn i t i ve

aspec t i s conce rned w i t h know ing . be l i ev i ng . r eason ing andpe rce i v i ng ; and t he cona t i ve aspec t i s conce rned w i t h ac t i t r g .

w i l l i ng . s t r i v i ng . and des i r i ng . These t h ree aspec rs do no t , o f

cou rse , f unc t i on sepa ra te l y . As men ta l p rocesses a l l t h ree

aspec t s ope ra te a l l a t once by way o f concu r ren t ac t i on and

in te r -ac t i on . Cogn i t i o i r i s assoc ia ted w i t h cona t i on t ha t i n t u rni s bouud up i nva r i ab l y w i t h r he hedon i c qua l i t y r o f ee l i ng .

Man i fo ld a re the func t i o ns o f c i t t a . mora l a s we l l asep i s te mo 1o g i c a l5o .

I u t e rms o f psychoana l ys i s . t he ego o f human pe rsona l i t y

wh i ch i s expe r i enced as t he " se l f " o r ' I " and i s i n con tac t w i t h

the ex re rna l wo r l d t h rough pe r cep t i on . I t i s t he pa r t . wh i ch

remembers . eva lua tes . p l ans , and i n o the r ways . i s r espons i ve t o

and ac t s i n t he su r round ing phys i ca l and soc ia l wo r l d . The egocoex i s t s " i n psychoana ly t i c t heo r5 , . w i th the i d and superego . as

one o f t h ree agenc ies p roposed by S igmund F reud i n h i s a t t empr

to desc r i be t he dynam ics o f t he human m ind . Ego (La t i n f o r' I " ) compr i ses , i n F reud ' s t e rm ino logy . t he execu t i ve f unc t i ons

o f pe rsona l i t y : i t i s t he i n teg ra to r be tween t he ou te r and i nne r

wo r l ds . as we l l as be tween t he i d and t b .e supe rego .

The ego g i ves con t i nu i t y and cons i s tency t o behav iou r by

p rov id i ng a pe rsona l po in t o f r e fe rence , wh i ch re l a tes t he

even ts o f t he pas t ( r e ta i ned i n memory ) and ac t i ons o f t he

iI

4 9

-50

E B C 4

O p . C i t .

1 7 ?

: l 7 O .

Page 163: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 4 1L + t

p r e s e n t a n d o f t h e f u t u r e ( r e p r e s e n t e d i n a n t i c i p a t i o n a n d

i m a g i n a t i o n ) . S o t h e B u d d h i s t c i t t a r e m i n d s u s o f t h e F r e u d i a n

e g o a s m e n t i o n e d a b o v e i n i t s f u n c t i o n a s t h e c e n t e r o f

p e r c e p t u a l a n d c o g n i t i v e a c t i v i t y . " I d e a t i o n a n d s e n s a t i o n a r e

r r r e n t a l p r o c e s s e s d e p e n d e n t o n c i t t a ; t h e r e f o r e t h e y a r e c a l l e d

a c t i v i t v o f c i t t a " s t .

C t r r a A S E G o B E I N G C R I T I c I z E D B y S u p n n n c o

Th i s i s a so r t o f se l f - accusa t i on o r se l f - censo rsh ip .

Acco rd ing t o F reud t he re i s a supe rego , t ha t i s i n pos i t i on t o be

c r i t i ca l o f t l r e ego , so t he re i s i n Buddh i sm an " I " who may be

c r i t i ca l o f c i t t a and may wan t t o sub juga te i t and change i t by

means o f t he Buddh i s t t r a i n i ngs : . The i nd i v i dua l ' s i den t i f i ca t i on

w i t h h i s c i t t a i s f a r f r om comp le te . The re i s f r equen t l y a c l ea r

d i s t i nc t i on be tween "me" and * t ny c i t t a " . The t ex t says : "Fo r a

l ong t ime i ndeed I have been de f rauded , dece i ved and chea ted

by t h i s c i t t a , f o r I have been co l l ec t i ng body , sensa r i on ,

i dea t i on , ac t i v i t i e s and consc iousness . Cond i t i oned by t h i s

co l l ec t i on t he re was g row th f o r me . . . " t 3 . He re c i t t a i s made

respons ib l e f o r a l l t he f a l se va lues and ac t i v i t i e s t ha t keep t he

pa l i c casamuppAda deve lopmen t go ing . " I " am some th ing

d i f f e ren t . " I - can see t ha t a l l t h i s i s f a l sesa .

I t i s no ted t ha t a f oo l i s usua l l y supposed no t t o

con temp la te on t he ac t i v i t i e s o f c i t t a so t ha t c i t t a e l udes i t se l f

i n t he gu i l e o f h imse l f pe r se - He i s i gno ran t o f t he ac t i on o f

c i t t a . C i t t a ac t i va tes i t se l f t h rough dependen t o r i g i na t i on bu t

as ide o f t h i s causa l ac t i v i t y c i t t a i n i t s t r ue na tu re does no t

y i e l d i t se l f t o pe rcep t i on and concep t i onss .

The Theragdthd. records the s tory of Thera Tdlapuya who

p rev ious l y was bo rn p ro fess iona l ac to r o f t a l en t . He l ed h i s

happy I i f e i n t he be l i e f t ha t as be ing an ac to r whose

5 l s . i r r tt ? R . E .

t ' M . i ,

5 o R . E .

2 9 3 .

A . J o h a t r s s o r r , D P E B : 1 6 0 .

5 1 1 .

A . J o h a r r s s o r t , D P E B : 1 5 9 .

Page 164: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

148

pe r fo rmance i s t o amuse o the rs he shou ld be rebo rn i n t heheaven l y r ea lm o f l augh ing . I n h i s i n t e r v i ew w i t h t he Buddhahe recogn i zed t ha t t h i s was a f a l se be l i e f and became a bh i kkhu ,a f t e r due s rudy he a t t a i ned a rahan tsh ip . I t i s i n t he p rocess o fa t r a i n i ng t ha t t he i n te res t i ng d rama t i c d i a l ogue w i rh i n h im tookp lace .

He re Ta lapu la ' s pe rsona l i t y i s dua l i zed and pu t on t hethea te r s t age . And t he The rag i l hA re l a tes t he l oud l y spokend ia l ogue be tween Ta lapu ta and h i s c i t t a . I n t he d i a l ogue we

mee t t he * I " (Ta lapu la ) who ca r r i ed ou t h i s r i gh t o f cho i ce -

l eav iug beh ind the househo ld l i f e and l ead ing a monk ' s oneand h i s c i t t a who was f raudu len t . I r can be re fe r red tha t asbe ing co l l ec ted i n to t he canon i ca l t ex t The ragd tha , Ta lapu tashou ld no t be a monk o f l ow e leva t i on . Neve r the less . t he re wass t i l l t he d i ssonance be tween t he appea rance o f h i s chosen l i f eand t he p rocesses o f h i s i nne r sp i r i t ua l l i f e .

P rev ious l y . c i t t a had begged h im to g i ve up wo r l d l y l i f e ,and he had fo l l owed i t s i n ten t i on and tas ted the med i ta t i ona ll i f e :

' T i s many yea rs s i nce t hou . my hea r t , d i ds t u rge :'Come l l ow , enough o f t h i s house - l i f e f o r t hee l 'See t heu ! I ' ve l e f t t he wo r l d . Whe re fo re . O hea r t .Dos t l ack devo t i on t o t hy t ask?56

In gene ra l , c i t t a had begged o f h im a l l t he good ac t i v i t i e s

i nc l ud ing good p rocesses . ou twa rd l y o f cou rse bu t , mo reimpor tan t , i nward l y . Fo r examp le , t he deve lopmen t o f humancapac i t i es . cu lm ina t i ng i n t h ree fo l d know ledge i n t he Buddha ' steach iug . o f wh i ch t he f i na l p rocess i s r e l ease f r om i n f l uxes , o rach ievemeu t o f t he dea th l ess " . C i t t a had begged h im o f a c l oseobse rva t i on o f t he f ac to r s as o r i g i na l l y su f f e r i ng . He shou ld bedevo id o f t be i r causes t * . C i t t a had begged h im to s top ce to ' sp reoccupa t i on w i t h meno by way o f i ns i gh t and t o unde rs tand

t t E B C . 4 : L 7 9 .t u

P E B : 3 7 3 , v .t ' I b i d .

r l l 4 - i lt o

l b i d . I I 16 .

I t o 1

I J .

Page 165: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r49

t he impe r [ r auen t as su f f e r i ng . r he emp t i ness as no t - se l f , t hepa in as des t ruc t i onse . I n a l l p resc r i bed c i r cu rns tances o f l i f e .c i t t a had begged o f h im the we l l - con t ro l l ed se l f * .

Bu t he was a u rau i n con f l i c t . C i t t a was t hen t emp t i ng h im

toward t he i r npe rmaoen t and t r ans ien t . ca l l ed * ca la " whe reasuacA la " i s o f t en an a t t r i bu te o f r t i bbdna . I n f ac t . h i s c i t t a was

obs t ruc t i ng h i r u f r om reach ing h i s goa lo ' . Th i s p rocess w i t h i n a

s ta te o f con f l i c t mus t be ca lmed down . C i t t a . wh i ch i s

f o rm less . f a r go ing . wande r i ng a l one , l nus t be gu ided by t he

rh ink i ng o f t t i bbdna62 . He had chosen h i s way o f l i f e i n

obed ience w i t h h i s c i t t a - and now tha t same c i t t a begged h im togo back t o t he o l d way o f l i f e63 . I n a good sense he had done

wha t c i t t a asked o f h im th roughou t many b i r t hs . know ing rha t

samsd ra ' s su f f e r i ng was caused by c i t t a . whe the r he reached

human ex i s tences . deva - l i ke ex i s t ence . o r he reached downward

ex i s tencess . I t was a l l ve r y f r us t ra t i ng and he accused b i s c i t t a

o f p l ay i ng w i t h h im as w i t h a l una t i c :

Nay now. thou sha l t no t dupe rue as o f o ld

T ime a f t e r t ime , aga in . eve r aga in -

L i ke moun tebank show ing h i s l i t t l e masque ;

Thou p layes t gu i l e f u l t r i c s w i t h me .

As w i th a l una t i c6 - ' .

He c l osed h i s b l am ing wo rds w i t h t he ques t i on . "Te l l me .

ruy hea r t . whe re in a rn I a t f au l t ? " * . Bu t a l l t h i s came to an end .

Th is was t ime fo r h im to ruake a su rnmary s ta te ruen t : ' To -day

rha t hea r t I ' l l ho l d i n t ho rough check , "o ' . He had l ea rued by

expe r i ence . The t eache r had made h im see t h i ngs i n t he wo r l d

as t hey a re ; "Now. hea r t , l eap f o rwa rd i n t he Conque ro r ' s

t ' Ib id. r* Ibu. tu ' I b i d . Ioz lbid. I

" t Ib id. L* Ibtd. I

"5 Ibit l . I*

I b i d . t' '

I b i d . t

L t 7 .

1 1 9 .

t z l .

t 2 2 .

1 2 3 - t L Z 4 .

1 2 6 - 1 1 2 8 .

t ? 9 .

t 2 9 .

r 3 0 .

Page 166: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

150

ru le ' uE . Th i s i s someth ing new fo r t he p rocess o f c i c ta ; i t was

gove rned , under the con r ro l o f t he g tea t Seer ' s t each ing . C i t t a

w i l l be we l l gua rded and deve loped , w i thou t suppor t i n any

ex i s tence6e . I n the l as t t h ree s tanzas we hea r the l as t f ad ing

echo o f t he con f l i c t be tween h im and h i s c ieca . because c i t t a

had l ed h im a round ios tead o f l i v i ng w i th the teach ing o f t he

great compassionate SeerTo. The echo of the conf l ic t was fad ing

away w i th in a f i rm be l i e f o f a p rospe rous fu tu re :

L ike creature of the wi ld roar ing at large

In the fa i r f lower ing jungle, so thou too

Has t gone up on the l ove l y c loud -wrea thed c res t .

The re on the moun ta in , where no c rowd can come.

Shal t f ind thy joy, O hear t , for never doubt

Bu t t hou sha l t su re l v w in to the BevondTr .

4, CITTA AND EMANCIPATION

S/e have a l ready beeu in touch wi th the issue in the

p rev ious chap te r bu t t he e labo ra t i on then i s desc r ip t i ve i n

cha rac te r and based ma in l y on the tex tua l occu r rences o f t he

key word c i t t a and the i deas tha t t he tex t conce rned sugges ts .

In th i s sec t i on the emanc ipa t i on o f c i t t a i s f u r the r dea l t w i th i n

a more ana ly t i ca l and c r i t i ca l manner .

In the Maj j h ima Nikaya, the word c i t ta i tse l f or i ts

compounds occu rs i n a round 1 .500 con tex t s . wh i ch can be

reduced to some bas i c coheren t pa t te rns . The impor tan t

coherence wi th in the Maj jh ima Nikaya can be i l lust rated by the

Su t ta 148 i n wh ich 36 p rocesses . cons t i t u t i ng human be ings . a re

men t ioned . Among them a re mano , m ind and /o r t hough t , and

v i f , r t a t t a , m ind and /o r consc iousness . I t i s sa id abou t e i t he r o f

them tha r t hey a re ana t td (no t - se l f ) . C i t t a , however , i s no I

men t ioned . whereas the i dea o f t h i s ve ry se rmon by the Buddha

becomes c lea r a t t he end th rough the o f ten recu r r i ng ph rase .' t he m inds ( c i t t dn i ) o f as many as s i x t y monks were re leased

os lb id . r 13 r .6 e l b i d . l l 4 0 - l 1 4 1to

l b i d . LL43 .

i

Page 167: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

f r om i n f l uxes w i t h no g rasp ing ( r ema in i ng ) - "

exp resses t he expe r i ence o f n i bbana - re l . ease .

15 '

C i t t a he re

The ( ( I " t ha t i s r e fe r red t o i n t he v imu t t i - p rocess as i t i sg i ven t h rough a rahan t - f o rmu la and i t s con tex t s b r i ngs i n tofocus c i t t a as be ing re leased . W i th in t l r . e Ma j j h ima N ikdya th i si s t he case recu r r i ng i n 2 r o f t he 152 su t t as . I t r e i n fo r ces t hev iew he ld by R . E . A . Johansson who l ooks upon c i t t a as " t he

co re o f ou r pe rsona l i t y a round r vh i ch a l l pe rsona l p rocesses

revo l ve " " as re fe r red t o above .

The unde rs tand ing o f t he Fou r Nob le T ru ths i s r espons ib l efo r t he f reedom o f c i t t a . I L7 numerous rex rs o f t he Ma j j h imaN ikaya tha t we read abou t t he rn ind i n t he p rocess o f be ingre leased ; t h i s i s t he recu r ren t pa t t e rn , ' c i t t an t v imucc i t t ha '( r n i nd was re l eased ) , wh i ch i s p receded by t he rea l i za t i on o fFou r Nob le T ru ths . The re l ease i s o f t h ree fo l d , t he t r ans la t i on

funn ing , " . . . f o r me know ing t hus , see ing t hus , my m ind was

re leased f r om dsavd ( i n f l uxes ) o f sense p l easu res . . . o f

ex i s t ence . . . o f no t know ing , and i n t he re l ease my know ledgecame to be ' c i t t a i s r e l eased . . . " ' 7a .

Jan T . E rga rd t commen ts t ha t on see ing rea l i t y as i t i s ,

t he l r uman m ind i s r e l eased f r om asava . Th rough t he wo rd

dsavd , and i t s connec t i on w i t h dukkha , we l nay see t ha t t h i s

t h ree fo l d r e l ease as rnen t i oned above i s a depa r tu re f r om

ex is ten t i a l su f fe r i ng i n any fo rm. We may a l so see the

cu lm ina t i on i n t he know ledge t ha t i s bu i l t upon t he ac tua l

expe r ience o f re lease t5 .

The re l ease o f c i t t a , i n t he h i ghes t sense , r e fe r s t o

ce tov imu t t i a t t a i ned by f o l l ow ing t he a r i ya -magga : t he nob le

pa th , o r by con fo rm ing to t } re b rahma-ca r i ya : t he nob le l i f e . I n

rh i s con tex t , t he t e rm i s a lmos t a lways coup led w i t h ano the r

' M . i i i : 2 8 7 .- t

J " t r T . E rga r td , The Concep t o f C i t t a i n Some Ear l y Buddh i s t Tex ts andJ u r t g ' s A n a l y t i c a l P s y c h o l o g y , B W P : 3 9 - 4 0 .

' o M . i : 2 3 , r t 7 , 2 4 9 l . M . i i 9 3 , 2 7 2 M . i i i : 3 6

t - t J a n ' f . E r g a r t d , o p . C i t : 5 0 - 1 .

Page 168: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

152

te rm , pe f i f r dv imu t t i T6 . I n t h i s s t a te o f f r eedom, c i t t a becomespe r fec t l y f r ee f r om a l l asavd ' . " dsaveh i c i t t dn i v imucc iqnsu "TT .

Th i s r e fe r s r o t he a t t a i nmen t o f a rahan tsh ip , t he h i ghes t andthe nob les t s t a te78 , t he f i na l r e l ease f r om samsa ra . The t e rmpa f i i i av imu t r i appears to be comp lemen ta ry to i t s p reced ing te rm

ce tov imu t t i , and s t resses the fac t t ha t emanc ipa t i on o f c i t t a i sa t t a i ned by i ns i gh t . The pe rson whose c i t t a i s t hus emanc ipa ted

i s ca l l ed v imu t tac i t t aTe .

Ce tov imu t t i , acco rd ing t o Buddhaghosa , i s synonymous

w i t h c i t t av imu t t i , and i s named fo r t he consc iousness o f t hef ru i t o f a rahan tsb , i p t ha r i s a l so f ree f rom the bondage o f a l lpass ions . The t e rm ce tov imu t t i i s a l so used i n d i f f e ren t con tex t s

w i t h r e fe rence o f va r i an t s rages o f emanc ipa t i on o f m ind t ha t i s

l ower than the pe r fec t f reedom re fe r red to above . The d i f f e ren t

names by wh ich these s rages o f emanc ipa r io t r a re re fe r red toind i ca te ra the r t he means tha t t hev a re a t ta ined w i th t0 .

Tha t t he t e rm pa f i f t av imu t t i appea rs t o be comp lemen ta r ) '

t o i t s p reced ing t e rm ce tov imu r r i . t he re fo re . t o s t r ess t he f ac t o f

emanc ipa t i on o f m ind i s no t f u l l y sa t i s f ac to r y t o r eade rs o f t he

c r i t i ca l t ypes . Hence t he two v imu t t i es a re l a t e r on f u r t he r

i n te rp re ted by R . E . A . Johansson who ass igns equa l f oo t i ng t o

b ' o th o f t hem and somehow keeps t hem asunde r as t h i s :

Ce tov imu t t i Ls t he same as f r eedom f rom des i r e and a t t a i ned b1 'p rac t i c i ng * ca lm " , i . e . samddh i . Pa f i f i a v imu t t i means f r eedom

f rom i gno rance and i s a t t a i ned t h rough v i passand . i . e .

i n t rospec t i ve obse rva t i ons o f t he impermanence . impersona l i t l ' .

su f f e r i ng e t c . o f a l l p rocesses t t . Ano the r no t i ceab le e l abo ra t i on

on t h i s i s sue i s f r om D J . Ka lupahana who a t t r i bu tes

I

7 8

7 9

tto

t11

D . i :

M . i i i

D . i :

M . i :

E B C .

R . E .

1 5 6 . i i i : 7 8 ; S . i : l 2 0 ; A . i : 1 2 3

: 7 Q , 7 8 O .

1 5 6 .

1 4 0 .

4 : l l 0 .

A . J o h a o s s o n . D P E B : 2 1 3 - 5 .

Page 169: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

c e t o v t m u t t t t o

c e s s a t i o n * t .

t h e a t t a i n m e n t o f

t ) J

r t i r o d . h a - s a m a c l l t i : s t a t e o f

Cetov imu t r i i s desc r i bed by sun i l a . an im i t t a , and

appa l r i h i t a . A t l o f t he desc r i p t i ve t e rms mean t by ce tov imu t t i

a re nega t i ve . Bu t D . J

m isunde rs tand ing i r up ressed

emerg iug f r om the " s ta te

uecessa r i l y , howeve r . l ose t he

a t ra i ned t he know ledse o f t he

. Ka lupahana sa fegua rds any

by t he i r nega t i v i t y . say ing t ha t

o f cessa t i on " one does no t* f r eedom o f t hough t " . i f one had

* rvan inq o f i u f l uxes " * ' .

I n f i ne . t he f r eedom o f m ind cons i s t s i n e l im ina t i ng t he

res t r i c r i ons t ha t i t i u rposes upon i t se l f . The sys tem o f Buddh i s t

med i ta t i on po in t s the way i n r vh i ch c i t t a can ou tg row i t s own

cou f i nes . One who ach ieves f r eedom comprehends t hus : Thus

indeed s ra tes t ha t have no t been i n me cou re t o be : hav iug been

rhey pass away . He . no t f ee l i ng a t t r ac ted by t hese s ta tes . no t

f ee l i ng repe l l ed , i ndependen t . uo t i n f a tua ted , f r eed . r e l eased .

dwe l l s w i t h a m ind uncon f i ned . comprehend ing : t he re i s g rea te r

f reedom fu r the r on*o .

Acco rd ing t o t he t each ings embod ied i n t he N i kayas i t i s

thu s c l ea r t ha t t he pu r i f i ed c i t t a a lo ne i s capab le o f

unders tand ing wha t i s bes t f o r onese l f . wha t i s bes t f o r o the rs

and the t ru th tha t t ranscends the sphere o f t he un tu to red c i t t aEs .

So t he sepa ra teness o f pa f i r l av imu t t i and ce tov imu t t i as

sugges ted by R . E . A . Johansson does no t sound conv inc i b l e .

5 . E T H I C A L C I T T A

As rega rd to e th i ca l i ns t i t u t i on c i t t a i s t he de te rm inan t o f

one ' s pu r i t y o r impur i t y . The Samyu t ra P i taka says tha r be ings

become de f i l ed on accoun t o f t he de f i l emen t o f t he i r c i t t a and .

t he re fo re . become pu r i f i ed on accoun t o f t he pu r i f i ca t i on o f

u ' s . i v l . ? 9 5 .u ' D . J . K a l u p a h a n a . H B P : 4 8 .* o M . i i i : 2 5 .t - t A . i , g .

Page 170: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

154

the i r c i t t a86 . The N l f t dya a l so g i ves us the cause and the reason

o f t he de f i l emen ts : t ha t i s because t he i r c i t t a i s g i ven t o

p leasu re and i s ove rwhe lmed w i th p leasu re and a l so i s i n

pu rsu i t o f p leasu re , t he re fo re be ings a re i n fa tua ted w i th

p leasu re , a re bound w i th p leasu re and be ing i n such bondage

are the reby de f i l ed and co r rup ted by p leasu reE t . Bu t i n o the r

Cases c i t t a p la in l y t akes the ro le o f one among seve ra l mo t i ves

dec id ing one ' s pu r i t y o r impur i t y . Mo t i ves o f behav io r a re

f requen t l y e rumera ted i n t he N ikdyas . Greed , ha t red , i l l us ion .

no t pay ing p rope r a t ten t i oD , a wrong ly d i rec ted c i t t a i s t he

cause o f do ing bad ac t i on , o f commi t t i ng a bad ac t i on tE . I n a

pa ra l l e l passage , t he oppos i tes o f t hese a re g i ven as mo t i ves o f

good ac t i ons : f reedom f rom g reed . f reedom f rom ha t red .

f reedom f rom i l l us ion , p rope r a t ten t i on . and r i gh t l y d i rec ted

ci t ta^ ' .

Bu t i n genera l , c i t t a p lays a ceu t ra l ro le i n t he mora l and

in te l l ec tua l behav iou r o f t he i nd i v idua l . I n t he un t ra ined

wor ld l y i nd i v idua l c i t t a i s a f f l i c ted w i th mora l l y rep rehens ib le

needs and emot ionsm.

6 . C rc re ' s FEASIB IL ITY

Tha t a man w i th we l l - con t ro l l ed c i t t a can shake the ea r th

i s a conv i c t i on o f t he Buddh is t s who a re conv inced by the

fo l l ow ing N ikaya passage : 'A rec luse o r a b rahmin w i th mag ic

power who has h i s c i t t a we l l con t ro l l ed . . . may . by i n tense

concen t ra t i on on the m inu tes t po r t i on o f ea r th and on the image

o f t he w ides t expanse o f wa te l . make th i s ea r th move and

t remb le 'e l . C i t t a i s used i ns t rumen ta l l y f o r d i sce rn ing

someth ing i n i t se l f . The Pa t i t ex t says , ' ce tasa ce to pa r i ccane

And i t i s rendered i n the case as ' g rasp ing fu l l y w i th one ' s

E 6 ^5 . l l l :

* ' Ibid . :t t

A . v :6 e R . E ,n E B c .n t

D . i i :n l b t d . ,

1 5 1 .

7 4 .

8 6 f .

A . Johansson, DPEB: IA I

4 : I 7 O .

1 0 8 .

1 4 .

Page 171: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 5 5

r n i n d ' e 3 . T h e m e d i t a t i o n a l m i n d c a n a l s o e n a b l e a b h i k k h u t o

a s c e n d t o t h e h e a v e n s . T h e D I g h a N i k c l y a r e l a t e s a s t o r y a b o u t a

t t h i k k h u w h o b y h i s r n e d i t a t i o n a l r n i n d w e n t u p t o t h e d e v a

r e a l m s w h e r e h e c o u l d s p e a k t o t } : . e M a h a B r a h m a , q u e s t i o n i n g

a b o u t t h e m a g g a . ' W e ,

b y t h e w a y , c o u l d m a k e t h e i n t e r e s t i n g

n o t e t h a t t h e M a h a B r a h m a , i n t h e m a n n e r h e d e a l t w i t h t h e

b h i k k h u , i s s o h u m a n i n t e r m s o f p s y c h o l o g i c a l t r a i t . A b o u t t h e

a b i l i t y o f t h e B u d d h a i t i s n o t i c e a b l e r h a r t h a n k s r o c i t t a i n

f o r m l e s s n e s s - m e d i t a t i o n , a n d t o e l i m i n a t i o n o f s o m e f e e l i n g s ,

t h e B u d d h a c o u l d m a k e h i s p h y s i c a l b o d y n o r s u b j e c t e d r op a i n f u l s e n s a t i o n

S i m i l a r l y , t h e N i k a y a t e x t s a l s o r e c o r d e d t h e c a s e w h e r e a

n o n k w h o " a t t a i n e d s o h i g h a d e g r e e o f s a m a d h i t h a t w i t h

c e n c e n t r a t e < I c i t t a ( s a m a h i t e c i t t e ) h e c o u l d s e e r h e w a y l e a d i n g

t o t h e B r a h m a - w o r l d a n d s p o k e t o t h e m e a . A n o t h e r c a s e i s t h a t

b y m e a n s o f m e d i t a t i o n a r n o n k e n t e r e d u p o n t h e f i r e - e l e m e n t

( t e j o - d h d t u m s a m a p a j j i t v a ) , r o s e i n t h e a i r r o t h e h e i g h t o f

s e v e n p a l m t r e e s a n d p r o j e c t e d a f l a m e t o t h e h e i g h t o f a n o t h e r

s e v e n p a l m t r e e s , s o t h a t i t b l a z e d a n d g l o w e d e 5 . P s y c h o l o g i c a l l y

s p e a k i n g , i t i s p o s s i b l y t a k e n r o m e a n t h a t t h e m o n k v i s u a l i z e d

l i g h t a n d f i r e d u r i n g h i s s a m d . d h i a n d e x p e r i e n c e d t h i s s o

i n t e n s e l y t h a t h e p r o j e c t e d i t a s r e a l l i g h t i n t o t h e p h y s i c a l

w o r l d . B u t i n h i s e x p e r i e n c e t h e r e w a s n . o d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n

o b j e c t i v e a n d s u b j e c t i v e e 6 .

A s w e h a v e a l r e a d y r n e n t i o n e d i n t h e p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r , t h e

t h r e e k i n d s o f u n w h o l e s o r n e v i t a k k a a r e e x p e l l e d i n a l l a n d

q u i t e e x c l u s i v e l y b y t h o s e w h o s e c i t t a i s a l r e a d y w e l l s e t t l e d i n

t h e F o u n d a t i o n s o f M i n d f u l n e s s , a n d t h o s e w h o s e a d v a n c e i n' a n i m i t t a r y t s a m d d h i r f ' ( m e d i t a t i o n o f f o r m l e s s n e s s ) . T h e D I g h a

N i k a y a s a y s , " T h e r e a t e t h e s e t h r e e e v i l w a y s o f t h o u g h t ,

b r e t h r e n : t h o u g h t s o f l u s t , t h o u g h t s o f i l l - w i l l , t h o u g h t s o f

h u r t i n g . A n d t h e s e e v i l w a y s o f t h o u g h t c e a s e u t t e r l y w i t h o u t

r e m a i n d e r i n h i m w h o s e h e a r t a b i d e s e s t a b l i s h e d i n t h e f o u r

" PED:t o D . i i 'nt

Ibi cr.t u R . E .

4 2 4 .

220.

l i i : - 27 .

A . J o l r a n s s o t t , D P E B : 3 6 .

Page 172: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

156

s ta t i ons o f m ind fu l ness , o r who p rac t i ces concen t ra t i on t ha t i sw i t hd raws f r om ob iec t s "e7 .

C i t t a t ra ined and deve loped by med i ta t i on can be o f manyhea l t hy s ta tes exp ressed i n compounds as c i t t a - ka l l a t d :r ead iness o f m ind ; c i t t a -anupassand : i n t r ospec t i ve awa reness o fm ind : c i t t a -u juka td : rec t i t ude o f m ind c i t t a *ekagga td : one -po in tedness o f m ind c i t t a -passadh i : ca lmness o f hea r t andse ren i t y o f m ind c i t t a -bhavand : deve lopmen t o f m ind c i t t a -kammaf r f ra ta : p l i ancy o f m ind ; c i t t a -pagu f i f i a ta : p ro f i c i ency o fm ind ; c i t t a - l ahu ta : buoya rcy o f m ind ; c i t t a - v i suddh i :pu r i f i ca t i on o f m ind ; c i t t a - samadh i : concen t ra t i on o f m ind ;c i t t a - s amod .hdna : ca lm ing o f t hough t ; c i t t a - v imu t t i o r ce to -

v imu t t i : f r eedom o f m ind : c i t t a - v f t pasama : t r anqu i l i t y o f m ind :c i t t a -sampadd : a t ta inmen t o f b l i ss by the m indnE.

The Buddha deve lops a sca le o f p l easu res i n wh i chsupe r i o r i t y i s g i ven t o t he p l easu re o f t he m ind i n ascend ingleve l o f j hdna . The re i s p l easu re t o be a t t a i ned f r om the f i vet ypes o f l ove -ob jec t s ( kamagund ) , bu t be r t e r i s t he p l easu re i nthe f i r s t j hana . Bu t even t h i s i s i n f e r i o r t o t he p l easu re i n t hesecond j hana . Each l eve l o f samddhs g i ves a g rea te r p l easu re

than t he p reced ing one . The h i ghes t r ype o f p l easu re i sexpe r i enced i n t he l as t s t age o f j hana : t he cessa t i on o f i dea t i onand seusa t i onoe .

C i t t a t h rough med i ta t i ve cu l t i va t i on i s ab le ro ge r r i d o femo t i ona l uus tab leness and cha rac te r i zed by v i l pasan ta ' .

ca lmedroo , ane j j appa t ta ' . imper tu rbab le lo r , ave ra : f ree f romanger to t . dan ta gu t ta rakkh i ta samvu ta ' . t amed con t ro l l edgua rded res t ra i ned respec t i ve l y t o ' . anav i l a : un t roub led le .

o t D B i i i . 7 9 .' r E B C 4 : r 7 3 .

" M . i : 3 9 8 - 4 o o .l o o D . i . 7 1 .t u t l b t d - . . 7 6 .

" ' ' Ib i t r . : 247 .t o t A . i , 7 .

" ' o l b i d . : g .

Page 173: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

157

Ins tead o f t he emo t i on . me t t a ( f r i eud l i ness ) has been

deve loped 'u ' . I t shou ld be c l ea r t ha t Buddh i s t f r i end l i ness i s

cha rac te r i s t i ca l l y d i s t i nc t i ve o f emo t i ona l r eac r i on . The

Ma j jh ima N ikaya a f f i r rus tha t t hough the des i res have gone .

t he re may s t i l l be ruo t i va t i on t o ac t i v i t y . " t ha t c i t t a wh i ch i s

f r ee f r om des i r e . ha t red and i l l u s i on o r i g i na t i ng f r om th i s

the re i s sk i l l ed mora l hab i t s " i o6 . C i t t a may i nc l i ne towards

a rdou r . devo t i on . pe rseve rance and exe r t i on roT . As a resu l t o f

t he t r a i n i ng . we f i nd t hen a deve lopmen t f r om impu l s i veness

and des i re to w i l l and de te rm ina t i on , f rom immatu r i t v t o

maru r i t y . f r om f i c k l eness t o cha rac te r ' o * .

Tha r c i r t a p rope r l y t r a i ned wou ld ach ieve w i sdom and

f reedom f rom r i savd i s reco rded i n the D igha N ikdya toe . The

monk can d i r ec t h i s c i t t a and channe l i t t owa rds t be dea th l ess

e lemen t r ro . Th i s suppo r t s t he conv i c t i on t ha t c i t t a t ha t wh i ch

a t t a i ns n i bbana . ' I f a monk ' s c i t t a i s una t t ached t o t he f o rm-

e lemen t ( sensa t i on . i dea t i on . t he ac t i v i t i e s . consc iousness ) and

i s de tached aud f r ee f r om the i n f l uxes w i t hou t bu i l d i ng up . t hen

i t i s s t ead fas t by i t f r eedom, con ten t by i t s s t ead fas tness . and

by be ing con ten t i t does no t c rave fu r the r : and f ree f rom

c rav ing i r by i t se l f a t t a i ns t o pa r i n i bbdna "L t r .

'We have a l ready seen i n the th i rd chap te r t ha t a bh i kkhu

whose c i t t a i s we l l i u rbedded l v i t h des i rab le qua l i t i es can app ly

o r d i r ec r i t t o o the rs ' c i t t a and knows w t ra t a re go ing on

rhe rea t , whe the r t hey a re who lesome w i t h v i t a - ragam, v i t a -

dosa rp . v i t a -moha m. and so fo r th ; o r unwho lesome w i th sa -

raga rp , sa -c losa ry r - sa -mohary t , and so fo r th . Genera l l y , c i t t a

be ing we l l cu l t i va ted wou ld be equ ipped w i th many feas ib le

qua l i t i e s espec ia l l y t he pene t ra t i ug and d i sce rn ing keenness o r

power t ha t he lps i n r ead ing t he c i t t a o f o the rs . Th i s ab i l i t y i n

l o i M . i : I E .'oo lb id. i i : ?7 .t o t D . i i i : 2 3 9 .r o E R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 6 3t o " D . i i : 8 1 .r r o A . i v : 4 2 3 .t " s . i i i : 4 5 .

I,

Page 174: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

158

i t s f u l l - f l edged deve lopmen t f o rms one o f t he s i x abh innas o f

t he Buddh i s t h i ghes t sa in thood . a rahan rsh ip .

The Nikayas ment ion many at t r ibutes of ^ wel l -e levated

c i t t a . I t s p len ty o f hea l thy a t t r i bu te s a re l i s ted as fo l l ows :

and tu ra : hea l thy ; pa r ibhdv i ta : f u l l y deve loped ; asa l l l na ' .

una t tached ; san tuss i ta ' . con ten ted ; kamman iya : ac t i ve and

p l i ab le ; sammuju jd ta : s t ra igh t and up r igh t ; v i ra r ta : de tached ; . t

h i t a : s teady : v i t a rdga , v t t adosa , v l t amoha : f ree f rom

cove tousness , ma levo lence , and con fus ion ; av ipa l l a t t ha : f ree

f rom pe rve rs ion ; v i suddha : pu re ; sappabhdsa : resp lenden t :

a j j ha t tam v i l pasan ta : f u l l o f i nward ca lm and se ren i t y .

upasan to : t ranqu i l ; samdh i ta : concen t ra ted ; pa r i yodd ta .

c leaused ; ana igana : f ree f rom b lemmishes ; v iga tupakk i l esa .

pu rged o f adven t i t i ous de f i l emen ts ; mudubh f i t a : supp le .

ane j j appauo t unper tu rbed ; mu t la : f r eed ; and pa t i s i ssanyyha

u t t e r l y r e l eased t t t .

7 . CrcTa oF NEGATIVE TRAITS

In th i s aspec t , c i t t a seems to be s im i l a r t o t he F reud ian

co rcep t o f uego" wh ich i n Buddh is t sys tem shou ld be tamed

o the rw ise i t can go as t ray and i nv i t e undes i rab le a f te rma th

fa i l u re i n t he a t ta inmen t o f emanc ipa t i on . Whereas the Buddh is t' I n whose func t i on i s t o keep the advance o f one ' s pe rsona l i t l

t o be a lways upwards i s s im i l a r t o t he F reud ian ' supe rego -

And the d i spu te be tween ( I " and c i t t a have a l ready been

d i sposed i n t he p rev ious sec t i on .

(al Negative Predicates and Attributes of Citta

The fo l l ow ing i s au expos i t i on o f t he mod i f i ca t i ons o f

c i t t a by the ve rbs p red i ca ted to i t . More than 3O ve rbs can be

taken ou t f rom the Saqnyu t ta N ikaya among wh ich the mos t

, r t EBC t 7 3

Page 175: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 5 9

L : h a r a c t e r i s t i c v e r b o f c i t t a i s c i n r e t i : t o t h i n k r 1 3 . O t h e r v e r b s

c a n b e l i s t e d a s f o l l o w s .

o A d h i m u c c a t i : I t i s d r a w n t o , f e e l s a t t a c h e d t o , i s

i n c l i n e d t o w a r d s a n d i n d u l g e s i n i t s o b j e c t r 1 4 .

o A r a d l z e t i : I t p l e a s e s , p r o p i t i a t e s a n d c o n v i n c e s t t 5 .

o M a t h e t i : I t a g i t a t e s , d i s t u r b s , c r u s h e s , h a r a s s e s a n d

u p s e t s a n i n d i v i d u a l r 1 6 .

o N a m a t i : l t b e n d s , d i r e c t s a n d a p p l i e s r r t .

c t N i v d r e t i : I t k e e p s b a c k , h o l d s b a c k , r e s t r a i n s , r e f u s e s ,

o b s t r u c t s . f o r b i d s a n d w a r n s t t s .

o P a g g a n h a t i : I t s t r e t c h e s f o r t h , h o l d s o u t , t a k e s u p ,

e x e r t s , s t r a i n s a n d v i g o r o u s l y a p p l i e s i t s e l f i n r e l a t i o n

t o i t s o b j e c t s r r e .

o P a h a f i f i a t i : I t s t r i k e s , k i l l s , d e s t r o y s , a n d b e a t s d o w n t 2 0 .

o P a k k h a n d a t i , a s l d a t i , s a n t i t t h a t i : I t s p r i n g s f o r w a r d ,

j u m p s o n t o , t a k e s t o a n d r e j o i c e s i n i t s o b j e c t l 2 l .

o P a n i d a h a t i : I t a s p i r e s , l o n g s f o r , p r a y s f o r a n d

i n t e n d s r 2 2 .

o P a r i d a y h a t i : I t i s b u r n t a n d g e t s s c o r c h e d r 2 3 .

o P a s s a m b h a t i : I t c a l r n s d o w n a n d q u i e t e n s t t * .

o R d g o c i t t a m a n u d d h a r y t s e t i : C i t t a i s o v e r c o m e e a s i l y b y

t h e a n i m a l e m o t i o n s a n d t h e u n t u t o r e d p a s s i o n s r 2 s .

' 1 3 s . i , 5 7 .

" 4 l b i d . v : 4 0 9 - 4 1 o .' t s I b i d . i i : 1 0 7 .

" 6 l l r i d . i v : 2 1 0 .t " I b i t l . i : L 3 7 .' t u l b i d - , 1 .t ' e I b i d . v : g .

' " I b i d . i v 7 3 .' ) ' I t t i d .

i : 9 8 .' " I b i d . ; 1 3 3 .' t ' I b i d . : 1 8 8 .t t I l r i d . v : 3 3 .

Page 176: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

160

Sa j j a t i , hayha t i , ba j j ha t i : I t c l i ngs ro , and ge rs boundup w i th i t s ob jec ts rz r ' .

Ta tha t tdya upane t i : I t l eads to the r ru th127 .

Upasamhara t i : l t d i sposes , co l l ec t s . b r i ngs roge rhe r ,heaps up , ga the rs , a r ranges , f ocuses and concen t ra tes ,i n a va r ie t y o f ways t " .

V i kampa t i : I t shakes , unse t t l es , wave rs and i s i ndoub t 12e .

Vyas i i i ca t i : I t de f i l e s . co r rup t s and t a rn i shes l3o .

I t i s ne i t he r easy t o c l ass i f y t he above - l i s t ed ve rbs i n toac t i ve o r pass i ve rho rough l y ; no r i s i t , i n t o who lesome andunwho lesome i n t e rms o f e th i cs . Anyhow. we can w i t h l i t t l ea rb i t r a r i ness d r i ve t hem i n to t h ree g roups : nega r i ve , pos i t i ve ,

and s i t ua t i ona l l y dec idab le g roups . The ve rbs i n t he l as r g roupcan be dec ided on l y i n v i r t ue o f t he s i t ua t i on whe re t hev occu r .

:iJi

" t lb ic l .t ' o l b i d .

"' Ibicl .t 'o Ib id., r , I h i d .

" " I b i d .

i : 1 8 6 .

i i : 1 9 8 .

i v : 2 9 4 .

v : 2 1 3 - 2 1 6 .

i v ' . 7 1 .

1 7 8 .

Page 177: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

161TTne t -e 1O :

NBcetrvn Pos r r r veSrruerroNALLYDnclna.nrn,

A d h i m u c c a t i

M a t h e t i

P a g g a 4 h d t i

Pa r i day ha t i

R a g o c i t t a r y t

a n u d d h a m s e t i

Sa j j a t i , hayha t i

ba j j ha t i

V i kampar i

V y d s i n n c a t i

A r a d h e r t

N a m a t t

N i v a r e t i

P a s s a m b h q t i

T a t h a t t d y a u p a n e t i

Paha i i f i a t i

UpasaTnhara t i

P a n i d a h a t i

P a k k h q n d a t i ,

a s t d a t i , s a n t i t t

h a t i

I t i s no ted tha t i n t he ' Kdmavacara -Bh f im i ' ( sensuous

wor l d : an Abh idhamma te rm) t he nega t i ve aspec t o f c i t t a

f ea tu res p ro l n i nen t l y . B igge r i n number t han t he nega t i ve ve rbs

p red i ca ted t o c i t t a as exposed above a re t he a t t r i bu tes o f c i t t r

i n t he mora l l y unwho lesome s ta te . Those a t t r i bu tes a re l i s t ed as

fo l l ows .

o Aha ta : bea ten , a f f l i c t ed

o Av imu t ta : bound and fe t te red

o A tu ra : s i ck

o Bhan td : swe rv i ng , sway ing , s t agge r i ng and dev ia t i ng

o Duppan ih i t a : m i sd i r ec ted

o Duppava t t i ya : d i f f i cu l t t o d i r ec t on a s teady cou rse

o Kh i t t a : upse t and unh inged

o L ina , a t i l l na : c l i ng i ng . s t i c k i ng , s l ow , s l ugg i sh and

du l l

o Lo la : l ong ing , eage r , g reedy and uns teady

o N i ka t t ha : debased , l ow

Page 178: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

ft

1 3 1

1 3 2

Par i y dd inna ' . obses sed

Par i yu t th i t a : wave r ing

con fused

Samk i l esa : co r rup t

Sd ra t t a : impass ioned

Uddha ta : unba lanced d i s t u rbed

Upakk i l i t t ha : s t a i ned , dep raved

Vy apanna : ma levo len t

Vyds i t t a : de f i l ed , co r rup t , and

t62

wande r i ng , s t r ay i ng , and

a g i t a t e d . a n d s h a k e n

a n d i m p u r e

t a rn i shed

(b) Asavi

We have a l ready re fe r red ro dsava casua l l y i n t he p rev ious

sec t i on . I n t he f o l l ow ing pages we w i l l t r ea t t hem more

u r i nu te l y . I n ea r i y Buddh i sm the re i s t he conv i c t i on t ha t onge t t i ng r i d o f a l l k i nds o f asava one a t t a i ns a rahan tsh ip . I tg i ves t he imp ress ion t ha t t he two co inc i de and somehow can be

iden t i f i ed w i t h each o the r . Asava i s a cen t ra l concep t i n t he

N ikayas . f i gu r i ng p romineu t l y i n t he ch ie f po r t i on o f sc r i p tu res

o f ea r l y Buddh i sm. I t i s i n t ima te l y l i n ked w i t h t he concep t o fc i t t a on ve rge o f t he l a t t e r ' s l i be ra t i on . 'When he knows andrees t h i s . h i s m ind i s se t f r ee f r om dsavd o f l ove . o f becom ing .

o f i gno rance . and as he i s f r eed he knows i t : ' B i r t h i s

des t royed . The pu re l i f e has been f u l f i l l ed . Wha t had t o bedone i s done . The re w i l l be no th i ns more o f t h i s ; s ; 131 .

The asavd a re l i t e ra l l y r ende red as i n tox i ca t i ng sec re t i on .

d i scha rge f r om a f es te r i ng wound . hence psycho log i ca l i l ''men ta l i n t ox i can t ' . The f ou r t ypes o f men ta l i n t ox i ca t i on a reg i veu as kama , bhava , d i t t h i , and av i j j a whose rende r i ngs a re

sensua l i t y . l us t o f l i f e . specu la t i on . and i gno rauce respec t i ve l y .' I n f l ux ' , ' b i as ' , ' f l ood ' a re a l so used as i t s r ende r i ng . ' F l ood

s tands f o r ogha i n Pa l i L3? .

D . i : 8 4 .

E B C 4 : 1 5 4 1 5 5

Page 179: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 6 3

B u t a l I t h e r e n d e r i n g s s u g g e s t e d a b o v e d o n o t s e e r r

s a t i s f a c t o r y b e c a u s e , i n R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n ' s o p i n i o n , a s a v a

c o n n o t e s b o t h t h e t e m p t a t i o n s i n h e r e n t i n t h e p e r c e p t i o n s a n d

o u r y i e l d i n g t o t h e m , b o t h t h e i g n o r a n c e l e a d i n g t o

r n i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n a n d s p e c u l a t i o n a n d t h e e g o i n t e r e s t s w h i c h

p r o c u r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n w i t h e x t e r n a l t h i n g s a n d u n r e a l i s t i c h o p e s

f o r t h e f u t u r e . H e s u g g e s t s t h e n e w r e n d e r i n g " i n f l a t i o n "

t h o u g h " i n f l u x " i s a l s o p r e f e r a b l e . " I n f l a t i o n " s i g n i f i e s a n y

r e n d e n c y f o r a r n e n t a l c o n t e n t t o a t t a i n e x a g g e r a t e d i m p o r t a n c e

t o t h e i n d i v i d u a l . I t i s m a i n l y u s e d a s " e g o - i n f l a t i o n " o r' ' i n f l a t e d e g o - v a l u e s " , m e a n i n g a n e x a g g e r a t e d e g o c e n t r i s m r 3 3 .

A c c o r d i n g l y , k a r n d s a v d o r " i n f l a t i o n s e n s u a l i t y " w o u l d

r r r e a n a t e n d e n c y t o r e a q t e m o t i o n a l l y t o t h i n g s , t o f i n d p l e a s u r e

i n b e a u t y a n d s e n s e g r a t i f i c a t i o n s , d e v e l o p i n g a n a e s t h e t i c

a t t i t u d e t o l i f e . B h a v a s a v a , r h e " i n f l a t i o n o f g r o w t h a n d

p e r p e t u a t i o n " , w o u l d s i g n i f y a d e s i r e t o l i v e i n a n d f o r t h e

f u t u r e , t o d r e a m a b o u t i r n m o r t a l i t y a n d t o p l a n f o r a b e t t e r

e x i s t e n c e i n t h i s o r a f u t u r e l i f e . D i p g h d s a v a , t h e " i n f l a t i o n o f

s p e c u l a t i o n " , w o u l d b e t h e t e n d e n c y t o a v o i d r e a l i t i e s a n d

- s c a p e t o t h e o r e t i c a l s p e c u l a t i o n s a n d a l s o t a k i n g p r i d e i n

r v i n n i n g d e b a t e s . T h e l a s t b u t t h e c h i e f a v i j i a s a v a w o u l d m e a n- i n f l a t i o n o f u n r e a l i s m " , i . e . a t e n d e n c y t o s e e p e r s o n a l

: e f e r e n c e s i n e x t e r n a l t h i n g s a n d t o f i n d a n e g o w i t h i n o n e s e l f .

{ s a r e s u l t , t h i n g s l i k e j e w e l s a n d a d o r n m e n t s a r e s e e n a s

v a l u a b l e , o n e f e e l s p r o u d o f s u c c e s s a n d g a i n s , o n e b e c o m e s

r e n s i t i v e t o t h e j u d g m e n t s o f o t h e r s a n d f e e l s f l a t t e r e d o r

. : . bused l3a.

T h e t e n d e n c y t o s e l f - a s s e r t i o n s e e m s t o b e t h e m o s t b a s i c

: d e a e x p r e s s e d t h r o u g h t h e w o r d d s a v d . T h a t i s w h y d s a v a a t e

: h e c h i e f f o r c e b e h i n d t h e e g o i l l u s i o n . A s l o n g a s t h e

r e r s o n a l i t y i s k e p t f o c u s s e d b y e g o i s t i c a m b i t i o n s , t h e r e w i l l b e

: u n i t y t h a t C a n b e r e b o r n : t h e a s a v d a r e " p o n o b h a v i k d "

l e a d i n g t o r e b i r t h ) t " . ' t t r e M a j j h i m a N i k a y a r e s e r v e s i t s e n t i r e

. e c o n d s u t t a t h e S a b b a s a v a s u t t a f o r d e a l i n g w i t h t h e

" R . E - A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 8 1 - 1 8 2t ' 0 p . c i t . : 1 8 2 .' '

- \ 4 , i : 2 5 0 .

Page 180: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

161

e l im ina t i ou o f dsavd . The su t t a cons i s t s i n seven me thods f o rge t t i ng r i d o f dsavds . t hey be ing r rea red one by one i n de ta i l i nthe fo l l ow ing .

( 1 ) Dasana : ' v i s i on " i s exp la i ned as man ' s pa tence o fse lec t i on i n r ega rd t o wh i ch k i nd o f ob jec t s one shou ld conce rnw i t h and wh i ch k i nd o f ob jec t s one shou ld no t . The t ex r r uns :u . . . ( he ) does no t comprehend t he t h i ngs wh i ch shou ld bew ise l y a t t ended t o , does no t comprehend t he t h i ngs wh i chshou ld no t be w i se l y a t t ended t o . He . no r comprehend ing t heth i ugs t ha t shou ld be w i se l y a t t ended t o , no r comprehend ing t heth i ngs t ha t shou ld no t be w i se l y a r t ended t o . w i se l y a r rends t othose t h i ngs wh i ch shou ld no t be w i se l y a r rended t o , does no rw i se l y a r t end t o t hose t h i ngs wh i ch shou ld be w i se l y a t t endedlo ' r 136 . I n r esea rch t e rm , t he va r i ab le he re i s no t w i se a t t en t i onbu t i s t he recommendab le k ind o f ob jec t wh ich a r ren r ion i s robe made t o .

The passage seems to sugges t on t he one hand t ha t 'w i se l ya t t end ing ' i s no r enough , i f 'w i se l y a t t end ing ' i s app i i ed ro t heundes i rab le t h i ngs , asavas s t i l l have good chance . On t he o the rhand , 'W ise l y a t t eud iug ' as s tand ing f o r yon i so manas i ka ramimp l i es ' a t t en t i on t o t he means , t he Way ' ; t he oppos i t e ayon i somat?as i ka ra m i s mean t f o r no t a t tend ing to the means , o ra t tend ing to (o r . i n ) t he wrong way . t u rn ing the m ind aga ins tt he t r u th so t ha t you t h i nk pe rmanence i s i n t he impe rmanen t ,happ iness i n su f f e r i ng , se l f i n wha t i s no t - se l f , and t he f a i r i nt he f ou l137 and s i nce a l ack o f yon i so manas i kd raqn one 'w i se l y

a t t ends ro t hose rh i ngs wh i ch shou ld no t be w i se l y a t r ended t o ' .

I u f i ne , yon i so manas i ka ra ln seems to have doub le mean ing : Onone hand , i t i s cha rac te r i s t i ca l l y good i n na tu re ; on t he o the rhand , as [ o t he se lec t i on o f wh i ch t ha t shou ld be a t t ended i t i ne f f ec t i s he lp fu l and dec i s i ve . Th i s doub le mean ing i s a l so

sugges red b1 ' t he mode rn psycho log i s t W i l l i am James whoa rgues i n The P r i nc i p l e o f Psycho log l , r ha t a r rend ing t o an i dea

M S . i : 1 0 .

I b i d . : 9 f .

t 3 6

137

Page 181: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

165

i s i d e n t i c a l w i t h b e l i e v i n g i t , w h i c h , i n t u r n , i s i d e n t i c a l w i t h

w i l l i n s t h a t i t b e r e a l i z e d t t t .

I n t he l i ne w i t h h i s psycho log i ca l r eason ing R . E . A .

Johansson sugges t s a dev ia to r y r e l i ab le i n t e rp re ta t i on . By

dasana i t i s mean t p rope r a t t en t i on and i ns i gh t as we l l . I f sensein fo rma t i on i s accep ted w i t h a r ea l i s t i c a t t i t ude , i t i s p rope r l y

unde rs tood , and t heo re t i ca l cons t ruc t i ons a re avo ided . I n t h i s

case a change o f a t t i t ude and ac t o f i ns i gh t may be mos t

i r npo r tan t and t ha t wou ld exp la i n why i t i s somer imes po in ted

ou t t ha t f reedom f rom cTsavcT i s a t ta ined sudden ly . T l : ' e Samyu t ta

N i kaya re l a tes t ha t "When t h i s i ns t r uc t i on was g i ven , t hevene rab le Rc ihu la ' s m ind was f r eed f r om the i n f l a t i ons w i t hou t

g rasp ing " t r e .

As a means f o r expe l l i ng dsavd (2 ) samva ra , " con t ro l "

so [ veys t he i dea o f goad ing t he sense channe l s so as t o keep

the i n fo rma t ion f ree f rom undue reac t i on .

Th ings a re used on l y f o r t he i r s t r i c t l y f unc t i ona l pu rpose

and a l l ego -pu rposes a re avo ided . Fo r i ns tance , c l o thes a re used

on l y f o r p ro tec t i on , a lms food i s co l l ec ted mere l y f o r keep ing

the body a l i ve , and so on . Tha t i s t he i dea exp ressed by (3 ) pa t- i s e v a n a : " L l s e " .

( 4 ) A d h i v r i s a n a : " e n d u r a n c e " g i v e t h e i n s t r u c t i o n t h a t a l l

d i f f i c u l t o r u n p l e a s a n t c i r c u m s t a n c e s s h o u l d b e f a c e d a n d

e n d u r e d w i t h o u t s e l f - p i t y o r o t h e r e g o - i r t v o l v e d r e a c t i o n s . F o r

i n s t a n c e , d u e r e a c t i o n s s h o u l d b e a p p l i e d t o c o l d , h e a t , h u n g e r ,

t h i r s t , t h e t o u c h o f g a d f l y , m o s q u i t o , w i n d a n d s u n , c r e e p i n g

t h i n g s , w a y s o f s p e e c h t h a t a r e i r k s o r n e a n d u n w e l c o m e . A l l

t h o s e t h i f l g s m a y c r e a t e f e e l i n g s t h a t a r e p a i n f u l , a c u t e , s h a r p ,

s h o o t i n g , d i s a g r e e a b l e , r n i s e r a b l e , a n d d e a d l y . B y t h e w a y i t i s

n o t e d t h a t a p e r s o n u n d e r t w e n t y y e a r s o f a g e i s n o t c o n s i d e r e d

P P R . V o l - L I X

S . i v : 1 0 7 .

1 3 8

r 3 9

N o . I , I \ 4 a r c h L 9 9 9 : 7 l

Page 182: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

166

ab le t o endu re t hese ha rdsh ips , and i s t he re fo re no t t o be

o rda ined a t such an ea r l y age tou .

(5 ) Pa r i va j j ana ' . ' a vo idan . ce " i s exp la i ned t ba t dange rous

ob j ec ts o r s i t ua t i ons a re to be avo ided . Spec i f i ed a re f i e rcee lephan t , ho rse , bu l l , dog , snake ; t he s tump o f a t r ee , a t ho rnyb rake , a deep ho le , a moun ta in s l ope , a r e fuse poo l , a r ubb i shp i t ; una l l owab le sea t , r eso r t ; t hose who a re dep raved f r i ends soas t o avo id be ing suspec ted o f dep raved qua l i t i e s . ( 6 ) V inodana ' .' e l im ina t i on " de te rm ines t ha t sensua l , ma levo len t andagg ress i ve t hough ts mus r be expe l l ed f r om rhe m ind . ( 7 )

Bhavana : " app l i ca t i on " he re means t he me thod t ha t i sexp la i ned as t he seven ' l imbs o f en l i gh ten rnen t " . Ma in l 1 'bhavana i s used abou t med i t a t i on . By means o f sa t i .*m ind fu l ness " . t he sense -channe l s a re con t i nuous l y wa tched

and no un rea l i s t i c reac t i ons a re admi t ted : " I l av ing des t royed a l lbu i l d ing ac r i v i t y I l i ve so m ind fu l t ha t t he i n f l a t i ons f l ow nor ro re i n t o me" l a1 . The a rahan t who has des t royed t he i n f l a t i onsi s ca l l ed pu g ga la appameyya to ' ,

' an immeasu rab le pe rson " .wh i ch pe rhaps means t ha t he i s no t se l f - cen t red o r con f i ned t o

h i s own na r row i n te res t s bu t has expe l l ed a l l un rea l i s t i csupe rs t ruc tu res and has become open and impe rsona l l o t .

(cl Noxious Trio: Riiga, Dosa, and fuIoha

As f undamen ta l b l em ishes o f cha rac te r , r aga , dosa , and

moha a re rende red as pass ion o r l us t . i l l -w i l l , and i n fa tua t i on

respec t i ve l y . The i r o the r va r i an t r ende r i ngs a re uncon t ro l l ed

exc i t emen r . ange r , and bew i l de rmen t . r espec t i ve i l ' . These t h ree

appea r i n man i f o l d comb ina t i ou w i t h s im i l a r t e rms , a l l g i v i ng

va r i ous shades o f t he ' c rav i ng f o r ex i s t ence " o r ' l u s t o f l i f e " .

o r a l l t ha t wh i ch i s au obs tac le t o n i bbdna . I t shou ld be no ted

tha t t l r c se t r aga , dosa . and rnoha i s no t s t r i c t l y f i xed i n t e rms

o f nu rnbe r and o f member as we l l . The re a re seve ra l va r i an t

{

i

t o , , M S ,

t o l s - i i ,1 4 2

A i :' * t R . E .

i : 1 4 f .

5 4 .

266

A . J o l r a r r s s o l . D P E B : 1 8 3

Page 183: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t67

ve rs i ons ; r aga , dosa , moha , and k i l esa ; r dga , dosa , moha , and

kodha . Qu i t e o f t en i s t he ve rs i on : r dga , dosa , moha , and mana ;

one more rnember d i t l h i i s some t imes added te . Dosa and moha

in gene ra l a re comp lemen ta ry t o r dga . The comb ina t i on o f t hem

fo rms t he ca rd ina l e f f ec t s o f c i t t a , mak ing a man unab le t o

g rasp t he h i ghe r t r u ths and t o en te r t he Pa th ras .

I n gene ra l , t hese t h ree wo rds a re used a lmos t exc lus i ve l ; '

t o deno te rep rehens ib l e t no t i ves , bu t t hey can a l so be f ound i n

more pos i t i ve con tex t s . The re i s desc r i p t i on o f a monk who has

reached a ce r t a i n l eve l o f deve lopmen t and can a t t a i n f i r s t

. j hana bw t can no t r ea l i ze t he des t ruc t i on o f t he i n f l uxes ; " bu t

by h i s des i r e f o r t he doc t r i ne , by h i s de l i gh t i n t he doc t r i ne , he

bu rs t s t he f i ve f e t t e r s b i nd ing h im to t h i s wo r l d and i s r ebo rn

i r r a sp i r i t ua l wo r l d " ra6 . Des i r e f o r t he doc t r i ne w i l l , t he re fo re ,

l ead t o a good resu l t . I n ano the r con tex t , chanda , dosa , moha ,

and bhaya ( : amb i t i on , ha t red , i l l u s i on , and f ea r , r espec t i ve l y )

a re enumera ted as mo t i ves f o r g i v i ng g i f t s t o monks to t . Th i s

obse rva t i on t ha t bad mo t i ves some t imes can be used f o r good

pu rposes be t rays an i n te res t i ng i ns i gh t i n t o t he i n t r i cac ies o f

human mo t i va t i on tou .

O the r synonyms o f raga a re kdma and tanhd . I n i t s

ob jec t i ve aspec t , kdma means p l easan tness , p l easu re -g i v i ng ,

and an ob jec t o f sensua l en joymen t . Sub jec t i ve l y , kdma deno tes

en joymen t , p l easu re on occas ion o f sense ; sense -des i r e . So

kdma cove rs t he sense -des i r e , en joymen t , and t he ob jec t s o f t he

same . I n a l l enumera t i ons o f obs tac les t o pe r f ec t i on , o r gene ra l

de f i n i t i ons o f men ta l cond i t i ons , kd .ma occup ies t he l ead ing

pos i t i on . I t i s t he f i r s t o f t he f i ve n l va randn i ( obs tac les ) , t he

th ree esands (des i r es , o r l ong ings , o r w i shes ) , t he f ou r

L tpdddnas (a t t achmen ts ) , t he f ou r oghas ( f l oods o f wo r l d l y

t u rbu lence ) , t he f ou r dsavas . I n t he l as t f ou r , kAma i s used i n

rep lacemen t o f r aga .

I * P T S D : 5 6 7 .to t op . c i t . : 543 .' o o A .

" : 3 4 3 .' r ' I b i d . i v ' . 236 .' o B R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n , D P E B : 1 o 5 .

Page 184: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

168

Moreove r , kama a l so t akes t he l ead ing pos i t i on o f t he

th ree ta ryhds , t he fou r yogas ( yoke , connec t i on , and bond) . And

kama s tands f i r s t on the l i s t o f t he s i x f ac to rs o f ex i s tence .

Kama i s mos t f requen t l y connec ted w i th rdga (pass ion ) , w i th

chanda ( impu l se ) , and gedha (g reed ) , a l l exp ress ing t he ac t i ve ,

c l i ng ing , and impu l s i ve cha rac te r o f des i r e . The f o l l ow ing i s

t he l i s t o f s ynonyms g i ven a t va r i ous p l aces t h roughou t t he

Buddh i s t sc r i p tu res f o r kdma-cchanda : chanda ( impu l se ) , r dga(exc i t emen t ) . nand f ( en joymen t ) , t anhd ( t h i r s t ) , s i neha ( l ove ) ,

p i pasa ( t h i r s t ) , pa r i l aha ( consum ing pass ion ) , gedha (g reed ) ,

mucc l za ( swoop ! o r con fused s ta re o f m ind ) , a j j hosana (hang ing

on , o r a t t achmen t ) .

Kama i s essen t i a l l y an ev i l . bu t t o t he popu la r v i ew i t i s

one o f t he i nd i spensab le a t t r i bu tes o f b l i s s and happ iness t o be

en joyed as a reward o f v i r t ue i n t h i s wor ld as we l l as i n t he

nex t , i . e . t he o the r wo r l d . And t he o the r -wo r l d p l easu res a reg rea te r t han the ea r th l y ooes r4e : bu t t o t he Wise even these a te

uusa t i s fac to ry , s i nce they s t i l l a re s igns o f , and l ead to ,

r eb i r t h . Kama i s cha rac te r i zed by evanescence , t r a [ s i ence l t o ,

a lad apasddd (no rea l t as te ) .

Kamas do no t g i ve pe rmare t r t sa t i s f ac t i on ; t he happ iness

tha t t hey y i e l d i s on l y a decep t i on , o r a d ream, f r om wh i ch t he

d reamer awakeus so r row fu l and reg re t f u l . The re fo re t he Buddha

says "Even t hough t he p l easu re i s g rea t " t he reg re t i s g rea te r "

and he repea ted l y p ronounces i n t e r rns o f s im i l e t ha t t he kamas

a re l i kened t o ( 1 ) a t t l t i - kankha la : a cha in o f bones ; ( 2 )

maqnsapes i : a p i ece o f ( decay ing ) f l esh ; ( 3 ) t i r yukka : a t o r ch o f

g rass i ( 4 ) angd ra -kdsu : a p i t o f g l ow ing c i nde r ; ( 5 ) sup ina : a

d ream; (6 ) yac i t a : begg ings ; ( 7 ) r ukkha -pha la : t he f r u i t o f a

t r ee ; ( 8 ) as i suna : a s l augh te r -house ; ( 9 ) sa t t i - s i l I a : a sha rp

s take . ( 10 ) sappa -s i r a ' . a snake ' s head , i . e . t he b i t e o f a

sn .ake r5 r . Thougb kama i s r a re l y used i n pos i t i ve con tex t s we

s r i l l f i nd some , f o r examp le , 'A man l ov i ng t he good . l ov i ng

S . v : 4 0 9 .

A . i i : 1 7 7 .

M . i : 1 3 0 : A . i i i : 1 9 7

t { v

I 5 0

l 5 l

Page 185: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t h e

for

169

b e n e f i c i a l , l o v i n g s e c u r i t y f r o r n b o n d s , t h i s i s a s y n o n y m

a T a t h a g a t a " t 5 2 .

Among the nega t i ve mo t i ves , kdma i s one o f t hose mos t

f r equen t l y men t i oned and a l so one o f t he mos t ca tego r i ca l l y

condemned . The t e rm occu rs a l one bu t a l so comb ined w i t h

upddAna and dsavd . The re i s a l so kdma taghd t t t and

kdmacchanda 'sa . I t i s d i f f i cu l t t o f i nd a t rans la t i on o f kdma tha t

can be used i n a l l con tex t s . I t s cen t ra l mean ing o f f e red by R .

E . A . Johansson i s t he desc r i p t i on : an ex t rove r t ed f ee l i ng and

a t t achmen t , dependence on ex te rna l t h i ngs , a p l easu re a t t i t ude ,

sensua l i t y , a pass ion f o r l i f e . I t i s on l y an emo t i on bu t a l so a

s t rong mo t i ve , f o r p l easu re -seek ing ac t i v i t i e s , f o r bu i l d i ng a

p leasu re - l ov i ng pe rsona l i t y , f o r c rea t i ng a kdma-wor l d and

p ro long ing , r enew ing ex i s t ence i n t h i s wo r l d o f sensua l i t y r55 .

To desc r i be kdma i t i s t emp t i ng ro use t he

psyc t roana l y t i ca l ph rases , " t he p l easu re p r i nc i p l e " and " I i b i do

inves tmen t " so as t o cove r i t s cen t ra l mean ing . Bo th can be

used t o r f r ean t he sexua l i t y i n i t s na r row sense as we l l as t he

en joymen t o f t he f i ve senses i n gene ra l . The l i b i do as exp la i ned

in r node rn psycho logy resemb les t he Buddh i s t concep t o f kdma-

tanha : c rav i ng f o r t he sense -g ra t i f i ca t i on . C rav ing f o r sense -

g ra t i f i ca t i on i s a man i f es ta t i on o f g reed ; and g reed i s a bas i c

roo t o f unwho lesome mo t i va t i on . Th i s Buddh i s t t e rm " roo t " i s

conce i ved i n psycho logy as mo t i ve , f o r ce , d r i ve , i ns t i nc t ,

i nc l i na t i on , e t c . Bu t " r oo t " i s a more app rop r i a te t e rm , f o r

wh i l e i t sugges t s t he cause o f unwho lesome (as we l l as

who lesome) mo t i va t i on , i t a l so imp l i es t he poss ib i l i t y o f

roo t i ng ou t comp le te l y t hose fo rces w i thou t l eav ing even tha t

"b i t o f unconque rab le na tu re i n each o f us " a t wh i ch F reud ian

psycho logy as we l l as mode rn psycho logy s top156 .

I b i d . : l 1 8 .

A . i i i : 4 4 5 .

M . i i ; 2 o 3 .

R . E . A . J o h a u s s o u , D P E B : l 0 6 .

E B C . 4 : 3 7 8 - 3 7 9 .

r52

r 5 3

I 5 4

1 5 5

l l o

Page 186: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r70

. The l as t t e rm no t i ceab le unde r t h i s head ing shou ld be

tanha . I t l i t e ra l l y means d rough t , t h i r s t ; f i gu ra r i ve l y , c rav i ng ,

hunge r f o r , exc i t emen t . t he f eve r o f unsa t i s f i ed l ong ing . A11

th i s i s opposed t o peace o f c i t t a . Ta4ha i s one o f t he mos t

f requen t l y men t ioned mo t i ves l ead ing to undes i rab le resu l t s . I t

i s , however , ra re l y sa id to mo t i va te ac t i on , ra the r a sen t imen t

o f i n t e res t and dependence . ' The re a re t hese s i x g roups o f

c rav ing : c rav ing fo r f o rms , f o r sounds . f o r odours , f o r t as tes ,

fo r con tac ts . f o r i deas " 157 ; t hese a re c rav ings fo r expe r iences

and possess ions .

The re a re t h ree se r i es o f t h ree t ypes : kdma , bhava ,

v ibhava ( : c rav ing fo r l ove , f o r g rowth . and fo r ann ih i l a t i on .

respec t i ve l y ) ; kama , r f i pa , a r f i pa ( : c rav i ng f o r l ove . f o r f o rm ,

and f o r t he f o rm less , r espec t i ve l y ) ; r upa , a rupa , n i r odha

( : c rav i ng f o r f o rm , f o r t he f o rn l ess . and f o r cessa t i on .

respec t i ve l y ) t " . They p robab l y r e fe r t o d i f f e ren t t ypes o f

ex i s tence now and i n the fu tu re : Kdma i s t he wor ld o f

sensua l i t y , i u wh ich we a re l i v i ng no \ f , ' . Rupa and a r i l pa a re the

fo rm-wor ld and the fo rm less wor ld i n wh ich a fu tu re reb i r t h i s

poss ib l e . Mos t i n t e res t i ng i s n i r odha , wh i ch re fe r s t o t he

cessa t i oD o f eve ry th i n .g t ha t i s nega t i ve . i . e . i t i s a wo rd f o r

n i bb t i na ; t h i s shows t ha t even t anha can be a des i r ab le mo t i ve .

Bu t usua l l y * c rav ing i s t he seams t ress . f o r i t sews a man j us t t o

th i s eve r -becom ins b i r t h " 15e .

(d) Cetokhila and Cetaso Vinibandhil

I n I nd ian l i t e ra tu re t he t e rm kh i l a deno ted ua p i ece o f

was ted and uncu l t i va ted l and s i t ua ted be tween cu l t i va ted

f i e l ds . " o r a s t r e t ch o f *dese r t " o r ' ba te so i l " . Th i s imp l i es

tha t kh i l a was a gap o r space no t p roduc t i ve l y f i l l ed up .

Buddh i sm has t aken t he t e ru l i n i t s f i gu ra t i ve sense o f' ba r renness ' and hence t he mean ing f o t ce tokh i l a as ' ba r l enness

o f m ind ' , imp l y i ng an uncu l t i va ted gap , so t o Say , be tween

S . r i : 3 .

D . i i i : 2 1 5t t o A . i i i : 4 o 2

1 < a

1 5 8

Page 187: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

17l

one ' s men ra l and mora l ach ievemen ts r eached up t o a po in t . on

the o re hand , and t he f i na i goa l i n one ' s upward way t o

pe r fec r i on . on t he o the r . As one who has ove rco rne o r was neve r

sub jec t t o t b i s cond i t i ou " t he Buddha f o r i ns tance desc r i bes

h imse l f as v i ga takh i l a .

As f ac to r s caus ing men ta l ba r renness kh i l as a re p l aced i n

rwo ca tego r ies o f f i ve and th ree : t he two mu tua l l y d i f f e r i ng

bo th i n concep t and magn i t ude . F i r s t l y , kh i l a may be sa id t o

resu l t t h rough a l ack o f t he p re - requ i s i r e f o r t he cu l t i va t i on o f

t he c i t r c i n t he Buddh i s t sense . Th i s wou ld p romo te t he

ge rm ina t i on o f good s ta tes o f c i t t a . Th i s i s t he i nc l i na t i on o f o r

des i r e o f t he bh i kkhu f o r s t r i v i ng as exp ressed by t he t e rms

d tappa (a rdou r ) , anuyoga (app l i ca t i on ) , sd tacca (pe rseve rance )

and padhdna (exe r t i on ) wh i ch i t i s imp l i ed . s t ems d i r ec t l y f r om

rhe absence o f doub t and t he p resence o f f a i t h , t r us t and

reassu rance one has i u t he t eache r . t he doc t r i ne , t he

commun i t y , t he t r a i n i ng and good -w i l l and f r i end l i ness t owa rds

one ' s f e l l ows i n a h i ghe r l i f e t * . The re fo re , t he absence o f such

inc l i na t i on ( c i t t am na namat i ) f o r s t r i v i ng resu l t i ng f rom doub t

and l ack o f f a i t h , t r us t and reassu rance i n the f i r s t f ou r and

th rough ang [e r , d i s s a t i s f ac t i on , un f r i end l i ne s s and ca l l os i t y

t owa rds t he f i f t h i s i t se l f au obs t ruc t i o r t o men ta l p rog ress t t t .

The th ree fac to rs caus ing rnen ta l ba r renness a re i den t i ca l

w i rh t he t h ree f undamen ta l b l em ishes o f cha rac te r . wh i ch we

have a l r eady d i scussed above . v i z . , r dga , dosa and moha . The

e rad i ca t i on o f wh i ch cons t i t u t es emanc ipa t i on . As t echn i ca l

I e f ms o f Buddh i s t ph i l osophy and e th i cs t hese t h ree o f t en

appea r i n comb ina t i on w i t h o rhe r t e rms t oo . when dea l i ng w i t h

rhe obs tac les t o t he a t t a i nmen t o f r t i bbdna . Howeve r , t he i r

c l ass i f i ca t i on as ' t he t h ree kh i l as ' \ s r e fe r red t o on l y once i n

the Nr / c r i yas . v i z . t he Samyu t ra N ikaya . I n t h i s N ikaya , i t i s sa id

tha t i n o rde r t o r ecogn i ze t hem. t o unde rs tand t hem, t o des t roy

i i i : 7 3 7 f ; M . i :

i : 1 O l f .

t * D .1 6 1 M .

Page 188: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

172

them and to comp le te l y g i ve them up the Nob le E igh t fo ld Pa th

has to be fo l lowedru2.

The f ive cetokhi lar are usual ly fo l lowed up by the f ive

ce taso v in ibandhd : ( 1 ) a t tachmen t t o sense p leasu res , (2 I

a t tachmen t t o one ' s body , (3 ) a t tachmen t t o beau ty o f f o rm ' ( { }

add ic t i on to s leep a f te r heavy mea ls , and (5 ) l ead ing the h igbe r

l i fe wi th a v iew to reb i r th among the gods. The f ive are usual l l '

enumerated immediate ly af ter tbe f ive cetokhi lasr63. I t is

mainta ined that the f ive cetokhi las and the f ive cetaso

vin ibandhd are s tates of c i t ta leading to one 's downfa l l re , and

the bhikkhu or bh ikkhut t i who has not overcome them should

day and n igh t expec t a dec l i ne and no t p rog ress i n eve ry th ing

gpod165 . Such a pe rson canno t expec t a g rowth , f u r the rance and

a fu l l development in the Buddhis t re l ig ious l i fe16.

8. THE Ternr tNc oF CITTA

By v i r t ue o f pu rsu ing the re l i g ious l i f e a rden t l y ' a monk

has power over h is c i t ta ; he is not the s lave of h is c i t tarq . The

method o f ge t t i ng one ' s c i t t a uuder con t ro l i s samdd l r i l s t hough

Ci t ta is d i f f icu l t to guard, d i f f icu l t to ho ld backr6e. I t is

d i f f i cu t t bu t impor tan t t ask to t ra in c i t t a , because when c i t t a r s

unguarded , bod i l y ac t i on i s a l so unguarded , speech and men ta l

ac t i oo a re a l so unguarded lTo . As rega rd to one ' s emanc ipa t i on i t

i s t he re fo re necessa ry to d i s t i ngu i sh be tween the un t ra ined and

the t ra ined c i t t a . Tbe "na tu ra l " c i t t a i s t he cen te r o f a l l

undes i rab le qua l i t i es such as g reed , ha t red , and i l l us ion rT t .

1 O 3 r A . i t i : 2 4 9 ; i v : 4 6 1 , 4 6 3 s q .

J o h a n s s o n ,

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

1 7 l D P E B : 1 5 9 .

Page 189: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

t'73

Le t us co rne back t o t he no t i on o f F reud ian eqo t ha t i n

seve ra l aspec t s co r responds t o Buddh i s t c i t t a . I n F reud ' s

f ra rnework c i t t a as e80 i s necessa ry to be tamed by t l r e super -

e go . F reud bu i l t up a new concep t i on o f t he s t r uc tu re o f

pe rsona l i t y : t he i d , e80 , and s l t pe rego^ The i d i s t he

unconsc ious rese rvo i r o f d r i ves and impu l ses de r i ved f r om the

gene t i c backg round and conce rned w i t h t he p rese rva t i on and

p ropaga t i on o f l i f e . The € 8o , acco rd ing t o F reud , ope ra tes i n

consc ious and p reconsc ious l eve l s o f awa reness . I t i s t he

po r t i on o f t he pe rsona l i t y conce rned w i t h t he t asks o f r ea l i t y :

pe rcep t i on , cogn i t i on , and execu t i ve ac t i ons . I n t he supe rego

l i e r he i nd i v i dua l ' s env i r onmen ta l l y de r i ved i dea l s and va lues

and t l r e mo res o f h i s f am i l y and soc ie t y ; t he supe rego se rves as

a censo r on t he ego f unc t i ons . Jus t as we o rd i na r i l y i den t i f y

ou rse l ves w i t h t he e go , so c i t t a i s t he "na tu ra l se l f " i n a

func t i ona l sense . Bu t t he re , acco rd ing t o F reud . i s a supe reSo ,

t ha t i s some t imes c r i t i ca l o f c i t t a , as d i scussed i n t he p rev ious

Sec t i on , and may wan t t o sub juga te i t and change i t by means o r

the Buddh is t t r a in i t t g t t ' .

F reud ian sys tem seems to be s t r uc tu ra l i n l anguage

whereas ea r l y Buddh i sm pushes a l l t he t h i ngs i n to f l ow o r

p rocess . And , t he re a re good reasons t o t a l k abou t c i t t a as

p f ocess o r f unc t i on . The compound f o r i t i s c i t t asankhd ra ' 73 ,

wh ich i n su t ta 9 o f t he Ma j i h ima N ikdyas , i s p resen ted under

"p rocess o f body , p rocess o f speech , p rocess o f m ind " r7a . The

who le Su t t a i s an answer t o t he ques t i on abou t how to ach ieve

saddhamma ( the t rue dhamma) "s . The con tex t o f t he . t dnkhdras

shows tha t t ak ing them as fac ts i s due to no t know ing and tha t

t he oppos i t e poss ib i l i t y i s sammdd i l l h l ( r i gh t v i ew) , as a pa r t o f

the saddhemma '76 .

These t h ree p rocesses a re bound t o have been ceased and

ca lmed i n a pe rson who has ach ieved ce tov imu t t i ( r e l ease o f t he

" ' o p . c i t . , l 6 0 .t t 3 S e e f o r e x a r u p l e s M ' S u t t a s n s .

r ? 4 M . i : 5 4 .1 1 s I b i d . : 4 6 f f .t ' 6 I b i d . : 5 4 .

9 , 4 3 , 4 4 , 5 7 , 1 1 8 .

Page 190: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

{

174

mind ) t t t . Th i s i s known by one who has a deve loped c i t t a , and

he a l so rea l i zes t ha t c i t t a -p rocesses i nc l ude ac t i v i t i e s o f

pe rcep t i on and f ee l i ng . These a re dhammd-c i t t apa t i baddha(dhamrna depend ing upon m ind )17 t . So t oo p rocesses o f c i t t a can

be expe r i enced aud ca lmed down as pa r t o f a who le t r a i n i ng

toward t he goa l o f mak ing c i t t a . wh i l e s t i l l s t ud ied , i n t ov imoce t i , ( a re leased m iud ) t t n .

The Samaf l f i . apha la Su t ta o f t he D igha N ikaya desc r ibes

e igh t s t ages o f p resc r i bed men ta l s t ud ies , i n wh i ch t he d i sc i p l e ,

hav ing ca re fu l l y p repa red h imse l f by much ca tha r t i c e l im ina t i on

in mood and t hough t , 'much b r i ngs ou t and much bends down

the c i t t a " t so t o t hese s rages . He f i r s t cons ide rs h i s body , i t s

o r i g in and compos i t i on . and how ' f o r me the v i f t f t ana(su rv i v i ng -m ind ) i s he re nes t l ed and bound j us t as a beau ty

ca t ' s - eye o f pu re wa te r ( l ooks when ) s t r ung upon a co lou red

th read " . We have he re t he v i i i f l ana v i ewed as somehow ' i n ' o r

dependen t on the bod i l y l i f e . and as i n f l uenced by i t . as the

t rans lucen t gem wou ld be , op t i ca l l y , by t he co lou r o f t he

th read . Hence the tam ing o f v i f i f r a rya o r c i t t a have much to dow i t h t ha t o f t he body . bo th somehow be ing i nsepa rab le .

C i t t a sub juga ted and deve loped p rope r l y i n Buddh i s t

t ra in ing i s gu i te po ten t i a l , t he N ikaya tex ts say , ' a rec luse o r a

b rahm in w i t h mag i c power who has h i s m ind we l l con t ro l l ed . . .

u l ay , by i n t ense concen t ra t i on on t he image o f t he w ides t

expanse o f wa te r , make t h i s ea r t h move and t r emb le " r t t . And .

f r ee i deas a re a f unc t i on o f c i t t a t ha t i s sa id t o be p rov ided

w i t h i deas o f impe rmane r r ce , no t - se l f , dange r . d i s i n te res tedness

and so on to ' .

Bes ides be ing mas te rm ind o f t he men ta l p rocesses . C i t t a

the p rocess o f one ' s emanc ipa t i on seems to be i ns t r umen ta l

i t shou ld be imp roved . sha rpened o r c l eaned i n o rde r t o

1 n

so

'11 Ib id.

"" Ib i,rl. .

" " I b i d .1 8 0 D . i :

t * t I b i d

256

3 0 1 f

i i i : E 3 f

7 6 t

i i : 1 0 8

Page 191: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

175

become tuo re e f f ec t i ve . The amb i t i on aud des i r e i n t he eye (and

o rhe r senses ) i s a de f i l emen t o f c i t t a . When t hese impu r i t i es

a re go r r i d o f and c i r t a i s f o r t i f i ed w i t h r enunc ia t i on . t hen i t

appea rs t o be p l i ab le f o r pe t re t r a t i ng t hose t h i ngs t ha t a re t o be

rea l i zed t t t , The t ra ined c i t t a w i l l a t t a in pa f i f i d , and f reedom

f rom the asdva ( i n f l ux ) t ' o .

Tha t t he Ma j j h ima N ikaya rese rves the en t i re second su t ta

dea l i ng w i t h dsava sugges t s t he i r impo r tance i n h i nde r i ng t he

p rog ress o f one ' s emanc ipa t i on . I sava l i t e ra l l y r r r eans t ha t

wh i ch f l ow (ou t o r on to ) . ou t f l ow and i n f l ux . I n Buddh i s t

psycho logy . i t i s a t echn i ca l t e rm t - o r ce r t a i n spec i f i ed i deas

tha t i n t ox i ca te t he m ind . F reedom f rom udsavd " cons t i t u t es

A rahan tsh ip . and t he f i gh t f o r t he ex t i nc t i on o f t hese dsavd

fo rms one o f t he ma in du t i es o f man t t t . The fou r t ypes o f

men ta l i n t ox i ca t i on a re g i ven as kdma : sensua l i t y ; bhava : l us t

o f l i f e : d i t t h i : specu la t i on ; and av i j j d : i gno rance"u .

The Samyu t ta N ikaya says , 'Suppose I we re t o co l l ec t

body , sensa t l on , i dea t i on , a c t l v l t l e s . consc lousness .

Cond i t i oned by tha t co l l ec t i on , t he re wou ld be g rowth

The passage i ud i ca tes t ha t a co l l ec t i ng o r bu i l d i ng ac t i v i t y goes

on du r i ng t he p resen t l i f e . On rhe con t ra r y , t he d i sc i p l e o f t he

nob le one who * reduces and does no t heaps up ; who abandons

and does no r co l l ec t ; who sca t t e r s and does no t b i nd t oge the r ;

who quenches and does no t k i nd le : and wha t does he reduce

and does no t heap i t up? He reduces body ( sensa t i on . e t c . ) and

does no t heap i t up " . And f u r t he r : ' he i s ca l l ed a monk .

fu r the r down qua l i f i ed as v imu t t i c i t t a : w i th a f ree m ind" rE8 .

So v imu t t i c i t t a he re can be desc r ibed as the c i t t a f reed

f rom the heap ing , co l l ec t i ng , b ind ing , k ind l i ng , o f t he f i ve

t u t A . v :t * ' s . i i i ,t * o D . i i :, * t PED:18u EBC.t t t s . i r r .' * ' Ib id.

to7 .

2 3 2 .

E 1 .

I l 4 - l l 5 ,

4 : 1 5 4 - 1 5 5

9 4 .

i i i : 6 9 , 9 O .

Page 192: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

176

fac to rs . Th i s g i ves the impress ion tha t t he f i ve fac to rs , i . e . t he

who le pe rs ona l i t y shou ld be re t rog raded ; and to ach ieve

v imu t t i c i t t a i s t o comp le te the re r rog rada t i on . On the o the r

hand , re t rog rada t i on o f pe rsona l i t y ' s f i ve fac to rs de l i be ra te l y

caused by onese l f seems to be a t ype o f su i c i de because i n

Buddh is t sys tem i t i s con f i rmed tha t one ' s who le pe rsona l i t y

cons i s t s i n t he f i ve fac to rs pe r se , and no th ing e l se .

In rega rd to the specu la t i ve i ssue , R . E . A . Johansson

o f fe rs a sugges t i on tha t a f te r a t ta in ing n ibbana , t he a rahan t

s t i l l has h i s consc ious l i f e , wh ich i s t he same as say ing tha t he

s t i l l has c i t t a . Bu t h i s c i c ta i s ve ry much t rans fo rmed .

cha rac te r i zed by s tab i l i t y , reduc t i on , and f reedom f rom

dependence . Mos t o f t he ac t i v i t i es con ta ined i n the pa !

i ccasamuppada se r ies have ceased . On ly ac t i v i t i es and though ts

tha t do no t p roduce kammic e f fec ts rema in . A l l expans i veness

and ex te rna l engagemen t has d i sappeared . Bu t c i t t a has no t l os t

i t s i nd i v idua l cha rac te r , a l t hough s tab i l i t y and ' emp t iness '

prevai l r8e.

t t " R . E . A . J o h a n s s o n . D P E B : 1 6 3 - 4

Page 193: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

Till

l

CI{APTER 6:

DI \ / ISIONS OF CITTA IN

THE ABEIIDEIAAWMA

T h e c o r e o f t l a e A b l t i d l t a n t n t a l i t e r a t , u r e o f e a r l y B u d d h i s m

r r r a i n l y d e a l s w i t h c i . t t a s , c e t a s i k a s , r f i p a s , n i b b a n a s , a n d t h e i r

r e l a t i o n s h i p . T h i s c h a p t e r i s a n a r t e m p t t o e x p l o r e i n t o t h e

c i t t a s , e l a b o r a t i n g o n t t r e i r c l a s s i f i c a t i o n a s d e p i c t e d i n t l : ^ e P c t l i

A b h i d h a m m a P i l a k a e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e f i r s t b o o k , i . e . t h e

D h a m m a s a n g a n l . I n v i e w o f b e i n g f a i t h f u l t o t h e o r i g i n a l

s o u r c e , a l m o s t a l l t h e r e f e r e n c e s i n t h i s c h a p t e r a r e r n a d e

d i r e c t l y t o t h e c a n o n i c a l t e x t s i n s t e a d o f t o s e v e r a l a u t h o r s , w h o

d e a l w i t h t h e s a m e i s s u e .

I t i s n o t e d t h a t c i t t a i n t h e t r a n s l a t i o n s o f t h e A b h i d h a n r m a

t e x t s i s u s u a l l y r e n d e r e d a s c o n s c i o u s n e s s r a t h e r t h a n m i n d a s i t

l r a s e v e r b e e n i n t h e S u t t a P i t a k a w h e r e m i n d i s p r e f e r r e d a s i r s

r e n d e r i n g . W e , n e v e r t h e l e s s , r e t a i n t h ^ e P A l i w o r d c i t t a w i t h t h e

s u p p o s i t i o n t h a t w e h a v e a l r e a d y , t h r o u g h t h e p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r s ,

b e e n w e l l i n f o r r n e d a b o u t a n d q u i t e f a m i l i a r " v i t h

c i t t a a n d a l l

t h e d e n o t a t i o n a n d c o n n o t a t i o n i t m a y h a v e . T h i s , h o w e v e r , d o e s

n o t e x c l u d e t h a t s o m e t i r n e s ' m i n d ' o r ' c o n s c i o u s n e s s ' i s u s e d

i r r c i d e n t a l l y a s c i t t a ' s r e n d e r i n g , e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e a d a p t e d

p a s s a g e s f r o m t h e r e f e r e n c e s o u r c e . I n s t e a d o f u s i n g i t s

r e n d e r i n g s a s m i n d , c o l l s c i o u s n e s s , t h o u g h t , h e a r t , i n t e l l e c t ,

r l . r e u s e o f t h e w o r d c i t t a i t s e l f w o u l d h e l p s a f e g u a r d i n g t h e

r n i s l e a d i n g i m p r e s s i o n s w h i c h r r r o s t t h e r e n d e r i n g s h a v e d u e t o

t h e i r o w n s h a d e o f m e a n i n g . T h e r e i s a t m o s t i n a n y t w o

d i a c h r o n i c l a n g u a g e s n o w o r d i n o n e l a n g u a g e h a s t h e p r e c i s e l y

s a r n e b e a r i r r g t h a t i t s e q u i v a l e n t i n t h e o t h e r o n e d o e s .

s e e L . A . G o v r r d a , P A E B P .L . A . D e S i l v a . T B P A . a t t d

W . F . J a y a s u r i y a . P P B ; S . B r a h m a c h a r i - I B ' . CN y a n a t i i o k a , G T A P .

Page 194: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

17E

In t he f o l l ow ing pages , a i l t he c i t t as a re c l ass i f i ed i n to

I? l r ypes i n t o ta l ( see t he d i ag ram t rex t page ) ; each t ype w i l l

be dea l t w i t h i n a desc r i p t i ve manne r t ha t t ends t owa rd an

e th i ca l pe rspec r i ve . The ' t ypes o f c i t t as 'w i l l be men t i oned

s imp l y as ' c i t t as ' so l ong as con fus ion i s no t l i ke l y t o t ake

p lace .

Page 195: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r79

D I A G R A M : I 2 I C T T T E S

A k u s a l a ( 1 2 ),1, ==- t Pa t i gha-.t-..-...----.--=

Moha

( 8 )

( 2 )

( 2 )

K e m a v a c a r a ( 5 4 )

A k u s a l a V i p a k a ( 7 )4/ ,

A h e t u k a ( 1 8 ) Q > K u s a l a V i p a k a ( 8 )A

I

I

\ t < r i ya (3 )

\

S o b h a n a_ - - - - ; = K u s a l a

( 8 )

1z+) a { - - - ; V ip aka r 8 )- - "

K r i ya (8 )

K u s a l a ( 5 )

V i p a k a ( 5 )

K r i y e ( 5 )

( M a h a g a t a )

K u s a l a

V ip aka

( 4 )

( 4 )

( 4 )K r i y 6

Loku t ta ra (8 ) -___ - -_ - Magga (4 )- - P h a l a ( 4 )

T h e l a s t

a r e c o u n t e d i n

i s : 54+15+12

e igh t l oku t ta ra

connec t i on w i t h

+ (8x5 ) : ' 121 -

c i t t as come up to

5 s tages o f j l t anas .4 0 w h e n t h e y

T h e c o u n t i n g

Page 196: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

180

A. I{frnilvacarana Cittas

I. Twelve I{iimiivacarana Akusala Cittas:

The 12 akusa la ( immora l ) c i t t as a re d i v i ded i n to 8 c i t t as

o r i g i na ted i n l obha (g reed . l us t . o r appe t i t e ) , 2 i n dosa(ha t red ) . aud 2 i n moha ( i l l u s i on ) . The f i r s t 8 akusa la( immora l ) c i t t as can be b r i e f l y cha rac te r i zed as fo l l ows ,

oro r

Au toma t i c ( asa i kha r i kam) c i t t a ,( somanassa ) and connec ted

h iga tasampayu ta rn ) .

Vo l i t i ona l ( . sasankha r i kam) c i t t a

and connec ted w i t h e r ro r .

accompan ied by j oy

w i th e r ro r (d i f

accompan ied by j oy

3 . Au toma t i c c i t t a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec ted

f rom e r ro r .

4 . Vo l i t i ona l c i t r a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec ted

f rom e r ro r .

Au tomat i c c i t t a accompan ied by hedon ic i nd i f f e rence(Upekkhasahaga taan ) and connec ted w i t h e r ro r .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence

and connec ted w i th e r ro r .

7 . A u t o m a t i c c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m e r r o r .

V o l i t i o n a l c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m e r r o r : .

The above men t i oned c i t t as a re akusa la ( immora l

unwho lesome) because t hey a re roo ted i n l obha (appe t i t e

a t t achmen t ) and p roduce an i t ha v i paka (undes i r ab le e f f ec t ) . .

Akusa la i s t he d i r ec t oppos i t e o f kusa la . ' f he A t t hasd l i n ig i ve s t he e t ymo log i ca l mean ing o f kusa la as f o l l ows .

2 B M P E $ 3 6 s - 4 1 1 : 9 8 - 1 O 93 O p . C i r . : 1 5 .

5 .

6 .

8 .

Page 197: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

Kt t , bad , + { sa l , t o shake ,

wh i ch shakes o f f . des t rovs ev i l

kusa la .

18 i

t o t r emb le , t o des t roy . Tha t

o r con temp t i b l e t h i ngs i s

Kusa + "J tu , t o cu t . Kusa i s f r om kz , bad , and r i s i , t o l i e .' f l r a t wh i ch l i es con temp t i b l y i s kusa , v i ce . Kusa la i s t ha twh i ch cu t s o f f v i ce .

(a ) Ku , ev i l , bad , + { sa , t o r educe . Tha t wh i ch reduces o re rad i ca tes ev i l i s kusa , know ledge o r w i sdom. Kusa so de r i ved ,

r l t u , t o cu t " Tha t wh i ch cu t s o f f ( ev i l ) by w i sdom i s kusa la .

( b ) rKzsa , so de r i ved , + . i / a , t o t ake . Tha t wh i ch g rasped byw isdom i s kusa la .

Kusa g rass cu t s a pa r t o f t he hand w i t h bo th edges . Even

so kusa la cu t s o f f bo th sec t i ons o f pass ions t hose t ha t have

a r i sen and t hose t ha t have no t a r i sen .

Wi th rega rd to the conno ta t i on o f t he te rm t | re A t thasa l i n t

de f i nes t he wo rd kusa la as hav ing t he 4 mean ings : ( 1 ) c l r ogya(o f good hea l t h ) , ( 2 ) anava j j a ( f au l t l ess ) , ( 3 ) c l zeka ( c l eve r ) ,

and (4 ) sukhav ipaka (p roduc t i ve o f happy resu l t s ) .

W i th t he excep t i on o f cheka ( c l eve r ) a l l t he rema in i ng

t l r r ee mean i r r gs a re app l i cab le t o kusa la . Kusa la i s who lesome

in t he sense o f be ing f r ee f r om the f au l t o f pass ions , t he ev i l o fpass ions , and t he hea t o f pass ions . He re sukhav ipdka does no t

necessa r i l y r nean p l easu rab le f ee l i ng . I t i s used i n t he sense o f

phys i ca l and men ta l buoyance , so f t ness , f i t ness , e t c . The

A t thasa , l i n i f u r t he r s t a tes t ha t kusa la i s used i n t he sense o r

kosa l l asambhu ta lhena o r kosa l l a rh vucca t i pa f i f i d ( hav ing

accomp l i shed w i t h w i sdom) .

Judg ing f r om the va r i ous mean ings ass igned t o t he t e rm ,

k t t sa la r nay be i n te rp re ted as who lesome o r mo ra l ( some

scho la r s p re fe r ' s k i l f u l ' as i t s r ende r i ng ) . Akusa la wou ld ,

Page 198: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

182

the re fo re , mean unwho lesome o r immora l . Kusa la and akusa la

co r respond t o good and bad , r i gh t and w rong respec t i ve l y ' .

Lobha , f r om ^J ' l ub l t ' , t o c l i ng , o r a t t ach i t se l f , may be

rende red by ' a t t achmen t ' o r ' c l r ng ing ' . Some scho la r s p re fe r red' g reed ' o r ' c rav i ng ' . I n t he case o f a des i r ab le ob jec t o f sense ,

t he re a r i ses , as a r u l e , c l i ng ing o r a t t achmen t . I n t he case o f an

undes i rab le ob jec t . o rd i na r i l y t he re i s ave rs i on ' . I t i s he re

rende red as appe t i t e o r a t t achmen t . I n e th i ca l t r ea tmen t l obha

i s mo re usua l l y r ende red by g reed o r l us t .

Sa i kha r i ka i s pu re l y a t echn i ca l t e rm used i n a spec i f i c

sense i n t he Abh idhamma. I t i s f o rmed o f ' sa r i t ' , we l l and^J ' ka r ' , t o do , I o p repa re , I o accomp l i sh . L i t e ra l l y , i t means

accomp l i sh i ng , p repa r i ng . and a r rang ing . I n t h i s con tex t t he

te rm i s used w i t h ' s61 : co - . and w i t h ' 6 ' : un ; ' sa - sankhd r i ka '

( I i t . w i t h e f f o r t ) i s t ha t wh i ch i s p romp ted , i ns t i ga ted , o r

i nduced by onese l f o r by ano the r ; ' a - sankhd r i ka ' ( l i t . w i t hou t

e f f o r t ) i s t ha t wh i ch i s t hus una f f ec ted , bu t done spon taneous l y .

I f , f o r i ns rance . one does an ac t , i nduced by ano the r , o r a f t e r

much de l i be ra t i on o r p remed i t a t i on on one ' s pa r t , t hen i t i s

sasankha r i ka . I f , oD t he con t ra r y , one does i r i n s tan t l y w i t hou t

a r y ex te rna l o r i n t e rna l i nducemen t , o r any p remed i t a t i on . t hen

i t i s asankhar i ka " . Asankhar i kam he re deno tes tha t t he c i t t a may

be de te rm ined by ano the r pe rson , and aga ins t t he w i l l o f t he

consc ious sub jec t . I r i s i naccu ra re o r a t bes t m i s l ead ing t o

render the te rm by ' vo lun ta ry " .

Na rada exp la i ns t ha t so tnanassa i s an abs t rac t noun

fo rmed o f ' , r u ' , good . and 'mana ' . m ind . L i t e ra l l y , t he t e rm

means good -m ind -edness , i . e . a p l easu rab le f ee l i ng . Somanassa

i s he re o f psycho log i ca l impo r t , mean ing s imp l y ' p l easu rab le

fee l i ng p l us exc i t emen t ' . D i t h i i s de r i ved f r om ^ l ' d i s ' , t o see .

t o pe rce i ve . I t i s usua l l y t r ans ia ted as v i eu ' . be l i e f . and

op in i on . When qua l i f i ed by ' sa tnm6 ' , i t means r i gh t v i e r v o r

r i g l r t be l i e f . l l e re t he t e rm i s used w i t hou t any qua l i f i ca t i on i n

' O p . C i t .t O p . C i t .o O p . C i r .' C o m p . :

: 2 0 2 2

: 1 6 .

: 1 9 .

8 2 f .

Page 199: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 8 3

t h e s e n s e o f w r o n g v i e w 8 . I t u s u a l l y b e a r s a n e u t r a l i m p o r t b u ts o r n e t i m e s i s t e n d i n g t o w a r d s n e g a t i v e s e n s e o f m i c c h a d i t h i . w es h a l l e x a m i n e u p e k k h d l a t e r i n t h e s e c r i o n e x p o s i n g t h e f o u ra k u s a l a c i t t a s o r i g i n a t e d i n d o s a a n d , m o h a .

The f o l l ow ing l i s t i s an a t t emp t t o g i ve an i l l u s t r a t i vedesc r i p t i on o f t he f i r s t 8 akusa la c i t t ass .

W i th j oy a boy i ns tan t l y s rea l s an app Ie , v i ew ing noev i l t he reby .

P romp ted by a f r i end , a boy j oy fu l l y s t ea l s an app le ,v i ew ing no ev i l t he reby .

4 . The same i l l u s t r a t i on se rves f o r t he t h i r d and f ou r t ht ypes o f c i t t a w i t h t he d i f f e rence t ha t t he s tea l i ns i sdone w i t hou t any f a l se v i ew .

6 . 7 . 8 . The rema in i ng f ou r r ypes o f c i t t a a re s im i l a r t othe above w i t h . t he d i f f e rence t ha t t he s tea l i ng i s donew i t h neu t ra l f ee l i ne .

A n d , t h e y c a n b e t a b u l a t e d i n a s i m p l e t a b l e a s f o l l o w s ,

TASLE 11 : E rcHT AKUSALI C | r res

N"

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Fee l i ngs Views Ac t i veness

Sm

Sm

Sm

Sm

Up

Up

Up

Up

Mc

Mc

As

Sa

As

Sa

As

Sa

As

Sa

Mc

Mc

L e g e n d s :

M A b . : l E .

O p . C i t . : 2 2 - 2 3

5 .

s

Page 200: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

184

Upekkhd

Sasa r l kha r i kam

Of t he 8 c i t t as , c i t t as 3 , 4 , 7 , and 8 a re t hose t ha t a rew i th mo t i ves and have no th ing to do w i th m icchad i th i : t he i re l im ina t i on shou ld be done by bhava (p rac t i ce ) , 0 . The f ou r a reno t f i xab le t o e i t he r s i de . mo ra l and immora l " . C i t t as 1 , 2 ,5 ,and 6 a re those wh ich a re w i th mo t i ves and i nvo l ved i nm icchad i t l t i . The i r e l im ina t i on shou ld be done t hough dassana(know ledge ) . The f ou r a re f i xed t o t he immora l s i de .

C i t t as ' ekaga ta (one -po in redness o f m ind ) i s usua l l ypos i t i ve i n mean ing bu t as a comp lemen t o f t he akusa la c i t t a ,c i t t as ' ekaga td has ano the r shade o f mean ing ' 2 . I n t he expos i t i on' c i t t as ' ekaga td ' , t he doub le exp ress ion , ' so l i d i t y ands tead fas toess ' i s synonymous w i t h s tab i l i t y . Bu t t ha t exp ress iondoes no t coun t he re , c i t t as ' ekaga td i s r emarked 'weak ' . Suchmean ing as non -sca t t e r i ng as t he oppos i t e o f sca t t e r i ng .p roduced by way o f d i s t r ac t i on and pe rp lex i t y i s no t ob ta i nedhe re . Bu t t ha t wh i ch does no t d i spe rse co -ex i s ten r s t a tes i s non -sca t t e r i ng ; t ha t wh i ch i s no t d i s t r ac ted i s non -d i s t r ac t i on ; b1 'way o f t he immora l ' c i t t as ' ekaga td ' t he s ta te o f m ind i s non -sca t t e r i ng . I t does no t t r emb le t h rough t he co -ex i s ten r s t a tes .

Th i s i s s t r eng th o f concen t ra t i o r . Because t he concen t ra t i ng o rf i x i ng on t he ob jec t i s pe rve r t ed , t he concen t ra t i on i s f a l se ' , .

Whe reas t he f i r s t 8 akusa la c i t t as a re o r i g i na ted i n l obha .t he rema in i ng 4 akusa la c i t t as a re o r i g i na red i n dosa (ave rs i on land moha (nesc ience ) r espec t i ve l y . They a re l i s t ed as f o l l ows ,

Au toma t i c ( asa i k l t a r i ka rp ) c i t t a accompan ied by g r i e f( domanassa ) and con rec ted w i t h ave rs i on (pa t i gha ) .

I o D h s . S 1 3 9 4 : 2 3 8 .

" O p . C i t . : 9 1 4 1 2 2 4 O

" O p . C i t . 9 2 7 5 : 7 7 .

" ' E x p . . 3 3 6 .

Sm:

Mc:

A s :

Somanassa

Micchad i t h i

A s a n k h a r i k a m

Up:

,SA:

Page 201: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

185

V o l i t i o n a l ( s a s a n k h a r i k a m ) c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y g r i e f

( d o m a n a s s a ) a n d c o n n e c r e d w i t h a v e r s i o n ( p a t i g h a ) .

C i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e ( u p e k k h a )

a n d c o n j o i n e d w i t h p e r p l e x i t y ( v i c i k i c c h a ) .

4 . C i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence (upekkha )and con jo i ned w i t h d i s t r ac t i o r . ( uddhacca ' ) .

We have a l ready known t } ra t somanassa he re means good-m inded -ness o r a p l easu rab le f ee l i ng p l us exc i t emen t . Thean tonym o f somanassa i s domanassa . The t e r rn f o rmed by' du '

, bad , and 'mana ' , r n i nd means bad -m inded -ness , i . e .

d i sp leasu rab le f ee l i ngs . And , upekkha he re as we l l as i n t hefou r l a re r akusa la c i t t a r o r i g i na ted i n l obha imp l i es s imp l y t heabsence o f f e l t p l easu re o r pa in . t he neu t ra l aspec t o f f ee l i ng ,o r ze ro -po in t be tween pa in and p l easu re , j oy and so r row . I t i st o be d i s t i ngu i shed f r om the more comp lex i n te l l ec tua l ande th i ca l s t a te a l so known as upekkha t ha t means ba lance o fn i nd , equan im i t y t o .

W i th a compar i son , Nd rada obse rves d i f f e ren t l y t ha tsomanassa , domanassa and upekkha a re pu re l y men ta l . Sukhaand dukkha a re pu re l y phys i ca l ; t h i s i s t he reason why t he re i sno upekkhd i n t he case o f t ouch t ha t , acco rd ing t o t heAbh idhamma, m .us t be e i t he r happy o r pa in fu l r ' .

The f ou r c i t t as men t i oned above a re immora l because t hef i r s t two o f wh i ch sp r i ng f r om pa t i gha (ave rs i on o r i l l -w i l l ) ,

and t he rema in i ng two , f r om moha ( i gno rance ) ' u . Pa t i gha i s a l so

mean t by repugnance , a f o rm o f dosa .

We rese rve t he f o l l ow ing space t o m inu te l y e l abo ra te on

the t roublesome term upekkha. UPEKKHA or UPE,KHA is

composed o f ' upc t ' and ' l k$ ' . I t l i t e ra l l y means ' l ook ing o r ' ,

i nd i ca t i ng hedon i c neu t ra l i t y o r i nd i f f e rence , ze ro po in t

be tweeu j oy and so r row ; d i s i n te res tedness , neu t ra l f ee l i ng ,

equan im i t y . Some t imes i t i s equ i va len t t o adukhham-asukha -

L o C o m p . : B 3 f .r s M A b . : 1 8 .o O p . C i t . ' . L 5 .

Page 202: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

186

vedana ( f ee l i ng wh i ch i s ne i t he r pa in uo r p l easu re ) " . I t i s as a

vedana tha t upekkhd deno tes hedon ic neu t ra l i t y o r i nd i f f e rence .

We shou ld d i s r i nc t i t i n t h i s sense f r om the equa l i t y o r ba lance

o f m ind ( ta t rama j j ha t ta ta ) wh ich imp l i es a comp lex i n te l l ec tua ls t a t e t s .

The Compend ium o f Ph i l osophy g i ves the m inu te accoun t

o f t he te rm upekkha tha t i s ab r idged as fo l l ows : The re a re th reep r i nc i p l e k i nds o f upekkha . F i r s t , t he anubhavana -upekkha(upekkha o f sensa t i on o r phys i ca l sens ib i l i t y ) : t he neu t ra l

f ee l i ng o r ze ro -po in t be tween bod i l y pa in and p l easu re . Th i s

k i nd o f upe kkha i s app l i cab le t o a l l senso ry s t imu l i , excep tt hose o f Touch .

The second k i nd i s t he i nd r i yappabheda -upekkha , o rupekkhd d i v i d i ng t he (e th i ca l ) r egu la t i ve f o r ces o f somanassa .o r j oy . and domanassa . o r g r i e f ( o r o f men ta l p l easu re andpa in ) . Th i s c l ass o f upekkha i s f ound i n t he f o r t y - seven c l asseso f consc iousness ( f i f t y - f i ve c l asses ca l l ed ' accompan ied b . ' -i nd i f f e rence , ' m inus t hose whe re f ou r senses a re i nvo l ved ) .

O f t l r ese two k i nds o f upekkh6 . t he f o rmer i s sensa t i ona lt he l a t t e r i s emo t i ona l . and bo th a re hedon i c .

, L ^s t l y . t he re i s a t h i r d c l ass o f upekkha , and t ha t i s ace tas i ka . o f t he n i ne teen sobhana -ce tas i kA (as hedon i c , upekkhacomes unde r t he ce tas i ka o f vedana ) , i n o the r wo rds , a men ta lp rope r t y o f e l emen t . o f t he n i ne teen 'mo ra l l y beau t i f u l '

p rope r t i es . Th i s i s t a t r ama j j ha t t a ta , ' ba l ance o f m ind . ' 'men ta l

equ ipo i se . ' I t i s i n t e l l ec tua l and no t hedon i c , and appea rs as anuance i n consc ious expe r i ence , when t he ob jec t i s o f a' h i ghe r ' k i nd t han t hose t ha t evoke t he hedon i c upekkhd a re . I ti s - e .g . . a bo j j hanga . o r f ac to r o f W isdom. i n t he consc iousness

o f A r i 1 ,a ' s , and a f ac to r o f h i ghe r know ledge t han t he ave rage .

i n t he consc iousness o f ave rage m inds . I t i s t h i sta t rama j j l za t ta ta wh ich we meer w i th i n t he ph rases

P E D : l 5 O .

C o m p . : l 4 f .

Page 203: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

brahmacar i y upekkhd , o r re l i g i ous equan i rn i t y ,

187

anclsankhc i r upekkhd , o r i nd i f f e rence t o t he wo r l d .

Hedon i c upekkha en re rs i n t o t he compos i t i on o f f i f t y - f i vec lasses o f consc iousness ; i n t e l l ec tua l ( no t e th i ca l ) upekkhaen te rs i n t o t he compos i t i on o f f i f t y -n i ne such c l asses . Thesetwo g roups o f c l asses some t imes ove r l aps each o the r , as i n t hecase o f t he 'mo ra l r esu l t an t , ' o r ' i nope ra t i ve c l asses o f kdma-consc iousness , ' wh i ch a re ' accompan ied by i nd i f f e rence , ' andaga in i n f i f t h j hana . I n t hese ove r l app ing c l asses o fconsc iousness hedon i c i nd i f f e rence was t aken as t he ch ie f bas i so f d i v i s i on , t hough i n te l l ec tua i i nd i f f e rence was p resen t aswe l l . Th i s app l i es t o t he upekkh 'ekagga td . - ' hedon i c

i nd i f f e rence and i nd i v i dua l i za r i on ' - cha rac te r i z i ns f i f t hj hana ' " .

The A t t hasa l i n i s t a tes : ' Th i s i s impa r t i a l i t y (ma j j ha t t am)in connec t i on w i t h t he ob j ec t , and i r np l i es a d i sc r im ina t i veknow ledge (pa r i cch indanaka rh f i ana r i ) ' . Th i s exp lana t i onapp l i es s t r i c t l y t o upekk f td found i n sobhana c i t t a accompan iedby w isdom. upekkhd found i n rhe akusa las and , ahe tukas i s j us tneu t ra l f ee l i ng w i t hou r t he l eas t t r ace o f any d i sc r im ina t i veknow ledge . I n t he kdmavaca ra sobhanas , t oo , t he re may a r i setha t neu t ra l f ee l i ng , &s i n t he case o f one hea r ing t ] ne d .hammawi thou t any p l easu rab le i n t e res t , and a l so a sub t l e f o rm o fupekkha tha t v iews the ob jec t w i th de l i be ra te impar t i a t i t y ancd i sc r im ina t i ve know ledge , as i n t he case o f a w i se pe rson whohears tLe dhamma w i t : . , L a c r i t i ca l and impar t i a l m ind .

Upekkhd o f t l r e j hdna c i t t a , i n pa r t i cu la r i s o f e th i ca l andpsycho log i ca l impo r tance . I t ce r t a i n l y i s no t t he o rd i na ry k i ndo f upekkha , genera l l y f ound i n the akusa la c i t t a t ha t comesna tu ra l l y t o an ev i l - doe r . The j hdna upekkha has beendeve loped by a s t r ong w i l l - power . Rea l i z i ng t ha t p l easu rab lefee l i ng i s a l so g ross , t he yog i e l im ina tes i t as he d i d t he o the rt h ree j hdna f ac to r s , and deve lops t he more sub t l e and peace fu l

upekkhd . On t he a t t a i nmen t o f t he f i f t h j hana b rea th i ng ceases .

' o Op . C i t . : 230 -23 1

Page 204: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

188

As he has t r anscended bo th pa in and p l easu re by w i l l - power , hei s immune t o pa in t oo .

Th is upekkha i s a h igh l y re f i ned fo rm o f t he o rd ina ryta t rama j j ha t ta td , even -m indedness , one o f t he mora l men ta ls t a tes . l a t en t i n a l l r ypes o f sobhana c i t t a .

I n the Pd l i ph ras e upekkha sa t i pa r i suddh i (pu r i t y o fm ind fu l ness wh i ch comes o f equan im i t y ) , i t i s t heta t rama j j ha t ta ta tha t i s re fe r red to . Th i s i s l a ten t i n t he f i r s tf ou r j hanas roo . I n t he f i f t h j hana th i s t a t rama j j ha t ta td i ss i ng led ou t and becomes h igh l y r e f i ned . Bo th neu t ra l f ee l i ng(upekkha vedand . ) and equan im i t y t ha t co r respond t o t he onePa l i t e rm upekkha a re f ound i n t he f i f t h j hana .

A t t he end o f h i s expos i t i on o f upekkhd N6 rada g i vesfou r f o l d d i v i s i on o f upekkha : ( 1 ) j us t neu t ra l f ee l i ng , f ound i nthe s i x akusa la c i t t as (2 ) sens i t i ve pass i ve neu r ra l f ee l i ng(anub l ravana upekkhd ) f ound i n t he e i gh t ahe tuka sense -doo rc i t t a (dv ipa r t cac i t t as ) (exc lud ing kayav i f r f i ana ) , (3 ) i n te l l ec tua lupekkhd . f ound mos t l y i n t he rwo sobhana k r i ya c i t t as .accompan ied by know ledge , and some t imes i n t he two sobhanakusa la c i t t as . accompan ied by know ledge , ( 4 ) e th i c a I upekkha ,found i n a l l t he sobhana c i t t a , r , espec ia l l y i n t he f i f t h j hana .

B rahmav iha rupekkha and sankha rupekkha may be i nc l udediu bo th i u te l l ec tua l and e th i ca l upekkhd . The f i r s t i s equan im i t yam ids t a l l v i c i s s i t udes o f l i f e . The second i s ne i t he r a t t achmenrno r ave rs i on w i t h r espec t t o a l 1 cond i t i oned t h i ngs ro .

I n t he expos i t i on o f t he i ns i gh t exe r t ed by a med i t a to r and

i t s e f f ec t on h i s v i s i on . t he passage f r om the Compend ium o f

Ph i l osop l t l t r eads tha t by the i ns igh t o f i nd i f f e rence to the

ac t i v i t i e s o f t h i s l i f e he i s now i nd i f f e ren t t o t he wo r l d . I no the r wo rds . t he good and t he bad i n t h i s wo r l d no l onge r a f f ec t

l r im . T l r i s f ee l i ng o f i nd i f f e renc e (upekkha ) i s f os te red by t heba lance o f t he m ind , o r equan im i t y ( r a t r ama j j ha t t a ta ) . wh i ch

mus t no t be con founded w i t h upekkha . t he neu t ra l aspec t o f

I

Page 205: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

189

f e e l i r r g , o r z e r o - p o i n t b e t w e e n p a i n a n d p l e a s u r e , j o y a n d

s o r r o w . T h e f o r m e r i s a h i g h e r r n e n t a l a t t i t u d e , w h i c h m a y

e v e n t u a l l y b e r a i s e d t o t h e d i g n i t y o f a b o j j h a n g a ( a n

i n d i s p e n s a b l e c o n d i t i o n o r f a c t o r o f k n o w l e d g e o r w i s d o m ) . T h e

t w o m a y e x i s t s i d e b y s i d e , a s i n t h e ' c o n s c i o u s n e s s

a c c o m p a n i e d b y i n d i f f e r e n c e ' o f t h e e i g h t c l a s s e s o f m o r a l

c o n s c i o u s n e s s .

II. Eighteen l{iimiivacarana Ahetuka Cittas:

Now we come to t he 18 ahe tuka (w i t hou t r oo t s ) c i t t as .They cons i s t o f 7 akusa la v tpaka ( r esu l t an t ) c i t t as , 8 kusa lav ipaka c i t t as , and 3 k i r i ya c i t t as2 t . ( see tab le 2 nex t page)

T h e a b s e n c e o f a k u s a l a i n t h e t r a n s l a t i o n i s o f i n t e n t i o n

a l o n g w i t h t h e n o t e t h a t i n t h e s e v e n c i t t a s , h e t u d e n o t e s o n l y

t h e f i r s t t h r e e o f t h e s i x r o o t s r r . I n o t h e r w o r d s t h e t e r m h e t u i n

a h e t u k a i s a p p l i e d m e r e l y t o l o b h a , d o s a a n d m o h a , a n d i s n o t

a p p l i e d t o t h e i r o p p o s i t e s : a l o b h a , a d o s a a n d a m o h a . T l l ' e s e v e n

a r e a t t r i b u t e d w i t h a h e t u k a b e c a u s e t h e y a r e d e v o i d o f

. t a m p a y u t t a k a h e t u ( c o n c o m i t a n t c o n d i t i o n s ) , , . I t s h o u l d b e

f u r t h e r b o r n e i n m i n d t h a t e v e n a h e t u k a c i t t a s a r e n o t d e v o i d o f

n i b b a t t a k a h e t u ( e f f i c i e n t c a u s e ) 2 4 . A l l t h e a h e t u k a c i t t a s a r e

d e v o i d o f a l l ' r o o t s . H e n c e t h e y a r e n e i t h e r m o r a l n o r i m m o r a l

b y t h e m s e l v e s . S e v e n o f t h e m a r e t h e r e s u l t a n t s o f i m m o r a l

a c t i o n s , e i g h t o f m o r a l a c t i o n s , a n d t h r e e a r e m e r e l y

f u n c t i o n a l s ? s . W i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f a h e t u k a c i t t a s 1 8 i n a l l , t h e

r e m a i n i n g 7 l c i t t a s a r e c a l l e d s a h e t u k a I w i t h r o o t ( s ) ] . I n t w o

t h e r e i s o n l y o n e r o o t , i n s i x t y - n i n e t h e r e a r e t w o o r t h r e ;

roo ts .

r o M A b . : 5 3 - 5 4 ., t O p . C i t . : 2 7 - 3 3 ; s e e a l s o C o m p . : 8 4 - 8 6 ": : C o m p . : 8 4 .2 3 S a m p a y u t t d : a s s o c i a t e d w i t h , c o n n e c t e d ( P E D : 6 9 1 a ) .2 1 N i b b a t t a f t a : p r o d u c i n g , y i e l d i n g ( P E D : 3 6 1 b ) .1 5 M A b . : 1 5 7 .

Page 206: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

190

{

T tn tn 12 :

N" Types o f Consc iousness

Consc iousness by Way o f S igh t o r EyeConsc i ousnes s

Consc iousness by WayEa t - C ons c ious nes s

Consc iousness by WayNose -Consc iousness

Consc iousness by WayTongue - Consc i o us nes s

of I : [ear ins or

o f Sme l l o r

o f T a s t e o r

Fee l i ngs

Hedon i c

Ind i f ferenc e

Hedon i c

Indi f ference

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e renc e

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

Pa in (dukkha)

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e renc e

Hedon i c

Ind i f fere nc e

4

5 Consc iousness by Way o f Touch o rB o dy - C ons c i ous ness

6 Rec ip i en t Consc iousness o r Rece i v i ngConsc ious r ress ( Samp a t i c c ana c i t t a )

7 I nves t i ga t i ng Consc iousness( S ant I ra qta c i t ta)

C . A . F . Rhys Dav ids i n A Buddh i s r Manua l oJPsyc l t o l og i ca l E th i cs r ende rs c i t t a by i n t e l l ec t . and mano b1though t . The c i t t a i s de f i ned he re as cakkhuv i f t f i ana .s o t a v i i i f i a n a . ghanav i r t f i . ana , j i vhav i f t f r dna . kayav i i i i i ana( c o g n i t i o n a p p l i e d t o s e n s e - i m p r e s s i o n ) . m a n o d h d t t t ( t h e

e l e m e n t s o f i d e a t i o n ) . a n d m a n o v i i i f i a n a d . h a t u ( t h e e l e m e n r o f

i d e a t i o n a l c o g n i t i o n ) ' u ( s e e t a b l e s 3 & 4 ) . T h i s i s t o t a l l y i n

a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f c i t t a a n d v i f l f t a n a w h i c h

w e h a v e e v e r s e e n i n t h e S a t t a P i t a k a . ( s e e t a b l e 5 )

' u D h s . l i l 1 8 7 2 o 9

Page 207: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 9 1

T A B L E 1 3 :

I N " Types o f Consc iousness

Consc iousness by Wav o fC onsc iousness

Consc iousness by Way o fEa r -C onsc iousnes s

S igh t o r Eye

Hea r i ns o r

Consc iousness by Way o f Sme l l o rNose -Consc iousness

Consc iousness by Way o f Tas te o rTongue -C onsc iousness

Consc iousness by Way o f Touch o rBody -Consc iousneSs

Rec ip i en t Consc iousness o r Rece i v i ngConsc iousness (Sampa t i c chanac i t t a )

I nves t i ga t i ng Consc iousness(San t l ranac i t t a )

I nves t i ga r i ng Consc iousness(Sant i rarJac i t ta)

6

Accompan ied by

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

Happ iness

(sukha )

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence

P l e a s u r e

( s o m a n a s s a )

H e d o n i c

I n d i f f e r e n c e

The two c l asses o f c i t t as men t i oned above a re qu i t :s im i l a r t o t he ex ten r t ha t i f e t h i ca l aspec t i s pu t as i de bo th t heg roups a re ha rd l y d i f f e ren t f rom each o the r ; t he f i r s t f i ve c i t t aso f one g roup have ac tua l l y a l i t t l e d i f f e rence f r om the i rcoun te rpa r t s i n t he o the r g roup . The t en , howeve r , some t imessha re t he same common name Dv ipa f i cav i f i f i dna . N i radaexp la i ns t ha t i n t he Abh idhamma, t hese f i ve pa i r s o fconsc iousness a re so na rned because t hey a re a l l dependen t onthe f i ve senses . As t hey a re compara t i ve l y weak t hey a re

Page 208: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

192

accompan ied by neu r ra l f ee l i ng . w i t h t he excep t i on o f body -consc iousness t ha t i s accompan ied by e i t he r pa in o r happ iness ;and th i s i s a l i t t l e d i f f e rence we mean above .

1 1

l b

Sampa t i cchanac i t t a i s t ha r

accep ts o r r ece i ves an ob jec t .i nves t i ga tes an ob jec t r ' .

- Somanassa t he accompan ied

he re o f psycho log i ca l impo r t ,f ee l i ng p lus exc i temen t ' r ' .

momen t o f consc iousness t ha t

San t l ranac i t t a i s t ha t wh ich

fee l i ng o f t he seven th c i t t a i smean ing s imp l y ' p l easu rab le

o f t he 18 ahe tuka c i t t as . t he l as t t h ree a re k i r i ya c i t t as .K i r i ya i s r ende red as f unc t i ona l o r i nope ra t i ve . imp l y i ng t ha tt hey do no t c rea te kamma. They can be p resen ted i n t hefo l l ow ing tab le .

Tae I -e 14 :

No Types o f Consc iousness Fee l i ngs

' f ha t momen t o f consc

the f i ve sense -ob jec t s i s

M t tnod . va rava j j anac i t t a i s a

Consc iousness Tu ru ing t o Imp ress ionsa t t he F i ve Doo rs( .Pa i c adv a r ava j j ana c i t t a )

Consc iousness Tu rn ing t o Imp ress ionsa t t he M ind -doo r(Manodv d r dva j j anac i t t a )

Consc iousness o f t he Genes i s o faes the t i c p leasu re ( .F /as i t upp adac i t t a )

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence(Up e kkha )

Hedon i c

Ind i f f e rence(Up e kkha )

Joy (Somanassa )

i ousness wh i ch t u rns t owa rds one o f

ca l l ed t he pa i i cadva rava j j a r t ac i t t a .

momen t o f consc iousness t ha t t u rns

M A b . ; 3 0 .C o m p . ; 8 2 n

Page 209: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

193

the m ind towards men ta l ob jec t . Pa f i cadvd rdva j j anac i t t a and

Manodvdrdva j j anac i t t a a re the on l y two momen ts o f K i r i l t a

c : i t t as expe r i enced by t hose r vho a re no t A rahan ts . On l y

Bu r l t l has and A rahan ts expe r i ence a l l t he o the r K i r i ya c i t t as .

Has i t uppdda - sm i l i ng caused by a p l easu rab le f ee l i ng - i s a

c i t t a pecu l i a r t o A rahan tsze .

N i rada o f f e r s a b r i e f accoun t o f a l l t he 89 c i t t as , say ing

tha t t he f i ve i a i r s o f c i t t as a re some t imes re fe r red t o as

c lv ipa f icav i f i f iana , the two s a m p a t i c c h a n a c i t t a s a n d

p a f i c a d v d r a v a j j a n a c i t t a a s ' M a n o d h a t u ' ( m i n d e l e m e n t ) , t h e

r e s t , 7 6 i n n u m b e r a s ' M a n o v i f i . r i d . n a d h a t u ' ( m i n d -

c o n s c i o u s n e s s e l e m e n t ) . o .

TasLr 15 :

T h e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f t h e t h o u g h t - p r o c e s s w o u l d h e l p t h e

f u n c t i o n a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d c i t t a s s u c h a n

e x t e n t . h o w e v e r . i s n o t o u r i n t e n t i o n h e r e .

I t i s r a the r pa ins tak i ng t o go back t o t he o r i g i na l accoun t

o f t hose c i t t as g i ven i n t he Dhammasangan l : none the less , i t

may be app rec iab le i n r ega rd w i t h au tho r i t a t i ve aspec t t o s i ng le

ou t one o f t hem, name ly , t ha t o f t he Sampa t i cchanac i t t a i n i t s

r r on -subs tan t i a t i ve des igna t i on kusa lav i pakamanodha tu : 'When ,

as t he resu l t o f good ka rma hav ing been w rough t , hav ing been

s to red up i n connec t i on w i t h t he sensuous un i ve rse , an e l emen t

C i t t a s b y W a y o f S i g h t , H e a r i n g ,

S m e I l . T a s t e . T o u c h .

D v t o a f i c a v i i i f i a n a

z Pa f i c adv d r dv a j j anac i t t a and

S a m p a t i c c h a n a c i t t a s

M a n o d h d t u ( m i n d e l e m e n t )

3 T h e r e s t . 7 6 i n n u m b e r . M a n o v i f i f i d n a d h d t u ( m i n d -

c o n s c i o u s n e s s e l e m e n t )

] e M A b . : 3 1

Page 210: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

( dha ru ) o f i dea t i on has a r i s en

194

accompan ied by

d i s i n te res tedness , and hav ing as i t s ob jec t a s i gh t , a sound , a

sme l l , a t as te , some th ing t ang ib l e , o r wha t no t , t hen t he re i s

con tac t . f ee l i ng , pe rcep t i o r , t h i nk i ng , t hough t , concep t i on ,

d i scu rs i ve t hough t , d i s i n te res tedness . se l f - co l l ec tedness ; t he

facu l t i es o f i dea t i on , d i s i n te res tedness , v i t a l i t y . These o rwha teve r o the r i nco rpo rea l , causa l l y i nduced s ta tes t he re a re on

tha t occas ion - t hese a re s ta tes t ha t a re i nde te rm ina te ' . I t i s

no ted tha t t he s ign i f i cance o f t he a f f i x ' - dha tu ' ( e lemenr ) he re

imp l i es t he absence o f en t i t y , t he ' emp t i ness ' o r phenomena l

cha rac te r o f t he i dea t i ona l f acu l t v . ' .

IIf . Twenty Four I{EmEvacarana Sobhana Cittas:

n .

B .

The nex t t ypes

Kdmdvaca rana Sobhana

in t he Sensuous Sphe re

Sensuous Sphe re ' ) wh i ch

C

o f c i t t a we w i l l d i s cuss a re 24

C i t t as ( ' Though ts o f Th ings Beau t i f u l' o r 'Beau t i f u l Consc iousness o f t hei s d i v i ded i n to 3 g roups as f o l l ows :

E igh t kusa la (mora l ) c i t t as w i th roo ts a r i s i ng i nkdmavh c a ra expe r ience .

E igh t v i paka ( r esu l t an t ) c i t t as w i t h r oo t s a r i s i ng i nkama vaca ra expe t i ence :

E igh t k r i ya ( f unc t i ona l o r i nope ra t i ve ) c i t t as w i t h r oo t s

a r i s i ng i n ka rnavaca ra expe t i ence .

Kamdvaca ra i s de f i ned ' hav ing i t s p rov ince i n kama ' .' be l ong ing t o t he rea lm o f sensuous p l easu res ' . Th i s t e rm

app l i es t o t he e l even g rades o f be iugs who a re s t i l l unde r t he

in f l uence o f sensua l des i r es and p l easu res . as we l l as t o a l l

t hough ts and cond i t i ons a r i s i ng i n t h i s sphe re o f sensuous

expe r i ence32 . Neve r the less . i t i s no ted t ha t t hese 24 c i t t as a re

c l r a rac te r i zed by sobhana because t hey y i e l d good qua l i t i e s , and

a re connec ted w i t h b l ame less roo t s such as ge re ros i t y , l ov i ng -

k i udness , and know ledge33 , and t ha t t he wo rd 'maha ' t s usua l l y

' u O p . C i t . : 3 Q .r I B M P E $ 4 5 5 : 1 2 9r 2 D . i : 3 4 .r r M A b . : 3 9 .

Page 211: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

195

p re f i xed t o t hem so as t o i nd i ca te a more ex tens i ve f i e l d o fac t i on .

A . E I G H T K U S A L A C I T T A S W I T H R O O T S A R I S I N G T N K d M A L O K A

E X P E R I E N C E :

1 . A u t o m a t i c ( . a s a n k h a r i k a m ) c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y j o y

( s o m a n a s s a ) a n d c o n n e c t e d w i t h k n o w l e d g e ( f i d n a -

s a m p a y u t t a m ) .

2 . V o l i t i o n a l ( s a s a n k h a r i k a r y t ) c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y j o y

a n d c o n n e c t e d w i t h k n o w l e d g e ( f i a n a - s a m p a y u t t a m ) .

3 . A u t o m a t i c c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y j o y a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d

f rom knowled ge ( r idna-v ipp ay u t ta m) .

4 . V o l i t i o n a l c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y j o y a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d

f r o m k n o w l e d g e ( f i d n a - v i p p a y u t t a m ) .

5 . A u t o m a t i c c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

( U p e k k h a s a h a g a t a m ) a n d c o n n e c t e d w i t h k n o w l e d g e .

6 . V o l i t i o n a l c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

a n d c o n n e c t e d w i t h k n o w l e d g e .

7 . A u t o m a t i c c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m k n o w l e d g e .

8 . V o l i t i o n a L c i t t a a c c o m p a n i e d b y h e d o n i c i n d i f f e r e n c e

a n d d i s c o n n e c t e d f r o m k n o w l e d s e .

I n t o t h i s t y p e o f c i t t a t } r e c e t a s i k a c a l l e d f a c u l t y o f r e a s o n

(paf i f i i ndr iya) en ters . The te rms f idpa and pa f i f i i ndr iya are

i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e i n u s e . V i p p a y u t t a l v i * p a y u t t a l m e a n s' s e p a r a t e d ' . N d r a d a o f f e r s t h e f o l l o w i n g i l l u s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e

f i r s t e i g h t s o b h a n a c i t t a s :

1 . One unde rs tand ing l y g i ves some th ing t o a begga r a t

once w i t h j oy .

2 . One unde rs tand ing l y g i ves some th ing t o a begga r w i t hj oy , a f t e r de l i be ra t i on , o r be ing i nduced by ano the r .

3 . A ch i l d , w i t hou t any unde rs tand ing , j oy fu l l y sa lu tes a

monk a t once . Joy fu l l y a pe rson au toma t i ca l l y r ec i t es

Sac red Tex t w i t hou t unde rs tand ine t he mean ing .

:

;

Page 212: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

The rema in ing f ou r t ypes shou ld be unde rs tood i n t he

same way , subs t i t u t i ng i nd i f f e rence fo r j oy .

Nex t , t he second e igh t sobhanac i t t as s im i l a r t o t he

fo rego ing , wh i ch a re resu l t s o f ac t i on done i n a f o rmer b i r t h i n

kama loka , and a re accompan ied by t he i r he tu ' s .

EIGHT V IPAKA C ITTAS WITH ROOTS ARIS ING IN KaMALOKA

E X P E R i E N C E :

Au toma t i c ( asankha r i kam) c i t t a accompan ied by j oy

( somanassa ) and connec ted w i t h know ledge ( f i ana -

sampayu t ta ry ) .

Vo l i t i ona l ( sasankha r i kan t ) c i t t a accompan ied by j oy

and connec ted w i t h know ledge .

Au toma t i c c i t t a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec ted

f rom know led ge ( i i ana -v ippay u t tam) .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec ted

f rom know ledge .

Au toma t i c c i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence

(Upe kkhdsahaga ta rp ) and connec ted w i t h know ledge .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by hedon ic i nd i f f e rence

and connec ted w i t h know ledge .

Au toma t i c c i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence

and d i sconnec ted f r om know ledge .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by hedon ic i nd i f f e rence

and d i sconnec ted f r om know ledge .

6

8

A ch i l d , w i thou t any unders tand ing ,

monk , as i ns t ruc ted by the mo the r .

r ec i t es a Sac red Tex t , as t augh t by

unde rs tand ing t he mean ing .

196

joy fu l l y sa lu tes a

A pe rson j oy fu l l y

ano the r , w i thou t

ge rm ina tes and f r uc t i f i e s

i t s own i n t r i ns i c na tu re .

i n gene ra l , p roduce t he i r

They a re ca l l ed v ipaka .

a r i s e as t he i nev i t ab le

As a seed sown on f e r t i l e so i l

i t se l f soone r o r l a t e r , acco rd ing t o

even so kusa la and akusa la ac t i ons .

due des i r ab le and undes i r ab le e f f ec t s

S im i l a r l y , t hose t ypes o f c i t t a t ha t

Page 213: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

r97

resu l t s o f t hese co r respond ing kusa la c i t t as a re ca l l ed v i paka( resu l t an t ) c i t t as34 . I n sho r t , kamma i s ac t i on , and v i paka i s i t sreac t i on . I t i s t he cause and t he e f f ec t . L i ke a seed i s kamma,l i ke the f ru i t a r i s i ng f rom the t ree i s v ipdka (e f fec t ) , ' . I t shou ldbe unde rs tood t ha t bo th kamma and v i pdka a re pu re l y men ta l .

F i gu ra t i ve l y speak ing , v i pdka i s l i ke a coo l b reeze t ha tpac i f i es a pe rson sea ted unde r t he coo l shade o f a t r ee , even somen ta l s t a tes o f r esu l t an t t ypes o f consc iousness a re causa l l yre l a ted t o coex i s ten t men ta l s t a tes and ma te r i a l phenomena byway o f ' e f f ec t ' due t o t he i r e f f o r t l ess peace fu l na tu re36 .

I t i s r no re m inu te l y exp la i ned i n t he A thasa l i n l t ha t t hee f f ec t s o f n to ra l and immora l ( vo l i t i ons ) wh i ch a re d i s t i nc r f r omeach o the r a re ca l l ed ' r esu l t s ' , a name g i ven t o ce r t a i n men ta ls t a tes wh i ch have reached t he s ta te o f ma tu r i t y ( t h rough d i s t i nc tcauses ca l l ed mora l and immora l vo l i t i ons ) . ' s t a tes t ha t i nvo l veresu l t an t s t a tes ' mean s ta tes wh i ch bea r t he i r own i n t r i ns i cna tu re o f caus ing resu l t s . ' Jus t as be ings who by t he i r i n t r i ns i cna tu re a re l i ab l e t o b i r t h and o l d age , so s ta tes by v i r t ue o ft he i r p roduc ing resu l t s shou ld be unde rs tood t o mean ' s t a te

possess ing t he i n t r i ns i c na tu re o f caus ing resu l t s ' 3 ' .'V ipakadhamma-dhamma dhammd ' ( i n t l : . e Dhamma Sangan i ) i saccoun ted : The f i r s t ' dhamma ' i n t h i s exp ress ion i s synonymousw i t h ' sabhdva ' , wh i ch i s f u r t he r exp la i ned by ' paka t i ka . '' V i pakadhammd by i t se l f wou ld mean ' r esu l t s , ' bu t t he who leexp ress ion re fe r s t o causes e f f ee t i ng t hose resu l t s . Sabhdva

[sa * bhava ] deno tes t he t h ree mean ings : ( 1 ) s t a te o f m indna tu re , cond i t i on : ( 2 ) cha rac te r , d i spos i t i on , behav iou r ; and (3 )

t ru th , rea l i t y , s i nce r i t y ; Paka t i ka (ad j ) means be ing by na tu re ,

o f a ce r t a i n na tu re .

The l as t e i gh t sobhanac i t t as a re s im i l a r t o t he f o rego ing ,

wh i ch a te k r i ya ( i nope ra t i ve o r f unc t i ona l ) , and accompan ied

bv t he i r he tu ' s .

t4

l 6

O p . C i t . : 2 2 .

O p . C i t . : 2 5 5

Q p . C i t . - . 3 7 6

E x p . : 5 4 .

Page 214: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

C

198

EIGHT KRIYa C ITTAS WITH ROOTS ARIS ING TN KAMALOKA

E X P E R I E N C E :

Automat i c (asankhar i kaqn ) c i t t a accompan ied by j oy

( somanassa ) and connec ted w i t h know ledge ( f t a r ya -

sampayu t t am) .

Vo l i t i ona l ( sasankhar i ka ry ) c i t t a accompan ied by j oy

and connec ted w i t h know ledge .

Au tomat i c c i t t a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec tedfrom knowled ge ( f tana -v ippay ut ta an) .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by j oy and d i sconnec tedf rom know ledge .

Au toma t i c c i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence(Upekkhas ahaga ta an ) and conuec ted w i th know ledge .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by hedon i c i nd i f f e rence

and connec ted w i t h know ledge .

Au tomat i c c i t t a accompan ied by hedon ic i nd i f f e rence

and d i sconnec ted f r om know ledge .

Vo l i t i ona l c i t t a accompan ied by hedon ic i nd i f f e renceand d i scon rec ted f r om know ledse .

1 .

K i r i ya . i n a sea rch f o r a be t t e r t r ans la t i on . i s r ende red b1 '' ka r t n i ca l l y i ne f f ec t i ve ' , ' i nope ra t i ve ' o r ' f unc t i ona l ' . , . K r i ya t ngene ra l means ac t i on , pe r f o rmance , and deed ; i n a spec ia lse rse i t deno tes an ac t : p rom ise . vow . ded i ca t i on , i n t en t i on .p l edge . j us t i ce . Bu t he re i n t he ph i l osoph i ca l con tex r i ri nd i ca tes ac t i on i ne f f ec t i ve as t o r esu l t . non -causa t i ve . anac t i on t ha t ends i n i t se l f . I n o the r wo rds . i t i s used i n t he sense

o f i ne f f ec t i ve ac r i on . Ka rnma i s causa l l y e f f ec t i ve . K i r i ya i s

causa l l y i ne f f ec t i ve . Good deeds o f Buddhas and A rahan ts a re

ca l l ed k i r t ya because t hey do no t accumu la te kan tma as t he ]

have gone beyond bo th good and ev i l ' n .

I n t he Abh idhamma, v i paka and k i r i ya a re co l l ec t i ve l r .

ca l l ed ahyaka ta ( i nde te rm ina te ) . t ha t wh i ch does no t man i f es t

i t se l f i n t he wav o f an e f f ec t . Abvdka ta l i t e ra l i v means t ha t

' o M A b . ; 1 5 .t n O p . C t t - . Z Z

1 .

2.

3 .

6 .

8 .

(

Page 215: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

199

wh ich i s no t man i f es ted . The f o rmer i s abyd . ka ta , because i t i san e f f ec t o r r esu l t i n i t se l f and i s no t p roduc t i ve o f ano the rresu l t ; t he l a t t e r , because i t does no t p roduce any e f f ec t . R f i pa(ma te r i a l f o rm) i s a l so rega rded as an abydka ta because i t doesno t rep roduce any kammic resu l too .

Equ ipped w i t h a syn the t i c

sobhanac i t t as we cou ld obse rve t ha t

f ea tu red by mora l , r esu l t an t , and ig roups o f sobhanac i t t as sha re t hep resen ted i n t he f o l l ow ing t ab le .

Tee l -e 16 :

Legends :

v l e w o v e r t h e w h o l e

l e t a l o n e t h e i r d i f f e r e n c e

n o p e r a t i v e , a l l t h e t h r e e

s a m e c h a r a c t e r i z a t i o n a s

Sm:

frntAs:

Somanassa

Narja-sampoyuttam

Asaikhdriknm

Up: Upekkha

Sa.' Sasankhdrikam

A b o u t t h e w h o l e k a m a l o k a d i v i s i o n o f c i t t a s t h a t w e h a v e

d i s c u s s e d s o f a r t h e r e i s a f u r t h e r n o t e t h a t a l l g o o d a c t s a r e

d o n e b y o n e o f t h e s e f i r s t e i g h t s o b h a n a c i t t a s . T h e i r

c o r r e s p o n d i n g e f f e c t s a r e t h e e i g h t r e s u l t a n t c i t t a s . T h e e i g h t

N" Fee l i ngs Views

ttn

Ac t i veness

Sm

Sm

Sm

Sm

Up

Up

Up

Up

Nn

As

Sa

As

Sa

As

Sa

As

Sa

4

6

frrt

rtn

o o O p . C i t . : L 5 8 .

Page 216: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

i , . 200

ahe tuka v i paka c i t t as a re a l so t he due e f f ec t s o f t hese kusa lac i t t as . I t . t he re fo re , f o l l ows t ha t t he re a re s i x t een v i paka c i t t as

co r respond ing t o e i gh t kusa la c i t t as , whe reas i n t he case o f

twe lve akusa la c i t t as the re a te on l y seven ahe tuka v ipdkac i t t as .

. The Buddha and A rahan ts a l so expe r i ence a l l t hesetwen ty - th ree t ypes o f v ipdka c i t t as as they a re bound ro reapthe good and bad e f fec ts o f t he i r pas t ac t i ons t i l l t hey d ie . Bu tthey do no t expe r ience the f i r s t e igh t kusa la c i t t as , as they dono t accumu la te f resh kamma rha t has rep roduc t i ve power , s incethey have e rad i ca ted a l l f e t t e r s t ha t b i nd onese l f t o ex i s t ence .When t hey do any good ac t . i ns tead o f t he usua l kusa la c i t t as .t hey expe r i ence t he e i gh t k r i ya c i t t as t ha t possess norep roduc t i ve ene rgy . O rd ina ry pe rsons and even ho l y ones o ft he f i r s t t h ree g rades o f sa in t sh ip do no r expe r i ence t hese e i gh tc i t t aso , .

B. Rfrpi lvacarana Cittas

The nex t d i v i s i on we a re go ing t o wo rk on shou ld be

rupavaca rana c i t t as 15 i n number . As the fo rego ing twen ty fou rc i t t as i n t he sensuous sphe re . t he f i f t een c i t t as a r i s i n , s i n t he

fo rm-sphe re f a l l unde r t he t h ree d i v i s i ons : ( 1 ) F i ve r ypes o f

kusa la c i t t as a r i s i ng as rupa j hana expe r i ence wh i ch one can

deve lop i n t h i s ve ry l i f e ; ( 2 ) F i ve t ypes o f v i paka c i t r as wh i ch

one cau expe r i ence a f t e r dea th ; and (3 ) F i ve t ypes o f k r i ya

c i t t as wh i ch a re expe r i enced on l y by Buddha and A rahan ts

e i t he r i n t h i s l i f e o r by A rahan rs i n t he rupa loka " .

I t i s no ted tha t t he f i ve j hana v ipakas wh ich a re the

co r respoud ing resu l t an t s o f t he f i ve j hana kusa las cou ld be'expe r ienced i n the rupa loka p rope r , no t i n t he kama loka

whe reas j hana kusa las and j hana k r i yas cou ld be expe r i enced i n

the kama loka con t i nuous l y even f o r a who le day " . The twe l ve

a re l i s t ed as f o l l ows .

4 l

1 7

O p . C i t . : 4 O - 4 I

O p . C i t . . 4 6 - 4 7

O p . C i t . : 4 9 - 5 O

Page 217: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

201

f- Five l{usala Cittas (ari.si,ng as rf ipajhana experience):

1 . Kusa la c i t t a o f t he f i r s t s t age o f j hana . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h v i t akka ( i n i t i a l app l i ca t i on ) , v i cd ra( sus ta i ned app l i ca t i on ) , p t t i ( p l easu rab le i n t e res t ) ,

sukha (p l easu re ) , and ekaga td ( i nd i v i dua l i za t i on o rone -po in tedness ) .

2 . Kusa la c i t t a o f t he second s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h v i cd ra t p i t i , sukha , and ekaga td .

3 . Kusa la c i t t a o f t he t h i r d s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rstoge the r w i t h p I t i , sukha , and ekaga td .

4 . Kusa la c i t t a o f t he f o r t h s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rstoge the r w i t h sukha , and ekaga ta .

5 . Kusa la c i t t a o f t he f i f t h s t age o f j hdna . Th i s occu rstoge the r w i t h ekaga td .

ff. Five Vipdka Cittas of Riipajhiina (which one can

exper ience af ter death) :

1 . V ipdka c i t t a o f t he f i r s t s t age o f j hana . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h v i t akka ( i n i t i a l app l i ca t i on ) , v i cd ru( sus ta i ned app l i ca t i on ) , p l t i ( p l easu rab le i n t e res t ) ,

sukha (p l easu re ) , and ekaga td ( i nd i v i dua l i za t i on o r

one -po in tedness ) .

2 . V ipdka c i t t a o f t he second s tage o f j hana . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h v i cd ra , p I t i , sukha , and ekaga td .

3 . V ipaka c i t t a o f t he t h i r d s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h p t t i , sukha , and ekaga ta .

4 . V tpaka c i t t a o f t he fo r th s tage o f j hana . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h sukha , and ekaga td .

5 . V ipaka c i t t a o f t he f i f t h s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i t h ekaga ta .

ff f . Five l{r iyd Cittas (which are experienced only by

Buddha and A rahan ts e i t he r i n t h i s l i f e o r by A rahan ts

i n t he rupa loka ) :

Page 218: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

202

Kr i y a c i t t a o f t he f i r s t s t age o f j hana . Th i s occu rs

toge the r w i th v i t akka ( i n i t i a l app l i ca t i on ) , v i cd . ra( sus ta i ned app l i ca t i on ) . p l t i ( p l easu rab le i n t e res t ) .

sukha (p l easu re ) . and ekaga ta ( i nd i v i dua l i za t i on o rone -po in tedness ) .

K r i ya c i t t a o f t he second s tage o f j hdna . Th i s occu rstoge the r w i t h v i cd ra , p l t i , sukha , and ekaga ta .

K r i ya c i t t a o f t he th i rdtoge the r w i t h p i t i , sukha

Kr i ya c i t t a o f t he fo r thtoge the r w i t h sukha , and

s tage o f j hana . Th i s occu rsand ekaga td .

s tage o f j hana . Th i s occu rse kaga t a .

K r i ya c i t t n o f t he f i f t h s t age o f j hana . Th i s occu rstoge the r w i t h ekaga ta .

Rupavaca ra o r r upa loka l i r e ra l l y means sphe re o f ma t t e r

o r ma te r i a l qua l i t i e s , o r sphe re whe re rupa ' s o r ob jec t s o f s i gh t

a re t he p r i nc i p l e med ium o f expe r i ence . Ac tua l l y , t he ma te r i a lenv i r onmen t and t he co rpo rea l f r ames i n t hose rea lms seem to

have been as va r i ed i n k i nd as i n r he l owe r p l anes o f t hekdmavacc t ra ' heavens . ' bu t mo re re f i ned o r sub l ima ted . . .

The Compend ium o f Ph i l osophy s ta tes tha t rupa loka i s so

ca l l ed because t . he sub t l e r es i duum o f ma t t e r i s sa id . i n t ha tp l ace o f ex i s t ence . t o be s t i l l me t w i t h . A r f r . pa loka i s so ca l l ed

because no t r ace o f ma t t e r i s he ld t o be f ound i n i t . Tha t wh i ch

f requen rs t he rupa loka i s r upavaca ra .

On t he bas i s o f t he no tes g i ven b - v Na rada '5 , we can ge t t he

gene ra l bu t comprehens i ve i n fo rma t i on t ha t t he re a te t h ree

p lanes o f ex i s t ence - name ly . kama loka , r upa loka , and

a r t i pa loka . Kama loka cons i s t s o f t he f ou r s t a tes o f m i se r i es(ap dya ) . human rea lm (manussa ) . and t he s i x ce les t i a l r ea lms

(deva loka ) . I t i s ca l l ed kama loka because sense -des i r es p l ay a

p redom inan t pa r t i n t h i s sphe re . Those who seek no de l i gh t i n

o rd i na ry sense -des i r es , bu t a re i n t e res ted i n h i ghe r sp i r i t ua l

p rog ress . mus t na tu ra l l y be bo rn i n congen ia l p l aces i n

ha rmony w i t h t he i r l o f t y asp i r a t i ons : r i l pa l oka o r a r i l pa l oka .

" E x p . : 2 1 6 n

Page 219: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

203

E v e n i n t h e h u m a n r e a l m i t i s t h e y w h o r e t i r e t o s o l i t u d e a n de n g a g e t h e m s e l v e s i n m e d i t a t i o n .

T h e m e d i t a t i o n t h a t t h e d e v e l o p e d h u m a n b e i n g s c a n d o i so f t w o k i n d s : s a m a t h a ( c o n c e n t r a t i o n ) a n d v i p a s s a n a ( i n s i g h t ) .

s a m a t h a , w h i c h m e a n s c a l m o r t r a n q u i i l i t y , i s g a i n e d b yd e v e l o p i n g t h e j h d n a s . v i p a s s a n d i s s e e i n g t h i n g s a s t h e y t r u l ya r e . w i t h t h e a i d o f j h d n a s o n e c o u l d d e v e l o p h i g h e r p s y c h i cp o w e r s ( . a b h i f i f i a ) . I t i s v i p a s s a n d t h a t l e a d s t o e n l i g h t e n m e n t .T h o s e w h o d e v e l o p j h d n a s a r e b o r n a f t e r d e a t h i n h i g h e rr u p a l o k a a n d a r u p a l o k a . I n t h e a r t i p a l o k a t h e r e i s n o b o d y b u to n l y m i n d . A s a r u l e , b o t h m i n d a n d b o d y a r e i n t e r r e l a t e di n t e r d e p e n d e n t , a n d i n s e p a r a b l e . B u t b y w i l l - p o w e r t h e r e i s ap o s s i b i l i t y f o r t h e m i n d t o b e s e p a r a r e d f r o m t h e b o d y a n d . v i c ev e r s a t e m p o r a r i l y . B e i n g s b o r n i n c e l e s t i a l r e a l m s a n d r f i p a l o k aa r e s u p p o s e d t o p o s s e s s v e r y s u b t l e m a t e r i a l f o r m s .

T h e f i v e f a c t o r s , v i t a k k a , v i c a r a , p i t i , s u k h a , e k a g g a t a

c o l l e c t i v e l y f o u n d i n t h e a p p a n d c i t t a , w h i c h w e w i l l p u t i n t oc o n s i d e r a t i o n i n t h e f o l l o w i n g p a g e s , c o n s t i t u t e w h a t i st e c h n i c a l l y k n o w n a s j h d n a . I n t h e s e c o n d j h a n a t h e f i r s t f a c t o ri s e l i m i n a t e d , i n t h e t h i r d t h e f i r s t t w o a r e e l i m i n a t e d , i n t h ef o u r t h t h e f i r s t t h r e e a r e e l i m i n a t e d , w h i l e i n t h e f i f t h e v e nh a p p i n e s s i s a b a n d o n e d a n d i s s u b s t i t u t e d b y e q u a n i m i t y .

S o m e t i m e s t h e s e f i v e j h d n a s a r e t r e a t e d a s f o u r , a s m e n t i o n e c

i n t h e v i s u d d h i m a g g a . I n t h a t c a s e t h e s e c o n d j h d n a c o n s i s t s o ft h r e e c o n s t i t u e n t s a s b o t h v i t a k k a a n d v i c d r a a r e e l i m i n a t e d a to n c e 6 .

V I T A K K A i s d e r i v e d f r o m ' v i ' + ^ l ' t a k k ' r o t h i n k . I t i s

d i f f i c u l t t o s u g g e s t a s u i t a b l e r e n d e r i n g f o r t h i s p a l i t e r m t h a t

a s s u m e s d i f f e r e n t m e a n i n g s i n t h e S u t t a s a n d A b h i d h a m m a 4 t .

D i f f e r e n t v a l u e s a r e a t t a c h e d t o v i t a k k a w h e n i t i s u s e d i n

d i f f e r e n t c o n n e c t i o n s . F o r i n s t a n c e , v i t a k k a i s u s e d i n a n

e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t s e n s e w h e n i t i s i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e

t e m p e r a m e n t s o f i n d i v i d u a l s : v i t a k k a c a r i t a m e a n s o n e o f a

:€

1 r M A b . : 4 5 - 5 5 .- O p . C i t . : 5 Q .n ' O p . C i t . : 9 O .

Page 220: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

',-. -

d i scu rs i ve t emperamen t r s . Neve r the less , t hegene ra l l y i n t he sense o f t h i nk i ng o r r e f l ec t i on

2V

use d

I

t e rm I S

I n t he Abh idhamma expos i t i on o f v i t akka ( i n i t i a l

app l i ca t i on o f m ind ) , t h i s i s ca l l ed ap -p l y - i ng i n v i r t ue o f' p l y i ng ' t he m ind w i t h ob jec t s . To wha t ex ren t i s i t p l i ed?V i t akka ' supp l i es ' a po t , a ca r t , a l eague . ha l f a l eague - t h i s i swha t goes on i n ' app l i ca t i on ' . Th i s i s t he p r ima ry no t i on i n t heword takka . V i takka , ' i n i t i a l app l i ca t i on ' i n v i r t ue o f ap -p l y ing ,sup -p l y ing , i s an empha t i c t e rm fo r ' p l y i r rg ' re .

Whereas i n t he Su t ta P i taka i t has been emp loyed i n thesense o f no t i ons , i deas , t hough ts , r eason ing . e t c . i n t heAbh idhamma i t i s used i n a spec i f i c r echn i ca l sense . I t i s t ha rwh i ch d i r ec t s t he concom i tan t s t a tes rowa rds t he ob jec t . Jus t asa k ing ' s f avou r i t e wou ld conduc t a v i l l age r t o the pa lace , evenso v i t akka d i r ec t s t he m ind t owa rds t he ob jec t . I n o the r wo rds ,as someone ascends t o t he k i ng ' s pa lace depend ing on a k i ng ' sf avou r i t e , r e l a t i ve o r f r i end , l i kew i se consc iousness ascends t othe ob jec t depend ing on v i t akka whose ch ie f cha rac te r i s t i c i s' l i f t i ng ' t he concom i tan t s t o t he ob jec r ( abh in i r opaga ) ' ' . O r , i nt he o the r d i r ec t i on i n ob jec t -m ind re l a t i on , i t i s sa id t ha t r hev i t akka wh i ch a r i ses as i f m ind we re b rough t t o ob jec t i s r ea l l ya d ragg ing o f ob jec t r o m ind " , . I t i s a b i t expans i ve t o g i ve t hefo l l ow ing examp le : a v i l l age r who v i s i r s t he k i ng ' s pa lace f o rthe f i r s t t ime . needs the i n t roduc t i on o f a favou r i t e cou r t i e r ; f o rh i s subsequen t v i s i t s no such i n t r oduc t i on i s necessa ry as he i sacqua in ted w i t h t he pa laces , .

V i t akka i s a men ta l s t a re wh i ch . when assoc ia ted w i t h akusa la o r akusa la c i t t a , becomes e i t he r mo ra l o r immora l . Asthe o rd ina ry v i t akka , t t se rves j us t t he func t i on o f mere l yth row ing the m ind to the su r face o f t he ob j ec t r . . When i t i sdeve ioped and cu l t i va ted i t becomes rhe f o remos t f ac to r o f t he

o o O p . C i t . : 9 1 .o n E x p . : L 8 7 .i o M A b . : 9 0 .

" O p . C l r . : l 8 8 f

" O p . C i t . : 9 l .

" O p . C i r . : 9 0 .

Page 221: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

205

f i r s t 7 / zdna " when t he rn i nd i s s t ead fas t l y f i xed on rhe ob jec t i ti s t e rmed appana . r t i s t h i s deve loped appana -v i t akka t ha t i sknown as samadh i o r concen t ra t i on " I n t he subseque n t j hdna ,v i t akka i s , howeve r , i nh ib i t ed , ow ing t o t he hab i t ua l assoc ia t i onw i t h t he ob jec t . I n me tapho r i c pa r l ance , t h i s i s sa id t ha t t hev i l l age r now needs no i n t r oduc t i on ow ing ro h i s acqua in tancew i t h t he pa lace .

The v i t akka as i n i t i a l app l i ca t i on o f r he j hdna c i t t a( t empora r i l y ) i nh ib i t s t h l na and m tddha ( s Io th and t o rpo r ) oneo f t he f i ve n l va rana (h i nd rances ) wh i ch i s opposed t o v i r i ya(d i l i gence ) ' 0 . A s t i l l mo re deve loped f o rm o f v i t akka i s f ound i nthe magga c i . t t a ( pa th - consc iousness ) as samma sankappa ( r i gh tt hough ts ) . Mo re exac t l y speak ing , when y ' i t akka i s p resen r i nt l ae l oku t ta ra magga c i t t a ( sup ramundane pa th c i t t a ) i t i s t e rmedsammd sankappa ( r i gh t t hough ts ) because i t e l im ina tes w rongthough ts and app l i es t he m ind t o n i bbana . I n o the r wo rds , t hev i takka o f t he mag gac i t t a d i rec ts the men ta l s ta tes towardsn ibbdna and des t roys m icchd (w rong o r ev i l ) v i t akka such asvy dp ada ( though ts o f ha t red ) , and v ih i ms d ( though ts o fc rue l t y )

As p i t i i s t he p recu rso r o f sukha ,p recu rso r o f v i cd ra " .

S O i s v i t a k k a t h e

Vicd ra i s de r i ved f ro rn ' v i ' + ' ce r ' t o move o r wand .e r .The ke rne l o f t he wo rd cd ro exp resses a go ing -abou t t he ob jec to r t ha t wh i ch moves a round t he ob jec t . ' I nves t i ga t i on ' i susua l l y i t s p r ima ry mean ing i nd i ca t i ng gene ra l sc ru t i ny . Thenex t t e rms ( i n t he o r i g ina l Dhamma sanga4 l ) w i th p re f i xesanu-upa-v i c d ro i nd i ca te o rde r and c l o s ene s s i n t heinves t i ga t i on$ .

He re v i ca ra i s used i n t he sense o f sus ta i ned app r i ca t i ono r con t i nued exe rc i se o f t he m ind on t he ob jec t t ha t i s i n i t i a t edby v i t akka . consequen t l y , t he render ings fo r v i t akka and . v i cd raa re so f a r i n i t i a l and sus ta i ned app l i ca t i on respec t i ve l y .

' o O p . C i t . : 5 0 - 5 1 ; s e e a l s o 9 9 - 1 O O .5 s M A b . : 5 2 .' u E x p . : 1 8 9 .

Page 222: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

206

Examina t i on (anuma j jana ) i s i t s ch ie f cha rac te r i s r i c . I t i nh ib i t s

( t empo ra r i l y ) v i c i k i c chd (doub t o r i ndec i s i on ) " .

, L i ke v i t akka , v i cd . ra t oo i s emp loyed i n a t echn i ca l sense

in t he Abh idhamma. Bo th as j hana f ac to r s , v i t akka and v i cd ra

a re co r re l a tes and shou ld be d i s t i ngu i shed . L i ke a bee a l i gh t i ng

on a lo tus is v i takka, l ike i ts gyrat ing or buzz ing around the

lo tus i s v i cd ra . L i ke the f l app ing o f a b i rd abou t t o f l y i s

v i t akka , l i ke i t s p lann ing movemen ts i n t he sky i s v i cd ra " L i ke

the bea t i ng o f a d rum o r be l l i s v i t akka , L i ke i t s reve rbe ra t i on i s

v ic dra .

P IT I i s zes t , j oy , o r p leasu rab le i n te res t . I t i s de r i ved

f rom r / ' p i ' . t o p l ease . t o de l i gh t . I t i s no t a k i nd o f f ee l i ng

(vedan rT ) l i ke sukha . I t i s . so t o say . sukhd ' s p recu rso r . L i ke t he

f i r s t two j hana fac to rs , p i r r i s a l so a men ta l s ta te found i n bo th

mora l and immora l consc iousness . C rea t i ng an i n te res t i n t he

ob jec t i s i t s cha rac te r i s t i c , p i t i i nh ib i t s vydpada ( i l l -w i l l o r

ave rs i on ) .

P i t i i s l i t e ra l l y t ha t wh i ch sa t i s f i es . deve lops . I t has

sa t i s f ac t i on as cha rac te r i s t i c , t he t h r i l l i ng o f body and m ind (o r

su f f us i on ) as f unc t i on , and e l a t i on as man i f es ta t i on . P I t i i s o f

f i ve k i nds :

Khuddaka p l t i : t he l esse r t h r i l l . t he t h r i i l o f j oy t ha t

causes ' t he f l esh t o c reep ' . The l esse r t h r i l l i s on l y

ab ie t o r a i se t he ha i r s o f t he body .

Kha r i ka p i t i : momen ta ry r ap tu re , i ns tan taneous j oy l i ke

a f l ash o f l i gh tn i ng . I n o the r wo rds , t he momen ta ry

rap tu re i s l i ke t he p roduc t i on o f l i gh tn i ng momen t by

momen t . -

Okkan t i ka p i t i : f l ood ing rap tu re . t he f l ood o f j oy l i ke

the b reake rs on a seasho re . L i ke waves b reak ing on t he

seasho re , t he f l ood ing rap tu re descends on t he body

and b reaks

" M A b . : 5 1 ; 9 I - 9 2

Page 223: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

4 Ubbega p l t i :

wh i ch enab les

co t t on ca r r i ed

l i f t s t he body

a i r .

207

t ranspo r t i ng rap tu re , t r anspo r t i ng j oy

one i n f l oa t i n t he a i r j us t as a l ump o fby t he w ind . Th i s r ap tu re i s s t r ong , andup to the ex ten t o f l aunch ing i t i n t he

Pha rana p l t i : a l l - pe rvad ing rap ru re , su f f us i ng j oy ,

wh i ch pe rvades t he who le body l i ke a f u l l - b l own

b ladde r o r l i ke a f l ood t ha t ove r f l ows sma l l t anks andpondss t .

The f o l l ow ing two s ro r i es a re i l l u s t r a t i ve o f t he Ubbegap l t i : As t he E lde r Mahd t i ssa res i d i ng a t Punnava l l i ka on t hefu l l -moon day a t even t i . de wen t i n to the cou r t ya rd o f t he sh r ine ,saw the moon l i gh t ; t u rn i ng t o t he Grea t Sh r i ne , he ca l l ed up t het ranspor t i ng rap tu re , w i th t , | . e Buddha as ob jec t o f t hough t , andv i r t ue o f hav ing hab i t ua l l y dwe l t upon t he v i s i on , v t t hethough t : - ' I n such an hou r , l o ! t he f ou r assemb l i es sa lu te t heGrea t Sh r i ne ' . on t he cemen ted f l oo r he rose i n t he sky l i ke aba l l w i th m ind en t ranced , and s tood even i n the cou r t ya rd o fthe Shr ine r ' .

L i kew ise a ce r ta in daugh te r o f nob le fam i l y i n Va t taka laka

v i l l age , t he suppor t o f G i r i kandaka monas te ry , soa red i n to the

sky a l so by s t r ong t r anspo r t i ng rap tu re when t h i nk i ng o f t heBuddha . I t i s r e l a ted t ha t he r pa ren rs , go ing i n t he even ing t o

the monas te r y t o hea r t he Doc t r i ne , sa id , 'Dea r , you a re

heav i l y bu rdened ; i t i s no t t he t ime fo r you to be wa lk ing ; you

a re no t ab le - We sha l l hea r t he Doc t r i ne , and make mer i t f o r

you , ' and wen t . A l t hough des i r ous o f go ing , she was no t ab le t o

d i s rega rd t he i r wo rds , and rema ined beh ind i n t he house . She

s tood a t t he doo r , l ook ing by moon l i gh t a t t he cou r t ya rd o f t he

Shr ine aga ins t t he sky a t G i r i kandaka , saw the o f fe r i ng o f

l amps t o t he sh r i ne and t he f ou r assemb l i es do ing honou r t o t he

sh r i ne by ga r l ands and scen ted pe r f umes , e t c . and

c i r cumambu la t i ng i t , and hea rd t he sound o f t he mass -chan t i ng

o f t he B ro the rhood . Then t o he r occu r red t he t hough t : 'B l essed

indeed mus t be t hese who can ge t t o t he monas te r y and wa l k i n

O p . C i t . : 5 l - 5 2 ; s e e a l s o E x p . : 1 5 3 .

E x p . : 1 5 3 "

Page 224: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

208

such a cou r r ya rd , and hea r such a swee t r e l i g i ous d i scou rse ' ,and to he r . l ook ing a t t he Shr ine r i s i ng l i ke a mass o f pea r l s ,

a rose t ranspor t i ng rap tu re . She soa red i n to the sky , anddescended t he re f rom to t he cou r t ya rd ea r l i e r t han he r pa ren t s ,

sa lu ted t he Sh r i ne . and s tood l i s t en ing t o t he Doc t r i ne . Thenhe r pa ren t s com ing asked he r : 'Dea r , by wh i ch way d i d youcome? ' 'Dea r pa ren t s , I came by t he sky , and no t by t he road ' .'Dea r , by t he sky on l y sa in t s con go ; how cou ld you havecome? ' Thus ques t i oned , she sa id , 'As I was s tand ing l ook inga t t he sh r ine i n t he moon l i gh t , t he re a rose i n me a s t rongrap tu re wh i l e t h i nk i ng on rhe Buddha . Then I knew no t whe the rI s t ood o r sa t , bu t I l a i d ho ld o f a s i gn , and sp rang i n to t hesky , and s tood i n t he cou r r ya rd . ' So f a r can r r anspo r t i ng rap tu rework * .

SUKHA i s composed o f ' . sL ' easy , and ' kha 'bea r . Wha t i seasy t o endu re i s sukha . I t i s usua l l y r ende red as b l i s s . ease o rhapp iness . I t i s a k i nd o f p l easan r f ee l i ng . The en joymenr o f t hedes i r ed ob jec t i s i t s cha rac te r i s t i c . I t i s l i ke a k i ng t ha t en joysa de l i c i ous d i sh . I t i s opposed t o uddhacca and kukkucca( res t l essness and b rook ing ) . As v i t akka i s t he p recu rso r o fv i cd ra . so i s p i t i t he p recu rso r o f sukha . L i ke t he s i gh t o f anoas i s t o a wea ry t r ave le r . i s p I t i . l i ke d r i nk i ng wa re r andba t l r i ng t he re in . i s sukha . P i t i c rea tes an i n te res t i n t he ob iec t .wh i l e sukha enab les one t o en joy t he ob jec r

Th i s meu ta l sukha , wh i ch shou ld be d i f f e ren t i a ted f r omahe tuka kay i ka (phys i ca l ) happ iness . i s i den t i ca l w i t hsoman assa . Bu t i t i s a j oy d i sconnec ted w i t h ma te r i a l p l easu res .

Th i s p l easu rab le f ee l i ng i s t he i nev i t ab le ou t come o f r enounc ing

ma te r i a l p l easu res (n i r dm isa sukha ) .

N ibban i c b l i s s i s ye t f a r sub t l e r t han t he j han i c b l i s s

The re i s no f ee l i ng i n expe r i enc ing t he b l i s s o f n i bbana . The

to ta l r e l ease f r om su f f e r i ng (dukkhupasama) i s i t se l f n i bbdn i cb l i s s . I t i s compared t o t he ' ease 'o f an i nva l i d who i s pe r f ec t l l '

cu red o f a d i sease . I t i s b l i s s o f r e l i e f .

* E x p . : 1 5 3 - 1 5 4

Page 225: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

209

sukhena sukha4nu r i nd i ca tes rhe i dea t ha t t h i s happ iness byhappy ways i s won , as d i f f e ren t f r om the asce t i c t heo ry i n t heMa j jh ima N ikdyau , wh ich ra l ks abou t happ iness i s go t t h roughsu f f e r i ng6 r . some t imes ' sukha exp resses phys i ca l happ inessd i f f e ren t i a ted f r om somanas . sa , men ta l p l easu ree .

sukha rende red as b l i s s o r ease i s t ha t wh i ch g i vesp leasu res6 i . Tha t i n whom i t a r i ses i t makes h im happy i s i t smean ing . I t i s a synonym fo r j oyous f ee l i ng . I t s cha rac te r i s t i c se t c . a re t he same as t hose o f a f ee l i ng . I n ano the r pa r l ance ,sukha has t he cha rac te r i s t i c o f be ing p l easan t ; t he deve lopmen to f assoc ia ted s ta tes as i t s f unc t i on , and show ing f avo r t o t hesame as i t s man i f es ta t i on . A l t hough i n some k i nds o f c i t t a . f o ri ns tance i n t he f i r s t j hdna , p i t i and , sukha a re no t d i ssoc ia ted ,p l t i i s de l i gh t i n t he a t t a i n i ng o f t he des i r ed ob jec t , sukha i st he en joymen t o f t he t as te o f wha t i s acqu i red .

whe re p l t i i s , t he re i s sukha ; bu t whe re sukha i s , t he re i sno t a lways p t t i . P I t i i s c l assed unde r t he agg rega te o f men ta lco -e f f i c i en t s ; sukha , unde r t he agg rega te o f f ee l i ng . p / / i i s l i kea wea ry t r ave le r i n t he dese r t i n summer , who hea rs o f , o r seeswa te r o r a shady wood . Ease i s l i ke h i s en joy i ng t he wa te r o ren te r i ng t he f o res t shade . Fo r a man who , t r ave l l i ng a l ong t hepa th t h rough a g rea t dese r t and ove rcome by t he hea t , i s t h i r s t yand des i r ous o f d r i nk , i f he saw a man on t he w&y , wou ld ask ,'whe re i s wa te r? 'The o the r wou ld say , 'Beyond t he wood i s adense f o res t w i t h a na tu ra l l ake . Go t he re , and you w i l l ge tsome . ' He hea r i ng t hese wo rds wou ld be g l ad and de l i gh ted ,and as he wen t wou ld see l o tus l eaves , e t c . f a l l en on t he g roundand become more g lad b .nd de l i gh ted . Go ing onwards , he wou ldsee men w i t h we t c l o thes and ha i r , hea r t he sounds o f w i l d f ow land pea - fow l , e t c . see t he dense f o res t o f g reen l i ke a ne t o fj ewe l s g row ing by t he edge o f t he na tu ra r l ake , he wou ld see t hewa te r l i l y , t he l o tus , t he wh i t e l i l y , e t c . g row ing i n t he l ake , hewou ld see t he c l ea r t r anspa ren t wa te r , he wou ld be i n t he rno r :

o r P B , v e r . 2 2 O .6 ? M . i : 9 3 f .u ' E x p . : 5 1 5 f .6 ' ' M A b . : 1 5 3 .s D h s . g 1 O : i O .

Page 226: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2t0

g lad and de l i gh ted , wou ld descend i n to t he na tu ra l l ake , ba rheand d r i nk a t p l easu re a rd , h i s opp ress ion be ing a l l ayed , hewou ld ea t t he f i b res and s ta l ks o f t he l i l i e s , ado rn h imse l f w i t hthe b l ue l o tus , ca r r y on h i s shou lde rs t he roo t s o f t hemandd laka , ascend f r om the l ake , pu t on h i s c l o thes , d r y t heba th i ng c l o th i n t he sun , and i n t he coo l shade whe re t he b reezeb lew eve r so gen t l y l ay h imse l f down and say : 'O b l i s s? Ob l i s s? ' Th i s i l l u s t r a t i on shou ld be app l i ed : The t ime o f g l adnessand de l i gh t f rom when he hea rd o f t he na tu ra l l ake and rhedense fo res t t i l l he saw the ware r i s l i ke p i t i hav ing the mannero f g l adness and de l i gh t a t t he ob jec t i n v i ew . The t ime when ,a f te r h i s ba th and d r i nk he l a id h imse l f down in the coo l shade .say ing . ' o b l i s s ! o b l i s s ! ' e r c . i s t he sense o f sukha g rowns t rong . es tab l i shed i n t ha r mode o f en joy i ng t he ras re o f t heob jec r . Ac tua l l y , t he desc r i p t i on (o f t he rwo re rms ) i srepea ted l y i l l u s t r a ted , and so i s t he f ac t t ha t whe re t he re i sp i t i , t he re a l so i s sukhaou .

The f o l l ow ing passage f r om the A t t has a t i n l g i ves anana l y t i ca l accoun r o f t he wo rd : sukha i n assoc ia r i on w i t hp leasu rab le f ee l i ng , f i r s t o f a l l means ' p l easu rab le f ee l i ng '( sukha -vedand ) , ' r oo t o f happ iness ' ( sukha -m i l l a ) , ' p l easu rab le

ob j ec t ' ( sukha rammana) , ' cond i t i on o r cause o f happ iness '

( suk l t a - l t e t u ) . ' ob j ec t i ve s ta t i on occas ion ing p l easu re o rcond i t i on ing s ta te o f p l easu re ' ( sukhapaccaya t t hana ) . ' f r eedom

f rom ca res o r f r ee f r om t r oub les ' ( abydpa j j ha ) . and 'N ibban i c

happ iness ' . e t c . 67 I n such passages as . 'By ge t t i ng r i d o f o re l im ina t i ng sukha 'u . sukha mea rs p l easu rab le f ee l i ng ( sukha -vedand . ) . I n such passages as ' sukha i s t he s ta te o f f r eedomf rom l us t i n t he wo r l d o r i s non -a t t achmen t i n t h i s wo r l d ' " ' .

sukha r l eaus roo t o f happ ines s o r p l easu re ( sukha -m i l l a ) . I nsuch passages as , 'O MahA l i . i nasmuch as ma t te r i s sukha , o tf o rm i s sukha . f a l l s and descends on sukha ' , o , sukha mea rsob jec t o f p l easu re o r p l easu rab le ob jec t ( sukhd rammana) . I n

n u E x p . : I 5 4 - 1 5 6 .' - O p . C f t . : 5 - - 5 3 .o t sae the Fou r th Jhana fo rmu la i n t he Dhamma Sangan i g I656 e U . i i : I

" S . i i i : 6 9 .

I

Page 227: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

211

' ( t he wo rd ) Me r i t , O Bh i kkhu , i s synonym fo r s t t kha , , , , sukhameans cause o f p l easu re o r cond i t i on o f happ iness ( sukha_he tu ) .I n 'No t easy i s i t , bh i kkhus , t o succeed i n desc r i b i ng howp leasan t a re the heavens o r t o a t ta in to heaven ly sukha bydesc r i p t i on " ' o r ' They know no t s r z tha w ]no see no t Nandana , r r ,sukha means ' p l ace occas ion ing happ iness o r cond i t i on ing s ta teo f p l easu re ( sukhapaccaya t t hdna ) . I n . t hese s ta tes ehdna )cous t i t u t e a sukha l i f e i n t h i s ve ry wo r l d ' , sukha meansf reedom f rom ca res o r f rom t roub les (abydpa j j hd ) . I n ,N ibbana

i s t he h i ghes t o r sup reme sukha ' r o , sukha means N ibbana o rN ibbdn i c happ iness . ' Bu t he re ' p reasu re

f ee l i ng , on l y i sapp l i cab le ' 5 .

The above expos i t i ons enab re us t o unde rs tand i n wha td i f f e ren t senses t he t e rm sukha i s used i n t he t ex t s . Thep rom inen t mean ing o f sukha , howeve r , i s p l easu rab le f ee l i ng .And , t ha t sukha i s i den t i ca l w i t h N ibbana , , . s i n t he ras tsamp le , does no t mean t ha t t he re i s a p l easu rab le f ee l i ng i nN ibbdna a l t hough the te rm sukha i s used . N ibbana i s b l i ss o fre l i e f . The re lease f rom su f fe r i ng i s i t se l f N ibban ic b l i ss ,u .

EKAGGATA i s composed o f , eka ' + , ag ga , + , t a , . I tl i t e ra l l y means one -po in tedness . Th i s i s a men ta l s t a te commonto aL l j hdna c i t t as . I n t he magga c i t t as , ekagga ta i s mean t bysamma samddh i ( r i gh t concen r ra t i on ) . Ekagga td t empora r i l vi nh ib i t s sensua l des i r es " .

Th i s i s t he e l emen t , i n consc iousness , o f awa reness o f oneob jec t and one on l y , because , by t he se lec t i ve ac t , t he m ind i sno t d i s t rac ted by seve ra l d i f f e ren t ob jec tsTs . I n t he sense o f one -po in tedness , o r concen t ra t i on on one ob jec t , o r f ocuss ing t hem ind on one ob jec t , ekagga td i s v i sua l i zed by seve ra l images : a

7 t A . i v : 8 9 .7 ? M . i i i : - 1 7 2 .' r S . i : 2 O O .' o D h p . 2 O 3 - 2 O 4 .t t E x p . : 5 2 - 5 3 .7 6 M A B . : . I 4 7 - 1 4 8 .

" O p . C i t - : 5 5 .' 8 C o m p . : 8 9 .

Page 228: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2r2

s teady l amp- f l ame i n a w ind less p l ace , a f i rm l y f i xed p i l l a r t ha tcanno t be shaken by the w ind , wa te r t ha t b inds toge the r seve ra lsubs tances to fo rm one conc re te compound . Th i s men ta l s ta tep reven ts i t s ad junc ts f rom d i ss ipa t i on and f i xes them on theun ique ob jec t i t wo rks on '0 .

Acco rd ing to the A t thasa l i n i , c i t t ekagga td i s ano the r namefo r concen t ra t i on . c i t t ekag ga td has the cha rac re r i s t i c o fl eade rsh ip , a l so o f non -d i s t r ac t i on . A passage i n t heMi l i ndapa f rho reads 'As , you r ma jes ty , a l l t he ra f te rs o f agab led house go ro t he r i dgepo le . i nc l i ne t owa rds , mee t a tr i dgepo le . t he r i dgepo le i s ca l l ed t he ch ie f among rhem; so ,you r ma jes t y . a l l mo ra l s t a tes i nc l i ne t owa rds concen t ra t i on ,s l op t owa rds concen t ra t i on , t ake re fuge i n concen t ra t i on ;concen t ra t i on i s ca l l ed t he ch ie f among t hem"o . And as t he k i ngin ba t t l e goes whereve r rhe a rmy i s g i v ing way , and the a rmywhereve r he has gone becomes re i n fo r ced and t he hos t i l ea rmy be ing b roken fo l l ows the k ing ; so concen t ra r i on , f romno t a l l ow ing the co -ex i s ten t s ta tes to be th rown ou t andsca t t e red , has non -d i s t r ac t i on as i t s cha rac te r i s t i c " .

The re i s a f u r t he r exp lana r i on : Th i s c i t t ekagga td bas non -sca t t e r i ng (o f i t se l f ) o r non -d i s t r ac t i on (o f assoc ia red s ta tes ) ascha rac te r i s t i c . t he we ld i ng t oge the r o f t he co -ex i s ten r s ra tes asfunc t i on , as wa te r kneads ba th -powde r i n t o a pas te . and peaceo f m ind o r know ledge as man i f es ta t i on . Fo r i t has been sa id :'He who i s coocen t ra ted knows . sees acco rd ins t o t he t r u th ' " , .

C. Ar f ipavacara Ci t tas

Now, we go to the LZ c i t t as a r i s i ng i n t he a r f i pavaca ra

expe r i ence wh i ch f a l l i n t o t he s im i l a r d i v i s i ons as t he f o rego ing

15 rupavaca ra c i t t as : ( 1 ) Fou r t ypes o f kusa la c i t t as . ( 2 ) Fou rt ypes o f v i . paka c i t t as , and (3 ) Fou r t ) ' pes o f k r i ya c i t t as . Thetwe l ve i s l i s t ed t ose the r be low .

" M A b : 8 7 .u o M i l , i : 6 0 ,t ' E x p . : 1 5 6 .

" ' A . v : 3 .

i

Page 229: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2.

J .

2t3

f. Four l{usala Cittas (arising as arttpajhdna

expe r i ence ) :

K u s a l a c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e i n f i n i t v o f s p a c e

( a k d s d n a f i c d y a t a n a ) .

K u s a l a c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e i n f i n i t y o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s

( v i n n a n a f i c d y a t a n a ) .

K u s a l a c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e n o t h i n g n e s s

( d k i f i c a f i f i d y a t a n a ) .

4 . Kusa la c i t t a whe re in pe rcep t i on ne i t he r i s no r i s no t(n ' eva - s a f i f i d - n ' as a f i f i ay a t ana ) .

rr. Four vipiika cittas of Arfrpajhiina (which are resultso f j hdna o f s im i l a r k inds p rac t i sed i n the l i f eimmed ia te l y p rev ious ) :

1 . V ipaka

2. Vipaka

3 . V ipaka

4. Vipaka

c i t t a dwe l l i ng

c i t t a dwe l l i ng

c i t t a dwe l l i ng

c i t t a where in

on t he i n f i n i t y o f space .

on t he i n f i n i t y o f consc iousness .

on t he no th i ngness .

pe rcep t i on ne i t he r i s no r i s no t .

(wh ich a re i nopera t i ve ) :fff. Four l{riyii Cittas

l . K r i y d c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e i n f i n i t y o f s p a c e .

2 . K r i y a c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e i n f i n i t y o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s .

3 . K r i y d c i t t a d w e l l i n g o n t h e n o t h i n g n e s s .

4 . K r i y a c i t t a w h e r e i n p e r c e p t i o n n e i t h e r i s n o r i s n o t .

Aya tana he re i s ' ob j ec t o f t hough t ' . O f t he t h ree t ypes o fc i t t a above men t ioned , t he f i r s t c i t t a has as i t s ob jec t t hein f i n i t y o f space ; t he second c i t t a has as i t s ob j ec t t he f i r s tc i t t a o r y l f i f i dna ; t he th i rd c i t t a has as i t s ob jec t rhe f i r s t c i t t arega rded as ' no th i ng ' . The ob jec t o f t he f ou r t h c i t t a i sconsc iousness o f any k i nd . The wo rd sa f i f i d used i n t he

exp ress ion o f t he f ou r t h c i t t a i s a symbo l i ca l o r r ep resen ta t i vete rm - whe re in comp le te hypnos i s i s a l l bu t a t t a i ned . Pe rcep t i on

Page 230: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

{214

can . t he re fo re . be t aken i n i t s o l de r w ide r sense as ' t ha t ac r

whe reby t he m ind becomes consc ious o f any th i ng " ' .

The f ou r j hdnas connec ted w i t h Fo rm les s Ex i s tence(ca t tA r i a rupa j j hanan i ) o f ten appear i n t he N ikdyas . I n t he

Sarhyut ta Nikdyas ' and f requent ly in the Maj jh ima Nikaya, they

occu r i n immed ia te sequence to the fou r Jhdnas w i thou t anyco l l ec t i ve t i t l e , and no t as concom i tan t s o f t he Fou r th Jhdna .

The Dhammasangan l g i ves the accoun t o f t he fou r j hanas

connec ted w i t h Fo rm less Ex i s tence as f o l l ows .

1 . The Sphe re o f Unbounded Space : When . t ha t he ma)

a t t a i n t o t he Fo rm less heavens . he cu l t i va tes t he way t he re to .

and so . by pass ing who l l y beyond a l l consc iousness o f f o rm( rupasa r t f i d ) , by the dy ing ou t o f t he consc iousness o f sense r -y

reac t i on (pa t i ghasa f t f ra ) , by tu rn ing the a t ten t i on f rom any

consc iousness o f t he man i f o l d ( nana t t asa f t f r d ) , he en te r s i n ro

and ab ides i n t ha t r ap t med i t a t i on wh i ch i s accompan ied by t he

consc iousness o f a sphe re o f unbounded space even t he

Fou r t l r Jhana . t o ga in wh i ch a l l sense o f suk f t a mus t have been

pu t away , and a l l t he sense o f i l l mus t have been pu t away , and

the re mus t have been a dy ing ou t o f t he happ iness and m ise ry

he was won t t o f ee l ( t he rap t med i t a t i on ) wh i ch i s imbued

w i th d i s i n te res tedness , and whe re no ease i s f e l t no r any i l l .

bu t on l y t he pe r f ec t pu r i t y t ha t comes o f m ind fu l ness and

d i s i n te res tedness t hen t he con tac t . e t c , t he ba lance t ha t

a r i ses - t hese a re s ta tes t ha t a re sood " .

I t i s no red t ha t t he med i t a to r i s t o w i t hd raw a l l i n t e res t i n

and a t t e r r t i o r r t o t he wo r l d o f r r . t pa , t o cease so en t i r e l y t o

d i f f e ren t i a te the p lenu rn o f ex te rna l phenomena ( i nc lud ing h i s

own fo rm) wh i ch imp inge on h i s senses , t ha t se rsa t i ons cease .

o r r eso l ve t hemse l ves i n to a homogeneous sense o f ex tended

vacuun r . Pa t i gho i n t he ph rase ' pa [ i ghasa r i i i d ' i n t he

Dhsmmasangan r . r ende red by senso ry r eac t i on . i s exp la i ned t o

be s i gh t -pe rcep t i on . sound -pe rcep t i on . sme l l , t as te , and t ouch -

B.r

U1

SJ

C o m p . : 9 0 n

S i i i : 2 3 7

B M P E . . 7 1 7 3

Page 231: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

, r (

pe rcep t i on . ' Though t i s ( he re ) no t sus ta i ned by way o f t he f i vedoo rs ' . Ha rdes t o f a l l was i t t o abs t rac t a l l a t t en t i on f r omsounds . A la ra Kd lama , one o f t he Go tama ' s t eache rs , andp ro f i c i en t i n r hese rap t s t a tes , howeve r , was c red i t ed w i t h t hepower o f becom ing so abso rbed t ha t he f a i l ed t o see o r hea rhund reds o f ca r t s pass ing nea r h im 'u .

Ndna t tasa f i f i d i s exp la ined to re fe r t o t he va r ious k inds o fsensa t i on , t he co r respond ing v i f i f i dna , and t he resu l t i ngfee l i ng " . I n t he v i bhanga , i t i s exp la i ned t o mean cogn i t i on o ft he mu tua l d i ve rs i t y o r d i ss im i l a r i t y o f na ru re i n t he e i gh t k i ndso f good t hough ts , t he twe l ve bad t hough ts , as we l l as i n t hoseideas o f good and bad resu l t s wh i ch a re t aken nex t t o t hese .Howeve r , sa f i f i d wh i ch i s subs t i t u t ed f o r c i t t dn i , poss ib l y l im i t st he app l i ca t i on o f t he d i sce rnmen t o f d i ve rs i t y t o t he sensuousbas i s o f a l l t hose ' t hough ts ' . The con tex t , neve r the less , seemsto po in t t o a ce r t a i n gene ra l , abs t rac t , ' r e - rep resen ta t i ve ,

impo r t i n sa f i f i d as he re app l i ed . I t i s sa id t o be t heconsc iousness o f one who i s occup ied w i t h manodhd tu o r w i t !manov i f i f i dnadhd tu w i th , Say , rep resen ta t i ve o r w i th re -rep resen ta t i ve cogn i t i on w i t h i deas o r w i t h cogn i t i on o ft h o s e i d e a s . T h e i d e a t i o n i n t h i s c a s e i s a b o u t s e n s u o u sp h e n o m e n a a s m a n i f o l d , a n d t h e a b s t r a c t n a t u r e o f i t l i e s . o fc o u r s e , i n c o n s i d e r i n g t h e i r d i v e r s i t y a s s u c h t t .

2 . T h e S p h e r e o f I n f i n i t e I n t e l l e c t i o n : w h e n , r h a t h e m a ya t t a i n t o t h e F o r m l e s s h e a v e n s , h e c u l t i v a t e s t h e w a y t h e r e r o ,a n d , h a v i n g p a s s e d w h o l l y b e y o n d t h e s p h e r e o f b o u n d l e s ss p a c e , e n t e r s i n t o a n d . a b i d e s i n t h a t r a p t m e d i t a t i o n w h i c h i sa c c o m p a n i e d b y t h e c o n s c i o u s n e s s o f a s p h e r e o f i n f i n i t ei n t e l l e c t i o n - e v e n i n t h e F o u r t h J h d n a , t o g a i n w h i c h a l l s e n s e

o f e a s e m u s t h a v e b e e n p u t a w a y , e t c s e . B u d d h a g h o s a e x p l a i n :

t h a t i n t h e m e n t a l s t a t e ' t h e r e i s n o e n d f o r h i m i n r e s p e c t t ot h a t w h i c h h a s t o b e c o g i t a t e d ' * .

o u Q p . C i t . : 7 2 1 .E 7 S . r v : 1 1 3 - 1 1 4 .8 8 B M P E : 7 2 - 7 3 r ' t .n " O p . C i t . : 7 3 - 7 4 .* Op. Ci t . . ' l 4r ' r .

Page 232: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

216

3 . The Sphe re o f No th i ngness : When , t ha t he may a t t a i n

to the Fo rm les s heavens , he cu l t i va tes the way the re to , and ,

hav ing passed who l l y beyond the sphere o f i n f i n i t e i n te l l ec t i on ,

en te rs i n to and ab ides i n t ha t rap t med i ta t i on wh ich i s

accompan ied by t he consc iousness o f a sphe re o f no th i ngness

even i n t he Fou r th Jhdna , t o ga in wh i ch a l l sense o f ease mus thave been pu t away , e t c .

4 . The Sphe re whe re t he re i s ne i t he r Pe rcep t i on no r Non -

pe rcep t i o r : When , t ha t he may a t t a i n t o t he Fo rm less heavens .

he cu l t i va tes t he way t he re to , and , hav ing passed who l l y beyond

the sphe re o f no th i ngness . en te r s i n t o and ab ides i n t ha t r ap t

med i t a t i ou wh i ch i s accompan ied by t he con , sc i ousness o f a

sphe re whe re t he re i s ne i t he r pe rcep t i on no r non -pe rcep t i on

even i n t he Fou r th Jhdna . t o ea in wh i ch a l l sense o f ease mus t

have been pu t away . e t ce ' .

I t i s uo ted tha t Buddhaghosa exp la ins th i s men ta l s ta te as

the cu l t i va t i on o f t he func t i on ing o f t he sub t l e res iduum o f

consc ious syn theses ( sankhd rdvasesa -sukhuma-bhdvam) . I n so

fa r as pe rcep t i on (p resumab l y unde rs tood as be ing who l l y

i n t r ospec t i ve ) has become i ncapab le o f e f f ec t i ve f unc t i on ing .

t he s ta te i s non -pe rcep tua l . I n so f a r as t hose f a i n t , f i neco r . sc i ous reac t i ons a re ma in ta i ned , t he s ta te i s ' no t non -

pe rcep tua l . ' Th i s osc i l l a t i on abou t a ze ro -po in t i n

consc iousness i s i l l u s t r a ted by t he s im i l es o f a bow l con ta i n i ngjus t so much o i l as su f f i ces f o r c l eans ing pu rposes . bu t no t t o

be pou red ou t ; a l so , o f t he l i t t l e poo l . su f f i c i en t t o we t t he

fee t . bu t t oo sha l l ow f o r a ba th . Bo th o i l and wa re r ex i s t . o r do

no t ex i s t . acco rd ing t o wha t ac t i on can be t aken w i t h r espec t t o

them. I t i s f u r t he r sa id t ha t t h i s l im ina l po in t ob ta i ns no t on l1 '

i n sa i i i i a , bu t a l so i n f ee l i ug , t hough t , and con tac tn .

D Loku ttaravacara Ci ttas

T h e l a s t c i t t a s w e a r e g o i n g t o d e a l w i t h a r e t h e 8 c i t t a s

a r i s i n g i n l o k u t a r a v a c a r a e x p e r i e n c e w h i c h f a 1 1 u n d e r t w o

O p . C i t . . 7 4 .

O p . C i t . : 7 4 - 7 5 n .

9 l

V)

Page 233: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2.17

d i v i s i ons : ( 1 ) Fou r t ypes o f kusa la c i t t as , and (2 ) Fou r t ypes o fv i paka c i t t as . They a re a l so known as ( l ) Fou r t r anscenden ta lmo ra l c i t t as , and (2 ) Fou r t r anscenden ta l r esu l t an t c i t t as . A l lt he e i gh t can be named co l l ec t i ve l y as ' c i t t as i n t he pa ths andF ru i t i on ' . The re i s no k r i ya c i t t a i n t h i s s t age o f deve lopmen t .The e i gh t a re l i s t ed as f o l l ows ,

f. Four Lokuttara l{usala Cittas:

S o t d p a t t i - P a t h C i t t a ( c i t t a b e l o n g i n g t o t h e p a t h o fS t r e a m - a t t a i n m e n t ) .

S a k a d a g a m i - P a t h C i t t a ( c i t t a b e l o n g i n g t o t h e p a t h o fO n c e - r e t u r n i n g ) .

A n a g a m i - P a t h C i t t a ( c i t t a b e l o n g i n g t o t h e p a t h o fN e v e r - r e t u r n i n g .

A r a h a t t a - P a t h C i t t a ( c i t t a b e l o n g i n g t o t h e p a t h o fA r a h a n t s h i p .

ff. Four Lokuttara Vipiika Cittas:

so tapa t t i -F ru i t c i t t a ( c i t t a be long ing to the F ru i t i on o fS t ream-a t t a i nmen t ) .

sakadagami -F ru i t c i t t a ( c i t t a be long ing t o t he F ru i t i ono f Once - re tu rn i ng ) .

Anagami -F ru i t C i t t a ( c i t t a be long ing t o t he F ru i t i on o fNeve r - re tu rn i ng ) .

A raha t t a -F ru i t C i t t a ( c i t t a be long ing ro t he F ru i t i on o fA ra l t an t sh ip ) .

L o k u t t a r a i s c o m p o s e d o f ' I o k a ' + ' u t t a r a ' . H e r e l o k a

i l r e a n s p a f t c u p a d a n a k k h a n d h a ( t h e f i v e A g g r e g a t e s o f

A t t a c h m e n t ) . U t t a r a r n e a n s a b o v e , b e y o n d o r t h a t w h i c h

t r a n s c e n d s . I t i s t h e s u p r a - r n u n d a n e c i t t a t h a t e n a b l e s o n e t o

t r a n s c e n d t h i s w o r l d o f m i n d - b o d y . L o k u t t a r a t h e r e f o r e m e e n s

t h a t w h i c h t r a n s c e n d s t h e w o r l d o f A g g r e g a t e s o f A t t a c h m e n t .

T h i s d e f i n i t i o n s t r i c t l y a p p l i e s t o t h e F o u r P a t h C i t t a s . T h e

t r r u i t s a r e c a l l e d l o k u t t a r a b e c a u s e t h e y h a v e t r a n s c e n d e d t h e

2.

J .

4 .

2 .

3.

4 .

Page 234: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

wor ld o f Agg rega tes o f A t t achmen tn ' . I n

means ' beyond t he wo r l ds , ' i . e . beyond

hav ing no th ing to do w i th ge t t i ng

inc iden ta l l y , i n t ha t such though ts tend

reb i r t h * .

218

o the r words , l oku t ta ra

ea r th and heaven , o r

we l l - r ebo rn , excep t

t o expe l t he causes o f

The way i n wh i ch t he Dhammasangan r exp resses t he

t ranscenden ta l c i t t as , f o r examp le , So tapa t t i -Pa th C i t t a i s l i keth i s :

" 'When he cu l t i va tes the Jhana o f t he H ighe r Idea l ( t he

rap t med i ta t i on ) . whereby the re i s a go ing fo r th and onward(n i yy an i kan t ) . mak ing fo r t he undo ing o f reb i r t h(apacayagamim) and when . t ha t he may a t t a i n t o t he F i r s tS tage l pa thamayabhummiya ) , he has pu t away v i ews andop in ions (D i t t l t i ga tana ry t ) , and so a loo f f rom sensuous appe t i t es ,a l oo f f r om ev i l i deas , e r t e r s i n t o and ab ides i n t he F i r s t Jhdnawhe re in concep t i on wo rks and t hough t d i scu rs i ve . wh i ch i s bo rno f so l i t ude . i s f u l l o f j oy and ease . p rog ress t he re to be ingd i f f i cu l t and i n tu i t i on s l ugg i sh - t hen t he re i s con tac t , f ee l i ng ,pe rcep t i ou , t h i nk i ng , t hough t , concep t i on , d i scu rs i ve t hough t ,j oy , ease , se l f - co l l ec tedness , t he f acu l r i es o f f a i t h , ene rgy ,rn i nd fu l ness . concen t ra t i on . w i sdom. i dea t i on , happ iness .v r t a l r t y . and t he f acu l t y o f be l i ev i ng . ' I sha l l come to know theunknowu. ' ( . a t t a f i i i a ta f t f i assami t i nd r i ya ry ) r i gh t v iews . r i gh ti n ten t i on^ r i gh t speech , r i gh t ac t i on . r i gh t l i ve l i hood , r i gh tendeavou r . r i gh r m ind fu l ness , r i gh t concen t ra t i on ; r he powers o ff a i t h . energy . mind fu lness . c o n c e n t r a t l 0 n . wisdom,

cousc len l l ousness . t he f ea r o f b l ame : t he absence o f l us t . ha te .

du lnes s . cove tousness and ma l i c e , r i gh t v l e w s .

consc ien r i ousness , r he f ea r o f b l ame , se ren i t y , l i gh tness .p l as t i c i t y . f ac i l i r y , f i t ness and d i r ec tness i n bo th sense andthough r . m ind fu l ness . i n t e l l i gence . qu ie r . i ns i gh t , g rasp andt ra l ance " * .

The F i r s t Pa th o r So tapa t t i -Pa th i s t he f i r s t s tage o f t he

way o r cou rse o f l i f e l ead ing t o A rahan tsh ip o r N i r vana . Bhu rn i

M A b . ; L I : O p . C i r .

C o m p . ; 9 l n .

B M P E ; E 3 - E 4 ,

7 0

Page 235: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

219

(s tage ) [ t he o r i g i na l passage quo ted f u l l y above reads i t i n t h i si n f l ec ted f o rm : ' bhumn t i ya ' l i s subs t i t u t ed f o r pa th . And t he'F i r s t Bh f im i ' i s dec la red t o be equ i va len t t o t he f i r s t - f r u i t s ( o rf r u i t i on ) o f r ec l usesh ip ; i n o the r wo rds , t o t he f r u i t o fso tdpa t t t , o r o f ' conve rs i on ' , 4S i t has been t e rmednu .

The jhdna cha rac te r i zed by ' apacayagdmim ' (mak ing fo rt he undo ing o f r eb i r t h ) i s r he spec ia l k i nd o f j hana wh i ch hewho has t u rned h i s back on t he rh ree l owe r i deas o f l i f e i n t hewor l ds o f sense , f o rm , o r t he f o rm less , and has se t h i s f ac ,s tead fas t l y t oward A raha tsh ip , mus t ' p rac t i se , b r i ng fo r th anddeve lop ' . Buddhaghosa desc r i bes t h i s spec ia l j hana as be inge kac i t takkhan ika m appa,na- j hana m r a p t m e d i t a t i o n o n aconcep t i nduced by t he momenra ry f l ash o f a t hough t - and bythe t ex t i t se l f as n i yydn i kam apacayagdmim. Ekac i t t akkhan i kamappana - j hanam i s t hus commenred upon : ' I t i s a go ing f o r t h(down f r om) t he wo r l d , f r om the cyc le o f r eb i r t h . o r , t he re i s ago ing f o r t h by means o f i t . The man who i s f i l l ed w i t h i r ,comprehend ing ( the Fac t o f ) I l l , goes fo r th , pu t t i ng away theup r i s i ng o r t he cause (o f I l l ) goes f o r t h , r ea l i z i ng t he cessa t i on(o f I l l ) goes f o r t h cu l t i va t i ng rhe pa th ( l ead ing ro t ha rcessa t i on ) goes f o r t h ' .

And , n i yyan i kam apacayagdmim i s commended upon t ha tt h i s i s no t l i ke t he heap ing roge the r and mu l t i p l y i ng o f r eb i r t he f f ec ted by t he good wh i ch be longs t o t he rh ree wo r l ds o fbe ing . Th i s i s even as a man who , hav ing heaped up a s tockadee igh teen cub i t s h i gh , shou ld a f t e rwa rds t ake a g rea t hammera r rd se t t o wo rk t o pu l l down and demo l i sh h i s wo rk . So i t , t oo ,se t s abou t pu l l i ng down and demo l i sh i ng t ha t po tency f o rreb i r t h heaped up t he t h ree -wo r l d -good , by b r i ng ing abou t ade f i c i ency i n t he causes the reo f - .

D i t t h i ga tdn i I t he o r i g i na l passage as quo ted f u l l y abovereads i t i n t he i n f l ec tEd f o rm : d i t t h i ga tdnamf l i t e ra l l y meansreso r t i ng t o v i ews . A l l t r ad i t i ons o r specu la t i ons adhe red t oe i t he r w i t hou t ev i dence o r on i nsu f f i c i en t ev i dence , such as a re

Q p . C i t . : 8 2 u .

O p . C i t . : 8 2 - 8 3 n ; s e e a l s o E x p . : 2 a 9 - 2 9 O .

Page 236: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

220

imp l i ed i n t he s ra res ca l l ed ' r heo ry o f i nd i v i dua l i t y , pe rp lex i t y ,and the con tag ion o f mere ru le and r i t ua l ' o ' .

The facu l t y o f be l i ev ing rha t I sha l l come ro know theunknown (Ana f t f i a ta f t f i as s dm i t i nd r i yam) i s t he con t ro l l i ngfacu l t y wh i ch has a r i sen . by means o f f o rmer r e f l ec t i on , i n onewho p rac t i ses acco rd ing l y , ' I sha l l know the unknown dearh lesspa th , t he doc t r i ne o f t he Fou r T ru ths , i n t he . con t i nua l s t r eam o fbecom ing , o f unknown beg inn ing . ' I t s cha rac te r i s t i c . e r c .shou ld be known by the me thod g i ven above i n the con t ro l l i ngfacu l t y o f unders tand ingno . I n o the r words , t he i nsp i r i ng sense o fassu rance t ha r dawns upon t he ea rnes t , uncomprom is i ng s tuden ttha t he w i l l come ro know the doc t r i ne o f t he g rea t t ru thstha t Ambros ia l way unknown in the cyc le o f wo r ld l y pu rsu i t sand consequences whe re he goa l i s no t ambros ia l - i s t o h im asthe upsp r i ng ing o f ^ new facu l t y o r mo ra l p r i nc i p l e ' - . Thefacu l t y o f be l i ev iug tha t I sha l l come ro know the unknown(Ana f i i i a ta f i f i . assd .mt t i nd r i ya ry ) i s f u r the r exp la ined as w isdom o runde rs tand ing o f , f o r , o r f r om, t he rea l i za t i on o f . e t c .'B r i ng ing r i gh r oppos i t e t he eyes i s t he pa raph rase ' .

The s tuden t wh i l e ' i n r he F i r s t pa th c i t t a ' l ea rns t he f u l limpo r t o f t hose conc i se f o rmu lae known as t he Fou r Nob leTru t l r s . wh ich the Buddha se t f o r th i n h i s f i r s t au tho r i ra t i veu t t e ra r ce P rev ious i y he w i l l have had mere second -handknow ledge o f t hem, and as one com ing t o a dwe l l i ng ou t o f h i susua l bea t , and rece i v i ng f r esh ga r l and and ra imen t and f ood ,rea l i zes tha t he i s encoun te r i ng new exper iences , so a re theset ru ths . no t known h i the r to by h im , spokeu o f as ' s11 f t11s1 ry1 ' r0 , .

whe reas ' pu t r i ng away v i ews and op in i ons and t he f acu l t yo f know ing t he unknown ' ( a l l r h i s we have a l r eady wo rked on i nde ta i l above ) a re t he d i s t i nc t cons r i r uen rs o f t he F i r s t pa th

c i t t a . t he ha l lma rks o f t he second pa th c i t t a i s o f mo readvance by t he cons t i r uen t ' d im in i sh ing t he s r reng th o f sensua lpass ions ( kama) and o f ma l i ce ( r aga ) ' . I n t he compar i son w i t h

n ' o p . C r 1 . : 8 3 n .on Exp . ' . 293' m B M P E , : 8 6 n .' ' ' E x p | i 2 l 8 : 2 9 5

Page 237: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

22r

t he coun te rpa r t i n t he D tgha N i kaya ,o , , i t i s s t r i k i ng t ha t t he

d im inu t i on o f moha i s no t i nc l uded he re in , howeve r , i t i s on l y

rea l l y conquered i n the Four th Pa th C i t t a . The d im inu t i on i s

desc r i bed as com ing t o pass i n two ways : ( 1 ) v i c i ous

d i spos i t i ons a r i se occas iona l l y and no l onge r hab i t ua l l y , and (2 )

when t hey do a r i se i t i s w i t h an a t t enua ted i n tens i t y . They a re

l i ke t he spa rse b l ades o f g rass i n a new ly mown f i e l d , and l i ke

a f l imsy membrane o r a f l y ' s w ing to : .

Tha t t he facu l t y o f know ledge i s made pe r fec t i s t he o the r

d i s t i nc t cons t i t uen t t ha t he lps h i gh l i gh t i ng t he e l eva t i on o f t he

Second Pa th C i t t a i n compar i son w i th the F i r s t Pa th C i t t a . I t i s

expounded tha t t he fa i t h and hope o f t he So tdpa t t i , o r s tuden t

o f t he F i r s t Pa th C i t t a , wh i l e s t r ugg l i ng w i t h t he l im i t a t i ons o f

h i s s t age o f know ledge a re now rewarded by h i s a t t a i nmen t , as a

Sakadagdmt , o f t ha t deepen ing ph i l osoph i c i ns i gh t i n t o t he f u l i

imp l i ca t i on o f t he ' Fou r T ru ths ' t e rmed a f i f i d , o r know ledge pa r

exce l l ence , and app l i ed , i n Buddh i s t w r i t i ngs , t o evo l v i ng o r

evo l ved A raha tsh ip . The Th i rd Pa th C i t t a i s ch ie f l y marked by

the cons t i t uen t , i . e . ' pu t t i ng a \ i l ay the en t i re res iduum o f

sensua l pass ions and o f ma l i ce ' . And , t he Fou r th Pa th C i t t a , by' pu t t i ng away abso lu te l y and en t i r e l y a l l pass ion f o r Fo rm , a l ipas s i on fo r t he Fo rm les s , a l l c onc e i t , exc i t emen t and

ignorance "oo.

r o r p , , i : l 5 6 .r o r B M P E : 9 6 n .' * O p . C i r . ; 9 6 - 9 7 .

Page 238: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

CI{APTER 7z

CONCLUSION

T h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n t o s u c h a c o n c e p t a s c i t t a s h o u l d n e v e r

c o m e r o a n e n d i n t h e s e n s e o f f i n a l i t y ( i . e . s t a t e o f f i n a l ,

s e t t l e d , i r r e v o c a b l e , c o m p l e t e ) . I t , h o w e v e r , i s b o u n d t o c o m e

t o s o m e e n d w h e n a l l , i n t h e b u d o f m y s c h o l a r s h i p , i s s a i d a n d

d o n e .

T h e r e s e a r c h w o r k i n a t l m a k e s t h e e f f e c t t h a t c i t t a h a , '

l i t t l e t o d o w i t h p a r t i c u l a r l y d i s t i n c t i v e q u a l i t y i n t e r m s o f i t s

c h a r a c t e r i s t i c i n t e g r a l i n v o l v e m e n t i n t h e w h o l e f i e l d o f m e n t a l

s t a t e s a n d a c t i v i t i e s i n t h e b r o a d e s t s e n s e . T h e m e n t a l s t a t e s

u n d e r i t s r a n g e t h a t c o m e i n t o t h e s c o p e o f o u r a t t e n t i o n ,

h o w e v e r . h a v e b e e n m o l d e d i n t o t h e s e : ( 1 ) G e n e r a l s t a t e o f

s e n r i e n t b e i n g ; ( 2 ) L u s t f u l h e a r t ; ( 3 ) E v i l h e a r t : ( 4 ) P u r p o s e d

h e a r t ; ( 5 ) R e a d y - f o r - t r u t h c i t t a ; ( 6 ) C a l m a n d p a s s i o n l e s s c i t t a ;

( 7 ) C o m p o s e d c i t t a ; ( 8 ) L o v i n g k i n d n e s s c i t t a ; a n d ( 9 )

E m a n c i p a t e d c t t t a .

A t t e m p t s t o s u m u p t h e c o m p r e h e n s i v e d e p i c t i o n s o f c i t t a

i n t h e p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r s m a y a r r i v e a t d r y a n d i s o l a t e d

d e f i n i t i v e n o r i o n s a b o u t w h a t c i t t a i s . T h i s w a y o f a p p r o a c h i n -

t o t h e k n o w l e d g e o f c i t t a i s r e a s o n a b l y w a r n e d a g a i n s t , b u t w i l l

h e l p a q u i c k r e v i e w i n t e r m s o f s h a r p n e s s a n d b r i e f n e s s i t

a p p e a r s a f t e r t h e r e m o v a l o f a l l t h a t i s e l a b o r a t i v e a n d

s u p e r f l u o u s . I n a d d i t i o n o f n i n e m e n t a l s t a t e s a b o v e m e n t i o n e d ,

w e c a n c o l l e c t t h e s e v e r a l g r o u p s o f m e a n i n g s t h a t t h e c i t t a

s h o u l d b e a s s u m e d t o P u r P o r t .

C i t t a , l n o s t g e n e r a l l y , i s t h e n o n p h y s i c a l , a l l m e n t a l

a c t i v i t i e S o r m e n t a l a g e n c i e s . C i t t a i n r e g a r d t o t h e d i r e c t i o n o f

m e n t a l a c t i v i t i e s i s t h e h e a d i n g a n d t h e s u b o r d i n a t e t o t h e

h e a d i n g a s w e l l '

Towards i t s e rnP lacemen t ,

o f one ' s Pe rsona l i tY ; t he cen te r

and cogn i t i ve ac t i v i t i e s ; t he

c i t t a i s a d v o c a t e d t o b e t h e c o r -

o f u n d e r s t a n d i n g , o f P e r c e P t u a l

p o s s e s s o r o f k n o w l e d g e o f a l l

Page 239: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

2U

types , o rd i na ry o r supe r -mundane . c i t t a i s t he cen te r and f ocuso f man ' s emo t i ona l na tu re ; t he consc ious cen te r o f ac t i v i t y ,pu rpos i veness , con t i nu i t y and emot iona l i t y . c i t t a i s t heideo log i ca l l eade rsh ip i n man ' s m ind , h i s cha rac te r andpe rsona l i t y . I t goes f u r t he r t o say t ha t c i t t a i s a pe rsona li den t i t y o r su rv i v i ng en t i t y f r om ex i s tence t o ex i s t ence .

C i t t a i n ac t i on i s men ta l i ns t rumen t and a l so the reac t i onsto impress ions . I t i s bo th the sub j ec t i ve and ob j ec t i ve aspec rso f consc iousness o r t h i nk i ng . I t accep t s and i nves t i ga tes ob jec t .c i t t a some t imes i s s imp l y an i dea o r a t hough t o r a f ee l i ng .c i t t a i s s t r i v i ng , des i r e , vo l i t i on and pu rpose ; i n t en t i on ,impu l se and des ign ; pe rcep r i on , memory , j udgmen t andreason ing . c i t t a , exp ress i ve l y speak ing , i s ' i nne r speech ' . I nt he f o rm o f mano , c i t t a i s one o f t he s i x psycho log i ca l senses .

As a sea t and o rgan o f t hough t c i t t a ' t h i nks ' o f i t s ob jec tby a r rang ing i t se l f i n a t hough t p rocess . c i t t a i s bo th t he causeo f a va r ie t y o f men ta l e f fec ts and the resu l tan t t hough t . I t i s t hes to re house o f 'men ta l seeds ' o r t he a r sena l o f d i spos i t i ona lp rope f t i e s .

C i t t a , i n ano the r pa r lance , i s a f l ux o f t hough t o r a w ideand comp lex nexus o f men ta l s ta tes i n f l ux o r a se r ies o f even tsi n an i ncessan t p rocess o f men ta t i on . c i t t a i s t ha t wh i ch comesto be and passes away . I t i s t he expe r i ence i n N ibbdna - re l ease .

A t t t he concep tua l cu t t i ngs g i ven above by no meansexhaus t t he va r ie t y o f de f i n i t i ons pe r ta in ing to c i t t a . On theo the r hand . i t shou ld be warned w i th s t rong p recau t i on tha tnone o f t hem can be exac t l y co r rec t i n r ega rd t o t he mean ing o fc i t t a pe r se ; t hey a re no t r o ta l l y w rong e i t he r . They a re ac tua l l yt he concep r i on mo lds whe reas c i t t a seems to be t ha t wh i ch i sro t t o be mo lded . The concep tua l cu t t i ngs , neve r the less . shou ldbe bu t someth ing he lp fu l as a gu ide map pa r t i cu la r l y f o r c lea r -cu t r e fe rence o r consu l t a t i on .

s,

Page 240: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

225

A l t hough i nvo l ved i n mu l t i - d imens iona l and mu l t i -

f unc t i ona l man i f es ta t i ons , c i t t a dep i c ted i n Buddh i s t sys tem,

some t imes t oo gene ra l t o have a de l i nea ted ske t ch , some t imes

so spec i f i c as a i dea o r a t hough t , has bas i ca l l y no th i ng t o dow i t h me taphys i cs . The Buddh i s t c i t t a does no t sugges t any i deaabou t an en t i t y o r an e te rna l r ea l i t y o f t he k i nd t ha tPa rmen ides , a G reek ph i l osophe r ( b . c . 515 BC) ho lds up . Themu l t i p l i c i t y o f ex i s t i ng t h i ngs , t he i r chang ing f o rms andmo t i on , i n h i s op in i on , a re bu t an appea rance o f a s i ng lee te rna l r ea l i t y . The Buddh i s t non -subs tan t i a l pos i t i on wou ld no teasy f o r t hose as Sd t i and Pa rmen ides t o comprehend because i nthe dep rh o f t he i r m ind the re mus t be an i nhe ren t c rav ing fo rcon t i nua l ex i s t ence .

The Buddh is t l i gh t t h rown upon the o r i g ina t i on o f c i t t a

a l so re f l ec t s t he f r eedom f rom such a c rav ing . C i t t a i s bu t onephase i n t he c i r c l e o f eve r chang ing p rocess o f becom ing andpass ing away . Th i s phase conven t i ona l l y c l ad i n t he t e rm c i t t a

i s p receded by o the r phases tha t can be named sankhara ,

updddna , dya tana , anusaya , nd .ma- r f i pa , acco rd ing to the

spec i f i c canon i ca l passages t ha t we chance upon w i t h t heconc lus i on -o r i en ta ted m ind . Cons ide r i ng t he p reced ing phasesthe cause o r t he o r i g i n o f c i t t a i s s im i l a r t o ac t i ng as t he b l i ndwho t ouched a pa r t i cu l a r segmen t o f , and began t o boas t h i sknow ledge abou t , t he e l ephan t . A l l t he re fe rences reco rded i nthe Buddh i s t canon i ca l l i t e ra tu re abou t t he o r i g i na t i on o f c i t t ao r any o the r phenomena do no t b reak away f rom the p r i nc ip le

o f depend ing o r i g i na t i on .

Tha t c i t t a , a l t hough a compe ten t cand ida te fo rrep resen t i ng one ' s pe rsona l i t y , i s depend ing upon o the r f ac to r sfo r i t s coming i n to be ing d i sapp roves o f t he specu la t i ons abou tt he c rea to r de i t y who has been c red i t ed w i t h t he c rea t i on o f t hewor l d whe re we l i ve .

The common know ledge abou t o f t he sup reme c rea ro rde i t y can be b r i e fed i n to t he s i x cha rac te r i s t i c s : ( 1 ) He i s a l lw i se and a l l power fu l . The wo r l d comes i n to be ing because o fh i s w i sdom, and he i s ab le t o ac tua l i ze t he wo r l d because o f h i spower . ( 2 ) The de i t y ex i s t s a l one p r i o r r o t he c rea r i on o f t he

Page 241: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

226

wor l d . No exp lana t i on can t he re fo re be g i ven o f h i s ex i s t ence ,

be fo re wh ich one con f ron ts the u l t ima te mys te ry . ( 3 ) H i sc rea t i on a consc ious and de l i be ra te one w i t h a de f i n i t e p l an i n

m ind and i s no t based on a t r i a l - and -e r ro r bas i s . Th i s aga in i san aspec t o f t he c rea to r ' s w i sdom and power . ( 4 ) The c rea t i ono f t he wo r l d i s s imu l t aneous l y an exp ress ion o f t he f r eedom andpu rpose o f t he de i t y . H i s r e l a t i onsh ip t o t he c rea ted o rde r a f t e rt he c rea t i on i s aga in an aspec t o f h i s f r eedom. (5 ) The c rea to rde i t y removes h imse l f f r om the wor ld a f te r i t has been c rea ted .A f te r t he c rea t i on the de i t y goes away and on l y appears aga inwhen a ca tas t rophe t h rea tens t he c rea ted o rde r . ( 6 ) Thesupreme c rea to r de i t y i s o f ten a sky god , and the de i t y i n t h i sf o rm i s an i ns tance o f t he re l i g i ous va lua t i on o f t he symbo l i smo f t he sky . A l l o f t he above men t i oned s i x po in t s and t he i rposs ib l e co ro l l a r i es a re specu la t i ve and ex t r i ns i c t o t heBuddh i s t sys tem.

, , Ou t he o the r hand , t he Buddh i s t c i t t a does no t i nvo l ve i na sudden o r casua l c rea t i on t ha t seems to need no ma te r i a l . l i ke

the t r i c k o f a mag i c i an who ' c rea tes ' a p i geon w i t h t he ' power '

o f h i s mag i ca l ha t , man t ras , and s t i c k .

s

I u H indu i sm and Tan t r i c Buddh i sm, sac red u t re rances(sy l l ab les . wo rds , o r ve rses ) a re cons ide red t o possess mys t i ca l

o r sp i r i t ua l e f f i cacy . Va r ious man t ras a re e i t he r spoken a loud o r

mere l y sounded i n te rna l l y i n one ' s t hough ts , and t hey a re e i t he r

repea ted con t i nuous l y f o r some t ime o r j us t sounded once . Mos rman t ras a re w i thou t any apparen t ve rba l mean ing . bu t t hey a re

though t t o have a p ro found under l y ing s ign i f i cance and a re i ne f f ec t d i s t i l l a t i ons o f sp i r i t ua l w i sdom. Thus . r epe t i t i on o f o r

med i t a t i on on a pa r t i cu l a r man t ra can i nduce a t r ance - l i ke s ta te

i n t he pa r t i c i pan r and can l ead h im to a h i ghe r l eve l o f sp i r i t ua i

awa reness .

B e s i d e s t h e m a n t r a s t h a t a t e c r e d i t e d w i t h i n d u c i n g

t r a n c e - l i k e s t a t e a n d s p i r i t u a l a w a r e n e s s , t h e r e a r e t h e m a n t r a s

o f a n o t h e r k i n d t h a t a r e s a i d t o b e f o r o t h e r p s y c h i c o r s p i r i t u a l

p u r p o s e s . s u c h a s p r o t e c t i r g o r e s e l f f r o m e v i l p s y c h i c p o w e r s .

Page 242: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

T h a t t h e D t g h a N i k d y a ( s u t t a 3 2 ) ,

t o b e a m o n g t h e e a r l i e s t B u d d h i s t

o f t h i s p r o t e c t i v e k i n d s e e m s n o t t o

o f t h e e a r l y B u d d h i s m .

227

wh ich i s usua l l y cons ide red

tex rs , r eco rds t he A tan a t i ya

be cons i s ten t i n t he con tex t

E , xam ina t i on o f t he c i t t a i n t he ma in t r a i t o f Buddh i s t

sys tem rende rs t he e f f ec t t ha t t he Buddh i s t s wou ld cons ide r

l anguage no more t han a means t ha t ma t t e r s on l y on t he bas i s

o f i t s f unc t i on ing . The va lue o f a wo rd o r a sound , t hough a

ce r ta i n number o f spec i f i c wo rds o r u t t e rances as above

men t i oned a re usua l l y c red i t ed w i t h mag i ca l and sac red power

espec ia l l y i n Ved i c l i t e ra tu re and some l a te r Buddh i s t one ,

shou ld be emp i r i ca l l y r educed t o t he conveyance o f i deas . I r r

t he same l i ne , t he ea r l i es t t ex t s do no t show much ca re abou t

wh i ch wo rd c i t t a , mana , o r v i f i f i dna mus t cons i s ten t l y

s tand f o r t he aspec t s o f human psyche i n case t hey a re asse r ted

toge the r . The scho las t i c se lec t i on o f t he wo rd t o be used seems

to concede and g i ve p l ace t o t he i ns tan taneous convey ing o f

i deas . No ma t te r wh i ch wo rd was chosen i n t he p r im i t i ve pe r i od

o f t ime , t he spon taneous unders tand ing o f t he Dhamma on the

s ide o f t he aud ience who we re consequen t l y supposed t o t end

towards a pos i t i ve pe rspec t i ve o f l i f e was a l l t ha t had been f i r s t

and f o remos t conce rned f o r . Hence t he t h ree t e rms a t t he pe r i od

o f t ime seem to sha re a dea r th o f d i s t i nc t usage and we re

in te r changeab I e .

The anc ien t peop le i n gene ra l seem to be w i t h a l ack o f

r eason i n t he i r f e t i sh i sm bu t t he p resen t day i n te l l ec t s whose

sense o f r eason i s h i gh l y advanced a re s t i l l unde r t he sway o f

t he same fe t i sh i sm o f an ' advanced ' k i nd wh i ch i s i n t he gu i l e

o f t he ve ry reason . F r i ed r i ch N ie tzsche i n Tw i l i gh t o f t he Ido l s

a rgues tha t we f i nd ou rse l ves i n t he m ids t o f a rude fe t i sh i sm

when we ca l l t o m ind t he bas i s p resuppos i t i ons o f t he

me taphys i cs o f l anguage . . . on l y t hus does i t c rea te t he concep t. t h i ng ' . . . 'Reason ' i n ' l anguage : oh wha t a dece i t f u l o l d

woman ! t

I P E W . V o l . 4 9 , N o . 3 , J u l y 1 9 9 9 : 2 4 5

s

Page 243: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

228

In add i t i on t o a l ack o f sound educa t i ona l d i sc i p l i ne , t hel im i t ed assess t o a hand fu l o f pa r t l y and casua l l y ga the red da taand a t i nge o f gung-ho a r r i r ude have b rough t abou t t he be l i e ft ha t t he re a re t h ree pos i t i ons rega rd ing t he so -ca l l ed e go o rc i t t a o r se l f and t he Dhamma: (1 ) bo th a re ex i s rences , ( 2 ) t hefo rmer i s uonex i s tence and t he l a t t e r i s ex i s rence , and (3 ) bo tha re nonex i s tence . The f i r s t pos i t i on i s t hen imposed on t he l aypeop le ; rhe nex t , o r t he H lnayan is t o r t he Buddh ism exp ressedin t he N i kdyas ; and t he 1as r . r o t he Mahayan i s t s . Th i sconv i c t i on wou ld fade away i n the l i gh t f rom tbe N ikayas : TheDhamma i s exp ressed i n t he f o rm o f r anguage . Bo th t heDhamma and l anguage a re bu t a means t ha t shou ld be made useo f t o a t t a i n an des i r ab le end ; i t t hen i s r o be l e f t as i de as a ra f ra f te r t he fa r i ng . Ne i the r t he Dhamma no r the ego (o r c i t t a o rse l f ) i n t he Buddh i s r sys tem has much ro do w i t h r heme taphys i ca l specu la t i on abou t ex i s t ence o r nonex i s tence .

s

wh i le bo th the Buddh is t c i t t a and rhe ved ic one sha retoge the r t o some ex ten t t he common range o f mean ing , t hela t t e r d i ve rges t o ano the r d i r ec t i on i nsomuch as i t s emo t i ona laspec t i s conce rned . The d i ve rgence t owa rds emo t i ona l t one i sreasonab le on t he sac r i f i c i a l backg round o f t he ved i c sac redl i t e ra tu re . They a te hymns o r ve rses composed a round 1s00 -IZOO BC in a rcha ic Sansk r i t and cu r ren t among the Indo -Eu ropean -speak ing peop les who en te red I nd ia f r om the I r an ianreg ions . The hymns f o rmed a l i t u rg i ca l body t ha t i n pa r t g rewup a round t he cu l t o f t he soma r i t ua l and t he sac r i f i ce . Theyex to l l ed t he he red i t a r y de i t i es . who f o r t he mos t pa r rpe rsou i f i ed va r i ous na tu ra l and cosm ic phenomena , such asf i r e , sun . dawn . s t o rms , wa r and ra i n . hono r , d i v i ne au tho r i t y ,and c rea t i on . The ex to lmen t i s t he ma in rheme i n t he i rsac r i f i c i a l r i t ua l s so as t o g l o r i f y r he god (s ) i n b l ess ing and t oappease i n case o f t he i r w ra rh . I n t h i s d i r ec t i on t he Ved i c c i t t a ,t he re fo re . i s no t one o f men ta l p rocesses and psych i ca l even t sas t ha t o f Buddh i sm bu t a c i t t a o f emo t i on . The emo t i ona l c i t t ai s no t on l y t he agen t . on t he pa r t o f t he sac r i f i ce r s , t ha t i nc i t esthe god (s ) t o t ake pa the t i c ac r i ons as reques red , bu t a l so t herecep to r . on t he pa r t o f t he god (s ) , o f t he i ncen t i ves .

{

Page 244: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

229

s

On the o the r hand the Upan ishad ic c i t t a i s d i f f e ren t f romthe Buddh i s t one i n i t s t end ing t owa rds t he me taphys i ca l t one .The reason f o r t h i s . i s sugges t i b l e on i t s i deo log i ca lbackg round : The o l d Upan i shads may be pa r t o f t he B rahmanas(commen ta r i es ) o f t he i r r espec t i ve vedas bu t a re d i s t i ngu i shedf rom them bo th by i nc reased ph i l osoph i ca l and mys t i ca lques t i on ing and by t he i r d im in i shed conce rn w i t h Ved i c de i t i esand sac r i f i c i a l r i t es . o f f undamenra l impo r tance ro a l l H induthough t i s t he equa t i on i n some o f t he Upan i shads o f a tman( the se l f ) w i t h B rahman (u l t ima te rea l i t y ) . The na tu re o fmora l i t y and o f e te rna l l i f e i s d i scussed , so a re such t hemes asthe t r ansm ig ra t i on o f sou l s and causa l i t y i n c rea t i on .

The c i t t a i n t he Buddh i s t l i t e ra tu re i s exp ressed i n amora l i t y -o r i en ta ted se t t i ng and cha rac te r i zed by t he absence o fa sup reme god compe ten t f o r c rea t i on and t ends t owa rds t hes ta te f r eed f r om impu r i t i es and se l f - i n f l a t i on o f a l l k i nds . TheUpan i shad i c t ex t s , o the rw i se , men t i on c i t t a i n t he con tex t o ft he ph i l osoph i ca l conce rn w i t h t he na tu re o f r ea l i t y and o f adeve lopmen t t owa rd t he concep t o f a s i ng le sup reme be ingwh i ch t he know ledee i s d i r ec ted t owa rd reun ion w i t h .

The sup reme be ing w i t h cha rac te r i s t i c power and w i sdom

have been sa id t o be supe r - sensuous and c red i t ed w i t h t he

c rea t i on o f t he wo r l d whe reas Buddh i sm does no t ass igned t he

c rea t i on t o any spec i f i ed agen t , mo re exac t l y , i t does no t bu i l dt he concep t o f c rea t i on . The re i s c rea t i on l neans t he re i s t he

s ta r t i ng po in t . Buddh i sm, howeve r , consen ts t ha t t he wo r l d , by

and l a rge , has ne i t he r t he beg inn ing , no r t he end . The rea l i t y i s

an eve r ongo ing p rocess t ha t escapes ou r capac i t y o f f a t hom ing .

The i den t i f i ca t i on o f t he wo r l d w i t h dukkha , &S some t imes

re fe r red t o i n t he Buddh i s t canon , opens a new pe rspec t i ve o f

i t s end ing . The re i s t hen an end o f such a wo r l d , wh i ch i s t he

ex t i ngu i shmen t o f a l l k i nds o f de f i l emen ts and c rav ings . On t he

o the r hand , t he Upan i shad i c c i t t a t ha t su rv i ves t he d i ss i pa t i on

o r t he end o f t he wo r l d i s no t t r aceab le i n t he Buddh i s t

l i t e ra tu re .

Page 245: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

230

&

I t i s r emarkab le t ha t t he c i t t a i n Buddh i s t sys tem does no tseem to be pe r se ( t o be by i t se l f ) . The man i f es ta t i ons o f c i t t aas reco rded a re usua l l y i n assoc ia t i on w i t h more spec i f i edmen ta l va r i ab les t ha t dec ide t he f unc t i on o r t he cha rac te r i t i sbea r i ng . Some scho la r goes f u r t he r t o say t ha t i t i s no th i ng bu tt he who leness o f a l l t he a t t r i bu t i ng va r i ab les . So c i t t a i s no tsome th ing l i ke rhe t abu la r asa . Th i s he lps i n unde rs rand ingwhy when pu t t i ng i t f o r th as a genera l s ta te we a re bond toassoc ia te i t w i t h some qua l i t y . whe the r sensa t i ona l o rgmo t i ona l . sa fegua rded o r sub jec ted ro down fa l l , and why , i nthe Abh idhamma l i t e ra tu re , ro de f i ne a s ing le c i t t a means ro ge ri n t ouch w i t h many o rhe r f ac ro r s r e l a t i ng t o i t . A l l t h i s onceaga in sugges rs t he non -subs tan t i a l i t y pos i t i on o f Buddh i smrega rd ing t o r he concep t o f c i t t a and t he phenomena o f a l l o t he rk i nds as we11 .

c i . t t a . exp ress i ve l y speak ing , i s v i sua l i zed as a k i t chen j a rtha t i s so f l imsy and i nsubs tan t i a l t ha t on l y t he sugar o r sa l r o rsome sp i cy con ta i ned i n i t ma r re r s and i s coun ted . The j a rsomehow i s no r a t a i l . Such an v i sua l i za t i on reduces c i t t a r ooo th i ng bu t a l oose and f a l se ' bounda ry ' o r concep t t ha t i smade o f human l im i t ed and de fec t i ve men ra t i on f o r keep ing ande tp ress ing t be more spec i f i ab le o f men ra l ac t i v i t i e s andfea tu res . Hence some l a te r i n t e rp re ta t i ons i n t e rms o f abso lu tet r u th r ega rd c i t t a as t he who leness o f a l l t he men ta l p rope r r i estha t a re p reseo t a t t he g i ven po in t o f t ime .

e

Conc lus i ve l y . c i t t a as a concep r i s ba f f l i ng l y e l us i ve andwe have t o g rasp i r i nd i r ec t l y by se t t i ng up a va r i e t y o f i t sman i fes t f ace ts g leaned f rom the Su t ta P i taka and byrep resen t i ng i t s mu l t i l e ve l i n t he Abh idhamma P i t aka .I nves t i ga t i on i n to t he concep r o f c i t t a has i nsp i r ed t heph i l osoph i ca l enqu i r i es such as i t s o r i g i n and mas te r f u lpos i t i on , i t s f r audu lence and f eas ib i l i t y . i t s h i nd rance andl i be ra t i on , and so on . C i t t a , mo reove r , p roves t o be among t he

Page 246: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

231

mos t impo r tan t psycho log i ca l concep ts i n Buddh i sm the re fo re a_fu l l - f l edged unde rs tand ing o f i t wou ld cu lm ina re i n t he rnas te r yo f t he Buddh i s t psycho logy . The mas te r y , none the less , wou ld byno r r eans be comp le te i n a l l con ten t s and pu rposes un t i l i ti n co rpo ra tes a se l f - t r ans fo rma t i on t owa rds t he u l t ima te t r u ths i nce t he na tu re o f t he know ledge i s i n co r respondence w i t hthe na tu re o f t he knower - a l so t r ans fo rmed . Ra the r t han be ingg i ven i t i s d i scove red and f ound r . The se l f - t r ans fo rma t i on byna tu re , none the less , i s se l f - t r anscendence f o r wh i ch t he ac tua land pa ins tak i ng t am ing o f t he c i t t a i s an i nev i t ab le p rocess .

: J I P . V o l - 2 6 , N o . 5 , O c t o b e r 1 9 9 8 : 3 8 4

Page 247: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

BIBLIOGRAPHY

A. Onrc rNAL SouncBs :

A f i g u t t a r a - N i k d y a : V o l . i , e d . R . M o r r i s , 1 8 8 5 ,

P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 9 . V o l . i i , e d . R . M o r r i s , 1 8 8 8 ,

1 9 7 6 . V o l . i i i , e d . E . H a r d y , 1 8 9 7 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d

e d . E . H a r d y , 1 8 9 9 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 9 ; V o l . v ,

1 9 0 0 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 9 ; V o l . v i , i n d e x e s b y M .

C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s . 1 9 1 0 , P T S . r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 1 .

O . v o n H i n u b e r a n d K . R .

2 n d e d . 1 9 6 1 ,

P T S , r e p r i n t e d

1 9 7 6 . V o l . i v ,

e d . E . H a r d y ,

H u n t a n d M r s .

N o r m a n , P T S ,D h a m m a p a d a , e d .

O x f o r d , 1 9 9 4 .

D h a m m a s a t ' r g a F i , e d

2

4 .

6 .

E . M u l l e r , P T S , 1 8 8 5 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 8

D i g h a - N i k i y a : V o l . i , e d . T . . W . R h y s D a v i d s a n d J . E . C a r p e n t e r ,

1 8 8 9 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 5 . V o l . i i , e d . T . W . R h y s D a v i d s a n d J . E .

C a r p e n t e r , 1 9 0 3 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 2 . V o l . i i i , e d . J . E .

C a r p e n t e r , 1 9 1 0 , P T S , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 2 .

M a j j h i m a - N i k d y a : V o l . i , e d . V . T r e n c k n e r , 1 8 8 8 , r e p r i n t e '

1 9 7 9 . V o l . i i , e d . R . C h a l m e r s , 1 8 9 6 - 9 8 , r e p r i n t e d I 9 7 7 . V o l . i i i ,

e d . R . C h a l m e r s , 1 8 9 9 - 1 9 O 2 , r e p r i n t e d I 9 7 7 . V o l . i v , I n d e x e s b y

M r s C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , I 9 2 5 , r e p r i n t e d I 9 7 4 .

S a r y y u t t a - N i k n y a , e d . L . F e e r : V o l . i , 1 8 8 4 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 1 .V o 1 . i i , 1 8 8 8 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 9 . V o l . i i i , 1 8 9 0 , r e p r i n t e d I 9 7 5 . V o l .

i v , I 8 9 4 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 O . V o l . v , 1 8 9 8 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 6 . V o 1 . v i ,

I n d e x e s b y M r s . C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , 1 9 0 4 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 0 .

S u t t a N i p i t a , e d . D i n e s A n d e r s e n a n d H e l m e r S m i t h , P T S ,

O x f o r d , 1 9 1 3 , r e p r i n t e c l 1 9 9 0 .

U d 6 n a , e d . P . S t e i n t h a l , P T S , 1 8 8 5 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 2

V i n a y a P i { a k a , e d . H . O l d e n b e r g ; V o l . i : M a h d v a g g a , P T S , 1 8 7 9 ,

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 6 4 . V o l . i i : C u l a v a g g a , P T S , 1 8 8 0 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 5 .V o l , i i i : S u t t a v i b h a n g a , p a r t I , P T S . 1 8 8 1 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 3 . V o l "

i v : S u t t a v i b h a n g a p a r t I I , P T S , 1 8 8 2 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 3 . V o l . v :

P a r i v a r a , P T S , 1 8 8 3 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 2 . I n d e x t o t h e V i n a y a P i t a k a ,

c o m p . Y . O u s a k a , M . Y a m a z a k i , K . R . N o r m a n , P T S , O x f o r d ,

I 9 9 6 .

7 .

L

Page 248: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

I234

T r a n s l a t i o n s :

1 0 . A B u d d h i s t M a n u a l o f P s y c h o l o g i c a l E t h i c s ( D h a m m a s a n g a q i ) ,

t r . C a r o l i n e A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , O r i e n t a l B o o k s R e p r i n t

C o r p o r a t i o n , D e l h i , L 9 7 5 .

1 1 . A M a n u a l o f A b h i d h a m m a ( A b h i d h a m m a t t h a S a n g a h a ) , t r . M a h a

T h e r a N a r a d a , S i n g a p o r e B u d d h i s t M e d i t a t i o n C e n t e r , S i n g a p o r e ,

1 9 8 9 .

l 2 . C o m p e n d i u m o f P h i l o s o p h y , t r . S . Z . A w g , P T S , O x f o r d , 1 9 9 5 .

l 3 . D i a l o g u e s o f t h e B u d d h a , t r . T . W . a n d M r s C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s .

V o l . i , t r . T . W . R h y s D a v i d s , P T S , 1 8 9 9 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 5 6 . V o l . i i ,

t r . T . W . a n d M r s C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , P T S , 1 9 1 0 , 4 t h e d n .

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 9 . V o l . i i i , t r . M r s R h y s D a v i d s , P T S , 1 9 2 1 , ,r e p r i n t e d 1 9 5 7 .

1 4 . M i d d l e L e n g t h S a y i n g s , t r . I . B . H o r n e r . V o l . i , P T S , 1 9 5 4 . V o l .

i i , P T S , 1 9 5 7 . V o l . i i i , P T S , 1 9 5 9 .

1 5 . M i l i n d a ' s Q u e s t i o n s , t r . I . B . H o m e r . V o l . i ,

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 0 . V o l . i i , P T S , L 9 6 4 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 1 .

P T S . 1 9 6 3 .

1 6 . P s a l m s o f t h e B r e t h r e n , t r . M r s . R h y s D a v i d s , P T S . 1 9 9 4 .

1 7 . T h e B o o k o f t h e G r a d u a l S a y i n g s , t r . F . L . W o o d w a r d a n d E . M .

H a r e . V o l . i , t r . W o o d w a r d , P T S , L 9 3 2 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 6 0 . V o l . i i ,

t r . W o o d w a r d , P T S , 1 9 3 3 , r e p r i n t e d L 9 6 2 . V o l . i i i , t r . H a r e ,

P T S , 1 9 3 4 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 5 2 . V o l . i v , t r . H a r e , P T S , 1 . 9 3 5 .

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 5 5 . V o l . v , t r . W o o d w a r d , 1 9 3 6 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 5 5 .

1 8 . T h e B o o k o f t h e I ( i n d r e d S a y i n g s , t r . M r s . C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s

a n d F . L . W o o d w a r d . V o 1 . i , t r . M r s R h y s D a v i d s , P T S , L 9 1 7 ,

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 9 . V o l . i i , t r . M r s R h y s D a v i d s , P T S , 1 9 2 2 ,

r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 2 . V o l . i i i , t r . F . I W o o d w a r d , P T S , 1 9 2 5 , r e p r i n t e d

L 9 7 5 . V o l . i v , t r . F . L . ' W o o d w a r d , P T S , 1 9 2 7 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 8 0 .

V o l . v , t r . F . L . W o o d w a r d . P T S , 1 9 3 0 , r e p r i n t e d 1 9 9 7 .

1 9 . T h e E x p o s i t o r , t r . P e M a u n g T i n , 2 v o l s . , P T S , l 9 2 O , I 9 2 I ,

r e p r i n t e d a s o n e v o l . 1 9 7 6 .

2 0 . T h e P a t h o f P u r i t y , t r . P e M a u n g T i n , P a r t s i , i i , i i i , P T S , 1 9 2 3 ,

1 9 2 9 . 1 9 3 1 . r e p r i n t e d 1 9 7 5 .

Page 249: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

l3s

B . S B C O N D A R Y S O U R C T ' S :

2 1 . B r a h m a c h a r i . S ' , A N I N T R O D U C T I O N T O A B H I D H A M M A

( B u d d h i s t P h i l o s o p h y a n d P s y c h o l g y ) ' J a d a b B a r u a

P u b l i c a t i o n s , 1 9 9 0 '

2 2 . C a r p e n t e r , J ' E ' , T H E B I B L E O F T H E N I N E T E E N C E N T U R Y '

1 9 0 3 .

2 3 . D a v i d s ' C ' A ' F ' R h v s ' B U D D H I S T P S Y C H O L O G Y ' G ' B e l l a n dS o n s L t d , L o n d o n , 1 9 1 4 '

2 4 . D a v i d s ' C - A ' F ' R h v s ' T H E B I R T H O F I N D I A N P S Y C H O L O G YAND ITS DEVELOPMENT IN BUDDHISM ' Or ien ta l Books

R e P r i n t C o r P o r a t i o n ' D e l h i '

2 5 . D a v i d s . T ' W ' R h y s ' B U D D H I S T I N D I A ' M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s

P u b l i s h e r s , P v t ' L t d ' D e l h i ' 1 9 9 7 '

2 5 . D a v i d s , T . W ' R h v s ' T H E I I I S T O R Y A N D L I T E R A T U R E O F

B U D D H I ^ S M , S u s i l G u p t a L t d ' C a l c u t t a ' 1 9 5 2 '

27.De S i lva . C ' L ' A" A TREATISE ON BUDDHIST

PHILoSoPHYABHIDHAMMA,Sr iSa tguruPub l i ca t ions .D e l h i ' 1 9 8 8 '

2 8 . G o v i n d a , L ' A ' , T H E P S Y C H O L O G I C A L A T T I T U D E O F

E A R L Y B ( J D D H I S T P H I L o S o P H Y , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s

P u b l i s h e r s . P v t , L t d ' D e l h i ' 1 9 9 1 '

2 g . G o y a l . S . R . , A H I S T 7 R Y o F I N D I A N B U D D H I S M ' K u s u m a n j a l i 'P r a k a s h a n ' J o d h P u r ' 1 9 9 4 '

3 0 . H a z r a ' K a n a i L a l ' P A L I L A N G U A G E A N D L I T E R A T U R E . V o I . I '

D . K - P r i n t W o r k ' D e l h i ' 1 9 9 4 '

31. Jayasur iya , Vy ' ' F " THE PSYCHOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY

OF BUDDHISM, Y 'M 'B 'A ' P ress ' Co lombo ' L963 '

3 2 . J o h a n s s o n , R u n e ' E ' A ' ' T H E D Y N A M I C P S Y C H O L O G Y O F

E A R L Y B U D H I S M , C u r z o n P r e s s L t d ' L o n d o n a n d M a l m o ' 1 9 8 5 .

3 3 . I ( a l u p a h a n a ' D a v i d J ' ' A H I S T O R Y O F B U D D H I S T

P H I L o S o P H Y , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d . D e l h i .

t 9 9 4 -

3 4 . I ( a l u p a h a n a ' D a v i d J ' ' T H E P R I N C I P L E O F B U D D H I S T

P S Y C H O L O G Y ' s r i S a t g u r u P u b l i c a t i o n s ' D e l h i ' 1 9 9 2 '

Page 250: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

235 {

3 5 . I ( a t z . N a t h a n . B U D D H I S T A N D W E S T E R N P S Y C H O L O G Y , P r a j f l a

P r e s s , B o u l d e r , 1 9 8 3 .

3 6 . L a w , B i m a l a C h u r n , H I S T O R Y O F P A I i L I T E R A T U R E . V o I . 1 ,

I n d o l o g i c a l B o o k H o u s e , V a r a n a s i , 1 9 8 3 .

3 7 . L a y . l J K o , G U I D E T O T I P I T A K A , S r i S a t g u r u P u b l i c a t i o n s ,

D e l h i , 1 9 9 0 .

3 8 . N o r m a n , K e n n e t h R o y . P A L I L I T E R A T U R E , O t t o H a r r a s s o w i t z ,

W i e s b a d e n , 1 9 8 3 .

39 . Nyanat i loka , MANUAL OF BUDDHIST TERMS AND

D O C T R I N E . S , T h e C o r p o r a t e B o d y o f t h e B u d d h a E d u c a t i o n a l

F o u n d a t i o n , T a i w a n , 1 9 7 0 .

40 . Nyanat i loka . GUIDE THROUGH THE ABHIDHAMMA-

P I T A K A , L a k e H o u s e , C o l o m b o , 1 9 3 8 .

4 1 . P a n d e . G o v i n d C h a n d r a , S T U D I E S I N T H E O R I G I N S O F

B U D D H I S M , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d . D e l h i ,

1 9 9 s .

4 2 . Q u a n g , M i n h D d n g , C H O N L Y , t h e M u n i c i p a l B u d d h i s t

A s s o c i a t i o n o f H C M c i t y , H C M c i t y , 1 9 9 3 .

4 3 . R e a t , N . R o s s , T H E O R I G I N S O F I N D I A N P S Y C H O L O G Y , A s i a n

H u m a n i t i e s P r e s s , B e r k e l e y , C a l i f o r n i a , 1 9 9 0 .

44 . Sarao. K . T . S . , THE ORIGIN AND NATURE OF ANCIENT

I N D I A N B U D D H I S M . E a s r t e r n B o o k L i n k e r s , I n d i a , 1 9 8 9 .

4 5 . S i n g h , I n d r a N a r a i n , . z { S T U D Y O F T H E U N M R S A L F L U X I N

THE THERAVADA BUDDHISM, Dept . o f Buddh is t S tud ies ,

U n i v e r s i t y o f D e l h i , 1 9 9 3 .

4 6 . W i n t e r n i l z , M a u r i c e , H I S T O R Y O F I N D I A N L I T E R A T U R E , V O 1 .

2 , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s P u b l i s h e r s , P v t , L t d . D e l h i , 1 9 9 3 .

C . D T c T I o N A R I E S , E N C Y C L O P E A D I A ' A F T D P E R I O D I C A L S :

4 T . D I C T I O N A R Y O F P A L I P R O P E R N A M E b y G . P . M a l a l a s e k e r a ,

O r i e n t a l B o o k s R e p r i n t C o r p o r a t i o n , 1 9 8 3 .

4 8 . D I C T I O N A R Y O F P S Y C H O L O G Y b y J . A t k i n s o n , E . B e r n e a n d R .

S . W o o d w o r t h . G o y l S a a B , D e l h i , 1 9 8 8 .

4 9 . E N C Y C L O P A E D I A O F B U D D H I S M e d . J o t i l a D h i r a s e k e r a , T h e

G o v e r n m e n t o f S r i L a n k a . I 9 7 9 .

Page 251: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

- 237

50 . JOURNAL OF DHARMA, Dha rma Resea rch Assoc ia t i on .Banga lo re , 1997 .

SL .JOURNAL OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY, ed . Phy l l i s Grano f f . Dep t .o f Re l i g i ous S tud ies , Mc Mas te r Un i ve rs i t y , Ham i l t on , On ta r i o ,Canada L8S 4K1 , pub . K luwe r Academic , Ne the r l ands .

52. NEw SHoRTER OKFORD ENGLISH DICTIONARY ed. by Les\eyB r o w n , p u b . b y C l a r e n d o n p r e s s , O x f o r d , I g g 3 .

53 . PALr -ENGLISH Drcr roNA.RZ by T .w.Rhys Dav ids and w i l l i amS t e d e , M o t i l a l B a n a r s i d a s p u b l i s h e r s , p v r , L t d . D e l h i . 1 9 9 3 .

54 . PHILOSOPHY AND PHENOMENOLOGICAL RESEARCH, AQ u a r t e r l y J o u r n a l , p u b . I n t e r n a t i o n a l P h e n o m e n o l o g i c a l S o c i e t y ,B r o w n U n i v e r s i r y .

5 5 . P H I L O S o P H Y E A S T & W E S T . A e u a r t e r l y o f c o m p a r a r i v eP h i l o s o p h y , U n i v e r s i t y o f H a w a i ' i p r e s s .

Page 252: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

239

APPENDIX 1a b s t r a c t e d b y B .

: T . W . R h y s D a v i d s

C . L a w ( H P L : 1 ) v s

s s c h e m e o f s t r a t i f i c a t i o n

r h a t b y K . L . H a z r a ( P L L : I 5 l )

i n p a r a g r a p h s o r v e r s c s r e c u r r i n g i n a l lt h e b o o k s .

T h e s i m p l c s t a t c m e n t s

d o c t r i n e n o w f o u n d , i n

E p i s o d e s f o u n d ,

t w o o r m o r e o f

o f B u d d h i s t

i d e n t i c a l w o r c i s ,

S c v e r a i s t a t e m c n r s o f B u d d h i s t

d o c u m e n t s w h i c h a r c n o w f o u n d

i n p a r a g r a p h s o r v e r s e s r e c u r r i n g

i n a l l t h e b o o k s .

i n i d e n t i c a l w o r d s ,

t h c c x i s t i n g b o o k s .

E p i s o d c s w h i c h

o r m o r c o f t h e

a r e f o u n d i n t w o

e x i s t i n g b o o k s .

i n

l o

I

T h c S I l a s , t h e P i r n y a n a , t h e O c t a d e s .

t h e P e t i m o k k h a .

T h e D i g h a , M a j j h i m a , A n g u t t a r a , a n d

S a r . n y u t t a N i k n y a s .

T h c S u t t a N i p d t a , t h e T h c r a a n d

T h c r i g d t h d , t h c U d i n a s , a n d t h e

K h u d d h a k a p a t h a .

T h c S u t t a v i b h a n s a a n d t h c K h a n d h a k a s

T h c J i t a k a s a n d t h e D h a m m a o a d a s

T h e N i d d e s a , t h c i t i v u t t a k a s . a n d t b c

P a t i s a m b h i d d m a g g a .

( b a s i c a i l y t h e s a m e )

( b a s i c a i l y t h e s a m e r

t b a s i c a l l y t h e s a m c ,

( t o t a l l y t h e s a m e )

( t o t a l l y t h e s a m e )

{ t o t a l l y t h e s a m e )

( b a s i c a l l y t h e s a m e J

( b a s i c a i l y n o t h i n g d i f f e r c n t b u t

H a z r a ' s d i c t i o n i s m o r e d e f i n i t c )

p r e c i s e ,

T h c P c t a a q d V i m a o a

A p a d a n a s , t h c C a r i y a

B u d d h a V a m s a .

V a t t t h u s , t h c

P i t a k a , a n d t h c

T h e A b h i d h a m m a b o o k s ; t h e l a s t o f

w h i c h . i s t h c K a t h a v a t t h u E n d t h c c a r l i c s t

p r o b a b l y t h e P u g g a l a p a f r f l a t t i .

I t w o u l d b e o u t o f p o i n t

w c m c r c l y n o t c t h c d i f f c r c n c c s

f o r u s t o d e c i d e w h i c h a b s t r a c t i s m o r c

i n N o . 1 . : . a n d 1 0 .

b y B . C . L a w b y K . L . H a z r a

Page 253: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

1 A 1L 1 L

A P P E N D I ) { 2 l P a r a g r a p h N u m b e r s o f t h e D h a m m a s a n g a n r :

V i e t n a m e s e v e r s r o n f V ) ' r ' s E n g l i s h v e r s i o n ( E ) ' i

16I 7I81 9102 122

', I

25262728z v

2031323334353637J639,10. 1 |

.11

1-l, 4

4546471B:19

505152JJ<,1

555657- td

5S60

I)

34567E9101 1t213141516t718t9202l11

2324'ra

2611

282930313233343536373839404l42434445

616263646566676869707I72737'

75

464748495051{ t

535455

565 t

585960616263646566676869

7ln1

73747576777879EOE18283848586878889

76

77

78 70

79

VvsE VvsE VvsE VvsE VvsEl

Vvs E Vvs E

82

8J

909L9293949596919899100101tw1031M105106lw10t109110111112113tt4115116t17118119120

tzl1221?'3IA1,?5126t27na729130131t32133

1121 1 31 1 11 1 51 1 61 t 7I I81 1 91201 2 11221231 1 1

t L +

1251261271281291301 3 1

132I J J

1311JJ

1361371 3 8139tunt4I1421431+4145146147148119I5AIs l152t 5 3

134135136137138139140t4lr42143144t45

r46t47

1541 5 51561 ) /

1 5 8159160161162163164l6s166167168169170171172

1 a /

176177178

179

1801 8 1

l7r172

173r74

175176177178179180181L82183184185186187188189190191t92193194r95196r9719E199200201202203204205206207208209210zt l' r 1 1

84858687888990919293919)

96979899

10010110210310410s106t071081091 1 01 1 1

1481491s0151r52153154

155156r57

158159160161

173

175

762163163a164165

166167168

169170

184

185

188

2t32142t52162172182192202211 1 ,

2?3224,,,,.

22611'7

228229230231,,7J

233234235236'ra,l

23823924024r24224324245246u72482492502511 \ )

253254r (5

256741

193

191

195

1961971981992002012022032042052062072082092 t 02 t I2122132142152 1 62 1 72 1 82 1 9220221

25825926026r262263264265266267268269270271'r1',

273274' r1a

276a.f1

278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302

19]1

t92

182

183

186

187

189

190

Page 254: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

242

222 303223 304221 30522s 306226 307227 308228 309229 310220 311231 312232 313233 3r4231 31523s 316236 317237 31E

349350

267 351352

268 353354355356357

269 358270 359

360361

27t 362272 363273 364a a l

27s 365276 366277 367278 368279 369280 370281 371282 372283 373284 3742Bs 375286 376287 377288 37E289 379290 380291 381292 382293 3832q1 384

298 388299 389300 390301 391302 392303 393301 394305 395306 396307 397308309310 398311 399312 4003 1 3314 401315 402316 403317 404

405il6407

3 1 8319 408320 40932t 410322323 411324 412325 413326 414

415416417418419

327328 420329 4213-10 422331 423

4U425

332333J - t +

J-?-t

336337 430338 431339 432310 433311 434312 435343 436344 43734s 438316 439317 M0

349350351 4423s2 M33 5 3 W3s4 445-3-r.t 4463.i6 M7357 M8J58 449359 450360 451361 452362 453363364365 454366 455367 456368 457369 458370 459371 460372 461373 462371 463

375 464376 465377 466378 46737938038r 468382 469383 470384 471385 472386 473387 474388 475389 476390 477391 478

| 392 479393 480394 481395 482396397398 483399 484400 485401 486402 487403 488401 48940s 490406 491,407 492408 493409 494410 495411 496112113111 4971ls 498416 499417 500118 501

419 502420 503421 504122 505423 506421 50742s 508426 509427 510428 511429 5t2430 513431 514432 515433 516431 51743s 518436 519137 5?I438 521439 522440 523441 5U112 525143 526444 527/u5 529446 529417 530448 531419 532150 533151 534452 535453 536451 537155 5384s6 539157 540158 5414s9 542460 543161 54462 545

. 345266 346

347348

426427428429

463 546464 541465 548166 549467 550468 551469 552470 553471 554

553

472 556173 557

558559560

471

177478 563479 564480481 565482 566483481 567485 568486 569

570571572

i 238 31ez-te 320210 321241 322212 323243 324241 32s245 326246 327247 328248 329249 330250 331

" 251 332252 333253 3342s.1 33525s 336256 3372572s8259 338260 339261 340262 34t26.t 342 295 38526-1 343 2e6 386

475 561476 562

487488 573489 574490491 57s492 576493494 577495 578496 579497 580498 581499 58226s 344 I 297 387

Page 255: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

501 s83502 S84s03s04 585sqs 586506 587507 588s08 589s09 590510 591sll 592s12 593

j SI3 594. sI4 595

5/5 596) 516 597

598; 599

600517 601

602603

I 604| 518 605

606

) 607608

5t9 609610611612

520 613614615616

.J21 61761t679620

s22 62r622623624

523 625

626627628

s24 629630631632

szs 633s26 634527 635528 636529 637s30 638531 639532 640s-t3 641s34 6425J5 643536 644537 6455J8 646539 647540 648

649650651

54t 652542 653

654543 6s5

656s41 657

658sls 659

660

-t51 (t71

672552 673

674553 675

676554 677

678555 679

680s56 681

682557 683

6E4558 685

6865s9 687

688560 689

690s6t 691

692s62 693

694563 695

696564 6y7

698s65 699

700s66 70r

702567 703

7Ms6Es69s46 661

662705706

s47 663664

548 665666

s49 667668

550 669670

s70 707708

s1r 7097to

s'72 7tl

573

574

712713774

775575 716

717s76 778

719577 720

721s78 722

723579 724

1'ra

s80 7261)1

581 728729

s82 720731147

733734735

585 736737

586 738739

587 740741

588 742743744

589 745746747

590 748749750

591 751752753

592 754/55

756s93 757

7s8759

609 805806807

610 808809810

61 I 8118t2813

612 81481.5816

613 817818819

611 820821,822

615 823824825

616 826827828

617 829830831

618 832833834

619 835836837

620 838839840

621 841842843

622 844845846

623 847

624 850851

625 852853854

626 855856857

627 85885986{)

628 861862863

629 864865

630 866867

63 I 868869870

632 871872873

633 874875876

634 87787887g880

63s 881882883884

636 885886

591 760761762

59s 763764765

s96 766767768

597 769770771

io.a .rn.I I t

773774

599 775776777

600 778779780

601 781782783

602 784785786

603 787788789

604 790791792

605 793794795

606 796797798

607 799800801

608 802803804

584

i 887888

i 637 889

i 8 mr 891

i 892848 , 638 893849 894

Page 256: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

895896

639 897

939940

6s0 941898899900

640 901902903904

611 905906907908

642 909910911912

613 9139t491s916

942943944

6s1 945946947948

652 949950951952

6s3 953954955956

651 957958959960

983661 984

985986

66s 987988989

666 990991992

667 993994995

668 996997998

669 999

lo27681 1028

lo29103010311032103310341035103610371038103910401041to4210431044

685

10001001

686

687670 1002671 1003672 1004673 1005674 1006

244

r07l69s t072696 lO73

1074697 1075

lo76698 1077

1078699 1079

1080700 1081

1082701 1083

1084702 1085

1086703 1087

1088701 1089

109070s 1091

lo92706 1093

1094707 1095708 1096709 1097710 1098711 1099712 1100

1101

721 1115722 1116723 t1t7721 1118725 1119726 tl?fr727 tt21728 tt22729 tt23730 ttu731 tt?S

ll?6732 lt27

tl?a733 1129

1130734 1131

ll3273s L133

tt34736 1135737 1136738 ll37739 113E740 1139741 tt4/i742 1t4l

11591160

753 1161754 1162755 1L63756 tl64

1165757 1166

1167758 1168

1169759 lt70

ll71760 tt72

761

762

763

tl13t l141775tt76tt17ll78lt791180118 r118211831184118s1186118711881189119(l

611 917918919920

61s 921.t11

923924

6.16 925926927928

647 929930931932

518 933934935936

619 931938

6-t-t 961656 962

963964965966

657 967658 968

969659 970660 971

972973

661 9749759',76971

662 978979980

66J 981982

10071008100910101011totz1013101410151016101710181019

675

676

677

678

689690

, 691

10451046104710481049105010511052105310541055105610571058105910601061r0621063to6410651066106710681069L070

692693

1020lo2l

679 t0221023r0u

680 10251026

713 lt02714 1103

11047Ls 1105

743tt421143tt4/-1145tt45tl47114ttt491150

747 1151748 1ls2749 1153750 lt547s1 1155

1156ll57

752 L158

761

765

766

767

768

769 11911192

770 L193ll94

771 11951196

773

119711981199120{)l2t}71202

741

745

7461106

716 11071108

717 11091110

718 1111t1r2

719 1.113720 tLt4

771

Page 257: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

778

779

780781782783784/ ?t)

786

/ 6 /

788

789

790

791792793794

L203120412051206LZ0712081209tztotzllt2t2t2t3t2t412t5t2t6t2t7t2t8t2t9t220r22l1 1 1 t

12231224122512261227tz2872297230t23lt23Z12331234l?351236t?37123812391240t24lruzL743L244124512461247

8J5

837

817

849

855

12911292129312941295t29612971298L299130013011302130313041305130613071308130913101311l3I21313t3t4131513161317131813191320t32lt3221323t3z41325L326132713281329133013311332r33313341335

861

871

13361337133813391340134l13421343134413451346134713481349135013511352135313541355135613571358135913601361t3621363136413651366

1367

13681369137013711372t373r37413751376

13771378137913801381138213831384r38513861387138813891390139113921393r39413951396t3971398139914001401140214031404140514061407140814091410t4tr1412l4t3t4141415t4t6

t4t7

809

EI08 1 18128 1 3811

lustug1250t25l1'.' <','

t25312541255r2567257

125881s 1259

1260816 L26l817 1262818 1263819 t264820

831

8J6

838

901

1420t42l14221,423r424r425r426t427t428t4291430l43l

904 14321433

90s 14341435

906 14361437

907 14381439

908 1440r441

909 14421443

910 1444lM5

911 1446r447

881

841842843841

815821

822

823

824

825

826

827

828

829

830

8 3 1

832

BJ.'

1265126612671268t?59127012711 i , t ' ,

1273tz74r275127612771278t2791280r?3rnazl2t3r2841285tzE6t2t7126812891290

912913

914

9 1 5

916

917

9 1 8

9 1 9

1448tM91450145114521453t45414551456t4s7145814591460

8s0

851

852

889

891

795796797798799800801802803

804805

873874875876877878

893894895896897856

8571418

89E 1419

l46l920 1462

1463

245

921

922

923

921

vl)

926

927

928

q29

e30

9 3 1

146414651,4661,467146814691470t47l14721473147414751476r477147814791480148rr48214831484148514861487148814891490149114921493149414951496l4v71498149915001501r502150315041s05150615071508

932

933

934

9 3 5

936

937

938

939

910

941

an

Page 258: A Study of the Concept of Citta as Depicted in the Pali Tipitaka

246

150915101511l5t215131514151s1516l5t71518151915201521

919

950

9 5 1

9,J2

9s3

n < 1

9-5-5

rs22 l 153515361537153815391540l54l15421543t5M154515461547

1548154915501551

156115621563r56415651566t5671s68

975

976

977

978

979

980

1574t57575761577157815791580158115821583158415851586

15871588158915901591159215931s9415951596159715981599

962943

945

n 1 I

916

948

15231524t52s1526r52',7152815291520153115321533153 4

9s6

957

958

9s9

960

963969

970

972

971

982

983

981

986

987

961 15521553

96s 15541.555

967

985

1ss6 j 15691557 i 973 15701558 t l57l1559 r 974 1572

I' nut iseo rszr ]

966

961981

' T q n 8 D i i u P h r i p : B c i P t r r i p ' l ' u

t r . b y M a h a ' i ' h e r c

T i n h S d . p u b , b y M u n i c i p a l B u d d h i s t

A s s o c i a t i o n H C M c r t y . 1 9 9 0 .

" A B u d t t h i s t M a n u a l o f P s y c h o l o g i c a l E t h i c s . t r . b y C . A . F . R h y s D a v i d s , p u b . b y O : i e n t a l

B o o k s R e p r i n t C o r p o r a t i o n . N e w D e l h i .